Sunteți pe pagina 1din 705

n ..

.
c n .

c
c

# .

f
.
c
f
a2
c # .

Musical Analysis

c
n
b
f

Visiting the Great Composers

c
c

f
n

5th Edition

# n.
.

# .
b ..
.

b ..

c
c

b.

b 13/ # 11

# .

E7

Frans Absil
January 2015

b 13/ # 11

E7

c |

.

c n n n .
b n

y y y y

Y
c

Suspended cymbal
c
f
c n .

n
n

Colophon
This musical analysis book contains compositions from the classical
symphonic and chamber music repertoire. It includes many masterworks by the great composers from the tonal music period.
This document has been created using the public domain LATEX computer typesetting program. The navigation links (printed in blue) in
the Adobe Acrobat Reader file (the pdf-file) were created using the
hyperref package from the LATEX distribution.
Free demo version:
This incomplete demo version e-book is offered free of charge. Order
and buy the full version of this music analysis E-book. See the website
for payment instructions.
Current edition:
Fifth Edition, January 2015.

Musical Analysis: Visiting the Great Composers, 5th Edition, Frans Absil
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, the Netherlands.
URL Website: http://www.fransabsil.nl

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by
any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or any information storage
and retrieval system, without prior permission in writing from the Author.

ii

Contents
Colophon

ii

List of Figures

xiii

Preface
1

xvii

Introduction
1.1 What you will find in this book . . . . . . . . . .
1.2 How the musical analysis diagrams were created
1.3 How to read the analysis diagrams . . . . . . . .
1.3.1 Notation in the analysis tables . . . . . .
1.3.2 Two template musical forms . . . . . . .
1.3.3 Key relationship diagram . . . . . . . . .
1.4 Further reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

Johann Sebastian Bach


2.1 Vierstimmige Choralgesange . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.1 Nrs. 154-163 Herzlich tut mich verlangen . . . .
2.2 Cantata No. 12 Weinen, Klagen, Sorgen, Zagen, BWV 12
2.2.1 Movement 2. Lento . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3 Cantata No. 78 Jesu, der Du meine Seele, BWV 78 . . . .
2.3.1 Movement 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3.2 Movement 2 Aria. Duetto Wir eilen . . . . . . .
2.4 Brandenburg Concerto No. 4, BWV 1049 . . . . . . . .
2.4.1 Mvt. 2 Andante . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4.2 Mvt. 3 Presto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5 Orchestral Suite No. 3, BWV 1068 . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.1 Mvt. 1 Ouverture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.2 Mvt. 2 Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.3 Mvt. 3 Gavotte 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.4 Mvt. 4 Gavotte 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.5 Mvt. 5 Bourree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.6 Mvt. 6 Gigue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iii

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

1
1
1
3
3
9
12
14

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

15
15
15
15
21
23
23
23
28
28
28
30
30
30
34
34
36
36

CONTENTS
3

iv

Joseph Haydn
3.1 String Quartet Op. 76, No. 1 in G Major . . . . . . . .
3.1.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro con spirito . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.2 Mvt. 2 Adagio sostenuto . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.3 Mvt. 3 Menuetto presto - Trio . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.4 Mvt. 4 Allegro ma non troppo . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2 String Quartet Op. 76, No. 2 in D Minor Quinten . . .
3.2.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.2 Mvt. 2 Andante o piu` tosto allegretto . . . . .
3.2.3 Mvt. 3 Menuetto allegro ma non troppo - Trio
3.2.4 Mvt. 4 Vivace assai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3 String Quartet Op. 76, No. 3 in C Major Kaiser . . . . .
3.3.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.2 Mvt. 2 Poco adagio; cantabile . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.3 Mvt. 3 Menuett allegro - Trio . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.4 Mvt. 4 Finale. Presto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

39
39
39
39
44
44
47
47
48
48
52
52
54
56
56
56
61
61
64

Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart


4.1 Sonata in F Major KV 332 . . . . . . . . .
4.1.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.2 Mvt. 2 Adagio . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.3 Mvt. 3 Allegro assai . . . . . . . .
4.1.4 Key relationship overview . . . . .
4.2 String Quartet in C Major No. 19 KV 465 .
4.2.1 Mvt. 1 Adagio - Allegro . . . . . .
4.2.2 Mvt. 2 Andante cantabile . . . . .
4.2.3 Mvt. 3 Menuetto Allegro . . . . . .
4.2.4 Mvt. 4 Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.5 Key relationship overview . . . . .
4.3 String Quartet in B[ Major No. 22 KV 589
4.3.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.2 Mvt. 2 Larghetto . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.3 Mvt. 3 Menuetto moderato . . . .
4.3.4 Mvt. 4 Allegro assai . . . . . . . .
4.3.5 Key relationship overview . . . . .
4.4 String Quintet in C Major KV 515 . . . . .
4.4.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.2 Mvt. 2 Menuetto Allegretto . . . .
4.4.3 Mvt. 3 Andante . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.4 Mvt. 4 Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.5 Key relationship overview . . . . .
4.5 String Quintet in G Minor KV 516 . . . . .
4.5.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.2 Mvt. 2 Minuetto . . . . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

67
67
67
70
72
72
72
72
76
81
81
84
86
86
86
90
90
93
95
95
95
100
100
104
104
106
106

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

CONTENTS
4.5.3 Mvt. 3 Adagio ma non troppo . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.4 Mvt. 4 Adagio - Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6 Clarinet Quintet in A Major KV 581 . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6.2 Mvt. 2 Larghetto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6.3 Mvt. 3 Menuetto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6.4 Mvt. 4 Allegretto con Variationi . . . . . . . . .
4.6.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.7 Symphony No. 38 Prague KV 504 . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.7.1 Mvt. 1 Adagio - Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.7.2 Mvt. 2 Andante . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.7.3 Mvt. 3 Finale presto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.7.4 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.8 Symphony No. 40 KV 550 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.8.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro molto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.8.2 Mvt. 2 Andante . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.8.3 Mvt. 3 Menuetto allegretto - Trio . . . . . . . .
4.8.4 Mvt. 4 Allegro assai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.8.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.9 Symphony No. 41 in C Major Jupiter KV 551 . . . . . .
4.9.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.9.2 Mvt. 2 Andante cantabile . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.9.3 Mvt. 3 Menuetto allegretto - Trio . . . . . . . .
4.9.4 Mvt. 4 Molto allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.9.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.10 Opera The Magic Flute KV 620 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.10.1 Ouverture
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.10.2 No. 1. Introduction Zu Hulfe

. . . . . . . . . .
4.10.3 No. 2. Arie Der Vogelfanger . . . . . . . . . . .
4.10.4 No. 3. Arie Dies Bildnis ist bezaubernd schon .
4.10.5 No. 4. Arie O zittre nicht . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.10.6 No. 5. Quintett . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.10.7 No. 6. Terzett Du feines Taubchen nur herein! .
4.10.8 No. 7. Duett Bei Mannern, welche Liebe fuhlen

.
4.10.9 No. 8. Finale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.10.10 No. 17. Arie Ach, ich fuhls,

es ist verschwunden
5

Ludwig van Beethoven


5.1 Sonata Op. 2, No. 1 in F Minor . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.2 Mvt. 2 Adagio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.3 Mvt. 3 Menuetto and Trio, Allegretto . . .
5.1.4 Mvt. 4 Prestissimo . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . .
5.2 Sonata Op. 13 in C Minor Pathetique . . . . . . . .
5.2.1 Mvt. 1 Grave - Allegro di molto e con brio

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

111
111
115
117
117
117
121
121
124
124
124
125
130
130
134
134
134
140
140
143
143
144
145
151
151
154
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156
156

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

173
173
173
173
177
177
179
179
179
v

CONTENTS
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

183
185
185
189
189
189
192
192
196
196
197
203
203
207
207
210
210
210
211
215
215
218
220
220
220
224
224
228
230
230
230

Franz Schubert
6.1 Symphony No. 8 Unvollendete, D759 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro moderato . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1.2 Mvt. 2 Andante con moto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1.3 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2 String Quartet No. 14 in D Minor Death and the Maiden, D810
6.2.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.2 Mvt. 2 Andante con moto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.3 Mvt. 3 Scherzo Trio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.4 Mvt. 4 Presto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.3 Song cycle Die Winterreise, Op. 89, D911 . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.4 String Quintet in C Major Op. 163, D956 . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.4.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro ma non troppo . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.4.2 Mvt. 2 Adagio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

235
235
235
238
240
240
240
240
246
246
249
251
251
251
260

5.3

5.4

5.5

5.6

5.7

vi

5.2.2 Mvt. 2 Adagio cantabile . . . . . . . . . . . .


5.2.3 Mvt. 3 Rondo Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.4 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . .
Sonata Op. 27 No. 2 in C] Minor Quasi una Fantasia .
5.3.1 Mvt. 1 Adagio sostenuto . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3.2 Mvt. 2 Adagio cantabile . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3.3 Mvt. 3 Presto agitato . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3.4 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . .
String Quartet in B[ Major, Op. 130 . . . . . . . . . .
5.4.1 Mvt. 1 Adagio ma non troppo Allegro . . .
5.4.2 Mvt. 2 Presto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.4.3 Mvt. 3 Andante con moto ma non troppo . .
5.4.4 Mvt. 4 Alla danza tedesca, Allegro assai . . .
5.4.5 Mvt. 5 Cavatina, Adagio molto espressivo .
5.4.6 Mvt. 6 Finale Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.4.7 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . .
Symphony No. 5 in C Minor, Op. 67 . . . . . . . . .
5.5.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro con brio . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5.2 Mvt. 2 Andante con moto . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5.3 Mvt. 3 Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5.4 Mvt. 4 Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . .
Symphony No. 6 in F Major Pastorale, Op. 68 . . . .
5.6.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro ma non troppo . . . . . . . . .
5.6.2 Mvt. 2 Andante molto moto . . . . . . . . . .
5.6.3 Mvt. 3 Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.6.4 Mvt. 4 Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.6.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . .
Symphony No. 8 in F Major, Op. 93 . . . . . . . . . .
5.7.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace e con brio . . . . . . .
5.7.2 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

CONTENTS
6.4.3
6.4.4
6.4.5
7

Mvt. 3 Scherzo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266


Mvt. 4 Allegretto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

Felix Mendelssohn-Bartholdy
7.1 A Midsummer Nights Dream Overture Op. 21
7.2 The Hebrides Overture Op. 26 . . . . . . . . .
7.3 Symphony No. 4 in A Major Italian Op. 90 .
7.3.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.2 Mvt. 2 Andante con moto . . . . . . .
7.3.3 Mvt. 3 Con moto moderato . . . . . .
7.3.4 Mvt. 4 Saltarello presto . . . . . . . . .
7.3.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

273
273
274
280
280
285
287
287
291

Robert Schumann
8.1 Symphony No. 1 in B[ Major, Fruhling,

Op. 38 . . . . . .
8.1.1 Mvt. 1 Andante - Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.1.2 Mvt. 2 Larghetto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.1.3 Mvt. 3 Scherzo - Trio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.1.4 Mvt. 4 Allegro animato e grazioso . . . . . . . .
8.1.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2 Symphony No. 2 in C Major, Op 61 . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2.1 Mvt. 1 Sostenuto assai - Allegro ma non troppo
8.2.2 Mvt. 2 Scherzo. Allegro vivace . . . . . . . . . .
8.2.3 Mvt. 3 Adagio espressivo . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2.4 Mvt. 4 Allegro molto vivace . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3 Symphony No. 3 in E[ Major Rheinische, Op. 97 . . . . .
8.3.1 Mvt. 1 Lebhaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3.2 Mvt. 2 Scherzo, sehr maig . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3.3 Mvt. 3 Nicht schnell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3.4 Mvt. 4 Feierlich . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3.5 Mvt. 5 Lebhaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3.6 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.4 Symphony No. 4 in D Minor, Op. 120 . . . . . . . . . . .
8.4.1 Mvt. 4 Langsam - Lebhaft . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

293
293
293
298
300
300
304
306
306
311
313
313
317
317
317
320
326
326
330
330
335
335

Johannes Brahms
9.1 German Requiem Op. 45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.1.1 Mvt. 1 Selig sind, die da Leid tragen . . . . . .
9.1.2 Mvt. 2 Denn alles Fleisch es ist wie Gras . . . .
9.1.3 Mvt. 3 Herr, lehre doch mich . . . . . . . . . . .
9.2 String Quartet Op. 51 No. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.2.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.2.2 Mvt. 2 Romanze poco adagio . . . . . . . . .
9.2.3 Mvt. 3 Allegretto molto moderato e comodo
9.2.4 Mvt. 4 Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

339
339
340
340
344
344
344
347
352
352

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

vii

CONTENTS
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

356
358
358
358
363
363
363
363
371
373
373
378
380
380
386
388
388
393

10 Peter Ilyich Tchaikovsky


10.1 Symphony No. 4 in F Minor, Op. 36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.1 Mvt. 2 Andantino in modo di canzona . . . . . . . . . .
10.1.2 Mvt. 3 Scherzo, Pizzicato ostinato, allegro . . . . . . . .
10.1.3 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.2 Symphony No. 5 in E Minor, Op. 64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.2.1 Mvt. 4 Finale, Andante maestoso Allegro vivace . . .
10.2.2 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.3 Symphony No. 6 in B Minor Pathetique, Op. 74 . . . . . . . . .
10.3.1 Mvt. 4 Finale, Adagio lamentoso . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.3.2 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.4 Nutcracker Suite, Op. 71a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.4.1 Mvt. 1, Ouverture miniature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.4.2 Mvt. 2a, Danses caracteristiques, Marche . . . . . . . . .
10.4.3 Mvt. 2b, Danses caracteristiques, Danse de la Fee-Dragee
10.4.4 Mvt. 2c, Danses caracteristiques, Danse russe Trepak . .
10.4.5 Mvt. 2d, Danses caracteristiques, Danse Arabe . . . . . .
10.4.6 Mvt. 2e, Danses caracteristiques, Danse Chinoise . . . .
10.4.7 Mvt. 2f, Danses caracteristiques, Danse des Mirlitons . .
10.4.8 Mvt. 3, Valse des Fleurs Tempo di Valse . . . . . . . . . .
10.4.9 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

395
395
395
396
401
401
402
402
407
407
409
409
409
409
414
414
416
416
419
419
422

.
.
.
.
.

425
425
425
429
431
431

9.3

9.4
9.5

9.6

9.2.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . .


String Quartet Op. 51 No. 2 . . . . . . . . .
9.3.1 Mvt. 4 Finale, Allegro non assai . . .
9.3.2 Key relationship overview . . . . . .
String Sextet Op. 36 No. 2 . . . . . . . . . .
9.4.1 Mvt. 2 Scherzo, Allegro non troppo
Symphony No. 3 in F Major, Op. 90 . . . . .
9.5.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro con brio . . . . . . .
9.5.2 Mvt. 2 Andante . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.5.3 Mvt. 3 Poco Allegretto . . . . . . . .
9.5.4 Mvt. 4 Allegro . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.5.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . .
Symphony No. 4 in E Minor, Op. 98 . . . .
9.6.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro non troppo . . . . . .
9.6.2 Mvt. 2 Andante moderato . . . . . .
9.6.3 Mvt. 3 Allegro giocoso . . . . . . . .
9.6.4 Mvt. 4 Allegro energico e passionato
9.6.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . .

11 Gabriel Faure
11.1 Requiem in D Minor, Op. 48 .
11.1.1 Mvt. 1 Introt et Kyrie
11.1.2 Mvt. 2 Offertoire . . .
11.1.3 Mvt. 3 Sanctus . . . . .
11.1.4 Mvt. 4 Pie Jesu . . . .
viii

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

CONTENTS
11.1.5 Mvt. 5 Agnus Dei . . . . . . . .
11.1.6 Mvt. 6 Libera Me . . . . . . . .
11.1.7 Mvt. 7 In Paradisum . . . . . .
11.1.8 Key relationship overview . . .
11.2 Pelleas et Melisande, Suite Op. 80 . . . .
11.2.1 Mvt. 3 Sicilienne . . . . . . . .
11.2.2 Key relationship overview . . .
11.3 Masques et Bergamasques, Suite Op. 112
11.3.1 Mvt. 1 Ouverture . . . . . . . .
11.3.2 Mvt. 2 Menuet . . . . . . . . .
11.3.3 Key relationship overview . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

434
434
438
438
440
440
440
443
443
443
447

12 Giacomo Puccini
12.1 Opera Madama Butterfly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.1.1 Overture, Atto Primo (#14) Collina presso Nagasaki .
12.1.2 Atto Primo, (#57) E soffitto e pareti . . . . . . . . . . .
12.1.3 Atto Primo, (#813) Questa e` la cameriera . . . . . . . .
12.1.4 Atto Primo, (#1420) Qui verran: lUfficiale del registro
12.1.5 Atto Primo (#2126) Dovunque al mondo . . . . . . . .
12.1.6 Atto Primo (#2728) Una ghirlanda di fiori fresci . . . .
12.1.7 Atto Primo (#3741) Ecco. Ah! Quanto cielo! . . . . .
12.1.8 Atto Primo (#4261) Gran ventura . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.1.9 Atto Primo (#6164) Dov`e? Eccolo l`a! . . . . . . . . . .
12.1.10 Atto Primo (#100110) Cio-cio-san! . . . . . . . . . . .
12.1.11 Atto Primo (#111-115) Bimba, bimba, non piangere . . .
12.1.12 Atto Primo (#116136) Viene la sera . . . . . . . . . . .
12.1.13 Atto Secondo, Parte Prima (#1216) Un bel d` . . . . .
12.1.14 Atto Secondo, Parte Prima (#90) Humming Chorus . .
12.1.15 Atto Secondo, Parte Seconda (#512) Oh eh! Oh eh! . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

449
449
449
451
453
453
457
457
460
460
463
463
466
466
469
469
473

13 Gustav Mahler
13.1 Lieder eines fahrenden Gesellen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.1.1 Wenn mein Schatz Hochzeit macht . . . . . . . . .
13.1.2 Gieng heut Morgens ubers

Feld . . . . . . . . . .
13.1.3 Ich hab ein gluhend

Messer . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.1.4 Die zwei blauen Augen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.1.5 Key relationship diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.2 Symphony No. 3 in D Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.2.1 Mvt. 2 Tempo di Menuetto. Grazioso . . . . . .
13.2.2 Mvt. 3 Comodo. Scherzando. Ohne Hast . . . .
13.2.3 Mvt. 4 O Mensch! Gib Acht! . . . . . . . . . . .
13.2.4 Mvt. 5 Lustig im Tempo und keck im Ausdruck
13.2.5 Mvt. 6 Langsam. Ruhevoll. Empfunden . . . . .
13.2.6 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.3 Symphony No. 4 in G Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.3.1 Mvt. 3 Poco adagio Ruhevoll . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.3.2 Mvt. 4 Sehr behaglich . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

475
475
475
475
479
479
482
482
484
486
493
497
497
502
504
504
504

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

ix

CONTENTS
13.3.3 Key relationship overview . . . .
13.4 Symphony No. 5 in C] Minor - D Major
13.4.1 Mvt. 4 Adagietto Sehr Langsam .
13.4.2 Key relationship overview . . . .
13.5 Symphony No. 6 in A Minor Tragic . . .
13.5.1 Mvt. 3 Andante moderato . . . .
13.5.2 Key relationship overview . . . .
14 Claude Debussy
14.1 String Quartet Op. 10 . . . . . . . . . .
14.1.1 Mvt. 2 Assez vif et bien rytme .
14.1.2 Key relationship overview . . .
14.2 Prelude a` lapr`es-midi dun faune . . .
14.3 Trois nocturnes . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.3.1 No. 1 Nuages . . . . . . . . . . .
14.3.2 No. 2 Fetes . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.3.3 No. 3 Sir`enes . . . . . . . . . . .
14.3.4 Key relationship overview . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

15 Richard Strauss
15.1 Symphonic poem Don Juan, Op. 20 . . . . . . . .
15.1.1 Episode: Introduction and Don Juan 1 . .
15.1.2 Episode: Rejection 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.1.3 Episode: Countess and Rejection 2 . . . . .
15.1.4 Episode: Don Juan 2 . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.1.5 Episode: Anna and Rejection 3 . . . . . . .
15.1.6 Episode: Don Juan 3 . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.1.7 Episode: Carnival . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.1.8 Episode: Memories . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.1.9 Episode: Don Juan 4 and Don Juan 5 . . .
15.1.10 Episode: Death . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.1.11 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . .
15.2 Symphonic poem Tod und Verklarung, Op. 24 . .
15.2.1 Part 1: Sick man lying on his cot . . . . .
15.2.2 Part 2: The battle between life and death
15.2.3 Part 3: Feverish delirium of life past . . .
15.2.4 Part 4: Transfiguration . . . . . . . . . . .
15.2.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . .
15.3 Symphonic poem Till Eulenspiegel, Op. 28 . . . .
15.3.1 Introduction and exposition . . . . . . . .
15.3.2 Episode: Market Scene . . . . . . . . . . .
15.3.3 Episode: Love Scene . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.3.4 Episode: Theology Professors Scene . . . . .
15.3.5 Episode: Happy Streetsong . . . . . . . . .
15.3.6 Recapitulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.3.7 Episode: Grandness . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.3.8 Episode: The Court Scene . . . . . . . . . .
x

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

509
509
509
510
513
513
513

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

517
517
517
517
520
524
524
526
526
531

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

533
533
534
535
535
539
539
539
542
544
544
546
546
548
548
548
551
551
556
556
557
559
561
561
564
564
564
566

CONTENTS
15.3.9 Epilog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
15.3.10 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
15.4 Eine Alpensinfonie, Op. 64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
16 Jean Sibelius
16.1 En Saga, Op. 9 . . . . . . .
16.2 The Swan of Tuonela, Op. 22
16.3 Finlandia, Op. 26 . . . . . .
16.4 Valse Triste, Op. 44 . . . . .

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

17 Maurice Ravel
17.1 Pavane pour une infante defunte . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.2 String Quartet in F Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.2.1 Mvt. 2 Assez vif - tr`es rythme . . . . . . . .
17.2.2 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . .
17.3 Miroirs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.3.1 Mvt. 4, Alborada del Gracioso, Assez vif . . .
17.3.2 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . .
17.4 Rapsodie Espagnole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.4.1 Mvt. 1 Prelude a` la nuit . . . . . . . . . . . .

17.4.2 Mvt. 2 Malaguena


. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.4.3 Mvt. 3 Habanera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.4.4 Mvt. 4 Feria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.4.5 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . .
17.5 Gaspard de la nuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.5.1 Le gibet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.6 Ma m`ere loye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.6.1 Mvt 1 Pavane de la Belle au bois dormant . . .
17.6.2 Mvt 2 Petit Poucet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.6.3 Mvt 3 Laideronnette, Imperatrice des Pagodes
17.6.4 Mvt 4 Les entretiens de la Belle et de la Bete .
17.6.5 Mvt 5 Le jardin feerique . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.6.6 Key relationship overview . . . . . . . . . .
17.7 Daphnis et Chloe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.7.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.7.2 Danse Religieuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.7.3 Nymphs dance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.7.4 Danse Guerri`ere . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.7.5 Lever du jour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.7.6 Pantomime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.7.7 Danse Generale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.8 Opera LEnfant et les Sortil`eges . . . . . . . . . . .
17.8.1 Opening scene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.8.2 Scene LEnfant: C
a mest e gal! . . . . . . .
17.8.3 Scene Le Fauteuil et La Berg`ere . . . . . . .
17.8.4 Scene LHorloge Comtoise . . . . . . . . .
17.8.5 Scene La Thei`ere et La Tasse . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

575
575
577
580
582

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

585
585
589
589
591
592
592
592
596
596
596
600
600
602
604
604
604
604
604
608
608
612
612
614
614
614
616
616
619
619
622
626
626
626
628
628
630
xi

CONTENTS
17.8.6 Scene Le Feu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.8.7 Scene Les Pastoures et Les Patres . . . .
17.8.8 Scene LEnfant et La Princesse . . . . .
17.8.9 Scene LEnfant: Toi, le coeur de la rose
17.9 Piano Concerto in G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.9.1 Mvt. 1, Allegramente . . . . . . . . . . .
17.9.2 Mvt. 2, Adagio Assai . . . . . . . . . . .
17.9.3 Mvt. 3, Presto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18 Sergei Prokofiev
18.1 Classical Symphony (No. 1), Op. 25 . .
18.1.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro . . . . . . . . . .
18.1.2 Mvt. 2 Larghetto . . . . . . . .
18.1.3 Mvt. 3 Gavotte . . . . . . . . .
18.1.4 Mvt. 4 Finale . . . . . . . . . .
18.1.5 Key relationship overview . . .
18.2 Peter and the Wolf Op. 67 . . . . . . . .
18.2.1 Introducing the characters . . .
18.2.2 The story develops . . . . . . .
18.2.3 Catching the wolf . . . . . . . .
18.2.4 Triumphal procession - March
18.2.5 Conclusion - Coda . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

19 Dmitri Shostakovich
19.1 String Quartet No. 1 in C Major, Op. 49
19.1.1 Mvt. 1, Moderato . . . . . . . . .
19.1.2 Mvt. 2, Moderato . . . . . . . . .
19.1.3 Key relationship overview . . . .
19.2 String Quartet No. 2 in A Major, Op. 68
19.2.1 Mvt. 2 Moderato con moto . . .
19.3 String Quartet No. 3 in F Major, Op. 73 .
19.3.1 Mvt. 2, Moderato con moto . . .
19.3.2 Key relationship overview . . . .
19.4 Symphony No. 1 in F Minor, Op. 10 . .
19.4.1 Mvt. 3 Lento . . . . . . . . . . . .
19.4.2 Key relationship overview . . . .
19.5 Symphony No. 9 in E[ Major, Op. 70 . .
19.5.1 Mvt. 1 Allegro . . . . . . . . . . .
19.5.2 Key relationship overview . . . .

xii

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

630
633
633
635
636
636
636
640

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

643
643
643
646
648
648
651
653
653
657
659
659
661

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

663
663
664
664
667
669
669
669
669
672
672
672
675
677
677
679

Bibliography

681

Index

686

List of Figures
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5

History timeline with classical music periods and composers


Sentence and period melody structure . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The sonata form in diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The ternary song form in diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Key relationship overview diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

2
11
11
12
13

2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

Bach, Cantata No. 12 Weinen, Klagen, Sorgen, Zagen, BWV 12


Bach, Cantata No. 78 Jesu, der Du meine Seele, BWV 78 . . . .
Bach, Brandenburg Concerto No. 4, BWV 1049 . . . . . . . .
Bach, Orchestral Suite No. 3 in D Major, BWV 1068 . . . . . .

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

15
23
28
30

3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4

Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 1 in G Major . . . . . . . . . .


Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 1, key relationship overview
Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 2 in D Minor Quinten . . . .
Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 3 in C Major Kaiser . . . . . .

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

42
47
48
56

4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14

Mozart, Sonata in F Major KV 332 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Mozart, Sonata in F Major KV 332, key relationship diagram . . . . . .
Mozart, String Quartet in C Major No. 19 KV 465 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mozart, String Quartet in B[ Major No. 22 KV 589 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mozart, String Quintet in C Major KV 515 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mozart, String Quintet in C Major KV 515, key relationship diagram .
Mozart, String Quintet in G Minor KV 516 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mozart, Clarinet Quintet in A Major KV 581 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mozart, Clarinet Quintet in A Major KV 581, key relationship diagram
Mozart, Symphony No. 38 Prague KV 504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mozart, Symphony No. 40 in G Minor KV 550 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mozart, Symphony No. 40, key relationship diagram . . . . . . . . . .
Mozart, Symphony No. 41 in C Major KV 551 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mozart, Opera The Magic Flute (Die Zauberflote) KV 620, Act 1 . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

67
72
75
86
95
104
105
117
124
125
134
143
144
157

5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6

Beethoven, Sonata Op. 2, No. 1 in F Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Beethoven, Sonata Op. 2, No. 1, key relationship diagram . . . . . . . . .
Beethoven, Sonata Op. 13 in C Minor Grande Sonata Pathetique . . . . . .
Beethoven, Sonata Op. 27 No. 2 in C] Minor Quasi una Fantasia . . . . .
Beethoven, String Quartet in B[ Major Op. 130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beethoven, String Quartet in B[ Major Op. 130, key relationship diagram

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

175
179
183
189
196
210

xiii

LIST OF FIGURES
5.7
5.8
5.9

Beethoven, Symphony No. 5 in C Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211


Beethoven, Symphony No. 6 in F Major Pastorale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Beethoven, Symphony No. 8 in F Major, Op. 93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4

Schubert, Symphony No. 8 Unvollendete, D759 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Schubert, Symphony No. 8 Unvollendete, key relationship diagram . . .
Schubert, String Quartet No. 14 in D Minor Death and the Maiden, D810
Schubert, String Quintet in C Major Op. 163, D956 . . . . . . . . . . . .

7.1
7.2
7.3

Mendelssohn, A Midsummer Nights Dream Overture Op. 21 . . . . . . . . . . . 273


Mendelssohn, Overture Op. 21, key relationship diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Mendelssohn, Symphony No. 4 in A Major Italian Op. 90 . . . . . . . . . . . 280

8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5

Schumann, Symphony No. 1 in B[ Major Fruhling,

Op. 38 .
Schumann, Symphony No. 2 in C Major, Op. 61 . . . . . . .
Schumann, Symphony No. 2, key relationship diagram . .
Schumann, Symphony No. 3 in E[ Major Rheinische, Op. 97
Schumann, Symphony No. 4 in D Minor, Op. 120 . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.

294
306
318
319
335

9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7

Brahms, German Requiem Op. 45 . . . . . . . . . . .


Brahms, String Quartet Op. 51 No. 1 . . . . . . . . .
Brahms, String Quartet Op. 51 No. 2 . . . . . . . . .
Brahms, String Sextet Op. 36 No. 2 . . . . . . . . . .
Brahms, Symphony No. 3 in F Major, Op. 90 . . . .
Brahms, Symphony No. 4 in E Minor, Op. 98 . . . .
Brahms, Symphony No. 4, key relationship diagram

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

339
344
358
363
367
380
393

10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6

Tchaikovsky, Symphony No. 4 in F Minor, Op. 36 . . . . . . . . . . .


Tchaikovsky, Symphony No. 4 in F Minor, key relationship diagram
Tchaikovsky, Symphony No. 5 in E Minor, Op. 64 . . . . . . . . . . .
Tchaikovsky, Symphony No. 6 in B Minor Pathetique, Op. 74 . . . .
Tchaikovsky, Symphony No. 6, key relationship diagram . . . . . .
Tchaikovsky, Nutcracker Suite, Op. 71a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

395
401
401
407
409
410

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

235
240
244
251

11.1 Faure, Requiem in D Minor, Op. 48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426


11.2 Faure, Pelleas et Melisande, Suite Op. 80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
11.3 Faure, Masques et Bergamasques, Suite Op. 112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
13.1
13.2
13.3
13.4
13.5
13.6
13.7
13.8

Mahler, Lieder eines fahrenden Gesellen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Mahler, Lieder eines fahrenden Gesellen, key relationship diagram
Mahler, Symphony No. 3 in D Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mahler, Symphony No. 4 in G Major . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mahler, Symphony No. 4, key relationship diagram . . . . . . .
Mahler, Symphony No. 5 in C] Minor - D Major . . . . . . . . .
Mahler, Symphony No. 6 in A Minor Tragic . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mahler, Symphony No. 6, key relationship diagram . . . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

477
482
483
504
509
509
513
516

14.1 Debussy, String Quartet Op. 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517


14.2 Debussy, String Quartet Op. 10, key relationship diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
xiv

LIST OF FIGURES
14.3 Debussy, Trois nocturnes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
15.1
15.2
15.3
15.4

Strauss, Symphonic poem Don Juan, Op. 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Strauss, Symphonic poem Tod und Verklarung, Op. 24 . . . . . . .
Strauss, Tod und Verklarung, Op. 24, key relationship diagram . . .
Strauss, Symphonic poem Till Eulenspiegels lustige Streiche, Op. 28

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

533
548
556
557

16.1 Sibelius, The Swan of Tuonela, Op. 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577


16.2 Sibelius, Finlandia, Op. 26, key relationship diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
17.1
17.2
17.3
17.4
17.5
17.6
17.7
17.8

Ravel, Pavane pour une infante defunte . . . . . . .


Ravel, String Quartet in F Major . . . . . . . . . .
Ravel, String Quartet, key relationship diagram
Ravel, Miroirs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ravel, Rapsodie Espagnole . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ravel, Gaspard de la nuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ravel, Ma m`ere loye, 5 Pi`eces Enfantines . . . . .
Ravel, Concerto pour Piano et Orchestre . . . . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

585
589
591
592
596
604
606
636

18.1 Prokofiev, Classical Symphony, Op. 25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646


18.2 Prokofiev, Peter and the Wolf Op. 67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653
19.1
19.2
19.3
19.4
19.5
19.6
19.7

Shostakovich, String Quartet No. 1 in C Major, Op. 49 . . . . .


Shostakovich, String Quartet No. 2 in A Major, Op. 6 . . . . . .
Shostakovich, String Quartet No. 3 in F Major, Op. 73 . . . . .
Shostakovich, String Quartet No. 3, key relationship diagram
Shostakovich, Symphony No. 1 in F Minor, Op. 10 . . . . . . .
Shostakovich, Symphony No. 9 in E[ Major, Op. 70 . . . . . . .
Shostakovich, Symphony No. 9, key relationship diagram . .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

663
669
669
672
672
677
679

xv

LIST OF FIGURES

xvi

Preface
This is the Fifth Edition of the book Musical Analysis: Visiting the Great Composers. This expanded edition is intended for conductors, composers, musicians, musicologists, music students and lovers.

A book with analysis diagrams and descriptions


The First Edition of this book was published on the internet almost a decade ago. That
edition contained a limited set of tables with harmonic, formal and melodic analyses and
was about one sixth the size of the current edition. The document proved most valuable as
a tool for music students and beginning composers.
In later editions, more composer chapters and masterpieces were added to the collection.
The document doubled in size and so did the number of monthly hits on the website. The
introduction of the Fourth Edition in 2013 saw a number of changes. The size once again
doubled to somewhat over 500 pages, and two different versions were introduced: an incomplete free of charge demo version, and an expanded, full edition for sale. All chapters
now opened with a minimum set of composer biographical data. Formal analysis overview
diagrams were added, showing the essential movement data (form, key, meter, number of
measures) and the relative proportion of the sections of a composition.
Also more detailed information was added to the analysis tables: instrumentation, shape
of melody, outer and inner voice movement, types of harmonic structures, counterpoint settings, and diatonic scale or mode types. This required a concise notation systems, described
in the introductory chapter. When the Fourth Edition appeared in November 2013, the free
version monthly number of hits steadily rose to an avarage of more than 5,000.
With the Fifth Edition the process is somewhat repeated. New masterpieces have been
added especially in the chapters that were disproportionally short. More complete multimovement compositions were included, yielding a total of around 735 pages, with more
than 260 movements from a collection of more than 80 compositions. To try and be complete
in this domain obviously is an illusion. However, the set of musical analyses in this e-book
is a carefully selected cross-section of the classical repertoire and the tonal must period,
between roughly 1700 and 1950. There exists no comparable set of detailed diagrams and
tables; therefore it is a unique document for those seriously interested in classical music and
motivated to delve into detailed aspects.
This book refrains from using musical notation. The reasons are twofold: first, with score
excerpts the file size would increase unacceptably. Secondly, although most of the music
discussed herein is now in the public domain, all possible copyright violations have been
prevented. The careful indication of measure numbers in the tables makes transfer of the
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl

Preface
analysis aspects back into the score an easy job and a learning experience at the same time.
Hopefully you will enjoy reading and benefit from the book contents. Using the book will
save you many hours of tedious score analysis and may serve as a comparative source for
your own interpretation of these compositions.

Document update history


This e-book is regularly updated. New composer chapters are created, new content and
analysis diagrams are added, notation is improved and errors corrected. Reader feedback is
taken into account. Therefore, new editions will appear on the website. Here is the document
history:
Vs. 1.0 (Jul 2005): First draft published on the internet.
Vs. 2.0 (Oct 2007): Many score analysis examples added. Typing errors corrected.
Vs. 2.4 (Sep 2009): Movement from Shostakovich symphony added.
Vs. 2.5 (Sep 2012): Several movements from Mahler symphonies added. Typing errors corrected. References added.
Vs. 3.1 (Nov 2012): Additional pieces and movements in many chapters. New chapters created for Beethoven, Faure, Sibelius and Puccini. Errors corrected and notation updated. Number of pages: 260. Published on the internet (full and demo version).
Vs. 3.2 (May 2013): Additions to the Bach, Beethoven, Schubert and Mendelssohn chapter.
Essential instrumentation markings added more consistently. Error corrections.
Vs. 3.3 (Aug 2013): Extensions to the introductory chapter. Existing analysis diagrams in the
Schumann chapter now in greater detail, new symphony movements added. Graphics
created (biographical data and formal analysis overviews). Error corrections and more
consistent notation.
Vs. 4.1 (Nov 2013): Haydn chapter with three string quartets created. Additional movements and more detailed analysis diagrams in the Bach, Mozart, Beethoven, Schubert,
Mendelssohn, Schumann, Tchaikovksy, Debussy and Ravel chapters. More extended
descriptions and graphical overview diagrams, instrumentation indicated in the tables.
Number of pages: 510. Published as Fourth Edition on the internet.
Vs. 5.1 (Jan 2015): There are new compositions included in the Mahler, Sibelius and Strauss
chapters. Additional movements in the Mozart, Schubert, Brahms, Faure, Puccini,
Mahler and Prokofiev chapters. Introduction of the key relationship diagrams. Published as Fifth Edition on the internet (full and demo version).

xviii

Chapter 1

Introduction
1.1

What you will find in this book

This e-book presents a number of diagrams, representing the musical analysis of compositions from the classical music repertoire. The diagrams are in the form of graphs and tables
and they cover a set of masterpieces from the tonal music period, i.e., starting with the Baroque
and ending with Impressionism and the late Romantic composers. A limited set of later works
(early to mid 20th century) is also included. During this era harmonies were based on chord
structures in thirds, and chord progressions were determined by specific root cycles and cadential formulas. Composers combined chord structures and harmonic progressions to control
tension and release, dissonance and consonance in their music. This system is also labeled as
functional harmony or common practice (the latter term is more strictly applied to music written
between the years 1750 and 1900, approximately).
The analysis diagrams cover a period of almost four centuries, as illustrated in Fig. 1.1.
The diagrams include symphony movements, opera pieces, chamber music works, songs
and solo instrumental pieces. To be complete is impossible; however, this book will present
a representative cross-section of the vast repertoire from that period.
Each chapter contains works from one specific composer (see the overview in Fig. 1.1).1
Chapters are ordered chronologically, according to composer date of birth. General information about the compositions was taken from the printed scores (see the bibliography
list at the end), or from [58, 69]. Terminology and analysis examples were adapted from
[52, 46, 47, 48].

1.2

How the musical analysis diagrams were created

Over the years I have analysed many orchestral and chamber music scores, in order to try
and understand the following aspects in the works by the great masters:
musical form: the structure of a musical piece, its subdivision into sections and their
proportionality (length);
1

The subsequent chapters have more detailed composer dates and working places. Health warning: from the
limited data set in this e-book the statistics show that the city of Vienna (Wien) is a most dangerous place for
composers to stay. They live shorter and usually die there. So heres a brief warning to musicians with career
ambitions: if you can, avoid the place!

c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl

CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION

Year
1600

1700

1800

1900

2000

(1845-1924) G. Faure
d

(1840-1893) P.I. Tchaikovksy


d
d
(1833-1897) J. Brahms D. Shostakovich (1906-1975)
d
dd
d
(1810-1856) R. Schumann
d
d

S. Prokofiev (1891-1953)
d

(1809-1847) F. Mendelssohn Bartholdy


M. Ravel (1875-1937)
d
d
d
d
(1797-1828) F. Schubert
d
d
(1770-1827) L. van Beethoven
d
d
(1756-1791) W.A. Mozart
d
d
(1732-1809) J. Haydn
d
d
(1685-1750) J.S. Bach
d
d

1600

1700

J. Sibelius (1865-1957)

d
d

R. Strauss (1864-1949)
d

C. Debussy (1862-1918)
d

G. Mahler (1860-1911)
d

G. Puccini (1858-1924)
d

1800

1900

2000

Common Practice
Impress.
Classical
Baroque
1600

1700

Late Rom.
Romantic

1800

Modern
1900

Year 2000

Figure 1.1: History timeline with classical music periods (bottom) and composers covered
chronologically in the chapters of this e-book (top).

1.3. HOW TO READ THE ANALYSIS DIAGRAMS


the relations between the keys (or tonal centres) within a movement;
the harmonic progressions: chord sequences imply varying chord dissonance and chord
root movement. Harmonic tension in a progression may be the result of vertically
stacked chordal functions (e.g., chorale style) or a byproduct of independent voice
movement (as in counterpoint settings);
the use of melodic material (varying from a short motif to a long and varied musical
sentence). Multiple statements of melodic material will occur, either as simple repeats,
slightly varied or thoroughly developed;
the instrumentation. Orchestral balance, achieving tension bows through dynamics
(soft-loud), clever use of instrumental ranges (middle tessitura or extremes), these all
contribute to the effect of a musical composition;
the detailed voice leading within a part; a part may move predominantly in upward and
downward steps, or in leaps. There may be high points, supporting a musical climax.
Upper and bass part voice leading are essential elements in musical compositions.
This analysis yielded a set of annotated scores in my music library. In addition, I created
coloured diagrams on graph paper, with a more or less proportional representation of the
musical form and harmony, melody and other aspects indicated.
Recently I decided to put these diagrams into electronic form and make them available
on the internet through my website.2 I chose to transform the diagrams into tables, losing
some of the information (such as specific colours for melodic material, the exact duration of
pedal points, and voice leading) on the way. However, I thought they might still be useful
as a reference source for musical analysis.

1.3

How to read the analysis diagrams

The analysis diagrams for a complete musical composition or for the individual movements
from a longer work are presented in more or less standardised tables, with as much detail
as possible. In many cases there is also a graphical overview of the total piece, showing the
larger scale structure. In this section the notation in the tables is explained; for reasons of
space in the table columns there are many abbreviations and special symbols. Then there
will be two model graphical representations of common musical forms, helping the reader
in understanding the analysis notation.

1.3.1

Notation in the analysis tables

See Table 1.1 to 1.4 for an explanation of the symbols, labels and abbreviations used in the
analysis diagrams. Table 1.5 shows a list of instrumentation and orchestration abbreviations
used in the diagrams.
When reading the tables one should take into account:
The exact start and ending of melodic material is not indicated.
2
The URL to the website homepage is http://www.fransabsil.nl. Look in the Document Archive to find this
Musical Analysis E-book as PDF file.

CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION

Table 1.1: Notation: symbols and labels in the analysis diagrams.


Label

Meaning

m
(112 m.)
M
M0
M1
M1
(M1)
M1.1
M1a

measure number
total number of measures in the movement
Melodic material (motif, theme, melody)
Motif, used as introduction
First main theme
Varied first theme
Vague reference to a theme
First theme from the first thematic group (sonata form)
First (a) phrase or motif from the first theme;
used in melodic analysis, in order to label subphrases and
distinguish period (abab) from sentence (aab) melodic forms
Second group theme, contrasting theme in sonata form
Melodic inversion of M1.1
Countermelody (subordinate melody in counterpoint setting)
Transitory melody of motif
Melody x with specific character, e.g., Ma: ascending motif,
MB : Butterfly theme, Md: dance melody, Ms: scalar motif
Gradual introduction of the melodic material below

M2
I(M1.1)
Mc, CM
Mt
Mx
5
..
.

R
H
...
<(Dm7 G7 )
S46
(C F G7 )/C
hB[m|Gi

Melodic material from the previous line is continued


Melodic material from the previous line ends here
Key or tonal centre
Harmonic progression
Extended constant harmony (typically over multiple measures),
e.g., an extended dominant 7th chord G7 . . . C
Harmonic riff (repeated set of harmonies)
Second inversion of triad chord (with root in the bass, e.g.,
C46 = C/G), used in cadences such as I(m)64 V7 I(m)
Pedal point (here C is the pedal note)
Bitonal chord structure, e.g., B[m over G (two stacked triads)

1.3. HOW TO READ THE ANALYSIS DIAGRAMS

Table 1.2: Notation and abbreviations in the analysis diagrams: comments (last column). In
the detailed analysis tables the abbreviations are frequently used without period.
Label
d

2nd
h i Dev.
3
4

[A], [1]
A, B, A, B
A
Ac.
Aeol.
Alt.
appogg.
arp.
asc.
aug.
(a), (b)
bg.
cad.
ch.
chr.
clim.
c.m.
contr.
C&R
CSubj.
ctp.
D
desc.
Dev.
diat.
dim.
dom.
Dor.
dyn.
elab.
epis.
Exp.
ex.
ext.

Meaning
d

Deceptive cadence (e.g., G Am)


Intermediate harmonies (between two structurally more significant chords)
Secondary development (sonata form)
Meter
Rehearsal mark in the printed score
Sections in a longer form (printed in boldface in the tables)
Varied section in a longer form (also notated as A1, A1 )
Acoustic diatonic scale (with augmented fourth and minor seventh degree)
Aeolian (scale, diatonic mode)
Altered scale (with dominant 7th, ]9 = [10, ]11, [13)
Appoggiatura (stressed dissonance, also abbreviated as app.)
Arpeggio
Ascending
Melodic augmentation (longer durations), also abbreviated as augm.
Phrase from a musical sentence (e.g., M1=a+a+b)
Instrumental background
Cadences, cadential phrase
Chord
Chromatic
Climax (dynamic or musical texture)
Contrary motion (upper and bass part either opening or closing)
Contrasting
Call-and-Response
Countersubject (subsidiary theme in a fugue)
Counterpoint, i.e., independent (pitch and rhythm) voice movement in
various forms such as imitation, canon or fugue
Dominant axis material (themes in the dominant key)
Descending
Development in the sonata form
Diatonic (e.g., in diatonic parallel chords)
Melodic diminution (shorter durations), also diminuendo
Dominant, e.g., in g-dom-ped.
Dorian (scale, diatonic mode)
Dynamics (soft-loud)
Elaborated, elaboration
Episode
Exposition in the sonata form
Exact (e.g., in exact chromatic parallel chords)
Extension, extended (vertically in harmony or elongated in time)

CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION

Table 1.3: Notation and abbreviations in the analysis diagrams: comments (contd).
Label

Meaning

fin. st.
Gr.
~
Hk
d
~
Hk
i
i
imit.
improv.
Ion.
Lyd.
M
mv
i (%)
Pm
Mixolyd.
mod.
(N ), (N 6 )

Final statement of a theme or melody


Group (a group of related melodic material)
Diatonic parallel chords, e.g., C Dm7 Em7 F7
Chromatically exact parallel chords, e.g., Bm7 B[m7 Am7 A[m7
semitone step, chromatic (octave=twelve semitones)
Imitation (a motif or theme, repeating through different voices)
Improvisation
Ionian (scale, diatonic mode)
Lydian (scale, diatonic mode)
Mediant axis (third above key root)
Middle voice
i (&))
Chromatically ascending middle voice (descending: Pm
Mixo-Lydian (scale, diatonic mode)
Modulation
Neapolitan chord, i.e., major chord on lowered second step of scale
(frequently used in its first inversion N 6 )
Octatonic scale (eight pitches at alternating steps of one and
two semitones), also OctSc or OctaSc
Bass part descending (PB (%)for ascending)
Bass part chromatically ascending (PBi (&) for chromatically descending)
Pedal point on pitch g (more specifically: P D (g) and P T (c) for
dominant and tonic pedal point, respectively)
Parallel (diatonic or exact parallel chords)
Pedal point (e.g., c-tonic-pedal)
Pentatonic scale
Part or section of a movement
Root movement (here a 5th down, see notes in the text)
Series of symmetric root steps at ni (see notes in the text)
Recapitulation in the sonata form
Repeat (melodic phrase or section of movement)
Retransition (back to initial tonal key)
Rhythmic motif
Contrary motion (upper and bass part moving in opposite directions)
Contrary motion opening ((cm>) for closing)
Inverted chord structure (here the first inversion, with third in the bass)
Series of chords in first inversion
Series of chords in first inversion, with root progression Rn
Series of extended chord structures with function n (see notes in the text)
Scale, scalar (e.g., scalar runs)

Oct.-sc.
PB (&)
PBi (%)
P (g)
par.
ped.
Pent.
pt.
R5
~ ni
R
Rec., Recap.
Rep.
retrans.
rh.
(cm)
(cm<)
S6
[S6 ]
[S6 (Rn )]
~n
S
e
sc.

1.3. HOW TO READ THE ANALYSIS DIAGRAMS

Table 1.4: Notation and abbreviations in the analysis diagrams: comments (contd).
Label

Meaning

SD
Seq.
st., stat.
subj.
susp.
sym.
sync.
T
th.
ton.
tr., trans.

Subdominant axis material (themes in the subdominant key)


Sequence (see the explanatory notes)
Statement
Main theme of a fugue, subject
Suspension (held-over dissonance in voice leading)
Symmetric harmonic structures
Syncopation
Tonic axis material (themes in the tonic key)
Theme.
Tonic, e.g., in c-ton-ped.
Transition, i.e., a musical phrase or subsection between
two major sections (e.g., between development and recapitulation)
Triplets
Unisono
Varied, variation
Whole-tone scale (also WhTSc)

tripl.
unis.
var.
Wh.t.-sc.

The harmonic progressions sometimes are reduced to the main chords that support the
structure (the functional harmony). When a detailed harmonic progression is cut short
in the tables, this is marked as S1 S2 , e.g., C Em7 /B E7[9 /G] Am F ]7 G7
is summarized as C G7 .
A harmonic sequence (more or less exact repeat of a short fragment) is frequently indicated by the notation Seq(32m;R7 ), occasionally abbreviated as Seq(3R7 ). This is a
sequence of 6 measures in total, consisting of a 2 measure pattern used 3 times. Each
repeat is at an upward tonal step (R7 ). This notation is based on the tonal positive and
negative root cycle system:3
R3 : root moving a third downward, R3 : root moving a third upward;
R5 : root moving a fifth downward, R5 : root moving a fifth upward;
R7 : root moving a second upward, R7 : root moving a second downward.
Pedal point (extended notes over multiple measures) on the pitch c in any part of a
score, but most likely in either bass or upper part) is indicated in general as P (c). A
tonic pedal, such as the pitch c in the key of C Major is marked as P T (c), a dominant
pedal, such as the pitch g in the same key likewise as P D (g). A double pedal point,
with tonic and dominant held simultaneously is marked as P (e[ b[) (in the key of
3

The root cycle system is a notion in the Schillinger System of Musical Composition [50]. This approach is most
useful for both musical composition and analysis, as it teaches the student to identify and apply (de-)stabilising
chord progressions and cadences in tonal and more modern styles.

CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION

Table 1.5: Notation: instrumentation and orchestration abbreviations used in the analysis
diagrams.

Label

Meaning

+
AFl
BCl
Brs
Bsn
Cel
Ch
Cl
DB
div
ECl
EHn
FHn
Fl
gliss
Glk
Hns
Hrp
LH
Ob
Perc
Pi
pizz
Pno
RH
Str
Tbn
Timp
Tpt
trem
Va
Vc
Vi
VS
WW

Orchestral doubling, e.g., WW+Str


Sequential instrumentation, e.g., in imitation Str-WW
Alto Flute (flute in G)
Bass Clarinet
Brass
Bassoon
Celesta
Choir
Clarinet
Double Bass, Contrabass
Divisi (Strings divisi)
Clarinet in E[
English Horn
French Horn
Flute
glissando
Glockenspiel
Horns
Harp
Left Hand (Piano)
Oboe
Percussion
Piccolo
Pizzicato (plucked strings)
Piano
Right Hand (Piano)
Strings
Trombone
Timpani
Trumpet
Tremolo
Viola
Violoncello
Violin
Soprano voice (mezzo-soprano, alto, tenor, bass)
Woodwind

1.3. HOW TO READ THE ANALYSIS DIAGRAMS


E[ Minor). When the pedal is indicated between brackets, e.g., (P (c)), it is continued
from the previous line.
During the Late Romantic and Impressionist periods (after approximately 1875) a couple
of new musical elements appeared, and these require special markings in the analysis tables:
Extended chords, i.e., harmonic structures with chord functions beyond the 7th of the
chord. Until that period the occurrence of a dissonant 7th, 9th, 11th (equivalent to the
4th) or 13th was the result of either a suspension (held over from the previous chord) or
an appoggiatura. Proper suspension preparation and downward stepwise resolution
were essential. and such chords were used more or less in isolation. However, during
the Late Romantic and Impressionist period these dissonant chord functions started
9/11
to appear as static, extended harmonies, e.g., C79 , Dm7
or G[13
7 . Composers used
~en , with
sequences of these extended chords; in the analysis tables this is marked as S
n = 9, 11, 13 (the highest function in the extended chords).
Another feature is the use of parallel harmonies, parallel chord structures. This implies
that either the chord tension (indicated by the highest chord function) remains constant
as the root moves up or down a diatonic scale, or the chord structure remains constant
as the root moves in upward or downward intervals or semitone steps. The former is
~ , and an example of such as chord progression is C7 Dm7 Em7
indicated by Hk
d
~ (root leaps) or Hk
~ (root in semitone steps), and
F7 . The latter is marked as either Hk
e
i
9/11
9/11
9/11
an example is Em7 E[m7 Dm7 .
There is also the use of symmetric root movement. This implies that the octave is
subdivided symmetrically into units of either 2, 3, 4 or 6 semitones (these are the only
solutions), and the constant chord structure moves along these root steps, upward or
downward. Examples of such chord progressions are Dm7 F ]m7 B[m7 , or C7[9
[9
[9
A[9
7 F ]7 E[7 (symmetric root movement is very popular with extended dominant
~ 4i , the latter
chords). The former root movement is labeled in the analysis tables as R
~ 3i .
as R

1.3.2

Two template musical forms

A graphical representation of a composition will reveal its large scale structure; the relative
proportions of the main sections. Obviously, it is not representing the duration of sections,
since musical tempo is not taken into account in these graphs.
With the diagrams of two template musical forms we will illustrate some aspects of the
formal structure at multiple levels, including many symbols, defined in Table 1.1 from the
previous subsection. We will do that for the two most common musical forms, the sonata
form and the ternary song form. These form are discussed extensively in [52, 46, 47]. The
templates shown here contain the essence of those textbooks.
9

CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION
The sonata form
Figure 1.3 shows the graphical representation of the sonata form. 4 The structure is displayed
at four levels:
Section level: This is the highest level. The sonata form has the following sections: [Introduction], Exposition, Development, [False Recapitulation], [Secondary Development], Recapitulation, and Coda. Some sections are optional (indicated by dashed
lines in the diagram). The exposition will state the main themes of the sonata movement, the development sections will process this thematic material through variation
and modulation. Modulations (key and root changes) may be either carefully prepared
through cadences, or totally unexpected and in rapid succession. The development
may introduce new themes or skip some of the thematic material in the exposition:
in the diagram theme M2.2 does not return in the development. Transitions of any
length may be found between these major sections. Further explanation is given below.
Separation between sections is usually achieved by using standard closing harmonic
formulas, cadences.5
Group Level: This indicates the grouping of thematic and melodic material around certain
keys. In the sonata template there are typically two groups of thematic material (labeled as Gr1 and Gr2 in the diagram). When the sonata movement is in a major key the
first group themes are in the tonic key (T), the second group themes in the dominant
key (D). When the sonata form is in a minor key, the second group usually is in the
relative major key (M).
Theme/Melody/Subject: At this level individual melodies or subjects can be identified. A
group may contain one or more melodies or themes. The introduction may also contain
melodic material, often a signal-like motif (here labeled as M0 ). The numbers (here
subscripts) indicate the group and theme number: e.g., M2.1 is the first melody in the
second group, also called the secondary subject. In a group there may be multiple
statements of melodic material (exact or varied repeats; not shown in the template diagram for lack of space). Varied forms of a melody may be used and are marked by
accents: e.g., M10 in the transition between the exposition and the development, or
M100 in the false recapitulation. A vague reference to an earlier theme is indicated by
putting the melody number between brackets: e.g., the reference to the introductory
motif M0 in the transition between the two groups in the development. When multiple
melodies sound simultaneously (in a counterpoint setting with a main and countersubject,) or sound juxtaposed in a call-and-response setting, this is indicated by the forward
slash: e.g., M1/2 in the secondary development or M1/0 in the coda. Usually the number before the slash is the leading theme in such a parallel melodic setting.
Phrase/Motif: A melody or theme may be subdivided into smaller melodic units, such as
the phrase or motif. A motif is marked by a smallcaps letter: a, b, c, . . .. In classical music
there are two basic families of melodic structures, shown in Figure1.2: the sentence and
4
Always keep in mind that this is a template, an ideal description. Actual examples from the classical repertoire by the great composers may always deviate from this model. The model was constructed afterwards as an
academic approach to music.
5
Cadences, standardized harmonic formulas, close units at all sectioning levels, not only at the highest section
level. Transitions usually contain a closing cadence, leading into the next major section, as do melodies.

10

1.3. HOW TO READ THE ANALYSIS DIAGRAMS


Sentence
a
a

Period
a
b

(a)

(b)

Figure 1.2: Classical music melody structure. (a) sentence, (b) period.

the period, see [52]. The sentence has the form: aab (see the Group 1 theme in the
exposition), the period consists of abab phrases (as is the case for the first melody in
the 2nd group in the exposition). Another approach is a binary subdivision of a theme
into antecedent and consequent.6 The motif grouping into antecedent-consequent for a
sentence is (aa) (b), and for a period (ab) (ab).
Of course, melodies may deviate from these two basic patterns (see the 2nd theme in
the 2nd group which has the form aaa). And obviously these phrases may be varied in
any section of the sonata form: see M2.1 in the development. And we may encounter
only a single motif from the basic melody in the development section: see M1 in the
second part of the development, where only the b-phrase is varied as bb0 b0 .
Sonata form:
Intro
I
@
@
M0

 [Optional]

Exposition
Gr1 Gr2

Development
Tr. Gr2

Tr.

I
@
@
M1 M2.1 M2.2 M10 M2.1
aa0 b abab aaa0 6 aba0 ba0

FRec. 2nd Dev.

Recap.

Gr1

Gr1

Gr2 Retr. Gr1 Gr2

(M0 ) M10

M100

M1/2 M0

M1

Coda

M2.1 M2.2 M1/0

0 0

bb b

Level:

Section

Group

Theme/Melody

Phrase/Motif

Figure 1.3: The sonata form in diagram, with formal structure, notation and labeling at various levels (see description in the text).
So, respecting the structural hierarchy defined above, melodic material could be labeled
in a computer language style as: Exp::Gr2 ::M2.1 ::b (separating the 4-levels top-down by
double colons). In the tables you will find a less sophisticated notation, that skips the section
and group level, and will usually use neither subscripts, nor double colons. Therefore, the
musical analysis tables will use labeling such as: M1, M2.1, M1b, M2.1a. In case of notation
inconsistencies, this is usually in order to prevent overfull table columns.
The sonata form occurs frequently as the opening and closing (finale) movements of
extended, multi-movement compositions, such as the symphony and string quartet.
The ternary song form
The ternary song form, also called the ternary form or ABA form, consists of two more or less
similar outer sections A, separated by a contrasting middle section B. The second A section
6
The antecedent-consequent pair has some similarity to a call-and-response melody. The second half, the consequent, should have some reference to the opening phrase, the antecedent.

11

CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION
is usually varied (labeled A or A2 ) and the movement frequently may close with a coda. The
ternary song form is shown schematically in Fig. 1.4.
Ternary (song) form:
|| : A1
@
@
M1 I
0

aa b

 [Optional] -

: || B
M1
I
@
@

M2
abab

A2
Tr(M2 )
bb

M1

Coda
M1/2

Level:

Section

Theme/Melody

Phrase/Motif

Figure 1.4: The ternary song form in diagram, with formal structure, notation and labeling
at various levels (see description in the text).
This form is subdivided into three structural levels:
Section: This highest level shows the ternary structure, with the two A-sections (here labeled as A1 and A2 ), and the middle section B. The first A-section may be repeated.
The dashed box around the Coda section indicates that it is optional.
Theme/Melody: Now, in general there is one theme or melody per section, so we dont
need the group structural level. In the template there is a main theme M1 , that is
repeated (2nd statement) within the opening section. However, that depends on the
length of the section, and a single statement is equally likely. Themes usually close
with a cadence. The theme in the middle section, M2 , is supposed to be a contrast to
the other melody. The section closes with a transition, that is based on the 2nd theme.
In the closing section, A2 , after a single statement of the opening theme, both themes
are combined in a simultaneous setting (M1/2 ), although a simple repeated statement
of the opening theme is just as likely. The coda usually contains a reference to either of
the themes, before closing with a cadence.
Theme/Motif: In the diagram the first theme, M1 , is a sentence (aa0 b), the contrasting middle
theme, M2 , is a period (abab). The transition is based on a variation of the second motif
from the middle theme.
The ternary song form is used in the middle movements of longer, multi-movement compositions, such as the symphony or string quartet. There it is often in the form of a Menuet
and Trio or a Scherzo and Trio, where both parts of the movement (so both the menuet and
the trio, or the scherzo and the trio) have a ternary structure. With a helicopter view, also
the sonata form might be interpreted as a ternary form, with the exposition as the first Asection, the development as the contrasting middle or B-section, and the recapitulation as
the second A-section. In general, the ternary song form movement is shorter than the sonata
form movement.

1.3.3

Key relationship diagram

For some of the works a key relationship diagram will be shown, according to the structural
functions of harmony approach presented [51]. This is a graphical representation of how the
12

1.3. HOW TO READ THE ANALYSIS DIAGRAMS


keys move in a (multi movement) piece and represents the proximity or remoteness of the
moving keys. A similar diagram is used for the interpretation of key distance in Chapter 7
of [68].
The template key relationship overview diagram is shown in Fig. 1.5. It is centered
around the main key of C major. The horizontal axis is along the circle of fifths, with subsequent dominants (R7i ) to the right and subdominants (R7i ) to the left. The vertical axis represents symmetry and similarity, with relative minor submediant pairs (R3i ) in upward,
and parallel minor mediant relationships (R3i ) in downward direction. The proximity
to the root key is given by the Euclidean distance to the main key. In the template this
means that {G, F, Am, Cm} are most closely related to C major, then {Em, Dm, Gm, F m},
then {D, B[, A, E[}, etc. As we move outward from the centre the number of accidentals
increases, until we reach the enharmonically equivalent keys at the edges of the diagram.
These equivalent keys or multiple occurrences may be labeled with bezier curves with circles at the endpoints; two examples are shown in the diagram (G[ = F ] and Gm Gm).

Dm

Am

Em

Bm

tF ]

Symmetry axis
G]
C]

C]m

F ]m

G]m

D]

A]

D]m

A]m

F]

C]

F ]m

C]m

Submediant R3i

Relative minor

Cm

Fm

Gm

Am

Dm

Em

Bm

Subdominant R7i 

A[
A[m
C[
C[m

E[
E[m
tG[

G[m

B[
B[m

- Dominant R7i

F
Fm

Gm
t

Dm

Am

Em

Parallel minor

Cm

Mediant R3i

D[

A[

E[

B[

D[m

A[m

E[m

B[m

Fm

Gm
Cm
- Circle of 5ths

Figure 1.5: Key relationship overview diagram

As the piece moves through a number of keys, the number of horizontal and vertical
steps between two keys indicates the proximity. A diagonal move, e.g., from C to Gm (C &
Gm), represents two steps. A surprise modulation in a development section of the sonata
form implicates a leap in this diagram. Since keys are shown multiple times, we will take
the shortest path between two keys; e.g., from C to Dm the shortest path is left-upward (,
two steps), whereas yields a distance of three steps. The enveloping rectangle around
all the keys used in a movement is a measure for the tonal stability. Of course, a feeling of
time, the slow or rapid succession of keys, is lost in this diagram.
In modal music, the key refers to either a major diatonic mode (Lydian, Ionian, Mixolydian) or a minor mode (Aeolian, Dorian).
13

CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION

1.4

Further reading

The material in this book is partly based on books on musical analysis I have read and studied in detail. The other part is my own system for concisely and consistently marking and
summarising in diagrams all the scores that I have studied over the years. Therefore, most
of the symbols for labeling at the detailed level are my own definition, while at the higher
structural levels there is more agreement with existing literature.
In case, the reader would like to delve further into these source documents and textbooks
for musical analysis, here is a brief list of references that cover the period of tonal music:
[12, 15, 25, 31, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 53].7 However, none of these sources contains a collection
of detailed harmonic analyses of classical music movements and compositions, comparable
to the set in this e-book. That is, what makes this publication unique.

14

See the Bibliography at the end of this book for full references.

Chapter 2

Johann Sebastian Bach


Biographical data:
21-3-1685 in Eisenach
28-7-1750 in Leipzig
1600

1700

1800

1900

2000

Some general data and BWV numbers were taken from [70].

2.1

Vierstimmige Choralgesange

Source: [3]. Music for four-part choir.

2.1.1

Nrs. 154-163 Herzlich tut mich verlangen

This chorale melody has been set as a 4-part harmonisation multiple times: as chorale nr. 154
(BWV 135), 155 (BWV 153), 156 (BWV 161), 157 (BWV 244), 158 (BWV 244), 159 (BWV 244),
160 (BWV 244), 161 (BWV 246), 162 (BWV 270) and 163 (BWV 271).

See the harmonic analysis in Table 2.1 to 2.5. The end of a text phrase is indicated as Am,
corresponding to a fermata in the musical score.

2.2

Cantata No. 12 Weinen, Klagen, Sorgen, Zagen, BWV 12 (c. 1724)

Source: [1]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 2.1.


Mvt. 2 Lento: ternary (da capo) form (F m,
A

h i
3
2

, 92 m.)

B
Figure 2.1: Bach, Cantata No. 12 Weinen, Klagen, Sorgen, Zagen, BWV 12

c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl

CHAPTER 2. JOHANN SEBASTIAN BACH

Table 2.1: Bach, Choralgesang nrs. 154155 Herzlich tut mich verlangen
m

Nr. 154
0u
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Am

Nr. 155

16

Comment

BWV 135

10
11
12

0u
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

|| : Am
Em F/A Em/G
E/G]
Dm/F E
Am F B7 /D E
: || Am
Am
B7 /D Em F B
C
F C]7 Dm Dm/F
A C/E
G C/E G
d
E/G]
Am7 /C D G
F/A C Dm7 /C G/B

Am/C E

relative major

BWV 153
Am

|| : E7 /D
Am/C C]7 Dm C /E
Dm/F Gm/B[ A Em/G
D]7 /F ] Am/E B7 /D] E7
: || Am
Am
G G7 /F Am/E B /D
C7 /E F C C/E
F C]7 /B[ A/C] Dm
A D7 /F ]
G F ] /A G/B
C
Am7 /C D G
Dm C/E D7 /F ] G

E7 /G] Am E

PB (%)
major

plagal cad.
plagal cad. to major

PBi (%)

2.2. CANTATA NO. 12 WEINEN, KLAGEN, SORGEN, ZAGEN, BWV 12

Table 2.2: Bach, Choralgesang nrs. 156157 Herzlich tut mich verlangen
m

Nr. 156
0u
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Comment

BWV 161
Am

|| : Em
Dm/F G F/A G7 /B C
E
Dm/F E
Am F B /D Em7
: || Am7
A Am
B /D C/E F B /D
C Am7 /C C C/E
F C7 A/C] Dm
Am
Am

With added flute part

major-minor

Em G/B Am/C Em E7
A7
F Dm/F E
Dm Am Dm/F G

E/G] Am E

9
10
11
12
Nr. 157
0u
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

PBi (%)

BWV 244
Bm D

|| : D
G D/F ] G/B D
A] /C]
Em7 /G A D
Bm Bm/F ] F ]7
: || Bm7
Bm
C] /E EM D/F ] G C] /E
G
Bm/D D
G7 D]7 Em Em/G
E7 /G]
B
A E/G] D/F ] A/E
B7 /D] E A D
Em D/F ] A4 A

relative major

relative major
major

relative major

17

CHAPTER 2. JOHANN SEBASTIAN BACH

Table 2.3: Bach, Choralgesang nrs. 158159 Herzlich tut mich verlangen
m

Nr. 158
0u
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

C]m E

18

|| : E
A E/G] A/C] E
B] /D]
F ]m/A B E
C]m C]m/G] G]7
C]m : || C]m7
D] /F ] G]m7 A D] /F ]
E
C]m/D E E
A E F ]m F ]m/A
F ]7 /A]
C]

relative major

major

B B/D] E/G] B
E
C]m/E F ] B
A/C] E/B F ]m7 /A B

Nr. 159

6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Comment

BWV 244

9
10
11
12

0u
1
2
3
4
5

BWV 244
Dm F

|| : Dm
B[ F/A Gm F
Gm/B[ C F A/C]
Dm Dm/F A4 A7
: || Dm7
Dm
Gm F/A B[ Cm7 /G
d
Dm/F F F F7
Gm/B[ D7 /F ] Gm
G7 /B
D
C F/A C/G
Dm7 /F G C F
Gm F/A C7sus4 C7
F

relative major

major

relative major

2.2. CANTATA NO. 12 WEINEN, KLAGEN, SORGEN, ZAGEN, BWV 12

Table 2.4: Bach, Choralgesang nrs. 160161 Herzlich tut mich verlangen
m

Nr. 160
0u
1
2
3
4
5

Comment

BWV 244
Am

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Nr. 161
0u
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

|| : Am
F C/E Dm C
D7 /F ] G C E/G]
Am B7 /D Am/E E7
: || Am7
Am
B7 /D] Em F7 /E[ B /D
d
C7 /E F m C C7
Dm/F E7 A7 /C] Dm
A B7 /D]
G G/B C/E G
C
A7 /C] D G
G7 /B C Gm/B[ Gm7

E7 /G] Am E

[5/[9

F7 = B7

relative major
plagal cad. to major

BWV 246
Am

|| : E
F G F/A C/G
E
Dm7 /F B7 /F E
Am F B7 /D E7
: || Am7
Am
B7 /D Em7 F B /D
F/A C C C
F C]7 Dm G]7 /D
A D7 /F ]
G G7 /F ] C/E Em7
C
Am7 /C D G
F/A Am B7 G/B Dm/A

E7 /G] Am E

relative major
major

19

CHAPTER 2. JOHANN SEBASTIAN BACH

Table 2.5: Bach, Choralgesang nrs. 162163 Herzlich tut mich verlangen
m

Nr. 162
0u
1
2
3
4
5

Bm

Nr. 163

20

Comment

BWV 270

6
7
8
9
10
11
12

0u
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

|| : Bm
G D/F ] C]7 /E Bm/D
Em7 /G F ]m F ]m
Bm Bm/D B/F ] F ]7
: || Bm7
Bm
C]7 /E D/F ] G C] /E
d
D7
D7 /F ] G D
Em/G B7 /D] Em
E7 /G]
B
A C]m D/F ] A
Bm/D E A D
G/B D A/C]
Bm/D G]7 /B F ]

relative major
major

BWV 271
Bm

|| : D
G D/F ] Em D
F ]/A]
Em7 /G A D
Bm Bm/D F ]4 F ]7
: || Bm7
Bm
C]7 /E D/F ] G C] /E
D
Bm/D D D
G D]7 Em Em/G
E7 /G]
B
A Bm A/C]
Bm7 /D E A D
Em D/F ] A7 A7 /E
Bm/D Bm F]

relative major

relative major
major

2.2. CANTATA NO. 12 WEINEN, KLAGEN, SORGEN, ZAGEN, BWV 12

2.2.1

Movement 2. Lento

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

21

CHAPTER 2. JOHANN SEBASTIAN BACH


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

22

2.3. CANTATA NO. 78 JESU, DER DU MEINE SEELE, BWV 78

2.3

Cantata No. 78 Jesu, der Du meine Seele, BWV 78 (c. 1740)

Source: [1]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 2.2.


Mvt. 1: Instrumental-Choral (Gm,

h i

I1

I 3 C3

C1

I2

C2

3
4

, 144 m.)
I 4 C4

I5 C5

I 6 C6

Mvt. 2 Aria. Duetto Wir eilen: ternary (da capo) song form (B[,
A

V1

V2

B V3

V4

h i
4
4

I7

, 98 m.)

V5

Figure 2.2: Bach, Cantata No. 78 Jesu, der Du meine Seele, BWV 78

2.3.1

Movement 1

Form: chaconne (repeating chord progression, ostinato motif). Two counterpoint motives
(M0, the chromatically descending ostinato motif and M1) are combined with the chorale
melody Jesu, der Du meine Seele (Mc) in a four part counterpoint, full of imitation. The analysis is shown in Table 2.6 to 2.8.

2.3.2

Movement 2 Aria. Duetto Wir eilen

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

23

CHAPTER 2. JOHANN SEBASTIAN BACH

Table 2.6: Bach, Cantata No. 78 Jesu, der Du meine Seele, Movement 1
m

Comment

1
3
5
7
9
13
17
19
21
23
25
29
31
33

M0

M0

M0
M0
M0/1

M0/c

I(M1)
M1

M0/c

Gm

Gm D/F ] Dm/F B[7 /F


C/E Cm/E[ F D7
Gm D/F ] Dm/F G[9
7 /F
C/E A7 /E[ Gm64 D7
Gm D Dm Am7 A7 D7
Gm D7[9 Dm7 C Cm D7
Gm A7 /C D Dm7 /F Gm7
A A7 A7 /G D7 /F ]
Gm D/F ] Dm/F
C/E Cm/E[ Gm64 D7 Gm
Gm Cm7 C7 F m D7 Gm
Cm A[/C G[9
7 /B Gm/B[
Am7 F m/A[ G7 Cm/G D7
Gm E[/G F ]7 Dm/F Gm7 /F

Instrumental: intro
chr desc motif, PBi (&)

E7 F ]7 /E[ Cm/E[ D7[9

37
39
41
43
45

M0

M0

M0
..
.

Gm D/F ] Dm/F B[7 /F


C/E Cm/E[ Gm64 D7[9
Gm D Dm
Am7 A7 D7 /F ]
Gm E[/B[ Cm7 /B[

49
51
53
55
57
60
62
64
65
67
69
71
72

24

M1

M1/c

I(M1)
..
.
..
.

M0/c

Chorale melody, line 1

Chor mel, line 2

35

46
47

Choir: imit

Instrumental: trans
chr desc motif, PBi (&)

D7[9 /A Dm7 /A
C/G Cm/G D7 /F ]
Gm A7 /C D Dm/F Gm7
A[9
7 A7 A7 /G D7 /F ]
Gm D/F ] Dm/F
C/E Cm7 /E[ Gm64 D
Gm Cm7 C7 F m D7

Choir: imit
Chor mel, line 3

Gm G[9
7 Cm A[/C
G[9
7 /B Gm7 /B[ A7 F m/A[
G7 Cm7 /G D7[9
Gm E[/G D7[9 /F ] Dm7 /F

Chor mel, line 4

E7 D7[9 /F ] Cm/E[ D7[9


Gm/D A[9
7 Dm7
D G/D Gm D A[9
7 /C]
Dm A

Instrumental: trans

2.3. CANTATA NO. 78 JESU, DER DU MEINE SEELE, BWV 78

Table 2.7: Bach, Cantata No. 78 Jesu, der Du meine Seele, Movement 1 (contd)
m

73

M0/3+4
..
.
..
.

M0/c
..
.

Dm

Dm G7 A7 Am7 /C Dm7

75
77
79
81
82
83

M0

89

M5
..
.

91
93
95
97

M0/c

99
101
103
105

M0

107

M0
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

M0/c
..
.

109
111
112
113
115
118

Em

A[9
7 /E

Gm
B[

F C/E Cm/E[
B[/D B[m/D[ F46 C7

Instrum: trans

F G7 /B C D7 /F ]

Choir: imit, Seq

Gm A7 /C Dm Gm
A[9
7 F ]7 /A Cm/G D7 /F ]
Gm B7 /A B[7 /A[
E[/G E[m/G[ B[64 F7

Seq(41m;R5 )

B[ F/A F m/A[
E[/G E[m/G[ B[64 F7
B[ C7 /E F G7 /B
Cm Am7 /E D7 /F ] Gm A7 /C

Instrum: trans

D7sus4 D/F ] Gm A7 D7 /F ]

Choir: imit

Chorale mel, line 6

Seq(41m;R5 )

Gm Gm7 /F Cm/E[
D7sus4 G7 /D Cm B7 /C
Cm G[9
7 /B C7 /B[

Gm

F7sus4 G7 /D C7sus4 F7 /A
B[ C7 /G F7sus4 B[7 E[ D7 /C
Gm A7 /G D7[9 /F ] Dm/F

Chorale mel, line 7


d-dom-ped
Instrum: trans

Gm7 /F C/E Cm/E[


(D D7 Gm)/D

122

M0

(A[9
7 D7 G7 E7 A7 )/D

Chor mel, line 5

C/E Cm/E[ F7 /E[


B[/D B[m/D[ E7 /D[ F46 C7

120
121

124
125

Choir: imit

E7 /D A7 /C]

Dm B[/D A[9
7 /C] Am7 /C
G7 /B Gm7 /B[ A7
Dm Gm7 /F

85
87

Comment

(D7 E[)/D
D7 G7 C7 F7

Seq(41m;R5 )

25

CHAPTER 2. JOHANN SEBASTIAN BACH

Table 2.8: Bach, Cantata No. 78 Jesu, der Du meine Seele, Movement 1 (contd)
m
129
131
134
136
138
140
142
143

26

Comment

M6
..
.

B[

B[ E[/G D7[9

Choir: imit

Gm Cm7 /E[ F m B[/D E[ A7 /C


G[9
7 Cm C7 /E D7 /F ]
Gm D/F ] Dm/F B[/F
C/E Cm/E[ A7 /E[ Gm64 D7

Seq(31m;R7 )

Gm D/F ] Dm/F G[9


7 /F

Instrum: coda

C/E Cm/E[ A7 /E[


Gm64 D7 G

(144 m.)

M0/c

M0
..
.

Gm

Chor mel, line 8

2.3. CANTATA NO. 78 JESU, DER DU MEINE SEELE, BWV 78


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

27

CHAPTER 2. JOHANN SEBASTIAN BACH

Table 2.9: Bach, Brandenburg Concerto No. 4, Mvt. 2 Andante


m

Comment

1
9

M1
M2
M2
M2

Em

Em
B E7
Am E D C7 B7
Em D7 G E7 Am E7

A, echo (C&R)
echo (C&R)
Seq(31m;R7 )
echo (C&R)

M2

M2

M2

Am

Am D7 G C7 F ]7 B7
Em F ]7
Bm F ]7 Bm C] B A
G7 F ]7
Bm A7 D B7 Em B7

B, solo, Seq(32m;R7 )

M1
M2

Em

Em F/A
B F ] E D G7
. . . Am/C B

A
Seq(31m;R7 )
Coda (71 m.)

18
28
37
45
55
61
68

2.4

Bm

Seq(31m;R7 )
echo

Brandenburg Concerto No. 4, BWV 1049 (1721)

Source: [2]. Music for orchestra (solo violin, two flutes or recorders, strings and continuo).
An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 2.3.
Mvt. 2 Andante: ternary song form (Em,
A

T1

3
4

, 71 m.)

Mvt. 3 Presto: tutti-soli form (G,


Intro

h i

S1

T2

h i
2
2

S2

, 244 m.)
T3

S3

T4 S4 T5

Coda

Figure 2.3: Bach, Brandenburg Concerto No. 4, BWV 1049

2.4.1

Mvt. 2 Andante

Form: ternary song form, ABA. Note the call-and-response (C&R) phrases and the frequent
use of single measure sequences with stepwise descending root, Seq(3 1m;R7 ), in the
episodes. See Table 2.9 for the analysis.

2.4.2

Mvt. 3 Presto

This closing fast movement has the characteristic juxtaposition of tutti with solo instrument
sections (two recorders and violin). See Table 2.10 for the analysis.
28

2.4. BRANDENBURG CONCERTO NO. 4, BWV 1049

Table 2.10: Bach, Brandenburg Concerto No. 4, Mvt. 3 Presto


m

Comment

1
23
41
47
53
57

M1
M1
M1

M1

G D G A7 D D7 G
. . . A7 D D
G G D 7 G D7
G Em A7
D A7 D A7
D E7 A7

Fugato-Intro (4 stat)
Tutti 1 (2 stat)
Solo 1, imit
Seq(32m;R7 )
imit
Seq(32m;R7 )

67

M1/2

75

127
138
152
159
167

Em
Am
Em

Em B7 Em B7 Em B7 Em

Tutti 3 (3 stat)
Seq(32m;R5 ), (4 stat)

Bm

F ]7 Bm E7 F ]7 Bm F ]7
Bm E7 Am D7 G Em A7
D D7 G G7 C G7
C D 7 G G7 C F G 7

M1
M1

GC
C

175
183
189
197

M1

M1

207

M1/2
M2

M1

237

M1

Tutti 2
Seq(32m;R5 )

M1

219
225

E7 F A7 Bm
G B7
Em B7 Em B7 Em A7
D A7 D7 G7 E7
Am B7 Em
. . . B7
Em A7 B7 Em B7 E7
Am B7 Em B

Em
D
Am

M1
M3

D A7 D D7 Em B7 Em
d

M2
M1/2

87
95
105

C
C
G
G

G7 C G7 C G7
D7
D 7 G D7 G D7 G
A7 D7

G
A7 D 7
G G7 C
G D7 G
G A7 D
G D7 G

D7
D7
G7 C E7 Am D7
DG

Solo 2 (violin)
Seq(32m;R5 )
imit

Solo 3, Seq(32m;R7 )
imit
Tutti 4, imit (3 stat)
Solo 4, Seq(32m;R7 )
Tutti 5, imit (3 stat)
Seq(32m;R7 )
Seq(22m;R5 )
Coda

imit (2 stat), (244 m.)

29

CHAPTER 2. JOHANN SEBASTIAN BACH

2.5

Orchestral Suite No. 3 in D Major, BWV 1068 (1731)

Source: [2]. Music for orchestra (3 trumpets, timpani, 2 oboes, strings and continuo). An
overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 2.4.
Mvt. 1 Ouverture: ternary song form, ABCA form (D,
A

Mvt. 2 Air: AB form (D,

h ih i
4
4

2
2

, 122 m.)

A
h i
4
4

, 18 m.)

A B
Mvt. 3 Gavotte 1: AB form (D,
A

h i
2
2

, 26 m.)

h i

, 32 m.)

B
2
2

Mvt. 4 Gavotte 2: AB form (D,


A

Mvt. 5 Bourree: AB form (D,

h i
2
2

, 32 m.)

A B
Mvt. 6 Gigue: AB form (D,
A

h i
6
8

, 72 m.)

B
Figure 2.4: Bach, Orchestral Suite No. 3 in D Major, BWV 1068

2.5.1

Mvt. 1 Ouverture

Form: ternary song form, ABCA. This overture contrasts a maestoso A section with an elaborate counterpoint middle section (B and C), that is based on an ascending motif (M2), later
with addition of a quasi improvised, free melody (M3) in continuous 16th notes. The backgrounds are full of imitation (middle string voices). The trumpets provide accents, (unisono)
imitation, voice crossing and occasional support for the thematic material. See Table 2.11 and
2.12 for the analysis.

2.5.2

Mvt. 2 Air

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

30

2.5. ORCHESTRAL SUITE NO. 3, BWV 1068

Table 2.11: Bach, Orchestral Suite No. 3 in D Major, Mvt. 1 Ouverture


m
1
5
7
9
11
13
16
18
21
23

Comment

M1
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

|| : (D Bm7 Em7 A7 )/D D C]7 /E


(D G]7 E7 )/D A/C] F ]m

A 44 (ab) tutti
(a): Ob+Vi

Bm7 E7 /G] A D]7 Am7

(b)

B7 /A Em/G F ]7 /A B Em7 Am/E

(b)

A]7 /E Bm F ]7

(b)

B7 /D] E C]m7 F ]m7 D

(c)

h i

Bm7 E7 /G] A E7
A A7 /G D/F ] D7 G Em7 /G

(d): Ob+Vi, Tpt accts

A7 /C] D A7 /G D/F ]
A7 /C] D A : ||

tutti
h i
2
2

|| : A7 D D7 /C G/B E7 /D

28
31
33
35
37

M2
..
.

M2
M2

A C]7 /E A7 /G D D7 /C
G/B E7 E7 /D A
A7 /C] D G7 C]7 F ]7
Bm Bm7 D7 G C]7
F ]m7 Bm7 A7 D

Tpt accts, cad


episode
tutti

38
40

M2

A A7 /G D/F ]
Em7 A7 /E <(D Em7 /G A7 )

DB
cad

42

M3
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
./2

D Bm Em7 /G A7

C, free 16th: Vi1

D E7 /D A/C] F ]m Bm7 /D E

Str bg

25

43
44
48
49
50
56
58
61
63
65
66

M3/2
..
.
..
.
..
.

4pt ctp: Ob+Str

A C] /G F ]7 Bm D]7 /F ] B7
Em7 A7 D7 G7
C]7 F ]7 Bm Em
F ]7 B7 E7 A7
D E7 A D/F ] C] E
A A7 /G D/F ] B B7 /A

tutti ctp, Seq(4R5 )


tutti, cad
tutti climax

E/G] E7 A D7
G]7 C]7 F ]m F ]m7 A7

Ob+Str ctp

D Em7 /G C]7 F ]
Bm Em7 C]7 /G F ] F ]7 /E

Tpt accts, climax

31

CHAPTER 2. JOHANN SEBASTIAN BACH

Table 2.12: Bach, Orchestral Suite No. 3 in D Major, Mvt. 1 Ouverture (contd)
m

Comment

68

M3
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
./2

Bm

Bm/D C]7 F ]7 /C]

Ob+Str episode

Bm Em F ] A] /E

(free 16th)

Bm C]7 F ]

cad

Bm F ]7 /A] Bm G C]7 /E F ]

Vi1, Str cad

M3/2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

69
70
71
72
73
75
77
79
81
87
89
93
97
100
102
103
105
107
110
115
117
119
121

32

Bm C]7 /B F ]m/A D G]7 /B C]7

PB (&)

Em E7 /D A/C] A7

(cm<)

D7 G7 C] F ]m7 Bm Em7 A7
d

Ob accts

(D A7 Bm7 E7 A)/A A7

tutti climax

B7 E7 A7 D7
G Bm7 /C] D Em7 /G
A A7 D D7 G E7

ctp, Seq(4R5 )

A A7 D D7 /C G/B E

ctp

tutti climax, cad

E7 /D A/C] A7 D G7 C]7 F ]7
Bm Bm7 D7 G Em/G C]7

tutti climax

F ]m7 Bm7 Em7 A7 Bm7

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

F ]m F ]7 /E B7 /D] B7

A A7 A7 /G D/F ]
Em A7 /E <(D Em/G A7 )

cad

D . . . D7 G C]7 /G

D/F ] B7[9 Em B7 E/G] E7

(ab): Ob+Str

h i
4
4

(ab): tutti

(A D A7 )/A Bm7 G/B Em7


A7 /C] A7 D D7
(G Em7 A7 )/G G/B A7 /C]
D G A D : ||

cad (122 m.)

2.5. ORCHESTRAL SUITE NO. 3, BWV 1068


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

33

CHAPTER 2. JOHANN SEBASTIAN BACH

Table 2.13: Bach, Orchestral Suite No. 3 in D Major, Mvt. 3 Gavotte 1


m
1
3
5
7
9

Comment

M.a
M.b
M.a
M.b

|| : D A7 /C] D C]
D/F ] Em7 /G D46 A7
D A7 /C] D E7
A/C] E7 A D A/C] D/F ]
Bm7 A64 E A : || : A7

A (aa): tutti (upbeat)


Ob+Str, cad
(aa): tutti, 2nd stat
Ob+Str
cad

11
13
14
15
16
17
19
21

I(M.a)
I(M.b)

M.a
M.b

M.a
M.b

22
23
24
25

I(M.a)
I(M.b)

2.5.3

Bm

D7 Bm7 Em7 C] /E F ]7
G D/F ] C]7 /G Em7
F ] Bm Bm7 /A
E7 /G] F ]7
Bm G A]7 /E Bm/D
Em Bm64 F ] Bm G
D7 /F ] B7 Em A7 /C]
D Bm C]7 /G E7 /G]

B (aa): Ob+Str, (cm>)

(a): Ob+Str

(aa): Ob+Str
tutti

A D D7 /F ]
Em7
A7
D Em7 /G A D : ||

Ob+Str, (cm>)
tutti, cad (26 m.)

Mvt. 3 Gavotte 1

Form: binary, AB form. In this straightforward, monothematic dance the full orchestra returns. Trumpets support the a-phrase from the main theme in the opening and closing tutti.
Oboes play unisono throughout. This theme returns in melodic inversion in the B section.
See Table 2.13 for the analysis.

2.5.4

Mvt. 4 Gavotte 2

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

34

2.5. ORCHESTRAL SUITE NO. 3, BWV 1068


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

35

CHAPTER 2. JOHANN SEBASTIAN BACH

Table 2.14: Bach, Orchestral Suite No. 3 in D Major, Mvt. 5 Bourree


m

Comment

1
3
5
7

M.a
M.b
M.a
M.b

|| : D D7 /C] F ]7 /C]
Bm E7 /B A/C] D/F ] A7
D Bm7 /D E/G] E7
A F ]m Bm/D E A : ||

A, Ob+Str, Tpt acct


tutti
cad

9
11
13

M.a
M.b
M.c
..
.

|| : A E7 /G] A A7 /G
D/F ] Em7 A D
G Em/B Bm/D Am/C C D] /F ]

B, Ob+Str, Tpt acct


tutti
Ob+Str, [S6 ]

Em D/A Em/G A] /C]


F ][9
7 . . . Bm F ]7 Bm
D/F ] D7 . . .

Ob+Str, Tpt acct

15
17
19
24
27
29

2.5.5

M.a
M.b

M.c

Bm

G A7 Bm A7 /C] D C]7 /D
D/F ] E7 A7 /G D/F ] A7 /E
D Bm E7 A7 D46 A7 D : ||

tutti, cad (32 m.)

Mvt. 5 Bourree

Form: binary, AB form. The oboes play unisono lead with the first violins. The trumpets
alternate between rhythmic accents and melodic support. The lower strings imitate the
bourree lead rhythm. See Table 2.14 for the analysis.

2.5.6

Mvt. 6 Gigue

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

36

2.5. ORCHESTRAL SUITE NO. 3, BWV 1068


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

37

CHAPTER 2. JOHANN SEBASTIAN BACH

38

Chapter 3

Joseph Haydn
Biographical data:
31-3-1732 in Rohrau
28-5-1809 in Wien
1600

1700

1800

1900

2000

The analysis of the Haydn string quartets in this chapter has been supported by detailed
examples or global descriptions in [51, 52, 46, 69]. 1 Haydn served as a Classical music period
example to many later composers, by more or less providing the templates for musical forms
such as the sonata, and longer, multi-movement forms, such as the symphony and the string
quartet. Applying analysis models to his works therefore implies comparing earlier work
with later models, and therefore occasionally yields peculiarities, that seem not to fit the
templates.

3.1

String Quartet Op. 76, No. 1 in G Major (1796/7)

Source: [22]. This opus number contains six string quartets. The three quartets analysed in
this chapter all consist of four movements in the conventional fast-slow-dance-fast tempo
pattern. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 3.1. Note the length ratio of
the development section compared to the exposition-recapitulation pairs in the outer movements. These are not the extended developments, found in quartets by later composers in
the tonal music period.

3.1.1

Mvt. 1 Allegro con spirito

Form: sonata form. See Table 3.1 and 3.2 for the analysis. The lead instruments are indicated
in the tables, e.g., Vi1.

3.1.2

Mvt. 2 Adagio sostenuto


This section is included in the full version of the book.
Order the E-book from the webstore.

c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl

CHAPTER 3. JOSEPH HAYDN

Table 3.1: Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 1, Mvt. 1 Allegro con spirito
m

1
3
7
11
15
19
23
25
26
33

40

G D7 G

Introduction, cad
d

h i
2
2

M1.a
M1.a
I(M1.a)
..
.

G Am D7 Em A7 D E/G]
Am Bm E7 Am D7 G
<(C/G F ]7 G)

2nd stat, I(M1.a) in Vc


Va, I(M1.a) in Va
trans, g-ton-ped

G]7 Am F ]7 G C/G G
G]7 Am F ]7 G
C D7 G G/B C D7 G
Em F ]7 B Em A/C]

(g-ped)

M1.a

50
53
56
64
70
73
81
82
83
84
86

M2.2

89
91
93
96

M1.a

M1.a
M2.2
..
.

115
117

Comment

G Am D Em A/C] D
Am Bm E Am D G

112

M1.a
M1.a

36
38
40
43
46

102
106
108

M2.1

D D/F ] <(Em/G D]7 /A)


Em/G <(C]7 /G Dm/F )
<(Dm Gm)/D B[
[5/[9
E7 /D C]7 A[9
7 /C]
D G D/A A D
<(A7 D)/D F ] /A
D]7 /F ] Em C]7 /E D/F ]
G D/A D F ]
D]7 /F ] Em C]7 /E D/F ]
G D/A D F ]
D A D A7 D

M2.3

M2.2
..
.
..
.

D D/F ] Em/G G/B D7 /A


D7 /C G/B
[5/[9
Gm/B[ E7 /B[ A
A7 D/A D A7 D
D]7 Em A7 D A7

D
Em

D Em/G A7
Bm D/F ] E7 /G] A
Em F ] /A B7 Em D]
Em B B7 Em
Am7 D7 G7 C7
F ]7 B7
Em Am/E Em

Exp, Gr 1: Vc
Va

unisono climax
cad
trans to D
Gr 2: Vi1, a-dom-ped
(a-ped)
Vi1
unis arp, d-ped

Vi1, d-ton-ped
closing
closing 8va
cad
Dev: Va
Vi2
imit: Vi1-Vi2-Vi1
arp: R5 Vi1
arp: Vi1

E7 /D Am/C E7 /G]
Am A7 /G Dm/F A7 /C]
Dm G7 /F C/E G7 /B

climax

3.1. STRING QUARTET OP. 76, NO. 1 IN G MAJOR

Table 3.2: Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 1, Mvt. 1 Allegro con spirito (contd)
m
119
120
122
125
127
129
132
140
144
145
146
148
149
151
156
158
159
163
165
167
169
171
176
179
187
192
196
202
205
208
216
217
219
220
221

Comment

M1.a
..
.

C Dm/F

Vi1 ctp

M1.a
M1.a

I(M1.a)
M1.a
M1.a
..
.
..
.

[5/[9
G7 G7 /F C/E E7 /B[
A A7 D Dm/F F ][5
7 /C

Em

I(M1.a)
..
.

Seq(22m;R7 )
B

Em F7 B B7
Em F ]7 B7
Em Bm/D A/C] D
<(G C]7 )/D D7
d

Recap, Gr 1: Vc
stretto imit, [S6 (R3 )]

Am/C F ] /A D/F ] Bm/D

[S6 (R3 )]

S 6 (G Em . . . Bm G)
Em/G Am D7
G Em C Am G64 D7
<(C F ]7 )/G

[S6 (R3 )] (contd)

M1.a
M2.2

Gm
G
M2.3
..
.

M2.3

inv, par, Vi1+Va, d-ped

G Am D Em A7 /C] D
G G/B Em/G C/E

G]7 Am F ]7 G C/G G
G]7 Am F ]7 G
C D7 G G/B
C Am/C A/C]

Vi1 ctp
imit, Vc

(D E7 Am D)/D
(Em C D7 )/D
G Am D7
G D7 /F ] G <(Am G]7 /D)
Am/C <(F ]7 Gm/B[)
(Gm Cm Gm E[)/G
[5/[9
A7 /G F ]7 D7 /F ]
G Am/C G64 D7 G
<(D7 G)/G D7 /F ]
<(G D/F ]) <(G D7 /F ]) E7
<(Am E7 /G]) Am F ]7 G
<(D7 G) G7 /D
G]7 /B Am/C F ]7 /A G/B
Am7 /C D7 G G7 /D
G]7 /B Am/C C]7 D
D]7 Em D7 /F ] G
Am/C D7 G D G D7 G

cad
inv, par, Vi1+2, g-ped

trans, cad
imit, d-dom-ped
Vc, I(M1.a) in Vi1

unis arp, g-ped


cad
Vi1, g-ton-ped

Vi1 8va, g-ton-ped


closing

cad (225 m.)

41

CHAPTER 3. JOSEPH HAYDN

Mvt. 1 Allegro con spirito: sonata form (G,


Exposition

h i
2
2

, 225 m.)

Development

Mvt. 2 Adagio sostenuto: ternary song form (C,


A

Recapitulation
h i
2
4

A
, 74 m.)

h i

, 200 m.)

Trio

Mvt. 4 Allegro ma non troppo: sonata form (Gm,


Exposition

h i
3
4

Mvt. 3 Menuetto presto: menuet and trio form (G,


Menuet

, 95 m.)

Development

2
2

Recapitulation

Coda

Figure 3.1: Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 1 in G Major

42

3.1. STRING QUARTET OP. 76, NO. 1 IN G MAJOR


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

43

CHAPTER 3. JOSEPH HAYDN

3.1.3

Mvt. 3 Menuetto presto and Trio

Form: menuet and trio form. See Table 3.3 for the analysis.

3.1.4

Mvt. 4 Allegro ma non troppo

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

44

3.1. STRING QUARTET OP. 76, NO. 1 IN G MAJOR

Table 3.3: Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 1, Mvt. 3 Menuetto presto and Trio
m

Comment
h i

Menuetto. Presto
|| : G Am/C D7 G
A] Bm/D F ]7 Bm A7 D

3
4

1
5

M1a
M1b

G D Em/G D46 A7 D : || :

M2
..
.
..
.
..
.

D/F ]

(upbeat)

E[/G F/A Gm/B[ D C]7

[S6 ] , d-dom-ped

D Gm F/A E[/G Dm/F

parallel [S6 ]

Cm/E[ E[/G
Dm/F Cm/E[ B[/D
A /C <(C]7 D)
G Am/C D7 G
G E Am D7 G/B
G+ /B C B G7 /B

[S6 ] (contd)
[S6 ] (contd)
d-dom-ped
Vi1
Vc
Vi1

10
11
14
16
17
18
23
27
31

M1a
M1a
M1c
..
.

C F ] /A G D7 Em
Am/C G/D D7 G D G

41

M3a

Trio
|| : G D G

45
49
52
61
65

M3a

I(M3a)
M3a
M3b
..
.

35
37

69
71

Vi1

h i
3
4

G Em/G Em7 /G A D/F ] Em


D/A C] /E D G A7 D : || :
D7 /F ] G G7 /B C Am/C D7
GDG
C/E G
Am/C D G/B D7
G/D F ] /A G Am/C D7 G

(74 m.)

45

CHAPTER 3. JOSEPH HAYDN


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

46

3.2. STRING QUARTET OP. 76, NO. 2 IN D MINOR QUINTEN

3.1.5

Key relationship overview

The key relationship diagram of this first string quartet is shown in Fig. 3.2. The first and
third movement stay close to or in the main key G major. The opening movement moves one
step in the horizontal (dominant-sudominant axis) and vertical (relative and parallel minor)
direction. The second, slow movement moves to the dominant (1) and the parallel minor (2)
key.
The closing movement has the widest key scope. It starts in G minor, moves to the relative major B[ (1) and then moves back and forth to its parallel minor (2). The development
starts to move further away from the main key along the vertical axis F m A[ A[m (3).
Then there is a remote leap A[m A. Using the double occurrence property, this move prepares for the return; first A Am (4) and then back to the (major) main key Dm Gm G
(5).
Mvt. 1 Allegro con spirito
Mvt. 2 Adagio

Am 2 *
Am @
Am

I

@1
C




3 ?6

Cm

Gm

1
C  -G

@D

6
?
2

Dm

Cm

Gm

Mvt. 4 Allegro ma non troppo


C

Cm

Gm 

Dm 

Am

E[
E[m

Mvt. 3 Menuetto
G

5
6

1 ?

B[

2 ?
6

B[m - F m
3 ?

A[

G[

D[

G[m

D[m
 A[m




9

E
A t

C
Cm
E[
E[m
F]

Figure 3.2: Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 1, key relationship overview

3.2

String Quartet Op. 76, No. 2 in D Minor Quinten (1796/7)

Source: [22]. This string quartet has the standard set of four movements; opening sonata
form allegro - slow movement in ternary song form - menuet and trio - closing fast movement. However, the treatment of these is unusual and must have been an example and inspiration to later composers. The use of a short main motif, as the basis for a counterpoint sonata
setting (Mvt. 1), the canon and extended pedal point in Mvt. 3 and the mixed sonata/rondo
form of the last movement are rather unique. All the predictable elements are present in this
47

CHAPTER 3. JOSEPH HAYDN


quartet, but with a special twist by Haydn.
An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 3.3.
Mvt. 1 Allegro: sonata form (Dm,
Exposition

h i
4
4

, 154 m.)
Recap.

Developm.

Co

Mvt. 2 Andante o piu` tosto allegretto: ternary song form (D,


A

h i
6
8

, 67 m.)

Mvt. 3 Menuetto allegro ma non troppo: menuet and trio form (Dm,
Menuet

h i
3
4

, 80 m.)

Trio

Mvt. 4 Vivace assai: sonata form (Dm,


Exposition (93 m.)
Recapitulation (103 m.)

h i
2
4

, 267 m.)

Developm. (54 m.)


Co

Figure 3.3: Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 2 in D Minor Quinten

3.2.1

Mvt. 1 Allegro

Form: sonata form. This quartet received its name Quintenquartett from the opening motif
(M1.a=Mq), that consists of two downward 5th leaps. This motif is used also as background
in the second thematic group from the exposition, and in intricate (stretto) counterpoint
settings. See Table 3.4 and 3.5 for the analysis.

3.2.2

Mvt. 2 Andante o piu` tosto allegretto

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

48

3.2. STRING QUARTET OP. 76, NO. 2 IN D MINOR QUINTEN

Table 3.4: Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 2, Mvt. 1 Allegro
m
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
20
22
23
25
27
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
41
45
47
49
53
57
59
61
63
65
68
69
71

M1a

Dm

Dm E7 /D A7 /E

M1b
M1a
M1b

M1b
M2.1/q
..
./Mq

Comment
Exp, Gr 1 Quinten-

Dm/F Dm A7 B[ A
Dm E7 /D A7 /E
Dm/F Dm A Dm/F
C]7 /E <(B[/D A/C]) D7 /C
Gm/B[ Dm/A A7 Dm
F Gm/B[ C7 F

motif M1a=Mq Vi1


2nd stat, 8va

(B[ Gm C7 )/B[ F/A F

Mq: Va-Vi1-Vc

downward [S6 ]
cad
Gr 2/Th 1, Vi1

G7 C7 Dm Gm F/C C
(C7 F D7 )/C
(Gm C7 )/B[ F/A
<(C7 F )/C
B[/D Am/C E /B[ F/A

/Mq
M1a

trans, Vi1

M2.2
(M1a)
..
./Mq
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
./Mq
..
.

Fm
A[

16th notes Vi1


Mq in Vi2

A[ D[/F E[/G E[7


A[/E[ B[m/D[ C C7 /E

Fm

F m B[m/D[
<(C F m)/C C

trans, c-dom-ped

D7 /F ] Gm C7 /B[ F/A F
d

I(M1a)
M1a
M1a/I
M2.1/q
..
./Mq
..
./Mq
..
./Mq

Gm/B[ F/C C7
B[/D Am/C G] /B Am/C D7
Gm C7 F Gm/B[ C7
F m E7 F m C7 /E B7 C/E
F m D[/F E[7 /G

Gm

B[

Dm

G7 C7 Dm Gm

Mq in Vc

F/C C7 <(F C7 )/F F


C7 /E F C7 /E F

climax c-dom-ped

D7[9 D7 /A Gm D
E[7 D
Cm F/C F7
B[ Cm/E[ B[

Dev, imit Vc
Vi1
orig+inv: Vi1+Vi2
Vi1 Mq in Vi2

[9
F7 B[ G[9
7 Cm A7 Dm

Seq(31m;R7 ), Vc-Va

C7 F Gm/B[

stretto imit: Vi2-Va

C] /E A7 <(Dm C] )
[5/[9
Dm E7 /B[

49

CHAPTER 3. JOSEPH HAYDN

Table 3.5: Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 2, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m

72
74
75
77
80
83

Comment

M1a
M1a

M1a
M1a
M1a

A Dm E7 /G Am
Dm B[ Cm7 /E[ F
Gm7 /B[ A7 /C
B7 /D Cm/E[ C/E C + /E
F F + Dm/F B7[5 /F E
(E7[9 D]7 )/E

stretto imit: Vi1-Vi2-Va+Vc

85
89
93
95

I(M1a)
M1a/I
M1a
M2.1

<(E E7 /B F7 D]7 /C)


E
C G7 /C
C G/B Gm/B[ A7

Vc
orig+inv: Vi1+Vc
cresc Vi1
retrans, imit: Vi1-Vi2

99

M1a

Dm

Dm E7 /G A7 /E

Recap, Gr 1, Vi1

101
103
105
107
109
110
111
112
113
116
118
121
122

M1b
..
.
..
.

Dm/F Dm A7 B[ A7
Dm E7 /D A7 /E
Dm/F Dm A Dm/F

Gm

Gm

139
141

I(M2.2)

143
147
149
150
152

M2.2

Dm
B[
Dm
B[

downward [S6 ]

F G7 C D7

imit: Vi1-Vi2

Dm E /G Dm/A A7
<(Dm C] )/D <(Dm A)
Dm D7 Gm64 D7
Gm Am G] /B A7 /C]
d

imit, Seq(31m;R7 )

a-dom-ped
cad
trans, d-dom-ped
climax
(cm>)

Dm E /G Dm64 A7
<(B[ F7 /A)
D7 /F ] Gm A7 /G Dm
A Dm E7 A
A7 Dm A Dm A7 Dm

cad
Gr 2, imit: Vi1-Va, Mq:Vi2
Vi1
Vc
Vc, cad

D7[9 /F ] Gm C7 /E F
[5/[9
B[/D C] B[/D E7 /B[

Coda, Seq(21m;R7 ) Vi1


imit: Vi1-Vc

Dm
M2.2

2nd stat 8va

C] /E <(B[/D A/C]) B[/D


A/C] D7 /C
Gm/B[ D7 /F ] Gm C7
[5/[9
Gm E7 /B[
A7 Dm64 A7

Dm

M2.1/q
M1a
M1a
M1a

Vi1
Mq in 4ths Vi2
Mq in augm 5ths, e-ped

M1b
M1a
M1b
..
.

124
126
130
132
134

50

(A B[7 A G] A7 )/A
B[ D7 /A Gm E
A7 /C] Dm E /D A7
(Dm D7 Gm C]7 )/D
<(Dm A Dm A7 ) Dm

imit, a-dom-ped
cresc to climax
cad, (cm>)
Vc d-ton-ped
closing cad (154 m.)

3.2. STRING QUARTET OP. 76, NO. 2 IN D MINOR QUINTEN


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

51

CHAPTER 3. JOSEPH HAYDN

Table 3.6: Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 2, Mvt. 3 Menuetto allegro ma non troppo and
Trio
m

1
5
9
12
14
16
19
23
27
31
39
45
50
53
61
65
69
73
78

3.2.3

M1
..
.

M2
..
.
..
.

M1
..
.

Comment
h i

Dm

Menuetto. Allegro ma non troppo


|| : Dm . . . A G] /D
A G] A Dm C]7 A7 . . .
A/C] A Dm : ||
|| : Dm E7 Dm/F E /G

Dm/A C7 /G F C7 /B[

Dm

F/A Gm A B[
<(C] Dm C] /E Dm/F )
Dm . . . A G] /D

D
Dm

D
M3

A, canon

A, canon

A G] A B[/D A Gm A7
Dm C] Dm . . . Dm : ||

M3

M4

3
4

Trio
|| : Dm . . . D
D . . . <(A7 Dm)/D
A/C] E7 A : ||
|| : A . . . <(Dm A A[9
7 )/A
Dm/A A . . .
Dm . . . Gm/D
Dm . . . D
D . . . <(A7 D)/D
G A7 D : ||

A, d-ton-ped
Vi1 climax, (d-ped)
cad
B, Vi1 a-dom-ped
(a-ped)
d-ton-ped
A, (d-ped)
Vi1 climax, (d-ped)
cad (80 m.)

Mvt. 3 Menuetto allegro ma non troppo and Trio

Form: menuet and trio form, 2-part canon. The menuet is a two-part canon; violin 1 and 2 in
parallel octaves are imitated by viola and cello in parallel octaves. The trio is full of tonic and
dominant pedal point. Both menuet and trio are in ternary song form (ABA). See Table 3.6
for the analysis.

3.2.4

Mvt. 4 Vivace assai

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

52

3.2. STRING QUARTET OP. 76, NO. 2 IN D MINOR QUINTEN


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

53

CHAPTER 3. JOSEPH HAYDN

3.2.5

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

54

3.2. STRING QUARTET OP. 76, NO. 2 IN D MINOR QUINTEN


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

55

CHAPTER 3. JOSEPH HAYDN

3.3

String Quartet Op. 76, No. 3 in C Major Kaiser (1796/7)

Source: [22]. This quartet is known as the Kaiserquartett (Emperor Quartet), because the
second movement is based on the song Gott erhalte Franz den Kaiser that Haydn used for
other, ceremonial occasions and therefore has untouchable royal status.
An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 3.1. Note how the length of the
development section in the finale movement has increased in length significantly, compared
with the surrounding exposition and recapitulation (which now is fairly short).1
Mvt. 1 Allegro con spirito: sonata form (C,
Exposition

Developm. Recap.

h i
4
4

, 121 m.)

Coda

Mvt. 2 Poco adagio - cantabile: theme and variations form (G,

h i
2
2

, 104 m.)

Theme Var. 1 Var. 2 Var. 3 Var. 4


Mvt. 3 Menuet allegro: menuet and trio form (C,
Menuet

h i
3
4

, 100 m.)

Trio

Mvt. 4 Finale. Presto: sonata form (Cm,


Exposition

h i
2
2

Development

, 189 m.)
Recap. Coda

Figure 3.4: Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 3 in C Major Kaiser

3.3.1

Mvt. 1 Allegro

Form: sonata form.. This movement is almost entirely monothematic; the first phrase of the
opening melody (M1a, abbreviated as M1). The other melodic element is the dotted 16th 32th note runs used as countertheme (M2) in the second statement of the exposition. See
Table 3.7 to 3.9 for the analysis.

3.3.2

Mvt. 2 Poco adagio; cantabile

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

1
Compare this sonata closing movement with the frst quartet from the series, and note the change in development section length.

56

3.3. STRING QUARTET OP. 76, NO. 3 IN C MAJOR KAISER

Table 3.7: Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 3, Mvt. 1 Allegro
m
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
11
13
14
15
16
18
19
20
21
23
24
25
26
29
31
33
34
35
36
38
43

Comment

M1(a)
M1b
M1

|| : G/B C F G7 C G/B
C Am G64 D7 G
C7 /E F B /D C C/E
Dm7 /F G7 C
C Dm G C/E
C Dm G C/E
<(F C)
<(G7 C Dm C)/C

Exp, Gr 1, main motif: Vi1


Vi1
Va
cad
2nd stat, par: Va+Vc
imit: Vi2/Vi1
imit Vc
trans, c-ton-ped

(G7 C)/C
<(G7 C) <(C G)/G
<(G D7 )

climax, g-ton-ped
Gr 2 imit: Vc-Vi1-Va

G7 /B C F ] G B7 /D]
Em G7 /B C E7 /B[
A[9
7 D7 /F ] G C] /E A7
(D G] D7 )/D

ctp Vc
d-dom-ped

(G C]7 D G]7 Am7 D7 )/D

(d-ped)

(G C]7 D)/D
G/B D7 /C G/B

(d-ped)
climax

M1/2
/2
M2
M2
..
.

M1
..
.

M1
M1
..
.
..
.

M1
..
.
..
.

E[
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.

<(D7 /C G/B) D7 /F ]
Em G] /B Am

cad
ctp Vi2

A7 /G D/F ] C/E

ctp, suspensions

F ]7 /E Bm/D Am/C
D7 /C G/B C] G64 D7
<(G D7 )
Gm D7 Gm B[7 /D
<(E[ B[7 /D) E[
<(E[/G B[7 /F )

[S6 ]
cresc to climax
climax, mod
cad
stretto imit: Vc-Va-Vi1

E[ B[7 E[/G B[7 /F


E[ B[m7 E[7 A[/E[
G

E[7 G/D D7
<(G D7 ) <(G D7 /F ])
1) G <(D G) <(D/F ] G)
7
E/G] Am B : ||2) G <(D7 G)

closing cad
repeat

57

CHAPTER 3. JOSEPH HAYDN

Table 3.8: Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 3, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m

45
46
47
49

M1/2
M2

M1

50

M1

51

M1

52
53
54
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
65
67
73
74
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
90

58

M1
..
.
..
.

M1
..
.

R
Am

Comment

G D7 G/B
(E7 Am D]7 E7[9 )/E
<(E7 Am) E7
E7 /G] Am

Dev, par: Vc/Va-Va/Vi2


Vi1 e-dom-ped
(e-ped)
imit, par

C]7 A7 /C] B[ Am7


C

Vi1

Dm/F G7 /B C G7

(False) Recap, Vi1


d

C B /D C Am/C D7
d

ctp, imit Vc

Em/G A7 /C] B[/D E7


Am

M1
..
.
..
.

Em

M1
M2
..
.

Em

M1(a)
M1b
M1

M1/2
/2
M2
M2
..
.
..
.

F/A B7 /D] E7[9 D]7 E7[9 /G]


Am C] /G Dm/F C] /E Dm
G7 /B C F ] /A G E

Vc Seq(31m;R7 )

A7 /C] Dm G] Am F ]
[9
B7 /D] Em F ][5
7 /C B B7
Em/B B7 Em/B

par: Vi1+Vi2

D]7

[5/[9
F7
/C

B B7[9

Em/B B7 Em/B
[5/[9
D]7 F7
/C B
(E B7 E B)/E E
<(B7 E B7[9 E)/E

2nd Dev: Vi1 eb-ped


par: Vi1+2, eb-ped

(B7 E B7 )/E
(Em B7 )/E Em . . . G/B

climax, eb-ped
Retrans, e-ped

C F G7 C G/B
C Am G64 D7 G
C7 /E F B /D C C/E
Dm7 /F G7 C
C Dm G C/E
C Dm G C/E
<(F C)
<(G7 C Dm C)/C

(True) Rec/Gr 1: Vi1


Vi1
Va
cad
2nd stat, par: Va+Vc
imit: Vi2/Vi1
imit Vc
trans, clim, c-ton-ped

(G7 C7 F C7 )/C

(c-ped)

F/C C]7 Dm C
Dm/F D7 /F ] G

g-ped

3.3. STRING QUARTET OP. 76, NO. 3 IN C MAJOR KAISER

Table 3.9: Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 3, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m

91

M1
..
.

92
93
95
96

97
98

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.

107
109
115
117
119
120
120

Comment

(C] G7 C D7 G)/G

par: Vi1+2, g-ped

(C]7 G7 C Cm G)/G
(F ] G7 C G) G Am

climax (g-ped)
(g-ped), cad

Dm7 /F C] /E Dm Am/C

Gr 2, (var), Va ctp

F7 /C G/B F/A

[S6 ] ,

B7 /A Em/G Dm/F

suspensions

G7 /F C/E F ] C46 G7
<(C G7 ) <(C G7 )/C

c-ton-ped

102
105

M1

C F C/G G7 F ] /A G7 /C

cad

C G7 C C] /E Dm

Coda, par, imit

E F C/G G
A[ F ]7 = D7[9 /F ] C46 G7
<(C G7 )
<(C G7 )
C/E G7
1) <(C G ) <(C G) C
7
G/B F/A Em7 /G D7 /F ] : ||
2) <(C G ) G C
7

stretto imit
closing cad
g-dom-ped
cad
ending 1)
[S6 ] , repeat
ending 2), (121 m.)

59

CHAPTER 3. JOSEPH HAYDN


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

60

3.3. STRING QUARTET OP. 76, NO. 3 IN C MAJOR KAISER

3.3.3

Mvt. 3 Menuett allegro and Trio

Form: menuet and trio form. Both the menuet and the trio are in ternary song form, ABA. A
fragment from the first theme is used a counterpoint motif for imitation (M1). See Table 3.10
for the analysis.

3.3.4

Mvt. 4 Finale. Presto

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

61

CHAPTER 3. JOSEPH HAYDN

Table 3.10: Haydn, String Quartet Op. 76, No. 3, Mvt. 3 Menuett allegro and Trio
m

1
6
8
9
10
12
16
21
23
25
27
31
33
37
42

Comment
h i

M1
M1
..
.
..
.

M2
M2

Menuett. Allegro
|| : C Dm/F G7 /B C
C Am

M1
..
.

3
4

A, Vi1
imit: Vi1-Va/Vc-Vi2

G]7 Am F ]7 G

(M1)

46
47
48
52

M1
M1
M1
..
.
..
.

M2
M2

57
61
65
69

M3
M3
M3
M3

Am

77
81
85
89

M4

M4

93
97
99

M3
M3

Am

45

62

D7 /C G/B Am/C
E7 /D Am/C G64 D7
(G . . . F ] )/G
G . . . D7 G : ||

cad
app motif Vi1, g-ped
I(M2) asc Vc

|| : G . . . Cm/E[

B, imit: Vi1-Vc

A[/C D G7 /B Cm
[5/[9
D7 /A[ G
<(F ]7 G)
G[9
7

appogg
cad
motif imit, echoes

C Dm/F G7 /B C
C G7 Dm A7
Dm C]7 Dm B7 C

A, Vi1
par: Vi2+Vc, Seq(22m;R7 )
par imit: Vi1+2-Va+Vc

G7 /F C/E
Dm/F A7 /G Dm/F
C46 G7
C . . . G7
C . . . G7 C : ||
Trio
|| : Am Dm E7 Am
Am Dm B7 E : ||
|| : Am Dm C]7 Dm
Bm E7 /D Am/C F7 E

(cm<)
cad
Vi1 c-ton-ped
I(M2) asc Vc, cad
A, Vi1

climax

A E7 /G]
A Bm/D A/E E7
A E7 /G]
A/C] Bm/D A64 E7 A

(cm>), cad

Am Dm E7 Am
Am B[/D B7 /D]
Am64 E7 Am : ||

A
(N 6 )
cad (100 m.)

B
cad

3.3. STRING QUARTET OP. 76, NO. 3 IN C MAJOR KAISER


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

63

CHAPTER 3. JOSEPH HAYDN

3.3.5

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

64

3.3. STRING QUARTET OP. 76, NO. 3 IN C MAJOR KAISER


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

65

CHAPTER 3. JOSEPH HAYDN

66

Chapter 4

Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart


Biographical data:
27-1-1756 in Salzburg
5-12-1791 in Wien
1600

4.1

1700

1800

1900

2000

Sonata in F Major KV 332 (1783)

Source: [37].1 An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 4.1.


Mvt. 1 Allegro: Sonata form (F ,

h i
3
4

, 229 m.)

Exposition

Development Recapitulation

Mvt. 2 Adagio: ABAB form (B[,


A B

h i
4
4

, 40 m.)

A B

Mvt. 3 Allegro assai: sonata form (F ,

h i

Exposition (90 m.)

Development (57 m.)

Recapitulation (84 m.)

6
8

, 245 m.)

Cda
Figure 4.1: Mozart, Sonata in F Major KV 332

4.1.1

Mvt. 1 Allegro

Form: sonata. This fast opening movement contains a multitude of themes in both subject groups. The short development starts with a new subject; the similarity with the other
sections lies in the transitions. The detailed analysis is shown in Table 4.1 and 4.2.
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

Table 4.1: Mozart, Sonata in F Major KV 332, Mvt. 1 Allegro


m

Comment

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.

|| : F F7 B[/F Gm7 /F E /G

Exp/Gr 1 (a): RH

<(F Dm/F ) Gm7 C F B[/D B[

(b), imit RH-LH

F/A Dm Gm/B[ C7 F C7

cad

F C F/A C F C7
F C F/A C7 F C7
F C7 F A/C]
[9
Dm A[9
7 /E Dm/F G7 /D

(c) RH+LH par


cad
trans
(aa): arp

5
10
13
17
21
23
31
37
41
45
49
53
57

M2
..
.

M3
..
.
..
.

Dm
Cm
C

Cm

68

M4

94
102
110
116
122
127

M5
M5

133

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.

145
149

F/A G7 /B Am Dm/F G

(b)

C G/B G7 /B C G C
F/A G/B G7 /B C Dm/F G7 C
<(G7 Cm) F m7 B[7 E[7

LH triplets
(b)
trans

M4

142

(b): 16th arp


halfcad
Gr 2 (a)

A[7 D7 G7 A[ F ]7
<(G F ]7 ) G C]

77
80
82
84
86
90

137

/A[

64
67
71

[5/[9

Cm/E[ A[/C D7
<(G Cm) G
C . . . G C

F C G7 Am Dm/F C46 G C

cad

F/C C G7
Am Dm/F C/G B /F
Em G]7 Am Dm/F C/G B /F
Em G]7 Am Dm/F C46 G
<(C . . . G7 )
C E/G] Am Dm G C : ||

climax, RH: 16ths


LH: 16ths, P D (c)
cad
Dev

Cm
Dm

|| : <(C G) Dm/F G7 C G7no 3


<(C G) Dm/F G7 C
<(G7 Cm) F ]7 /A Gm/B[
D7 /F ] G C]7 /E Dm/F A7 /C] Dm
G] /B <(A G]7 ) A
Am G]7 C7 /G C7

F F7 B[/F Gm7 /F E /G

Rec/Gr 1 (a): RH

<(F Dm/F ) Gm7 C F B[/D B[

(b), imit RH-LH

F/A Dm Gm/B[ C7 F C7no 3

cad

F C F/A C F C7
F C F/A C7 F C7

(c) RH+LH par


cad

4.1. SONATA IN F MAJOR KV 332

Table 4.2: Mozart, Sonata in F Major KV 332, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)


m
153
155
163
167
173
177
181
183
185
189
193

Comment

M2
..
.
..
.

M3
..
.
..
.
..
.

Dm

F C7 F A/C]
[9
Dm A[9
7 /E Dm/F G7 /D

trans
(aa): arp

Cm

Cm/E[ F7[9 /E[

(aa): arp

B[m/D[ F/C B7
<(C B /F ) C G7 C
F C7no 3 /B[ F E F

(b): 16th arp


climax
Gr 2 (a)

B[/D C/E C7 /G

(b)

F Dm Gm/B[ C

Fm

213
216
218
219
220
222
226

LH triplets
(b) 8va
trans

D[7 G7 C7 D[ B7
<(C B7 ) C F ]

200
203
207
211

F C/E C7 /E F E F
B[/D C/E C7 /E F C7 F
<(C7 F m) B[m7 E[7 A[7

B[ F C7 Dm
Gm/B[ F46 C F

M4

M4

cad

B[/F F C7
Dm Gm/B[ F/C C7 /B[
F/A C]7 Dm
Gm/B[ F/C C7 /B[
F/A C]7 Dm Gm/B[ F46 C
<(F . . . C7 )
F A/C] Dm Gm C F

climax, RH: 16ths


LH: 16ths, f -ped
cad (229 m.)

69

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

4.1.2

Mvt. 2 Adagio

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

70

4.1. SONATA IN F MAJOR KV 332


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

71

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

4.1.3

Mvt. 3 Allegro assai

Form: sonata. The closing fast movement of this sonata is, like the opening movement, a
sonata form with melodic richness. It also introduces a new subject in the development
(M6). The key relations are similar (major vs. relative or parallel minor), but now the order
is different: tonic major, relative minor, dominant minor, parallel major (F Dm Cm C).
In the coda, there is the unexpected return of the first group, second theme, with transitory
character (M2). The analysis is shown in Table 4.3 to 4.5.

4.1.4

Key relationship overview

The key relationship diagram of this three-movement piano sonata is shown in Fig. 4.2.
Overall it has a limited key range envelope. Both sonata form movements are in the tonic
major key F . For a shortest path interpretation they require the double occurrence property
of the dominant minor Cm and the tonic minor F m key. The opening Allegro remains in the
dominant key area, the closing movement also reaches the subdominant domain with B[
and Gm (45). The middle movement has one counterclockwise loop through the dominant
key F (1) and one alternation with the tonic minor key B[m (2).
Mvt. 1 Allegro
t

Cm

Gm

Dm

B[

E[

HH C
Y
6 H 6
?
?t
5 F m 2,4 Cm

B[m

E[m

Mvt. 2 Adagio

Am

B[ 

*

6
?
2 
B[m 1 F m

Mvt. 3 Allegro assai


F mt6
A[
A[m

2 t

Cm

Gm

Dm

HH
YH
1,7
5H
6
?
H
j
H
F
E[
4 B[
6
B[m t F m
E[m

Am
C

3 6
?t

Cm

Figure 4.2: Mozart, Sonata in F Major KV 332, key relationship diagram

4.2

String Quartet in C Major No. 19 KV 465 (1785)

String quartet No. 19 KV465 is also known as the Dissonanzenquartett (Dissonance Quartet).
Source: [33]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 4.3.

4.2.1

Mvt. 1 Adagio - Allegro

Form: sonata form. The slow (adagio) introduction with its 3-part stretto imitation opening
is the reason for giving this quartet its nickname Dissonance Quartet (Dissonanzenquartett):
the three stepwise descending entries are Va: a[, Vi2: e[, Vi1: a, repeated as a stepwise
72

4.2. STRING QUARTET IN C MAJOR NO. 19 KV 465

Table 4.3: Mozart, Sonata in F Major KV 332, Mvt. 3 Allegro assai


m

Comment

1
4
6
7

M1

|| : F . . . F/A
Gm/B[ F/C <(B[m/D[ F/C)
B7no 3 C
F . . . F/A

Exp/Gr 1 (a) RH 16ths


(b)
halfcad
2nd stat (a) RH 16ths

Gm/B[ F/C <(B[m/D[ F/C)


B7 E /B[ F ]7 /A Gm/B[ C7 F
<(C7 F ) C7
F Gm/B[ G/B

(b) halfcad

10
12
15
22
23
24
26
28
32
36
38
42
44
46
48
50
54
56
58
62
64
65
70
72
74
79
81
83
85
91
94
96

M1
..
.

M2
..
.

Dm

Dm

C A/C] Dm E7
C7 /B[ F/A C]7 Dm
F/A A/C] Dm E7
C7 /B[ F/A B[ F46 C7
<(F C7 ) F
Dm/F A7 /E
Dm A7 /C] Dm D7 /C G/B G7

Cm

C/Gno 1 G7 /F no 3 C/E G7 /D
C G7 /B C
F7 B7 Em7 Am7
G7 /D C G G7
Cm G/B B G[9
7 /B Cm

M2

F
M3
..
.

M4
..
.

Cm/E[ B[/D A[/C Gm/B[


[5/[9
F m7 /A[ D7 /A[ Cm64 G
Cm G/B B G[9
7 /B E7 /B[ F/A

M4
..
.

M5
..
.

[5/[9

M5
..
.

M1
..
.

Cm

trans, LH: 8ths


unisono
(cm>)
2nd stat, unis
(cm>)
trans arp
imit RH-LH
(ab)
(c)
trans, Seq(21m;R7 )
Gr 2 (a), LH: arp
(b) [S6 ]
cad
2nd stat (a) var

D7 /A[ Cm64 B7 /F Cm/E[ F m


Cm64 G7
<(C G7 ) C . . .

(b)
cad
(a) RH: 16ths, clim

F ] F m7 /C B7 G[9
7 /F
C/E F C46 G7
<(C G7 ) C . . .

(b)

F ] F m7 /C B7 G[9
7 /F
6
C/E F C4 G7
C/E Dm/F C46 G7
<(C G7 ) C : ||

(b)

|| : Cm . . . Cm/E[

Dev (a)

Dm7 /F C/G F m/A[ Cm/G


<(D7 /F ] Cm/G F m/A[ Cm/G)

(b)

(a) 2nd stat var

trans, climax

73

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

Table 4.4: Mozart, Sonata in F Major KV 332, Mvt. 3 Presto agitato (contd)
m

98

D7 /F ] Gm Cm <(G7 F m/A[)

106

M1
..
.
..
.

110

F7 Gm F7

112

M6
..
.
..
.

102

114
116
118
120
122
124
126
129
135
139
142
148
151
153
154
157
159
161
162
169
173
175
178
180
182
185
189
191

74

[5
G7 A[ G[9
7 <(C G7 /D[)
d

C7 Dm C7 <(F7 /A E[m/G[)
d

B[

B[ F/A E[/G D/F ]

(a) [S6 ]

E[/G Dm/F Cm/E[ B[/D

[S6 ]

C7 F7 B[ G[
E[m7 C7[9 /E F F7

(b)
d

B[ F/A E[/G D/F ]

(a) var, 16th arp

E[/G Dm/F Cm/E[ B[/D

[S6 ]

C7 F ]7 Gm Cm/E[
B[64 F7 B[
F ]7 /A Gm/B[ E7 C7[9 /B[
[5/[9
F m/A[ Dm7 B7 D[ G7 /D[
(C B E F F ] E )/C
C7 . . .

(b) LH-RH arp


cad

F . . . F/A
Gm/B[ F/C <(B[m/D[ F/C)
B7no 3 C
F . . . F/A

Rec/Gr 1 (a) RH 16ths


(b)
halfcad
2nd stat (a) RH 16ths

Gm/B[ F/C <(B[m/D[ F/C)

(b) halfcad

Gm

B7 E /B[ F ]7 /A Gm/B[
C7 F
<(C7 F ) C7
F A[5
7 /E[ D D7 Gm/B[ D7 /A
Gm D7 /F ] Gm G7 /F

cad
trans, LH: 8ths
imit RH-LH
(a)
(b)
(c)
trans, Seq(21m;R7 )

Fm

C/E C7 /B[ F/A C7 /G


F C/E F
B[7 E Am7 Dm
Gm7 C7 F B[ G/B C C7
F m C/E E7 C7[9 /E F m
F m E[/G D[/F Cm/E[
B[m7 /D[ G7[5 /D[ F m64 C

(b) [S6 ]
cad

M4
..
.

Seq(34m;R5 )

M1
..
.
..
.

M3
..
.

Comment
d

M6
..
.
..
.

M1

retrans, c-ped
climax

Gr 2 (a), LH: arp

4.2. STRING QUARTET IN C MAJOR NO. 19 KV 465

Table 4.5: Mozart, Sonata in F Major KV 332, Mvt. 3 Allegro assai (contd)
m
193
195
197
199
200
206
208
210
215
217
220
222
227
232
233
235
237
239
241

M
M4
..
.
..
.

M5
..
.

Comment

F m C/E

2nd stat (a) 8va

E7 C7[9 /E A7 B[/D
[5/[9

G7 /D[ F m/C E7 /B[ F m/A[


F m64 C
<(F C7 ) F . . .

(b) var
cad
(a) RH: 16ths, clim

B /D B[m7 /F C7[9 /E
F/A B[ F46 C7
<(F C7 ) F . . .

(b)

B /D B[m7 /F C7[9 /E
F/A B[ F46 C7
F/A Gm/B[ F46 C7
<(F C7 ) F
F7 B[ B7 F46 C7

(b)

Dm

F Gm/B[ G/B

Coda, unisono

C A/C] Dm E7
C7 /B[ F/A C]7 Gm/D Dm
F A/C] Dm E7
C7 /B[ F/A B[ F46 C7
<(F C7 ) F : ||

(cm>)
2nd stat, unis
cad
closing (245 m.)

M5
..
.

M2
..
.

M2

Mvt. 1 Adagio Allegro: sonata form (C,


Intro

Exposition

h ih i
3
4

4
4

B1

A2

block chords, cad

, 246 m.)

B2

Recapitulation

Coda

h i
3
4

, 114 m.)

Cda

Mvt. 3 Menuetto Allegro: menuet and trio form (C,


Menuet

trans, climax

Development

Mvt. 2 Andante cantabile: ABAB Coda form (F ,


A1

(a) 2nd stat var

h i
3
4

, 103 m.)

Trio

Mvt. 4 Allegro: sonata form (C,


Exposition (137 m.)
Recapitulation (172 m.)

h i
2
4

, 419 m.)
Developm. (53 m.)
Coda (47 m.)

Figure 4.3: Mozart, String Quartet in C Major No. 19 KV 465


75

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART


downward sequence.1 The allegro main theme has M1(aab) sentence structure (2 + 2 + 4 m.),
where the longer b-phrase starts with the a-motif. In the allegro the first phrase from the
opening theme (M1a) returns in many disguises (variation, stretto imitation) in all sections
of the movement. The detailed analysis is shown in Table 4.6 to 4.8.
If the first two themes from the secondary group, M2.1 and M2.2, are considered together,
they may be interpreted as another M2(aab) (2 + 2 + 12 m) sentence structure. The group
returns in the recapitulation, but is not developed.

4.2.2

Mvt. 2 Andante cantabile

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

1
The other likely reason for its label Dissonance Quartet probably has to do with the wide leaps and the
diminished fifth leaps in the main themes of the other movements.

76

4.2. STRING QUARTET IN C MAJOR NO. 19 KV 465

Table 4.6: Mozart, String Quartet in C Major No. 19 KV 465, Mvt. 1 Adagio - Allegro
m

1
5
9

27
29
31
35
39
42
44
48
51
53
56
60
65
67
69
71
75
78
84
88
91
100
103

Comment

Adagio
A[/C D7 /C G/B D7 /F ]
G[/B[ C7 /B[ F/A C7 /E
F m/A[ E[/G D7 Cm/E[

h i
3
4

Introduction
3pt imit, PB (&),
Seq(24m;R7 )

G7 C G 7
Am7 D7[5 /A[ G D7[9 /F ]
G7 D7[9 /F ] D7 /F ] G G7 . . .

13
15
17

23

M1
..
.

M1
..
.
..
.

M1
..
.
..
.

M2.1
..
.
..
.
..
.

M2.2
M2.2

M2.1

M1

M1

Allegro
|| : C F G/B G7 C/E G/B

cad (22 m.)


h i
4
4

Exp, Gr 1/Th 1 (aa): Vi1

C G/B Am F/A C7 /G
F A7 /E Dm D7 /F ] G G7
C G7 C

(b)

<(C7 /B[ F/A) C7 /B[ A7 D7

(b)

2nd stat: (aa), var

G7 Am Dm/F G7 C/E C
Dm/F G7 C G7
C G7 /F C/E G7 /D C Am7 /G

cad
(a): 4pt stretto imit

D7 /F ] D7 /C G/B D7 G D7 /A

G Em A7 D
<(C]7 /D D) <(A7 D)

trans to D

G D7 /A D D7 /C G/B

Gr 2/Th 1, (a): imit 16th

G7 E7 Am D7 G Bm7 /D

(b): Vi1, (a): Vc

C7 /E D7 /F ] B7 /D] Em
<(C Am/C) Am/C D7 /A
d

G G7 /B Am7 /C G64 D7
G Em E7 /G] A7 /C]
G/D G/B G7 /B
C Am7 /C G64 D7 <(G D7 )
G/B C Am7 /C D7 G
G7 /F C/E A7 /C] G64 D7
G <(D7 G)/G <(D7 G)
Am7 /C G7 /D C/E
[9
A[9
7 /G Dm/F G7 : ||

imit 16th, I(M1): Vi2+Vc


cad
Th 2: Vi triplets (3rds)
2nd stat: Vi2+Vc
imit
(a): 16th sc runs
climax, cad
(a) clos st: Vi2-Vi1, P T (g)
(a) imit: Va-Vc
(a): climax, repeat

77

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

Table 4.7: Mozart, String Quartet in C Major No. 19 KV 465, Mvt. 1 Adagio - Allegro (contd)
m

107
115

M1

121
125
128
132

M1
M1

M1
..
.

137
140
143
145
147
151
155
159
161
163
165
167
169
171
173
176
181
185
187
189
191
194
195
198
199
204
208
210
211
219
223

78

Comment

Am

|| : C7 /B[ . . . A7 . . . C]7 /G
[5/[9
B[64 F F7 B7 /F <(E7 Am)

Dev (a): 2pt im, PB (&)


clim, unis, cad

Dm

E7 F/C B7[9 E7 F/C B7[9


E7 . . .
[9
A[9
7 <(Dm A7 )
[9
[9
D7 . . . G7 . . .

Cm

M1
M1
M1
M1

M1

M1

F
G

M2.1
M2.1

M2.2
M2.2

M2.2
M2.1
..
.

M1

M1

<(Cm G[9
7 ) Cm C7 /E F m
B[7 /D E[ A[/C D7 G7 Cm
D7[9 /F ] . . .
G7 Cm D7[5 /A[ G7 Cm
<(G D7[9 )
G7 . . .
(C C7 F G7 C)/C
C C7 /B F/A Am7 /G
Dm/F A7 Dm D7 G G7
C A7 /C] Dm D7 /F ] G7
B7 /D] Em7
E7 /G] Am C7 /G F C7 /B[
F/A C7 /B[ A7 D
d

(a): Vc
(a): motif in stretto imit
(a): motif in stretto imit
stretto imit
climax, unis
halfcad
(a): Vc
(a): 4pt imit, retrans
Recap, Gr 1 (aa): Vi1+2
(b): Vi1, PB (&)
(a): 3pt imit
(a): Vi1+2

G7 Am D7
<(G D7 /F ]) <(G D7 ) G
C G7 /D G7 C7
A[9
7 Dm E7 Am
Dm7 /F C7 /G C7 /B[
F/A Dm/F
C/G Am Dm/F G7
C . . . Am7
A7 /C] D G[9
7 C D7 /F ]
C/G G C C7 /E
F Dm7 /F C46 G7
<(C G7 )
C/E Dm7 /F G7 C

2nd stat: Vi2+Vc


cad
imit
(a): 16th scalar runs

A[9
7 /E Dm/F D7 /F ]
C46 G7
<(C G7 )/C
C Dm7 /F C7 /G F/A
D7[9 /C Gm C7 F : ||

climax
cad
(a): 2pt imit, P T (c)
(a): Vc trans to SD
(a): climax, repeat

climax
trans, cad
Gr 2 (a): imit 16th
(b): Vi1, (a): Vc

cad
triplets th: Vi1+2 (3rds)

4.2. STRING QUARTET IN C MAJOR NO. 19 KV 465

Table 4.8: Mozart, String Quartet in C Major No. 19 KV 465, Mvt. 1 Adagio - Allegro (contd)
m
227
232
235
238
241
244

Comment

M1

M1

(M1)

C7 /B[ <(F/A C7 /B[)


F/A C7 /E F F ]7 C46 G7
C G7 C F C46 G7
C G7 C F C46 G7
<(C (F C G7 )/C)
C

Coda (a): stretto imit


climax, cad, PB (%)
(a): motif in stretto imit
(a) repeat
(a): Vi1, P T (c)
(246 m.)

79

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

80

4.2. STRING QUARTET IN C MAJOR NO. 19 KV 465

4.2.3

Mvt. 3 Menuetto Allegro

Form: menuet and trio form. The menuet is monothematic; its main motif (M1a) is varied
and developed in the middle section B. It even returns briefly as a transitory motif in the
trio. This trio uses the same monothematic approach; its melody has M2(aab) (4 + 4 + 8 m.)
sentence structure. The formal analysis is shown in Table 4.9.

4.2.4

Mvt. 4 Allegro

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

81

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

Table 4.9: Mozart, String Quartet in C Major No. 19 KV 465, Mvt. 3 Menuetto Allegro
m

1
5
7
11
13

M1
Mu
M1

Mt

17

21

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.

25
28
32
34
36
40
44
46
48
52

Comment

Menuetto

h i
3
4

|| : G7no 3 Am Dm7 G7
G7 . . .
C G7 /B C E7 Am D7 G
A7 D D7 /F ]
G C/E G64 D7 G G/B
d

Dm

M1
C

72
76

M2
..
.

A (a): Vi1
(u) unisono, forte
(b): 3p-im, Seq(21m;R7 )
trans, (c): Vi1

C D7 Em G C D7 G : ||

(d): Vi1, cad

|| : A[9
7 no 3 Dm Gm

B (a): unisono

E7 /B[

M1
Mu
M1

Mt
..
.
..
.

56

Dm64

A7

(a): Vi1

D 7 G C7 F

(a): Vc, Seq(22m;R7 )

F C]7 Dm C] /E
Dm/F D7 /F ] G
<(G7 /B C G)

(a): Vi1

G7no 3 Am Dm7 G7
G7 . . . G7 /F
C G7 /B C C7 F A7 D
A7 D G7 C Dm7 /F
D7 /F ] C/G G7 C C/E
d

F G7 Am C/E F G7 C
d

retrans, (a): Vi2+Va, P D (g)


A (a): 4pt imit
(u) unisono, forte
(b): 4p-im, Seq(21m;R5 )
Seq(21m;R7 )
trans, (c): Vi1
(d): Vi1

F G7 Am E
F Dm G7 C : ||

(d): Vi2, Va
cad, repeat

Cm

Trio
|| : Cm . . . G G7 Cm

A, (aa): Vi1 (a=I(a))

E[

E[7 /D[ A[/C <(E[7 /G A[)


E[ . . . B[/D E[ : ||

(b): Vi1, I(b): Va


cad, repeat

80
84
88

M2

M1

Fm
Cm

|| : E7 /D[ C7[9 F m
F ]7 D7[9 G
<(G Cm)/G G7

B I(aa): Vi1
halfcad
retr, menuet motif, P D (g)

92

M2
..
.

Cm

|| : Cm . . . D7[9 /C G/B

A, (a): Vc

[9
G[9
7 . . . C7 /E
F m C/G F/A D7[5 /A[
Cm64 G7 Cm : ||

(a)
(b)
closing cad (103 m.)

60
62
64

96
100
102

82

4.2. STRING QUARTET IN C MAJOR NO. 19 KV 465


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

83

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

4.2.5

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

84

4.2. STRING QUARTET IN C MAJOR NO. 19 KV 465


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

85

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

4.3

String Quartet in B[ Major No. 22 KV 589 (1790)

Source: [33]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 4.4.


Mvt. 1 Allegro: sonata form (B[,
Exposition

h i
3
4

, 208 m.)

Development

Mvt. 2 Larghetto: ABAB Coda form (E[,


A1

B1

A2

Recapitulation
2
2

, 90 m.)

B2 Cd

Mvt. 3 Menuetto Moderato: menuet and trio form (B[,


Menuet

Cod

h i

h i
3
4

, 103 (37+66) m.)

Trio

Mvt. 4 Allegro assai: sonata form (B[,

h i

Exp.

Recap.

Development

6
8

, 155 m.)
Coda

Figure 4.4: Mozart, String Quartet in B[ Major No. 22 KV 589

4.3.1

Mvt. 1 Allegro

Form: sonata form. The detailed harmonic analysis is shown in Table 4.10 and 4.11. There is
both a single main and secondary theme. It is the former theme that is used in the development section. The extended main theme has a M1.1(aab) (6 + 6 + 8 m.) sentence structure,
where the a-phrases are repeated in different parts, and the b-phrase has a first violin lead
over a cello tonic pedal point. A different approach is used for the transitory 1st group second theme which has a single phrase M1.2(aaaa) structure, with the first three statements in
the cello and the varied phrase in the lead violin.

4.3.2

Mvt. 2 Larghetto

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

86

4.3. STRING QUARTET IN B[ MAJOR NO. 22 KV 589

Table 4.10: Mozart, String Quartet in in B[ Major No. 22 KV 589, Mvt. 1 Allegro
m

Comment

1
7
13
21
24
26
29
39
42
45
50
53
59

M1.1a
M1.1.a
M1.1b
M1.1.b

B[

|| : B[ F7 /A B[ F
F F7 Dm F7 B[ Cm/E[ F7
<(B[ B[7 E[ F7 )/B[
F7 B[ D7 /F ] Gm B[7 /F
C/E B[/D A /C
Gm/B[ B7 C7
C7 F . . . C7 . . .
F/A F ]7 /A Gm/B[
B7 F/C C7 F
C7 F Gm/B[
F/A C7 /E F Gm/B[
F C7 F Gm/B[ C7 F/A
C7 F Gm/B[ F/C C

Exp, Gr 1/Th 1, Vi1


Vc
Vi1 appogg, P D (b[)
climax, (cm<)

61
64
66
72
77
81

M1.2
M1.2
M2.1

M2.1

Fm
M1.1

M1.1
M1.1a
M1.1a

131
137
142
151

M1.1a
M1.1a
M1.1b
M1.1.b
..
.
..
.

156
158

M1.1a

87
89
93
95
97
100
104
108
113
115
117

154

D[

Gr 2/Th 1, Vc
2nd stat, Vi1
imit Vi2-Va-Vc

F C7 Dm A7 B[ F7
Gm/B[ D7 G7 C7 F7
B[ F/C C7 <(F C7 )/F F : ||

close, Seq(31m;R3 )
triplets
P T (f )

<(F m E7 /F ) F m
F m A[/C A[7 /E[
A[7 D[/A[ G[/B[

Dev, Vi1, triplets, P T (f )


Gr 1, Vc

E[m
Fm
Gm

D
M1.1a
M1.1a

triplets
Gr 1/Th 2, Vc, P D (c)
Vi11, trans to D

E[
B[

M1.1a
B[

A[7 /C D[/F A[
B[ B[7 E[m/B[ G[5
7 C C7
[5
F m A7 D D 7
Gm Cm/E[ A7
B[/D F ]7 Gm/B[
A[5
7 /E[ . . .
<(D C]7 )/D
D7 G7 C7 F7 B[7
E[ G7 C F7
Cm/E[ C7 /E F7
(F7 B[ E7 F F7 )/F F7
B[ F/A B[ F
F Cm/E[ F7
<(B[ B[7 E[ F7 )B[ B[
F7 B[ D7 /F ]

imit
Vc
stretto imit
Vi+Va (cm),P (e[)
triplets, P T (d)
Seq(51m;R5 ), imit
Vi1+Vi2
retrans, P D (f )
Recap, Gr 1, Vi1+2
Vc+Va
P T (b[)
(cm<), climax

Gm B7 Cm/E[ E7
F m A7 B[m/D[ D7
E[ E[/G Cm/E[ C7

87

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

Table 4.11: Mozart, String Quartet in in B[ Major No. 22 KV 589, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m
161
173
176
179
187
193

Comment

M1.2
M1.2

M2.1
M2.1

B[

F F7 B[ . . . F7 . . .
B[/F B7 /D Cm/E[
E7 B[/F F7
B[ Cm/E[ . . .
F B[ E[ F7 B[/D
F7 /A B[ Cm/E[ B[/F F

Gr 1/Th 2, Va, P D (f )

F E[ B[/F F7

Coda, imit, climax

195

88

Gr 2, Vi1
Va

198

M1.1a

B[ D7 E[ B[7 E[ G7

202
204

C7 F7 B[7 Cm7 /E[ B[/F F7


<(B[ A7 )/B[ B[

(208 m.)

4.3. STRING QUARTET IN B[ MAJOR NO. 22 KV 589


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

89

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

4.3.3

Mvt. 3 Menuetto moderato

Form: menuet and trio form, each with ABA Coda structure. The menuet main theme has
a regular M1(abab) period structure, the secondary theme has M2(aab) sentence structure.
Characteristic is the rapid (typically single measure) juxtaposition of forte-piano dynamic
contrast. The trio theme M3 also has sentence structure, M4 is another period. The trio
B-section has a motif in the lower three parts, answered by the lead violin. The detailed
analysis is shown in Table 4.12.

4.3.4

Mvt. 4 Allegro assai

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

90

4.3. STRING QUARTET IN B[ MAJOR NO. 22 KV 589

Table 4.12: Mozart, String Quartet in in B[ Major No. 22 KV 589, Mvt. 3 Menuetto moderato
m

Comment

M1
..
.

B[

Menuet
|| : B[ D7 /F ] G Cm7 /G D E[

A1 , ab): Vi1

5
7
9
13
15
19
23
25
28
31
34
36
1
10
14
23
27
29
32
36
40
44
49
53
61
63
65

Cm/E[ F ]7 Gm
Cm7 /E[ B[64 F7 B[ : ||
|| : <(F7 B[)
E[ B[ Cm Gm
Cm/E[ C7 /E F F7 A B[ F7

M2

M1
..
.

M1

M3

M4
..
.

M4
M4
M3

E[

a)
b), cad
B, aab): Vi1, Vc arp%
Va 16th arp%

B[ D7 /F ] Cm7 /G B[7 /F E[

A2 , ab): Vi1 varied

Cm/E[ F7 /A
B[7 /D E[ Cm/E[ B[/F
Cm/E[ F7 /C B[/D E[ B[/F B[7
B[/D F7 /C B[/D E[
B[/F F ]7 Gm B[/D
Cm7 /E[ F7 B[ : ||

a)
b)
Coda, a-motif,
call-and-response

Trio
|| : <(E[ B[7 /D) E[ G7 Cm7 F7
Cm7 /E[ Cm7 Cm7 /E[
B[/F F7 B[ F7 /A B[ F7 B[ : ||
|| : <(B[ A7 B[)
B[ A[7 B[m A[97 /G[
D[/F E[m7 /G[ A[7
G/B Cm/E[ G/B G7 /F
B[7 /F F7 B[7 /F F7 /E[ B[7 /D
<(E[ B[7 /D)
E[ C7 F m7 B[7 E[
F m7 /A[
F7[9 /A E[/B[ B[7 E[/B[
E[/B[ B7 Cm
B[/D Cm7 /E[ B[7 /D E[
B[ A7 B[7 E[ : ||

cad (37 m.)


A aab): Vi1
P (ce[), [S6 ]
B, Vi2+Va+Vc motif
(cm<)
Vi2+Vc
A, aa): Vi1
b)
P (f ), [S6 ] , climax
i (&), P (b[)
Pm
D
PB (%)

cad (66 m.)

91

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

92

4.3. STRING QUARTET IN B[ MAJOR NO. 22 KV 589

4.3.5

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

93

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

94

4.4. STRING QUINTET IN C MAJOR KV 515

4.4

String Quintet in C Major KV 515 (1787)

Source: [35]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 4.5. Note the length of the
outer movements, in particular the closing rondo.
Mvt. 1 Allegro: sonata form (C,

h i
4
4

, 368 m.)

Exposition (151 m.)

Dev. (53 m.)

Recapitulation (117 m.)

Coda (47 m.)

Mvt. 2 Menuetto Allegretto: menuet and trio form (C,


Menuet

3
4

, 48+66=114 m.)

Trio

Mvt. 3 Andante: binary ABAB Coda form (F ,


A1

h i

B1

A2

Mvt. 4 Allegro: rondo form (C,

h i
3
4

, 128 m.)

B2
h i
2
4

, 539 m.)

Coda
Figure 4.5: Mozart, String Quintet in C Major KV 515

4.4.1

Mvt. 1 Allegro

Form: sonata form. The first group main theme has M1(aab) (4+4+10 m.) sentence structure,
over a steady 8th note background. Each motif has a call-and-response character, with an
ascending arpeggio in the cello answered by an upward leap plus appoggiatura motif in the
first violin. In the second statement the roles are reversed: arpeggio in 1st violin is answered
by the cello.
The transition to the second theme group contains an extended 8th note theme with two
components: a neighbouring note motif Mn and an alternating upward-downward motif
Ma. Both these will be used as a background to the second group theme, and in the development and coda. The analysis is shown in Table 4.13 to 4.15.

4.4.2

Mvt. 2 Menuetto Allegretto


This section is included in the full version of the book.
Order the E-book from the webstore.
95

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

Table 4.13: Mozart, String Quintet in C Major KV 515, Mvt. 1 Allegro


m

Comment

M1
..
.
..
.

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.

|| : C . . . G7 /D . . . G7 /B

Exp, Gr 1 aa): Vc-Vi1

C . . . C]7 Dm/F

b)

9
16
18
21
29
34
38
44
46
52
57
59
61
63
65
67
69
77
81
90
92
94
98
100
102
107
113
115
117
119
121
123
127
129

96

C46

Cm

M2/a
Ma
..
.

Mt2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

halfcad
2nd st, aa): Vi1-Vc

G7 C]7 . . .

a) imit Vc-Vi1

A7 /E D7[9 /F ] G7 /D C7 /E

Seq(22m;R7 )

<(F C) D[/A[ F m/A[

b): Vi1, N46

Mt1

M1

Mna
..
.

G7 /F C/E F
G]7 Am
Dm/F C/G G7 /F C/E G
Cm . . . G7 /B G7 /D

D
G

G7 Am Dm/F Dm G7
Am F m <(D[/A[ A[7 )
F7[9 /A F ]7 /C A[7 C46 G7
C A7 Dm C7
F Dm C46 G7 C A7
Dm C7 F E7
Am G7 C F ]m B7
E Em A7 D Dm G7
C Am/C A7 /C]
D . . . A7 /C] A7 /E
D C] /E D A7
D D7 <(G D7 )

cad
a): 4pt imit, Neap cad
b)
trans
(cm<)
climax
Seq(31m;R7 )
aa): Vi1-Vc
a): imit VcVi1, clim
trans, Vi1

G C D7 /F ]
G Am/C G64 D
<(G D7 ) G C D7
G D]7 Em G]

cad
Gr 2 aa): (Vi1+2)/(Va1+2)
imit Vi-Va, Seq(32m;R7 )

Am C] D7 F ]
G D] Em G/B C C]7
<(G64 C]7 D7 )
D A/C] D7[9
G G/B C A7 /C]

(cm>), cad
PB (%)

D D7 /F ] G G64 D7

cad

G G+ /B C A7 /C]PB (%)
D D7 /F ] G D7[9 /F ]

cad

G D7 G . . . G/B

climax, (cm<)

G64

C/E
DG
G/B C/E G64 D7

cad

4.4. STRING QUINTET IN C MAJOR KV 515

Table 4.14: Mozart, String Quintet in C Major KV 515, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m
131
143
148
152
160
167
171
174
177
180
183
185
189
193
197
201
203
205
214
219
222
228
230
234
238
240
243
245
247
249
252

Mn
..
.

M1
..
.

Mn
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

Ma
M2/a
Ma

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.

Mt1
..
.

Comment

<(G C)/G <(F ] G)/G

trans, Vi, P T (g)

G Am7 G/B . . .
C . . . G7 : ||

imit
climax

C]7 . . . B[/F . . .

Dev, aa): Vc-Vi1

D7[9 /C

Am

D7 /F ] . . .
C/G . . .
E7 /G] A Am E7
Am Dm/A E7 /G] Am/C

a)
b)
Seq(53m;R5 ),

Dm

[9
A[9
7 Gm A7 Dm

imit VcVi1,

Gm

Cm A7 D7[9 Gm

rapid modul

Cm

F m D7 B7 /F Cm/E[

Fm

B[m7 G7 /D[ C7[9 F m

A[
Cm

B[7 E[ A[
D7 G7 Cm C7 /B[ F m/A[
G G7 <(Cm/G D7 /F ] G)
<(G7 Cm)/G D7
G Am7 /C G7 /D C/E
G7 /D D7 /A G Am/E G7 /D

C . . . G7 . . .

Vi1
P D (g)
retrans, Vc
Rec, Gr 1, aa): Vc-Vi1

C]7 . . .
[9
D7[9 /F ] G[9
7 /D C7 /E

a): imit Vc-Vi1

<(F C) D[/A[ F m/A[

b): VI1

Am

G7 Am Dm G7
Am C]/G] G]7

cad
a): 4pt imit

C]m/G] E7 Am C7 /G
[5/[9
Dm7 /F D7 /A[
C/G G7 C A7
Dm C7 F Dm C46 G7
C A7 Dm C7
F D A[9
7 /C] Dm/A D7 /C
G/B D]7 Bm E7 A D7
G C7 F C] Dm/F D7 /F ]

b):
climax, cad
cad
trans
(cm<), clim
Seq(31m;R7 )

97

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

Table 4.15: Mozart, String Quintet in C Major KV 515, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m
255
263
268
277
279
281
287
288
290
292
294
298
302
305
307
309
311
313
317
318
322

Comment

M1

Mna
..
.

G . . . D7 /F ] . . . D7 /C
G/B D7 /A G D7 G7
G7 G[9
7 <(C G7 )/C

aa): Vi1-Vc
a): imit VcVi1, clim
P T (c)

C C7 /E F G7 /B
C F C46 G7
<(C G7 ) C C7
F F ] G
C G] Am C]

Gr 2 aa): (Vi1+2)/(Va1+2)

M2/a

Ma
..
.

Dm F ] G7
C G] Am C/E F F ]7
<(C/G F ] G7 )
C46 G7 C
Cm64 G D7 /F ] G7
C C/E F D7 /F ]

Mt2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
Mn
..
.

Vi1+2
PB (%)

G G7 /B C G7

cad

C C + /E F D7 /F ]

PB (%)

G G7 /B C

imit Vi-Va, Seq(32m;R7 )

G[9
7 /B

cad

C G7 /B C . . . C/E

climax, (cm<)

F/A C46 G7
C C/E F/A D7[9 /F ]

cad

<(C G)/G (C D7 /F ])/G

Coda, 4pt imit, P D (g)


climax
Vi1, PB (%)

329
331
335

Ma

G D7[9 /C G7 /B
C/E Em Am Dm7 G7 C
F . . . D7 /F ] E7 /G] F7 /A

338

G7 /F C7 Dm7 /F D7[9 /F ]

341

M2/a
..
.

<(C G7 )/G

Vi/Va, climax

Am E7[9 Am A7
Dm A[9
7 Dm7 /F
C/G . . . G7
C C7 <(F C)/C
<(G7 C)/C C

Vc
Vi, P T (c)
closing cad (368 m.)

345
347
349
353
360

98

Ma
Mn

4.4. STRING QUINTET IN C MAJOR KV 515


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

99

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

4.4.3

Mvt. 3 Andante

Form: ABAB Coda, binary form. The A-section has a throughcomposed melody M1, that
may be spilt into a number of segments: 12 + 8 + 11 m. The setting (lead part, type of
background, rhythmical) is different for each segment. In the B-section we may discern two
melodies: M2(8 + 8 m.) and the much embellished M3(8 + 8 m.) with its syncopated background. The instruments are changng roles frequently. The analysis is shown in Table 4.16
and 4.17.

4.4.4

Mvt. 4 Allegro

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

100

4.4. STRING QUINTET IN C MAJOR KV 515

Table 4.16: Mozart, String Quintet in C Major KV 515, Mvt. 3 Andante


m

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

F B[ C7 F

M2
..
.
..
.
..
.

5
8
10
12
17
21
25
29
31
32
36
40
44

Comment
A, Vi1+2 par 3rds
d

<(Gm7 C F ) Gm/B[ F46 C7

Va answers

Dm C7 F/A

i (%)
Pm

C7 /E F B[ F46 C

cad

F Gm7 /B[ C7 F C7 F

Vi1-Va1 dialog, P D (c)

<(F/A C7 /B[) F/A Gm C7


F C7 F

Vi1-Va1 dialog, P D (c)

C7[9 /E F B7 /D C/E

Seq(22m;R7 )

Am G64 D7 G C7 F
Dm/F C46 G7

climax
cad

C G7 C G7 Am Dm/F

B, Vi1

G D7 G G7 C7 F B7 C G
<(G7 C) F

Vc, 5pt ctp

G D 7 G C7 F B

Va1

47
48

M3

C Dm/F C46 G7
D7 /A G E7 /G] Am C/E Dm/F

50
51
53
56
60

M3

C46 G7
D7 /A G E7 /G] Am C/E Dm/F
C46 . . . F G7
(C Dm7 B C7 F Gm7 )/C
C7 . . .

63

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

67
70
72
74
79
83
87
89

cad
Vi1 emb, sync

F B[ C7 F

Va1 emb
retrans, P D (c)
Vi1
A, Vi1+2 par 3rds

<(Gm7 C F ) Gm/B[ F46 C7

Va answers

Dm C7 F/A

i (%)
Pm

C7 /E F B[ F46 C

cad

F Gm7 /B[ C7 F C7 F

Vi1-Va1 dialog, P D (c)

<(F/A C7 /B[) F/A Gm C7


Fm

F C7 F m

Vi1-Va1 dialog, P D (c)

F7[9 /E[ B[m/D[


6
G[9
7 /D C/E Dm C4 G7

Seq(22m;R7 )
climax, cad

101

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

Table 4.17: Mozart, String Quintet in C Major KV 515, Mvt. 3 Andante (contd)
m

92

M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

<(C7 F ) C7 Dm Gm/B[

96
99
100
105

F Gm7 /B[ F46 C7


d

Vc, 5pt ctp

C F m7 B[ C7

Va1
d

F Gm7 /B[ F46 C7


G7 /D C A7[9 /C] Dm F/A Gm/B[

110
111

M3

F46 C7
G7 /D C A7[9 /C] Dm F/A Gm/B[

124
126

cad

<(F C7 ) Dm Gm C G7

M3

B, Vi1

C G7 C C7 F B[ E7

107
108

113
118
120
121

102

Comment

cad
Vi emb, sync

Va1 emb

F46 . . . Gm7 C7
Dm C46 G7 C F7 Gm/B[
F46 C7 /B[
F/A C7 /E F B[ F46 C7

trans

F B[/F F C7
F . . . C7 F

Coda, Va1 emb


Va1-Vi1 (128 m.)

climax

4.4. STRING QUINTET IN C MAJOR KV 515


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

103

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

4.4.5

Key relationship overview

The key relationship diagram of the string quintet KV 515 is shown in Fig. 4.6. The opening
Allegro sonata form starts with the regular key pattern: main theme in the tonic major key
C, secondary group in the dominant key G. The unique feature here is that the second statement of this theme is in parallel minor Cm (1). The development opens in the relative minor
key Am (3), before modulating through a long sequence Am F m (35), and remaining
in the subdominant area for a while. The recapitulation alternates once more to the relative
minor key Am (8), before closing through the dominant.
Mvt. 1 Allegro
Gm 
t

B[
B[m
D[

Dm 

Am

Em

Y
H
8 6
? HH
F
C  -G 
*
6 7,9
5 1,6 ?
4

F m  Cm 
Gm
t
*
? 
A[
E[
B[

Bm
D

Dm

Mvt. 2 Menuetto Allegretto

3
2
1
B[  - F  - C  - G

Mvt. 4 Allegro
Mvt. 3 Andante
1
F  -C
6
?
2

Fm

Cm

 - 1,4
C 
G
3,6


F m  Cm  Gm
2
5
 
 

A[

E[

B[

Figure 4.6: Mozart, String Quintet in C Major KV 515, key relationship diagram

The menuet is in the tonic major key C and alternates with the dominant key G (1) in the
B-section. The trio is in the subdominant key F and alternates with its dominant key C (2)
and its subdominant key B[ (3). The slow third movement also has a limited key compass,
with noth A-sections in the tonic key F , and the B-section in the dominant key C (1). The
closing A-section sidesteps into the parallel minor key F m (2).
The closing rondo hardly modulates and has different keys for each section: the Asections remain in the tonic key C major, the C-section is in the subdominant key F . There is
symmetry in both B-sections: the first is in the dominant key G, alternating with its lowered
submediant major key E[ = [VI (2), the second has a similar movement C A[ C (5). The
coda has a brief segment in the subdominant F (6).

4.5

String Quintet in G Minor KV 516 (1787)

Source: [35]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 4.7. Note the relative short
development section in the opening sonata form movement. In the binary form slow adagio
movement (Mvt. 3) the B-sections are significantly shorter than the A-sections.
104

4.5. STRING QUINTET IN G MINOR KV 516

Mvt. 1 Allegro: sonata form (Gm,

h i

Exposition (96 m.)

4
4

, 254 m.)
Dev. (36 m.)

Recapitulation (102 m.)

C (19)

Mvt. 2 Minuetto Allegretto: menuet and trio form (Gm,


Menuet

h i
3
4

, 43+47=90 m.)

Trio

Mvt. 3 Adagio ma non troppo: binary ABAB Coda form (E[,


A1

B1

A2

h i
4
4

, 82 m.)

B2 C

Mvt. 4 Adagio - Allegro: introduction - rondo form (Gm G,

h i h i
3
4

6
8

, 38+298 m.)

Adagio
A
C2

B1

C1
A

B2

Coda

Figure 4.7: Mozart, String Quintet in G Minor KV 516

105

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

4.5.1

Mvt. 1 Allegro

Form: sonata form. The formal analysis is shown in Table 4.18 to 4.20. The main theme
has an M1(abab) period structure. The a-phrase is an upward arpeggio Gm chord (d
g b[ d d d), followed by a chromatic descent (g f ] f e\ e[). The second amotif is the melodic inversion of the first: a=I(a). These two elements, the arpeggio chord
(upward and inverted) and the chromatic descent, return in many transitions. The second
group remains in the tonic minor key with theme M2.1, until the second theme M2.2, when
the relative major B[ enters. Both themes have the same rhythmical and M(aab) sentence
structure. However, melody M2.1 has more downward stepwise motion, while M2.2 opens
with another downward arpeggio.
Characteristic are the strong dynamic contrasts: accented tutti notes, forte measures followed by piano playing (no gradual changes). Also there are many irregular phrases (odd
numbers of measures, extending the tail of a melody). Most of the climaxes are in the transitory sections. The development is relatively short, with a number of sequences featuring
imitation. When the main theme returns in the recapitulation, there is a short secondary
development in the form of a sequence and a stretto imitation.
The coda presents both themes once more: M1 as a stretto imitation from the highest to
the lowest voice and a closing repeated statement of M2.1.

4.5.2

Mvt. 2 Minuetto

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

106

4.5. STRING QUINTET IN G MINOR KV 516

Table 4.18: Mozart, String Quintet in G Minor KV 516, Mvt. 1 Allegro


m
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
16
17
18
20
21
23
24
26
30
34
37
40
46
49
53
56
59
64
68
70
72
76
78
81
85
88
90
93

Comment

M1
..
.
..
.

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

M1

Gm

Gm F ] /A F m/A[ C/G E[/G

Exp, Gr 1 (a): Vi1, [S6 ]

D7[9 /F ] Gm D7[9 A[9


7 /C] D7 /C

(b)

M1
M2.1
M2.1

M2.1
M2.1
M2.2

M2.2

M1
..
.

M1

M1
M1

Gm/B[ D7[9 /A D7
E[ Cm/E[ D7[9
Gm F ] /A F m/A[ C/G E[/G

a=I(a)
(b)
2nd stat, (a): Va1, [S6 ]

D7[9 /F ] Gm D7[9 A[9


7 /C] D7 /C

(b)

Gm/B[ A[/C G[9


7 /D

(a), N 6

Cm/E[ C7[9 /E

B[

Dm/F D7 /F ] Gm D7[9 /A
Gm A Gm64 D7
[9
A[9
7 D7
[9
Gm A[9
7 /G D7 /F ]
[9
[9
G[9
7 /F C7 /E F7 /E[ B[/D
6
A[/C Gm4 D7
Gm B[7 /D E[ B[7
6
E[ A[9
7 /C] Gm4 D7 Gm
Gm D7[9 Gm
Gm C7[9 /G F7sus4 F7
<(B[ C7[9 /E F7 ) B[
C7 /G B[64 F C7 C7[9
F7[9 F7 /E[
B[/D G7 Cm B[7
E[ B[ Cm/E[ B[64 F7
B[/D G7 Cm B[7
E[ C7[9 /E B[64 F7
<(B[ F7 )
B[ D7 /F ] Gm B[7 /D
E[ F7 /A B[ E[ B[64 F7 /A
<(B[ F7 )
B[ D7 /F ] Gm B[7 /D
E[ E[m F7 /A B[ . . .
Cm7 /E[ C7[9 /G B[64 F7
B[ E[/G B[64 F7
B[ B[7 /A[ E[/G E[m/G[
B[64 F7 <(B[ F7[9 )
d

B[ D7 /A Cm/G D7 /F ] : ||

PB (%)
(b) cad
trans, (a): Vi1+Vi2
Seq(5R5 ), PBi (&)
N 6 , climax, cad
imit: Vc-Vi1, cad
Gr 2 (aab): Vi1
(aab)
trans, (b): Vi1
(b): Vc
(aaba): Vi1
(b), cad
stretto imit, (aab): Va1-Vi1
climax, cad
final stat, imit (aa): Vc-Vi2
Seq(31m;R3 )
cad, 16ths
imit (aa): Vi2-Va1, climax
trans, Vi1+Vi2
Vi1, triplets
closing stat, (aa): Vi1
imit (aa): Vi1-Va1
PB (&)

107

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

Table 4.19: Mozart, String Quintet in G Minor KV 516, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m

124
125
127
130
133
135
137
139
141
143
144
145
147
149
151
154
156
158
159
161
162
164

108

Comment
d

95
97
99
101
107
111
115
119
123

M1
M1
M1
M2.1
M2.1
M2.1

M2.1
..
.
..
.
..
.

Cm

E[m
Fm
Gm

M1

M1
..
.

M1

M1

trans

A[ E[7 A[ C7[9 /E
F m C7[9 F m A[7 /C
D[ . . . D[7 B[[9
7
[9
E[m . . . B[7 E[[9
7 C7
F m . . . G7 /B[ C7 D7[9 /F ]
Gm . . . D7[9 G[9
7
[9 = A
C7[9 F7[9 B[[9

E[
7
7
7
D7[9

Dev, Vc, Seq(32m;R3 )


Vc
Vi1, Seq(34m;R7 )
Vc
Va1, Seq(51m;R5 )
imit: Va1-Vi2-Vi1, clim

Gm E[ Cm7 A /C A[9
7 /C]

M1
..
.
..
.

M1
..
.

G7 /F Cm/E[ G[9
7 /B

Gm

<(D C]7 )/D

retrans, (cm>), P D (d)

(D B7 Cm F7 )/D
(B[ F7[9 = D7[9 Gm D7 )/D

(ped)

Gm F ] /A F m/A[ C/G E[/G

Rec, Gr 1 (a): Vi1, [S6 ]

D7[9 /F ] Gm D7[9 A[9


7 /C] D7 /C

(b)

Gm/B[ D7[9 /A D7
E[ Cm/E[ D7[9
Gm F ] /A F m/A[ C/G E[/G

a=I(a)
(b)
(a): Va1, Seq(34m;R5 )

D7[9 /F ] Gm D /F Cm/E[
D7 G7
Cm A[/C G/B G /B[ D7 /A
[9
G[9
7 C7 G7 C7
F m F7 /A B[ B[7 /D

(b): Va1, 2nd dev


(b): Vi2
(a): Vc
imit (b): Vc-Va2
stretto imit (a/b): tutti

E[ A[ D[
G[9
7 Cm Gm/B[
[9
A[9
7 D7
[9
Gm A[9
7 /G D7 /F ]
[9
[9
G7 /F C7 /E F7[9 /E[ B[/D
A[/C Gm64 D7
Gm B[7 /D E[ B[7
6
E[ A[9
7 /C] Gm4 D7 Gm

Seq(31m;R5 )
trans, (a): Vi1+Vi2
Seq(5R5 ), PBi (&)
N 6 , climax, cad
16ths
imit (a): Vc-Vi1, cad

4.5. STRING QUINTET IN G MINOR KV 516

Table 4.20: Mozart, String Quintet in G Minor KV 516, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m

168
172
176
179

M2.1
M2.1
M2.1
M2.1

185

M2.2
..
.

188
191
193
195
197
201
205
207
208
210
213
215
216
218
222
225
227
230
232
234
235

Gm

Comment

Gm D7[9 Gm
Cm G[9
7 Cm
6
Cm/E[ A7 /E[ A[5
7 /E[ Gm4 D
[9
A[9
7 . . . D7 D7 /C

Gr 2 (aab): Vi1
(aab)
trans
imit (b): Vi1-Vc

Gm/B[ G/B A[/C

(aab): Vi1, PBi (%)

[9
G[9
7 D Cm/E[ A7 /E
D7 /F ] Gm A7 /C Gm64 D7 /C

(ab)
cad

Gm/B[ G/B A[/C F7[9 /C

M2.2
..
.

M1

B[m/D[ B[7[9 /D
Cm/E[ C7[9 /E Gm64 D7
<(Gm D7 )

M1

Gm D7 E[ G7 /B
Cm D7 /F ]
Gm A7 /C Gm64 D7
<(Gm D7 )

Gm D7 E[ G7 /B
C Cm D7 /F ]
Gm . . .
6
A7 /C A[9
7 /E Gm4 D7
Gm Cm/E[ Gm64 D7
Gm G7 /F C/E A[5
7 /E[

M1
M1
..
.

239
240
243
245
246
249

M2.1

M2.1
M2.1

238

Cm

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.

237

Gm

imit, (aab): Va1-Vi1


PBi (%)
climax, cad
imit (aa): Vc-Vi2
trans, Seq(31m;R3 )
cad
imit (aa): Vi2-Va1, clim
trans, Seq(31m;R3 )
Vi1, triplets
PBi (%), cad
(aa): Vi1, climax
imit (aa): Vi1-Va1

Gm64 D7 <(Gm F ]7 )
Gm G7 F Cm/E[ G7 /B : ||
[5/[9
Cm C7 /B[ F/A D7 /A[
Cm/G D7 /F ]

cad
trans, PBi (&)

Gm D7 /A F/A C/G Cm/G

Coda, stretto imit

[5
D7 /F ] E7[9 /F A[9
7 /E A7 /E[

climax, PBi (&)

[5
D7 E7[9 /D A[9
7 /C] A7 /G

D7 /F ] E7[9 /F Em7 Cm/E[


d

D7 E[ A[/C Gm64 D7
Gm A[5
7 /E[
Gm/D E7 /G] A D7 /F ]
[5/[9
Gm A7 /E[ Gm/D E7 A D7
<(Gm D7[9 ) Gm D Gm

N 6 , cad
(aa): Vi1
(b)
(aa): Vi1, P D (d)
cad (254 m.)

109

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

110

4.5. STRING QUINTET IN G MINOR KV 516

4.5.3

Mvt. 3 Adagio ma non troppo

Form: binary, ABAB form. The formal analysis is shown in Table 4.21 and 4.22.
Remarkable is the use of mutes (con sordino) in this slow, intimate movement. It is a
harmonically very rich setting, with lots of passing chords. In the tutti phrases all parts are
equally important. Occasionally there is a textural thinning, with solo instruments answering each others calls; see the b-phrase of the opening melody M1, which has an M1(abb)
structure.
The second theme M2(aaab) in the A1 section, with its descending stepwise phrases in
8th note rhythm repeated at higher pitches, is in the dominant minor key (B[m); in the latter
half it is repeated in the tonic minor key. The same melodic curve returns in the B section
theme M3, but now the steps occur in an appoggiature 16th note rhythm in major, and the
melody is used in imitation (see the second statement).
Just before the coda, there is a brief sidestep towards the subdominant area A[. The
coda itself is a weird combination of snippets from both melodies M1 and M3, but in a
rhythmically very condensed form.

4.5.4

Mvt. 4 Adagio - Allegro

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

111

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

Table 4.21: Mozart, String Quintet in G Minor KV 516, Mvt. 3 Adagio ma non troppo
m

Comment

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

E[

E[ B[7 /D E[/G F m/A[ E[64 B[

A1 , (a): tutti

3
5
7
8
9
11
12
13
14
16
18
19
20
23
25
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
35
36
38
40
42
44
45
46

112

B[7 B[7 /D F m7 /E[ B[7 /D


<(A7 B[) D7 /C G/B D7 /F ] G
(F m D7 )/A[ E[/G F/C B[7 /D E[
A7 B[7 E[ F m/A[
E[64 B[7 Cm B[7 /D E[7 /G

B[m

(b): imit tutti

D7 E[ A /C B[7 E[ F m/A[
E[64 B[7 E[
B[ A7 F7
F7 /A E[/G C]7 D D7 Gm E
F (B[m F )/B[

climax, imit
cad
trans
(a):Vi1, P T (b[)

(B[m F m G[ B[m7 C7 )/B[

(a): Vi1, 16ths (ped)

(<(A7 B[m) (A7 G[ F7 B[m))/B[

(a): Vi1, climax (ped)

C7 /E[ B[m/F F7 G[ C[/E[


D[7 G[ F7 E7 B[m64 C F7

(b): Vi1, imit


climax, cad

B[ D7 Gm/B[ G7 /B

B1 , Vi1 16th app, stacc

Cm C7 F F7 /E[ B[/D F7 /C
B[ F/A Cm/E[ B[64 F7
B[ D7 Gm/B[ G7

PB (&)
[S6 ] , PB (&), cad
imit Va1-Vi2, leg arp

E[

Cm C7 F Cm7 Gm7 F7
<(B[ A7 ) B[
E[ Cm/E[ B[64 F B[ E[ B[/F
E[/G Cm/E[ B[64 F7 B[ F7
<(B[ F7 ) B[ A7 B[ B[7 /D

halfcad
trans, tutti
cad
cad

E[

E[ B[7 /D E[/G F m/A[ E[64 B[

A2 , (a): tutti

B[

M3
..
.

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

F m/A[ D E[/G F m7 /C D7 E[

M3
..
.

climax, cad

M2
..
.
..
.
..
.

(b): imit Vi1-Vc

B[7 B[7 /D F m7 /E[ B[7 /D


<(A7 B[) D7 /C G/B D7 /F ] G

(b): imit Vi1-Vc

(F m D7 )/A[ E[/G F/C B[7 /D E[


A7 B[7 E[ F m/A[
d

E[64 B[7 Cm B[7 /D E[7 /G

climax, cad

4.5. STRING QUINTET IN G MINOR KV 516

Table 4.22: Mozart, String Quintet in G Minor KV 516, Mvt. 3 Adagio ma non troppo (contd)
m
48
49
50
51
53
55
56
57
58
60
62
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80

..
.
..
.

M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

E[m

F m/A[ D E[/G F m7 /C D7 E[

(b): imit tutti

D7 E[ A /C B[7 E[ F m/A[
E[64 B[7 E[
B[m7 E[/B[ C7 /G F m Cm7
F/C D7 /C G/B Cm Cm7 A
B[ (E[m F )/E[

climax
cad
trans

(E[m Bm C[ E[m7 F7 )/E[

(a): Vi1, 16ths (ped)

(<(D7 E[m)

(a): Vi1, climax (ped)


d

F7 /A[ E[m/B[ B[7 C[ F [/A[


[5/[9
F7

G[7 C[ B7
[5/[9
F7
E[64 B[7
E[

M3
..
.

A[
E[
(M)

Comment

(D7 C[ B[7 E[m))/E[

M3
..
.

...

(a):Vi1, P T (e[)

(ped)
(b): Vi1, imit
climax
cad

E[ G7 /D Cm/E[ C7 /E

B2 , Vi1 16th app, stacc

F m F7 B[ B[7 /A[ E[/G B[7 /F


E[ B[/D F m/A[ E[64 B[7
E[ Cm/E[ C7[9 B[7 /D C7 /E

PB (&)
[S6 ] , PB (&), cad

F m F7 /E[ B[ Cm7 D7
<(E[ D7 ) E[
A[ F m/A[ E[64 B[
E[ A[ E[7 /B[
A[ F m/A[ E[64 B[7 E[ B[7
E[ B[7 E[ A7
B[ E[ F m/A[ E[64 B[7
A7 B[ E[ F m/A[
E[64 B[7 E[ A
E[64 B[7 E[/G A7
E[64 B[7 <(E[ B[7 /F ) E[

imit Va1-Vi2, leg arp


cad
trans, tutti
cad
climax, cad
Coda (M1/3)
imit
cad
closing cad (82 m.)

113

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

114

4.5. STRING QUINTET IN G MINOR KV 516

4.5.5

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

115

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

116

4.6. CLARINET QUINTET IN A MAJOR KV 581

4.6

Clarinet Quintet in A Major KV 581 (1789)

Source: [35]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 4.8. The third movement
menuet has two trios, and the final movement has a theme and variations form.
Mvt. 1 Allegro: sonata form (A,

h i

Exposition

Development Recapitulation

4
4

, 197 m.)

Mvt. 2 Larghetto: ABA form (D,

h i

A1

B1

A2

3
4

, 85 m.)

Mvt. 3 Menuetto: menuet and trio form (A Am,


Menuet

Trio 1

h i
3
4

, 124 (32+41+51) m.)

Trio 2

Mvt. 4 Allegretto con Variationi: theme and variations form (A,


Th.

V. 1

V. 2

Coda

V. 3

V. 4

Ad.

h i
2
2

, 141 m.)

Coda

Figure 4.8: Mozart, Clarinet Quintet in A Major KV 581

4.6.1

Mvt. 1 Allegro

Form: sonata form. The opening theme M1 is a sort of chorale setting for strings (partly
in contrary motion), answered by the clarinet. The second theme from the first group has
M2(abc) structure, with the a-phrase ans ascending scale, and the b-phrase a characteristic
downward descending melodic sequence, that is re-used in imitiation in the strings. The
second group 1st theme has M3(aab) (2 + 2 + 3 m.) sentence structure. The transitory theme
M4(aaab) consists of a melodic sequence a-motif and 16th note runs in the b-phrase. The
last theme from this group has M5(abab) period structure. The development is based on the
first theme phrases only. The other melodic material returns in the recapitulation, with a
prominent role for M5 in the coda. The detailed analysis is shown in Table 4.23 and 4.24.

4.6.2

Mvt. 2 Larghetto

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

117

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

Table 4.23: Mozart, Clarinet Quintet in A Major KV 581, Mvt. 1 Allegro


m

1
5

M1.a
M1.b

A A/C] E7 F ]m Bm E7 F ]m
D A/C] Bm7 E7 A E7

9
13
17
19
22
25
26

M1.a
M1.b
M2

M2
..
.

29
31
35

(M2)

42
46
49
53
58
61
64

M3

M3

M4

M5

68
72
74
77

E
Em

86
88
92
100
110

118

M1

M1.a

M1.b
M1.b
M1.b
M1.b

Exp, Gr 1/Th 1, Str


Cl response

A A/C] E7 F ]m Bm E7 F ]m
D A/C] Bm7 E7 A E7
A E7
A F ]m7 /A E/G] D/F ] C]m/E
Bm/D A/C] <(G]7 /B E7 /G] A)
B E7 A D]7
E E/B B C]m F ]7 /A] Bm G]m

2nd stat, repeat


Cl response

A F ]m C]m E D]7 C]m/E


B A/C] G]m F ]m/A E F ]7
B Am7 /C B Am7 /C B B7

b)
b) Vi1
trans to D, a) Cl

E F ]m7 /E B7 /F ]
E F ]m7 /A E/B B7
E Em F ]7 /E B7[9 /D]
Em Am7 Dm7 G7 C
C + D]7 /C F ][9
7 /C]
E46 . . . B7
E A/E E/G] A F ]m7 /A B7

Gr 2/Th 1 aa): Vi1


b)
2nd st minor aa): Cl,
sync, b)

79
82

Comment

Gr 1/Th 2, a): Cl
bc)
[S6 ]
2nd stat, Str, a): Vc

climax, cad
ab) Vi1-Cl, P T (e)

E A/E E/G] A F ]m7 /A B7


6
C]m B7 /D] E F ][9
7 /C] E4 B7
E/G] B E/G] F ]m/A
E46 B7 E

ab) repeat
cad

E Em G7 /F

Dev

C C/E G7 Am Dm/F

cad

Gr 1/Th 1

G7 Am Dm7 /F C/E Dm7 G7


C G 7 C G7
C A7 Dm B7 Em C]7 F ]m
F ]7 /E (Bm E7 )/D A/C] D]7 /F ]
(E Am E Am E D]7 )/E E7

arpeggios, imit
arp, Seq(32m;R7 )
Seq(52m;R5 )
stretto, P D (e)

4.6. CLARINET QUINTET IN A MAJOR KV 581

Table 4.24: Mozart, Clarinet Quintet in A Major KV 581, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m
117
121
125
128
131
134
136
139
147
155
159
165
167
169
173
177

M1.a
M1.b
M2

M2
..
.

A A/C] E F ]m Bm/D E A/C]


D A Bm7 E7 A E7
A F ]m7 /A E/G] D/F ] C]m/E
Bm/D A/C] G]7 /B E7 A7
D D/A A Bm G A F ]m

A
Am

G Em F ]m D Em C]7 D Bm/D
A/C] G]m7 /B F ]m/A E/G] B7 /F ]
E <(Dm/F E7 )
A D/A E7 A Bm/D A64 E7
A Am E7 /G] E7[9

[S6 ]
trans to T
Gr 2/Th 1
repeat in minor,

Am C7 F A7 /C] Dm E7[9 /G]

sync

M2
M3
M3
..
.
..
.

M5
..
.
..
.
..
.

Comment
d

Recap, Gr 1/Th 1
Gr 1/Th 2, Cl
[S6 ]
SD

Am B /D Am/E E
C]7 F ]m B/D] A64 E7
A

A D/A A A/C] D Bm/D E7


d

A D/A A A/C] D Bm/D E7

Coda, P T (a)
repeat (ped)

F ]m E/G] A Bm A7 /C] D B7 /D]

180
182
185

M1.b

E E7 A/E E7
A G] /B A/C] Bm/D E7 A7
D B7[9 /D] A64 . . . E7

193

M1.a

A E F ]m Bm/D A64 E7 A

[S6 ]
climax
fin stat (197 m.)

119

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

120

4.6. CLARINET QUINTET IN A MAJOR KV 581

4.6.3

Mvt. 3 Menuetto

Form: menuet and trio form. In this movement there are two trios. The menuet is therefore
played three times (however, without repeats after the trios). The first theme M1 is played
in parallel thirds; the a-phrase between clarinet and violin 1, the b-phrase between viola and
cello.
Trio 1 omits the clarinet and features the lead violin; note the imitative legato downward
and upward leaps in the other string parts, and the simultaneous offbeat fp accents. The
clarinet returns in Trio 2 with an M5(aab) (1 + 1 + 2 m.) theme in small-scale sentence
structure. The (inverted) arpeggio a-motif is picked up by the leading parts in the string
(mostly violin 1, but occasionally the cello). The analysis is shown in Table 4.25.

4.6.4

Mvt. 4 Allegretto con Variationi

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

121

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

Table 4.25: Mozart, Clarinet Quintet in A Major KV 581, Mvt. 3 Menuetto and Trio
m
1
5
7
9
13
15
17
19
20
26
28
30
1
5
11
17
21
25
29
36
40

M
M1.a
..
.

Comment

Menuet
|| : A <(E7 A) F ]m Bm7 /D E E7 /D

A1

A/C] Bm F ]m/A E7 /G] A Bm/D


A/E E7 A
A Bm A E7 /B A

B, Str par 3rds

M1.b
..
.
..
.
..
.

F ]m/A C]m/G] F ]m B7 /D] E


[9
F ]m/A E/B G][9
7 /B] C]m C]7 /B

M1.b
M1.a
..
.

M3.a
M3.b

M4.a
M4.b
M4.a
M4.b
..
.

Am
C

Am

F ]m/A C]7 /G] F ]m B7 /D] E


F ]m/A E/B B7
E <(A/E E) A E7
A E7 A F ]m Bm/D E E7 /D

P D (e)
A2 , 2nd stat

A/C] Bm F ]m/A E7 /G] A Bm7 /D


A64 E7 A : ||

cad (32 m.)

Trio 1
|| : Am B7 /D E7 Am
B7 /D G7 C <(C G7 /B) C
Dm/F <(A7 /G Dm/F ) C46 G7 C : ||
|| : C C7 F A7 D D7 /F ] G B7
E <(D]/E E) E7 /D
Am B7 /D E7 Am
B7 /D E7 <(Am E7 /G]) Am
B[/D(N 6 ) <(F7 /E[ B[ D)
Am64 E7 A : ||

A! , no Cl

B
P D (e)
A2 , 2nd stat
Neap
(41 m.)

Menuet (play without repeats)


Trio 2
1
6
13
21

M5.a
M5.b
M5.a
M5.a

36
41
49

M5.a
M5.b

|| : A Bm7 /D E7 F ]m A/C]
6
Bm/D <(F ][9
7 /E Bm/D) . . . A4 A : ||
|| : <(E7 A/E) E <(E7 Am/E) E
<(B7 E) E7 . . .
d

A Bm7 /D E7 F ]m A/C]
Bm/D <(F ][9
7 /E Bm/D) A7 /E D/F ]
6
Bm7 /D A4 E7 A : ||
Menuet (play without repeats)

122

A1 , Cl
B, e-ped
e-ped
A2 , Cl
cad (51 m.)

4.6. CLARINET QUINTET IN A MAJOR KV 581


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

123

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

4.6.5

Key relationship overview

The key relationship diagram of the Mozart clarinet quintet is shown in Fig. 4.9. Here sublime musical beauty and elegance meet key simplicity. The key scope is very limited; only
the opening sonata allegro moves somewhat further away from the tonic key. Note the repeated statements of the secondary theme in major and parallel minor (2) and (4).
The ternary form larghetto has the A-sections in the tonic key D, with the bridge in the
dominant major key A. The menuet and closing theme and variations use the major-minor
key juxtaposition, without modulation.
Mvt. 1 Allegro
D
Dm

5 1
A  -E
2
63  ?
6
4 ?

Am

Em

Mvt. 2 Larghetto

D  -A

Mvt. 3 Menuetto
A

Menuetto

Am Trio
6
?

Mvt. 4 Allegretto
con variationi
A
6
?

Am Var 3

Figure 4.9: Mozart, Clarinet Quintet in A Major KV 581, key relationship diagram

4.7

Symphony No. 38 Prague KV 504 (1786)

Source: [34]. The remarkable aspect of this symphony is that it only has three movement; the
typical third movement (menuet and trio) is missing.2 An overview of the formal analysis is
shown in Fig. 4.10. Note the limited length of the development section in the opening sonata
form movement, and the false recapitulation.

4.7.1

Mvt. 1 Adagio - Allegro

Form: sonata form. This movement opens with a slow adagio introduction, divided into
four segments: 6 + 9 + 12 + 9 m. The opening unisono motif Mu is followed by a string
melody Mi(abc) over the middle segments (note the syncopated repeated notes in Mi.b over
the tonic minor key).
The introduction bursts into the allegro with an opening theme M1, launched by a another series of syncopated dominant pedal notes M1.a., and the ascending motif M1.b. This
is answered by a descending scale in parallel consonants M1.c in woodwinds. There is tonal
2
Maybe this was rejected by a contemporary A&R manager or record producer in good old Austria. Instead
of Prague its nickname could have been Blague; who knows?

124

4.7. SYMPHONY NO. 38 PRAGUE KV 504

Mvt. 1 Adagio Allegro : sonata form (D,


Intro (36 m.)

h i
4
4

, 302 m.)

Exposition (106 m.)

Dev. (49 m.)

FR

Recapitulation (94 m.)


Mvt. 2 Andante: ABA form (G,
A

h i
6
8

, 148 m.)

Mvt. 3 Finale presto: sonata form (D,


Exposition (152 m.)

A
h i
2
4

, 351 m.)
Development (64 m.)

Recapitulation (134 m.)


Figure 4.10: Mozart, Symphony No. 38 Prague KV 504
ambiguity, balancing between G and the real major tonic key D. The major-minor approach
from the introduction returns in the allegro (and in the final movement).
The secondary theme has M2(aab) (2 + 2 + 4 m.) sentence structure; its second statement
is in minor. The development is based on the second and third theme (M1.c and M1.d) from
the first group and treated with counterpoint, imitation and sequential settings. Note the
sustained horn pedal point in the retransition. The detailed analysis is shown in Table 4.26
to 4.28.

4.7.2

Mvt. 2 Andante

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

125

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

Table 4.26: Mozart, Symphony No. 38 Prague, Mvt. 1 Adagio - Allegro


m
1
4

Mu

Mi.a
..
.
..
.

8
11
14
16
24
28
32
37
41
43
45
49
51
55

59
60
61
62
66
68
71
75
77
79
81
87
91
93

126

Mi.b

Comment

Adagio
<(D A)
F ]/A] Bm D/F ] G

Introduction
unis motif

B/D] Em A7
B7[9 /F ] <(Em/G D]7 /A) Em/G

Dm

(Mi.b)
M1a
M1b
M1c
M1a
M1b
M1a
M1d
..
.

G
D

D/A A A]7 Bm D7 /C G/B


D]7 /A G]7 D/A A7

contrast dyn

Dm . . . B[ . . . F7 . . . D7 /F ]
Gm . . . G]7 . . .
A[9
7 ...
<(A Dm)

Str sync, P (da)


P (da)
climax P D (a)
cad (36 m.)

Allegro
|| : D/F ] G Am D7 /F ]
G D/F ] Em A7
D A7
D D7 /F ] <(G D7 /A)
G D/F ] Em7 A7
D Em7 C]7 /E D/F ] A/C]
<(D Bm Em A/C]

Exp, Gr 1, Vi1: d-sync


Vi1 asc, str
WW+Brs, par scale
2nd stat, Vi1
cad
Vi2+Va par 3rds
tutti climax

D Em7 A7 )
d

M1d
..
.
..
.
..
.

M1a
M1b
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

intro a): Vi1

D Bm/D Em7 D A/C]


Bm Em7 Am7 D

Seq(4 12 m;R7 )

G7 C]7 F ]m7 Bm7

imit

Em7 A7 <(D A7 )

tutti climax, cad

<(D A) <(Bm F ]m)


<(G D) A
A+ /C] <(D A+ /C])
D A/C] Bm E7

halfcad, P D (a)
Vi1: a-sync
Str+WW imit

A D7 Bm/D
C]7 A/C] F ]m7 D/F ]
E A D7 G]7 C]m7 F ]m7
Gm

trans, Seq(42m;R7 )

Bm7 E7 Dm/F D7 /F ]

climax

Gm G]7 D7 /F ]
Gm/B[ G]7 /B A/C] C]7

trans to D, PBi (%)

4.7. SYMPHONY NO. 38 PRAGUE KV 504

Table 4.27: Mozart, Symphony No. 38 Prague, Mvt. 1 (contd)


m

95

97
105
109
112
116
121
123
125
127
129
133
135

M2
M2

M2

M1d
M1d
..
.

A
Am
A

Comment

F ]m Bm/D A/E E7

closing cad

A E7 /G] A C]m/E A B7 E
Am E7
Am C/E Am/C Bm7 E7
A E7 A Bm E7
A7 D7 E7 /G] Bm/D A/E E7
A Bm7 E F ]m7 Bm7 E7 A
D7 G]7 C]m7 F ]m7 Bm E7

Gr 2, aab): Vi1
minor aab): Vi1

A E F ]m C]m
D A D A64 E
A A7 <(D/A A7 )
D/A A7 F ]7 Bm E7 A F ]m
Bm/D E <(A E) A : ||

3rd stat, aa): Bsn


cad
Str+WW imit
tutti clim
cad
closing stat, P D (a)
closing cad

143
147

M1c

A/C] E7 A F ]7 /A] Bm
C]m D E A7

151
156
160
162

M1c
M1c/b

M1d/c
.. ..
./ .

D A7 D/F ] Em C]7 F ]7
G Em A]7 Bm G Em A
D Bm G]7
F ]m C]7 F ]7 Bm F ]7 B7

Str+WW imit
ctp, Seq(32m;R3 )

Em B7 E A E7 A7
D A7 D D7
G Bm7 /A E/G]

WW+Str ctp

Am C]7 /B F ]/A]

imit Vi2-Vi1

166
170
172
174
176
178
179
181
184
187
189
192
195
199
201
203

/
M1d
..
.

M1c/b

(M1c)
..
.
..
.

M1d
..
.

M1a

Dev, Gr 1, Str imit

Dm

Seq(34m;R7 ),

Seq(32m;R7 ),

Bm Em7 /D A/C]

Str+WW imit

Bm7 Em7 A7 D
C7 C] F ]m7 Bm7 Em7 A7
<(D A7 )
<(D A) <(Bm F ]m) <(G D)
A7
A/C] Dm A7 /C]

stretto, climax
retrans
cad
P D (a)
retrans, Vi 1, a-sync

Dm A7 /C] Dm B[ E7[5 /B[


(A A[9
7 Dm A7 Dm G]7 )/A
(A G]7 A F ]7 )/A

False rec, Hns ped


Str+WW ctp, P D (a)
scalar motif (ped)

(G C]7 Dm D]7 )/A

minor (ped)

(E C]7 D G]7 )/A

major (ped)

127

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

Table 4.28: Mozart, Symphony No. 38 Prague, Mvt. 1 (contd)


m

205

208
212
214
216

M1a
M1b
M1c
M1a
..
.

219
221
224
226
229
235
239
241
242

M1b

M1b
..
.
..
.

Comment

A . . . A7

cad, return to T

D D+ /F ] <(G D7]5 /F ])
D D/F ] Em7 A
D A7
D D/F ] G D/F ]

Recap, Gr 1, Vi1
Vi1 asc, Str
WW par scale
2nd Dev, d-sync

Gm D7 /F ] Gm E[m/G[
F <(B[/F F )
B[ F/A Gm7 C]7 /E
Dm/F B[7 E7[5 A
G7 C]7 F ]m7 Bm7 Em

Vi1, SD
mediant
Vi1
Str+WW imit
Seq(32m;R7 ),

A7 Gm/B[ G7 /B C

ctp, climax

C]7 Gm/D E[7 A7 /E


D/F ] Em/G F ]m/A A]7
Bm Em/G Bm7 /A A7

PBi (%)
cad

244
250

M2

D . . . A7 /C] . . . D A7 D
D/F ] G]7 D46 A

252
257
259

M2

M2
..
.

Dm

Dm A7 B[ G]7 Am E7
F/A C]7 /G Dm/F E7 /G A7
D <(A7 D)

minor aab): Vi1

A D G A7 /C]

Str imit

264

3rd stat, aa): Bsn

268

D Em/G D/A A7

270
272
274
276
278
281
284
287
290
292
296
299

M1d

M1d

Bm/D A/C] G/B A7


Bm/D C]7 A /C G/B Gm/B[ A[9
7
D G C]7 F ]m Bm7 Em A7 D
G7 C]7 F ]m Bm7 Em A7
<(D A7 ) <(Bm F ] ) <(G D)
G D46 A D
D7 <(G D7 )/D (G Gm D G]7 )/D
C]7 /D Bm Em/G A D
D F ]/C G D7 /F ] G D]7 /A
E C]7 /G D/F ] Bm Em7 /G A7
<(D A7 )
D

128

Gr 2, aab): Vi1

tutti climax
PBi (&) , cad
stretto imit
tutti, cad
closing clim, cad
P T (d)
(ped)
(ped)
closing cad
(302 m.)

4.7. SYMPHONY NO. 38 PRAGUE KV 504


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

129

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

4.7.3

Mvt. 3 Finale presto

Form: sonata form. The third and final movement opens with an arpeggio motif on the tonic
chord (M1a), imitated by the other strings, and closing with downward suspensions over
a series of first inversion chords ([S6 ] ). This a-motif is used extensively in the transitions
(imitations) and development (sequences). The second statement of M1 is in minor. The
climaxes are falling mostly on the tutti transitions, while the thematic material is orchestrated
lightly. The series of first inversiion chords return prominently in the development. The
movement concludes with a closing statement of M1; there is no coda. The analysis is shown
in Table 4.29 and 4.30.

4.7.4

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

130

4.7. SYMPHONY NO. 38 PRAGUE KV 504

Table 4.29: Mozart, Symphony No. 38 Prague, Mvt. 3 Finale presto


m

Comment

M1
..
.
..
.

|| : D G/B F ]m/A Em/G B7

Exp, Gr 1 a): Str im [S6 ]

<(Em B7 ) Em

b): Vi1

M1
..
.
..
.

Dm

Em F ]m/A Em/G D/F ] A7


<(D A7 ) D
<(D G D A7 )/D D
<(A D)/A A
Dm Gm/B[ F/A E G Gm7

a): Str imit [S6 ]


b): Vi1
trans, tutti clim, P T (d)
P D (a)
a): WW imit [S6 ]

<(C7 /E Gm7 /F ) C7 /E

b): Fl
a): WW imit
b): Fl
trans, tutti clim, PB (&)

M2

C7 F Gm/B[ F/A C7
<(F C7 ) F
F Am/E Dm D]7
<(E7 Am D]7 )/E P D (e)
<(E7 Am) E . . . E7
<(A D A E7 A)
<(A E7 ) A
D Bm Bm/D D] E7
<(A D A E7 A)
<(A E7 ) A

5
9
13
18
28
32
36
40
44
48
56
60
67
75
80
83
92
96
99
103
106
108
111
119
121
131
139
153
157
161
165
169
173
177
181

M2

D E7 F ]m Bm/D E7
A D/F ] C]m/E Bm/D A/C]

M1
..
.

M1
Dm

E7 D/F ] E7 /G]
A Bm/D A64 E
A Dm/F A/E Dm/F A/C]
<(Dm A7 ) D/F ] Dm/F
d

M1/c
M1/c

A
M1
M1
M1
M1

Bm
Am

cad
Gr 2, aa): Vi par 6ths
(b): WW
cad, (cm>)
2nd st aa): Fl+Vi 6ths
b): WW
cad
Gr 1, a): WW imit [S6 ]
(cm>)
cad
a): Str imit
trans, tutti climax

E7 F ]m Bm/D E7
<(A E7 ) A
<(A D A/E E7 )
A . . . : ||

cad
a): WW, Mc: Vi1 tripl
a): WW imit, Mc: Vi
tutti clos clim, P D (a)

A ...
A D/F ] C]m/E Bm/D A/C]
E7 /B . . .
E7 A Bm/D
F ]7 /C]
F ] Bm C] /E Bm/D A] /C]
Bm B7 /A E7 /G] E7
Am A7 /G D7 /F ] D7

Dev, tutti clim, P D (a)


WW, Seq(28m;R5 )
LoStr, tutti forte
WW imit [S6 ]
LoStr, tutti forte
WW imit [S6 ]
Str im, Seq(24m;R7 ),
trans

131

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

Table 4.30: Mozart, Symphony No. 38 Prague, Mvt. 3 Finale presto (contd)
m
185
189
193
197
201
205
208
211
215
217
221
225
229
233
237
241
245
253
257
264
272
277
280
288
293
296
300
302
304
306
308
314
318
328
336

132

Comment

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.

G C/E Bm/D Am/C G/B

Seq(54m;R5 ),

D D7 /C G/B F Dm/F

WW+Str imit [S6 ] , forte

Am

E Am Dm/F Am/C

[S6 ]

Bm

E E7 /D Am/C Em/G
F ] Bm Em/G Bm/D

[S6 ]
[S6 ]

(M1)
..
.

M1
..
.

Gm
M1
M1

B[
Dm

M2

M2

M1
..
.

C/E F ]7 G
Bm/D Em F ]

cad
retrans, a): WW imit

G C7 /E F ] B7 /D]
Em A7 /C]

Seq(32m;R7 )

D G/B F ]m/A Em/G B7

Rec, Gr 1, a): Str im [S6 ]

<(Em B7 ) Em
Em Am Bm/D D G64 D7
Gm/B[ . . .
Gm Cm/E[ Gm/B[
F7 . . .
F7 b[ Cm/E[ B[/D A /C
B[ Dm/A Gm7 G]7
<(A7 Dm G]7 )
<(A7 Dm) A . . . A7
<(D G/B D A7 D)
<(D A7 ) D
G Em Em/G G]7 A A7
<(D G/B D A7 D)
<(D A7 ) D
G A7no 3 Bm Em/G A
D G/B D/F ]

b): Vi1
a): Str imit
LoStr, tutti forte
2nd st, a): WW imit [S6 ]
LoStr, tutti forte
a): WW imit
trans, tutti forte, P T (d)
P D (a)

M1

Gm

A7 A]7 G/B C]7


D Em D46 A
D
Gm/B[ D/A Gm/B[ D/F ]
<(Gm D7 )/D

Gr 2, aa): Str par 6ths


b): WW in par 6ths
halfcad
2nd stat: WW+Str
b): WW
cad
Gr 1, a): WW imit [S6 ]
(cm>)
cad
a): Str imit
cad
trans, tutti forte, P D (d)

M1/c
M1/c

G/B Gm/B[ A7 Bm Em A
<(D A7 ) D
<(D G D46 A7 )
D ...

a): Hns, Mc: Vi1 tripl


a): WW+Brs imit
cl clim, arp (351 m.)

4.7. SYMPHONY NO. 38 PRAGUE KV 504


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

133

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

4.8

Symphony No. 40 in G Minor KV 550 (1788)

Source: [34]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 4.11. The outer movements
are in sonata form, with a short (Mvt. 1) and a significantly longer development section in
the finale. The ternary form second movement has a relatively short middle B-section.
Mvt. 1 Allegro molto: sonata form (Gm,

h i

Exposition (101 m.)

Dev. (39 m.)

2
2

, 299 m.)
FR (26 m)

Recapitulation (133 m.)


Mvt. 2 Andante: ABA form (E[,
A1

h i
6
8

, 123 m.)

A2

Mvt. 3 Menuetto Allegretto: menuet and trio form (Gm,


Menuet

h i
3
4

, 84 m.)

Trio

Mvt. 4 Allegro assai: sonata form (Gm,


Exposition (125 m.)

h i
2
2

, 308 m.)
Development (81 m.)

Recapitulation (60 m.) Coda (34 m.)


Figure 4.11: Mozart, Symphony No. 40 in G Minor KV 550

4.8.1

Mvt. 1 Allegro molto

Form: sonata form. The opening movement is part of the classical music core curriculum;
listening courses will undoubtedly play this piece. The phrase structure of the main melody
is discussed in books on composition, the string section middle voices treatment in instrumentation classes.3
The main theme has M1(aab) (4+4+10 m.) sentence structure. The a-phrase may be subdivided into a(ccd); the appoggiature 8th notes in the c-motif are the prominent element in
this movement. This idea is used in cadences, transitions and throughout the development.
After two statements of the main theme there is a climax, that acts also as a transition
in the exposition and has multple statements in the recapitulation. The climax theme Mc
contains a melodic sequence Seq(4 1m;R7 ) in staccato 4th notes in the lead voice over a
steady 8th note background. The secondary theme has M2(ab) (4 + 4 m.) structure and is
full of descending chromatic steps. The detailed analysis is shown in Table 4.31 to 4.33.

4.8.2

Mvt. 2 Andante
This section is included in the full version of the book.

Remember the 20th century pop hit by Waldo and his boom-tchi-ka band? Same piece of immortal music.

134

4.8. SYMPHONY NO. 40 KV 550

Table 4.31: Mozart, Symphony No. 40, Mvt. 1 Allegro molto


m
1
9
14
16
22
28
32
34
38
43
48
50
52
56
58
62
66
70
72
77
80
85
89
94
99
101
103
108
112
115
119
123

Comment

M1
..
.
..
.

M1
Mc
..
.
..
.

Gm

Gm . . . A7 /G D7 /F ] D7[9 Gm

Exp, Gr 1, aa): Vi

Gm <(A7 D7[9 )/C Gm7 /B[

b): Vi

E7 E[7
<(D C]7 ) D A7 Gm D7
Gm Cm7 /E[ F7
B[ F/A E[/G B[/F

Str+WW
tutti, P D (d)
2nd stat, a): Vi, WW
clim, trans, PB (&)

M2
..
.

B[

Cm/E[ B[/D
F

<(C G7 ) C7[9
<(F F7 B[m E7 )/F F

tutti clim
P D (f )

B[

G7 C F7 B[ Gm E7 F7

Gr 2, a): Vi-WW

A7 D G C F7 B[
Cm F7 B[
G7 C F7 B[ C7 F7

b): Vi, Str


2nd st 8va, a): WW-Str

A7 D7 G7 C7 F7 B[7

b): WW+Str

<(E[7 A[)/E[
E[7 E7 B[64 F7
B[ B[7 /A[ E[/G F7 /E[ B[/D
E[ F7
<(B[ F7sus4 F7 )

P (e[)
cad
clos, Str unis, PB (%)
cad
motif , a): WW imit

D7[9 Gm B[/F F7

a): Vi par, cad

<(B[ Cm7 /B[ F7 /A) B[

a) WW imit

D7[9 Gm7 Cm7 /E[ B[/F F7


<(B[ B[/D E[ F7 )
Gm E[ B[/F F7 <(B[ F7 )
<(B[ F7 ) B[ F ]7

a): Vi par, cad


climax, str unis
closing cad

F ]m

Gm F7 F ]m F7
F ]m C] F ]m G]7 /F ]

Dev, Gr 1
a): Vi, Seq(34m;R7 )

Em

G]7 /F ] C]7 /E] C]7 /E


F ]7 /E B7 /D] B7[9
Em B7 Em E7 Am A[9
7

a): Vi, PBi (&)


a): Vi
a): ctp, Seq(34m;R7 ),

Dm C]7 Dm D7 Gm G7
C G7 C C7 F F7

rapid mod, R5 , tutti


Seq(3R5 )

M2
..
.
..
.

M3

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.

M1
..
.

M1
..
.

Dm

135

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

Table 4.32: Mozart, Symphony No. 40, Mvt. 1 Allegro molto (contd)
m
127
131
134
140
147
153
157
160
162
164
166
172
177
179
184
188
191
195
198
201
203
207
211
215
217
221

136

Comment

B[ F7 B[ Gm7 Cm7

a): Vi, Seq(32m;R7 )

Am D7 Gm Em G]7
<(A Dm/A) A

cad, P (a)

F7 B[m G7 Cm

False rec, a): imit WW-Vi

F ]7 D7 D7[9

retrans , imit Str-WW


a): motif Str stretto, clim

Gm

D7[9 Gm C]7 D
D7 Gm C]7
(D Em C)/D
(Dm7 B[ C]7 A7 )/D
(B7 C]7 )/D D7

i (&), P (d)
Pm
D
(ped)
(ped)

M1
..
.
..
.

Gm

Gm . . . A7 /G D7 /F ] D7[9 Gm

Recap, Gr 1, aa): Vi

Gm <(A7 D7[9 )/C Gm7 /B[

b): Vi

E7 E[7
<(D C]7 ) D A7 Gm D7

Str+WW
tutti, P D (d)

M1

Mc

Mc
..
.
..
.

E[

M1
..
.

(M1)
..
.
..
.

Mc
..
.
..
.

Fm

Gm B[7 E[ B[7 /F
F7 /E[ B[7 /D B[7
E[ B[ A[/C E[/B[
F m/A[ E7 B[m7 C7
F m C7 G7 /B[

Vi, tutti clim, Seq(3R7 )

F m/A[ E7 /G

Vi stretto imit leaps

2nd stat, a): Vi

2nd stat: LoStr+Bsn,

F m B[7 E[ A[
d

Gm

Dm G7 A[7 /C D7
Gm Dm/F Cm/E[ Gm/D

3rd stat: Vi

(A7 F ]7 )/C Gm/B[


D

<(A E7 ) A7
<(D C]7 )/D D

cad, P (d)

4.8. SYMPHONY NO. 40 KV 550

Table 4.33: Mozart, Symphony No. 40, Mvt. 1 Allegro molto (contd)
m
226
229
231
233
235
237
239
241
245
247
251
254
261
265
269
273
277
281
283
285
293
297

Comment

M2
..
.
..
.

M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

Gm

Gm A D7

Gr 2, a): Vi-WW

G7 /F C/E E[7 D

Str, PBi (&)

F ]7 Gm A7 D7 G E[
A7 D7 Gm
Gm A7 D7

b): Vi, Str

M3
(M1)
M1
(M1)
M1
..
.
..
.

M1

2nd st 8va, a): WW-Str

Gm G7 C E[7 D7
F ]7 Gm A7 D7 G E[

b): WW+Str

<(B[7 E[)
B[7 B7

cresc to climax, PBi (%)

C7 B[m/D[ B7 /D Cm/E[

Seq(32m;R7 )

Gm

C]7 /E B[/D D7
Gm G7 <(Cm D7 Gm)
<(D7 Gm)
6
G[9
7 Cm Gm4 D7 Gm
<(D7 Gm)
6
G[9
7 Cm Gm4 D7 Gm

cad,P D (d)
closi, Str unis, PB (%)
a): WW imit
a) Vi1, tutti clim
a): WW imit
a): Vi1, tutti clim

Gm Cm D7 Gm A7 D7 /C
Gm/B[ G/B A[/C A7 /C]
Gm/D G7 /F C/E E[7
[9
Gm64 D7 Gm G[9
7 Cm D7
<(Gm D7 )
<(Gm D7 ) Gm

P T (g), climax, PBi (%)


PBi (&) (ped)
a) motif, Str imit
closing cad
(299 m.)

137

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART


Order the E-book from the webstore.

138

4.8. SYMPHONY NO. 40 KV 550


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

139

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

4.8.3

Mvt. 3 Menuetto allegretto - Trio

Form: menuet and trio form. Both parts have ternary song, ABA form structure. The ternary
structure is asymmetrical in the sense that the opening statement is not repeated literally; the
A2 section is some sort of wrap-up of the main theme.
The menuet melody starts with a hemiola phrase and has M1(aab) (3 + 3 + 8 m.) sentence
structure, with the b-phrase an extended variation of the second measure of the a-phrase.
The menuet middle section B has development character. The trio melody also has M2(aab)
(2 + 2 + 2 m.) sentence structure. The second statement and the trio contrasting middle
section treat the two motifs in imitative and (limited) developmental fashion. The analysis
is shown in Table 4.34.

4.8.4

Mvt. 4 Allegro assai

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

140

4.8. SYMPHONY NO. 40 KV 550

Table 4.34: Mozart, Symphony No. 40, Mvt. 3 Menuetto Allegretto


m
1
4
7
9
11
13
15
18
21
26
28
30
32
35
37
40

Comment

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

Gm

Menuet
|| : Gm D7 Gm/B[

A1 , a): Fl+Vi, tutti

Gm D7 Gm

a)

E[ A7 /C]

b): WW+Vi

M2

49

M2
..
.

79
81

B[

Gm

M1

43
47

55
57
60
66
69
72
75

Dm

(M2)

M2

M2
..
.

Dm A7 B[ C7 /E D7 /F ]

tutti climax, (cm<)

Gm C]7 Dm E A7 B[
E7 A7 Dm : ||
|| : B[ A7 B[

cad
B, var/dev, aa): imit

Gm F ]7 Gm

Hns: P D (d)

E[ D7 E[ B7 C C]7

b:)

D C]7 D/F ] D7 /C

ctp, imit

Gm/B[ A7 /C
D7 /F ] Gm G7 /B
Cm D7[5 /A[ E[/G D7 /F ] Gm
A7 /C D7 Gm
Gm E[7 G C]7
Gm64 D Gm : ||

(imit)
climax, (cm<)

Trio
|| : G D7 G
Am/C D G

cad
A2 , clos st, a): WW, PBi (&)
a): Fl, closing cad
A1 , aa): Str
b)

G . . . D/F ] A7 Bm7

a): WW arpeggio imit

Em/G A7
<(D A7 ) D : ||
|| : D7 . . . G . . . E7
Am G Am/C D
GD
G D G D7 G
G D ...

b): Str+Ob
cad
B, a): CB-WW imit, var
cad
closing stat, aa): Str
b)
A2 , a): WW arpeggio imit

A7 /C D7
<(D7 G) : ||

b): Str+WW, clos cad (84 m.)

141

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

142

4.9. SYMPHONY NO. 41 IN C MAJOR JUPITER KV 551

4.8.5

Key relationship overview

The key relationship diagram of the well-known Gm symphony is shown in Fig. 4.12. The
opening movement has the regular exposition key pattern: main theme in the tonic minor
key Gm and the secondary theme group in the relative major key B[ (1). The development starts in the remote key F ]m (3), working its way into the subdominant domain using
sequences based on R5 cycles (35). The recapitulation moves through the lowered submediant key E[ = [VI (6) into the subdominant area (7), before returning home.
Mvt. 2 Andante
Mvt. 1 Allegro molto
4
Dmt

Am

Cm


Gm

Fm

HH
Y
H E[ 6
A[

4 C

Em

Bm
8
D


Dm 5

?
1B[  2- F

F ]m

Fm 5

Cm

Gm

H
Y
H
1
j
H
6 H
A[ 
E[  B[
A  ?

A[m A 3 E[m  B[m
A

 AU 2,7 


C[
G[
D[

A
Am
C

Mvt. 4 Allegro assai


t

Mvt. 3 Menuetto

Dm 

GT

Em 

Bm 

F ]m  - C]m

Am

Em

2,4,7

GmM - Dm
6

Am 

B[

Fm H
A[

3,9

Cm  - Gm 

HH
j 6

E[

Dm

8 
*

1B[ 
F
?

Figure 4.12: Mozart, Symphony No. 40, key relationship diagram

The Andante has both A-section in the tonic major key E[ and the middle section in
the parallel minor key E[m (3). Note the key progression along the minor third vertical
symmetry axis: B[ D[ (1) and E[m C (34), and the A-section symmetry D[ G[ B[
(2) and G[ C[ E[ (7). The menuet in Gm has the trio in the parallel major key G and a
very limited key range.
In the closing sonata form Allegro the main and secondary theme once again have the
regular minor-relative major Gm B[ (1) key relationship. The development quickly moves
to the dominant minor key Dm (2) and, using the enharmonic equivalence property, starts
a series of R5 and R5 root cycles and sequences, until the remote key C]m is reached (6).
Then there is the way back and a final stop in the subdominant area F m E[ Cm (79).

4.9

Symphony No. 41 in C Major Jupiter KV 551 (1788)

Source: [34]. An overview of the formal analysis of Mozarts last symphony is shown in
Fig. 4.13. Compared to the KV 550 Symphony No. 40, in the Jupiter symphony we have the
143

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART


tonic major key C, a much longer development section in the opening movement and a very
long closing sonata form movement.
Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace: sonata form (C,

h i
4
4

, 313 m.)

Exposition (121 m.)

Development (68 m.)

Recapitulation (124 m.)


Mvt. 2 Andante cantabile: ABA form (F ,
A1

A2

h i
3
4

, 101 m.)

Co

Mvt. 3 Menuetto Allegretto: menuet and trio form (C,


Menuet

3
4

, 87 m.)

Trio

Mvt. 4 Molto Allegro: sonata form (C,

h i
2
2

, 424 m.)

Exposition (157 m.)


Recap. (57 m.)

h i

Development (67 m.)


2nd Development (79 m.)

Coda (63 m.)

Figure 4.13: Mozart, Symphony No. 41 in C Major KV 551

4.9.1

Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace

Form: sonata form. The exposition of this opening movement is repeated. The exposition
opening theme is a period with call-and-response flavour on the local scale and a sentence
on the larger scale: M1(ccd) (4 + 4 + 6 m.), with c=a+b (2 + 2 m.). The unisono a-motif
has the characteristic upward fourth leaps with the 16th triplet scalar patterns, the b-motif
contains a series of appoggiaturas in the lead violins. In the c-phrase there is the middle
register strings 32th-note downward scalar pattern Ms, covering the interval of the fifth.
The first statement starts in m. 1 (there is no introduction), the second statement (m. 24 ff.)
has a woodwind countermelody Mc. Here the b-phrase is extended in a sort of miniature
development (variation b), acting simultaneously as a transition.
The secondary group consists of two themes: the lyrical first melody has M2(abab) (4 +
2 + 4 + 5 m.) period structure, with the characteristic ascending stepwise motion in the aphrase. In the transition from M2 to M3 the b-motif from M1 returns in diminution. The
second, more playful melody has M3(aaab) (2 + 2 + 2 + 4 m.) structure with an 8th note
rhythm. In the orchestration, note the frequent doubling of strings with bassoon for repeated
statements of thematic material.
The development starts with a simple unisono turn in the woodwinds, kicking off the
theme M3 in the new key. The b-phrase from M3 becomes the core element in the first
half of the development, with (stretto) imitative treatment in harmonic sequences. The false
recapitulation puts the main theme M1 back on the stage, acting as the main character in the
second half of the development. The recapitulation has the second statement of the main
144

4.9. SYMPHONY NO. 41 IN C MAJOR JUPITER KV 551


theme in tonic minor Cm. These minor-major changes in tutti climaxes occur also at the end
of the exposition and recapitulation.
The detailed analysis is shown in Table 4.35 to 4.38.

4.9.2

Mvt. 2 Andante cantabile

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

145

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

Table 4.35: Mozart, Symphony No. 41 Jupiter, Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace


m

Comment

1
5
9
16
24

M1

Ms

M1/c
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
/
M1/c
.. ..
./ .

|| : C . . . G7 /D C G7 /B
G . . . C/E G7 /D C
(C F G7 C F G7 )/C
<(C G) C <(G C) G
C . . . G7 /B C G7 /F

Exp, Gr 1, a): unis, b): Str


ab): unis-Str
Ms): Vi2+Va, clim, P T (c)
trans, halfcad
2nd st, ab): Vi, Mc): WW

G ...

a): Vi

[9
[9
[9
A[9
7 D 7 G7 C7
F/A Em/G Dm/F F D7
G ...

b): Seq(41m;R5 )
trans to D
a): unis Str, Mc): WW

(G . . . C G7 C G7 )/G
Am/C G]7 /B Am/C A7 /C]
<(D G)/D D
G/B G]7 /B D7 /C no 3

b): Bsn+Str, P T (g)


cad
Ms): Vi2+Va, clim, cad
Gr 2/Th 1, a): Vi1

28
30
34
37
39
47
49
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
71
73
75
77
81
85
89
92
94
97
98
101
107
111
113

146

/
Ms
M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

Mv/(1)

Mv/(1)

M1

M1
..
.

M3

D7 /A D+ /A] Bm
D7 /F ] G D

b)

G G]7 D7 /Ano 3

a): Bsn+Vi1

D7 /A D+ /A] Bm
D7 /F ] G D7 /C

b)

G/B D]7 Em Am/C


G64 D7
G D7 /C
G/B Em7 Am7 D7 G
G D7 /C
G]7 /B Am/C G7 /D
Cm . . . C C +
(F B7 C)/C G64 D7
G . . . G7
C/G G Am/C D7
G ...

Fl+Bsn+Vi1
cad
Mv): Vi1, (M1b): LoStr

C E7 /D Am/C E7 /G]
Am Cm7 /G D7 /F ]
<(G D7 )
<(G D)
G E7 /G] Am D7 /F ]
G Am/C D

repeat
trans min-maj, clim, P (c)
clos, b): dim Vi+Bsn, P D (g)
b): dim WW+LoStr, Vi sync
cad
Gr 2/Th 2, aaa): Vi
b): Bsn+Vi
closing, tutti clim, P D (d)
cad

4.9. SYMPHONY NO. 41 IN C MAJOR JUPITER KV 551

Table 4.36: Mozart, Symphony No. 41 Jupiter, Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace (contd)
m
114
116
116
121
123
129
133
135
137
139
143
145
147
149
151
153
155
157
161
165
167
171
173
175
177
179
181
183
185
187

Comment

G E7 /G] Am D7 /F ]
G Am/C D
<(G D) G : ||

repeat
cad
Ms: Vi1, cad

E[

B[
E[ <(B[7 E[)
<(E[ B[7 )
E[ B[7 /A[ E[/G B[7 /D

Dev, mod cad, WW unis


aaa), Vi, Str
bb) Str-WW imit
HiStr-LoStr, Seq(32m;R7 )

Fm

E[ C7 /B[ F m/A[ C7 /E

Gm

F7 D7 /F ] Gm D7 /F ]

(Ms)
M3

M3
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

M3
..
.
..
.

(M3)

M1/c
.. ..
./ .
/
M1/s
..
.
..
.

Ms
M3
..
.
..
.

E[
Gm

Gm7 C7 F m7 B[7

stretto imit, Seq(22m;R7 )

E[ A[ D G7
Cm . . . D7
Gm Cm/E[ F ]7 D7 /F ]

(stretto imit), Seq(2R7 )


cad
b): imit LoStr-HiStr

Gm C]7 /E A[9
7

Dm E7 Am
<(E D]7 )
E ...
E E7 /D E7 C7
F . . . E F46 C7

cad
b): WW
trans
False rec, ab): Str, Mc): Bsn

C7 . . .
(Am7 D7[9 )/D (Bm7 E7[9 )/E
Am B7 /A

a): Str, Mc): WW


2nd dev Seq(22m;R7 )
a+Ms): Vi

E/G] E7 /G A7 /G

Seq(32m;R7 ), PBi (&)

D/F ] Dm/F D7 /F G7 /F
C/E Cm/E[ D7[5 /A[
<(G D7 )
<(G D)

cad with Ms-motto


retrans, b): Vi1

<(G F ]7 )/G

b): WW, P D (g)

(G A7 Dm G7 )/G
C46 Dm7 /G G7

retrans (ped)
Str unis desc scale

147

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

Table 4.37: Mozart, Symphony No. 41 Jupiter, Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace (contd)
m
189
193
197
203
212
216
220
222
224
225
227
235
237
244
246
248
250
252
254
256
258
259
261
263
265
269
271
274
276
279
282
285
287

148

Comment

M1

Ms

M1/c
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .

Cm

C . . . G7 /D C G7 /B
G . . . C/E G7 /D C
(C F G7 C F G7 )/C
<(C G7 ) C <(G C) G
Cm . . . B[7 E[ B[7

Recap, Gr 1 a): unis, b): Str


ab): unis-Str
Ms): Vi2+Va, clim, P T (c)
trans, halfcad
2nd st min, ab) Vi, Mc): WW

E[

B[7 . . . E7 F m C7

b): Vi imit

/
M1/c
..
.

Ms
M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

Mv/(1)

Mv/(1)

F m7 B[7 E[

F7 /A G7 /B Cm7 Gm/B[
A7 D7[5 /A[
G ...

trans, cad
a): Str unis, Mc): WW, P D (g)

(G C . . . G7 C G7 )/G
<(D7 /A G)
<(G C)/G <(G C)/G
C/E C] /E G7 /F no 3

b): Bsn+Str (ped)


motto (ped)
Ms): Vi2+Va, cad
Gr 2/Th 1, a): Vi1

G7 /D G+ /D] C/E

b)

C C] G7 /Dno 3

a): Fl+Bsn+Vi1

G7 /D G+ /D] C/E

Fm

M1

M1
..
.

G/B C G G7

G/B C G7 /F

b): Ob+Vi1

C/E E7 /G] Am Dm/F


C46 G7
C G7 /F
C/E Am Dm7 /F G7
C G7 /F
C]7 Dm/F C7 /G
Fm ...
D[/F C7[9 /E Cm/E[ G7 /D
C/E F C46 G7
C . . . C7
F/C C Dm/F G7
(C Dm C]7 F C7 )/C

Fl+Ob+Vi1
cad
Mv: Bsn+Vi1, (M1b): LoStr

b): dim Ob+LoStr, (ped),

F C]7 /G Dm/F A7 /C]


A[/C G7 /B

Vi1 sync
N 6 /V , cad

repeat, WW+Str
cad
trans min-maj, clim
PBi (&)
cad, climax
clos, b): dim WW+Vi, P T (c)

4.9. SYMPHONY NO. 41 IN C MAJOR JUPITER KV 551

Table 4.38: Mozart, Symphony No. 41 Jupiter, Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace (contd)
m
289
295
299
301
302
305
306

M
M3

Comment

<(C G7 )
C <(Dm G7 C)
C C] G7 /D C Am Dm/F G7
C Am Dm/F G7

Gr 2/Th 2, aaa): Vi
bb): Vi-(Fl)
closing, tutti climax
cad

(Ms)

C C] G7 /D C Am Dm/F G7
Am Dm/F C46 G7
<(C G7 ) C

repeat
Ms: Vi1, cad (313 m.)

149

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

150

4.9. SYMPHONY NO. 41 IN C MAJOR JUPITER KV 551

4.9.3

Mvt. 3 Menuetto allegretto - Trio

Form: menuet and trio form, each with ABA Coda structure. The menuet main theme is
regular M1(aab) (4+4+8 m.) sentence structure; the a-phrase contains descending chromatic
steps, the b-phrase is a variation on this idea with a cadential closing. In the second Asection this theme is set as a variation with (stretto) imitation and contrary motion (closing
and opening).
The trio has call-and-response elements; its theme has M2(abab) (2 + 2 + 2 + 2 m.) period
structure. The call is a simple cadential formula for woodwinds and horns. The response
b-phrase with its embellished descending chromatic steps obviously has similarities with
the menuet theme. The middle section of both menuet and trio use extended pedal point
(with a pounding brass and timpani section) and are in dynamic contrast witht the outer
A-sections. The trio middle section takes the flute upward chromatic lead from the a-phrase
and develops that as an augmented melody; note how the first four measures (m. 6871)
yield the melodic pattern, that will become the main motif of the following closing movement (coincidence or design?). The analysis is shown in Table 4.39.

4.9.4

Mvt. 4 Molto allegro

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

151

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

Table 4.39: Mozart, Symphony No. 41 Jupiter, Mvt. 3 Menuetto Allegretto


m
1
5
9
13
17
21
23
24
28
30
32
36
40
44
46
48
50
52
56
60
62
64
66
68
72
76
80
82
84
86

Comment

M1
..
.
..
.

M1
..
.

Menuet
|| : C Gsus4
7 /F C G

A1 , a): Vi1 PLi (&), halfcad, P D (g)

F Gsus4
7 /D C G C

a)

<(G Gm D7 )
G/B Am/C D7 G : ||
(G F ]7 G G7 )/G

b): Vi, tutti clim


cad
B, a): Ob+Vi, Brs: P D (g)

(B7 C F ]7 B )/G
(Am7 D7 )/G
<(G C) G
|| : G F ] G7

i (&), (cm<), (ped)


Pm
(ped)
Str+Hns unis, clim, halfcad
A2 , a): WW+Str imit, (cm>)

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.

C B C7

M1
..
.
..
.

M1

M2
..
.
..
.

M2

M2
..
.
..
.

Am

F A7 D C]7 D

a) (cm<)

G D7no 3 G D7 G7
C F C46 G7 C
<(G F ] )

b): imit, (cm<), climax


cad
a): WW stretto imit

G[9
7 C] D A[/C

N 6 /V

G Gm A7 D7[5 /A[ G7
C C G7
<(C F ]7 G)
C/E Dm/F G7 C : ||

cad
b): WW+Vi dim, clim, Brs: P D (g)
closing cad

Trio
|| : G7 C

A1 , a): WW+Hns call

G7 /B C G

b): Ob+Str response, halfcad

G7 C
G C : ||
|| : (E7 Am D]7 D)/E
(B7 C D]7 E)/E
B7 E A7 D
G7 C

a) repeat
b) cad
B, a) WW+Vi1 augm, climax,
Brs+LoStr: P D (e)
i (&), Seq(22m;R )
trans, Str, Pm
7
A2 , a): WW+Hns call

G7 /B C G

b): Ob+Str response, halfcad

G7 C
<(G7 C) : ||

a) repeat
b): WW+Str, (cm<), (87 m.)

[Repeat menuet]

152

4.9. SYMPHONY NO. 41 IN C MAJOR JUPITER KV 551


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

153

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

4.9.5

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

154

4.9. SYMPHONY NO. 41 IN C MAJOR JUPITER KV 551


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

155

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

4.10

Opera The Magic Flute (Die Zauberflote)


KV 620 (1791)

Source: [36]. The analysis covers the overture, the complete first act, and an aria from the
second act. For an overview of the formal analysis of Act 1, see Figure 4.14

4.10.1

Ouverture

Form: sonata form. In the overture Mozart combines a 4-part fugue with the sonata form.
The slow introduction opens with the Freemason motif (M0, repeated triadic signals). The
fugue subject (theme M1) receives a countersubject (Mc) in the development, that becomes
more important as it progresses. The detailed analysis is shown in Table 4.40 and 4.41.

4.10.2

No. 1. Introduction Zu Hulfe

Vocal parts: Tamino and Die drei Damen. See Table 4.42 and 4.43 for the analysis.

4.10.3

No. 2. Arie Der Vogelfanger

Vocal part: Papageno. See Table 4.44 for the analysis.

4.10.4

No. 3. Arie Dies Bildnis ist bezaubernd schon

Form: ternary song, ABC. Vocal part: Tamino. See Table 4.45 for the analysis.

4.10.5

No. 4. Arie O zittre nicht

Form: recitative and aria. Vocal part: Konigin der Nacht. See Table 4.46 for the analysis.

4.10.6

No. 5. Quintett

Vocal parts: Drei Damen, Tamino and Papageno. See Table 4.47 and 4.48 for the analysis.

4.10.7

No. 6. Terzett Du feines Taubchen


nur herein!

Vocal parts: Pamina, Monostatos and Papageno. See Table 4.49 for the analysis.

4.10.8

No. 7. Duett Bei Mannern,


welche Liebe fuhlen

Form: AAB. Vocal parts: Pamina and Papageno. See Table 4.50 for the analysis.

4.10.9

No. 8. Finale

Vocal parts: Drei Knaben, Tamino, Priester, Papageno, Pamina, Monostatos and Sarastro. See
Table 4.51 to 4.54 for the analysis.

4.10.10

No. 17. Arie Ach, ich fuhls,


es ist verschwunden

Vocal part: Pamina. See Table 4.55 for the analysis.

156

4.10. OPERA THE MAGIC FLUTE KV 620

Adagio Allegro: sonata form (E[,


Overture,
Intro Exp.

Development

h i
2
2

, 227 m.)
Recapitulation

T 2nd Dev.

No. 1 Introduction Zu Hulfe,

Allegro: ABA form (Cm,

h i
4
4

B Damen

A Tamino

No. 2 Arie Der Vogelfanger, Andante: AA form (G,

h i
2
4

, 218 m.)
A Damen

, 50 m.)

Papageno

Intro

No. 3 Arie Dies Bildnis ist bezaubernd schon, Larghetto: ABC form (E[,
A Tamino

h i
2
4

, 63 m.)

No. 4 Arie O zittre nicht, Allegro maestoso Recitativ Arie Larghetto


Allegro moderato: ABC form (B[ Gm,
Intro

A Konigin

h ih i
4
4

3
4

, 103 m.)

No. 5 Quintett, Allegro Andante: ABCD form (B[,


A Allegro

h ih i
4
4

2
2

, 247 m.)
D1

D2 Andante
No. 6 Terzett Du feines Taubchen nur herein!, Allegro molto: ABC form (G,
A

4
4

, 71 m.)

No. 7 Duett Bei Mannern, welche Liebe fuhlen,

Andantino: AAB form (E[,


A

h i

h i
6
8

, 49 m.)

No. 8 Finale, Larghetto Andante Allegro Presto: mixed form (C G F ,


Larghetto

Recit Allegro Andante

Andte Sc. 16 Allegro Sc. 17


Allegro Sc. 19

h ih i
2
2

4
4

, 587 m.)

Andante (Flute)
Allegro Sc. 18

Larghetto

Presto

Figure 4.14: Mozart, Opera The Magic Flute (Die Zauberflote) KV 620, Act 1

157

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

Adagio - Allegro
Table 4.40: Mozart, The Magic Flute, Ouverture,
m

Comment

Mf
M0
..
.
..
.

E[

Adagio - Introduction
E[ Cm E[/G
F m7 /A[ E[7 /B[

Freemason motif
e[-ped

A[/C E[/B[ F m7 /A[

(e[-ped)

16
24
27
31
33
37
38

M1

M1

M1

E[

39

M1/Mc
..
.
..
.
..
.

1
4
8
10
12

43
45
47
49
51
53
58
64
68
72
74
78
82
84
90
97

158

A[/C E[m/B[ F7 /A E[7 /B[


A[/C F7[5 /B B[ F7[9 /A B[sus4
B[7
7

(M1)
Mt
M1
M1
M1

Mf

B[

Allegro - Fugue
E[ E[ Cm <(Gm/B[ F/A)
Gm/B[ C7 F B[7 E[ B[7
E[ B[7 E[/G Cm <(F m7 B[)
E[ F Dm Gm E[ B[ Cm7 F7
B[ F7 <(B[ Gm Cm F )
(B[ C7[9 F7 B[[9
7 )/B[
[9
sus4
(E[ F7 )/B[ B[7 B[7

(V4)
b[-ped
(b[-ped)

<(E[ B[7 )

Dev, CSubj

E[ Cm F7 B[ Cm A[ D7 Gm

Seq(31m;R3 )

A[ F m B[ E[ F m7 B[7

cad

E[ Cm F7 B[ Cm A[ D7 Gm
A[ F m B[ E[ F7 /A B[
F7 /C B[/D Cm/E[ C7 /E
<(F E7 )/F F
G7 /B Cm F7 /A B[ E[7 /G F7
<(B[ F7 )
B[ F ]7 Gm E7 F m B[7 E[
E[ B[ E[ F
<(B[ F7 )
B[ F ]7 Gm E7 F m B[7 E[
E[ B[ E[ F
<(B[ B7 Cm F7 )/F
B[/D Cm/E[ B[/F F B[

repeat, inv
cad
cad
trans to D, f -ped
Seq(32m;R7 )
cad
Seq(31m;R7 )
cad
closing stat
Seq(31m;R7 )
cad
cresc, f -ped
closing cad

Adagio
B[

motif

Exp, Subj
(V1+V2)
(V3)

4.10. OPERA THE MAGIC FLUTE KV 620

(contd)
Table 4.41: Mozart, The Magic Flute, Ouverture
m

103
109
113
117
121
125
128
132
136
140

M1/Mc
M1/Mc
M1/Mc
M1

144
149
151
154

M1/Mc
M1/Mc

M1/Mc
..
.

158
160
162
164
166
172
174
179
185
189
192
195
199
202
204
210
212
220
223

B[m
Cm
Gm

M1
M1
M1
M1

M1/Mc

(M1)
(M1)
Mt
(M1)
..
.

(M1)
..
.

(M1)

E[

Comment

Allegro - Fugue
[5/[9
<(B[m F7[9 ) D7
G[9
7
[9
[5
[9
Cm G7 Cm D7 G7
Cm B[ E[ D7[9
Gm Cm F7 B[
E[7 A7 D7 Gm
Cm A7 /C Gm/D D7
<(G7 /B A[/C) G[9
7
<(C7 /E D[/F ) C7[9
<(F7 /A G[/B[)
<(B[7 /D C[/E[) B[7

2nd Dev
(V1+V2)
(V3+V4)
CSubj, imit
stretto imit
cad
Seq(44m;R5 )
retrans

E[ B[7 E[ C7 F7 B[7
Cm C7 /E F m D7 /F ]
Gm Cm7 /G F m7 /A[ F7 /A B[7
<(E[ B[7 )

Recap
Seq(41m;R7 )

E[ Cm F7 B[ Cm A[ D7 Gm
A[ F m B[ E[ F m7 B[7
E[ Cm F7 B[ Cm A[ D7 Gm
A[ F m B[ E[ F7 /A B[
F7 /C F7 B[7 E[7
A[ E[ F m7 F7 /A
<(B[ A7 )/B[ B[
C7 F m B[7 E[ A[ B[7
<(E[ B[7 )

Seq(31m;R3 )
cad
repeat, inv
cad
Seq(32m;R5 )
cad

E[ B[/D Cm Gm/B[ A[ E[
B[7 /F E[ F m/A[ B[
<(E[ B[7 )
E[ B[/D Cm Gm/B[ A[ E[
B[7 /F E[ F m/A[ B[
<(E[ E7 F m7 /A[ B[7 )/B[
E[/G F m/A[ E[/B[ B[
<(E[ D[7no 3 Cm A[ E[64 B[)
E[ B[ Gm D /F
E[

Seq(32m;R7 )

cad
repeat
cad
cresc, b[-ped
closing cad
climax, cad
(227 m.)

159

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

Table 4.42: Mozart, The Magic Flute, No. 1. Introduction Zu Hulfe

1
7
10
12
14
17
23
28
31
34
40
47
49
55
63
79
87
94
104
110
117

120
128
134
139
141
139
147

153
161
167

160

Comment
h i

Cm

Allegro
Cm G[9
7
Cm G7 /D Cm/E[
d

M2.3
M2.4
M2.5
M2.4
M2.5
..
.

E[

A[

Gm

M4.1
..
.

cad
Tamino
halfcad

B[ D7 /C G/B Cm

M3.1

M3.2

M3.2
..
.

D[ D7 E[ C7 F m D7 E[ C7
F m F7 B[ G7 Cm G7 Cm
F m D Cm/G G Cm F m Cm64 G
Cm G[9
7
Cm G7 /D Cm/E[ F/A D7[5 /A[ G
E[/G A[ C7 /B[ F/A F + /A

M1.1

M1.2
..
.

M2.1
M2.2
..
.

4
4

D[/F (N 6 ) <(D7[9 /F ] Cm/G G7 )


A[ B[7 /D E[/G <(B[ E[) B[
E[ B[ E[ Cm F m7 B[
<(E[ B[7 )/E[ E[
<(E[ A[ E[ B[7 E[)
<(A[ B[m7 E[7 A[ D[ E[7 A[)
A[ F m B[7 E[ <(E[7 /D[ A[/C E[ A[)
<(A[ E[7 )
A[ F m B[7 E[ <(E[7 /D[ A[/C E[ A[)
A[ E[7 A[ F m C7 F m G7

Damen
e[-ped
var repeat

repeat

Cm D7 Gm <(D7 Gm)
[5
G[9
7 Cm A7 /E[ D

climax
cad

Allegretto
<(G D7 )
C]7 <(D A7 ) D
G Em C <(A7 /C] D) D7 /C
G/B G64 D7 G
G Em C <(A7 /C] D) D7 /C

h i
6
8

Damen

cad.
repeat

G/B G64 D7 /C
G/B G/B Am G/D D7 G B7

cad.

Allegro
C G7 C Dm G7 C D

h i

Damen

D7 <(G D7 ) G
(G D7 G G7 )/G

g-ped
(g-ped)

2
2

4.10. OPERA THE MAGIC FLUTE KV 620

Table 4.43: Mozart, The Magic Flute, No. 1. Introduction Zu Hulfe

(contd)
m
174
178
185
188

M4.2
..
.

<(C Am7 Dm/F D7 /F ] G)


d

C Am F Dm G7 <(C G7 )
Am Dm/F C46 G7 C
<(C Am7 Dm/F D7 /F ] G)

M4.2
..
.

192
199
202

repeat

C Am F Dm G7 <(C G7 )
Am Dm/F C46 G7 C
<(Dm7 /D D7 /F ] G7 E7 /G] Am)

M4.3
..
.

206
208
213

Comment

Dm7 /D D7 /F ] G
<(C G7 /B C G7 )
C

closing
cad
(218 m.)

Table 4.44: Mozart, The Magic Flute, No. 2. Arie Der Vogelfanger
m

1
9
15
23

M.ab
M.ac
M.aa
M.cd

27
37
43
48

M.ab
M.ac
M.ac
M.d

Comment

Andante
G D G D D A7 /C] D
D G D7 /A G D <(D7 G)
<(G7 C Am/C D7 G)
<(D7 G) G D7 G

Introduction

G D G D D <(A7 /C] D)
G D7 /A G D <(D7 G)
G7 C D7 G <(D7 G)
G D7 G

Song: Papageno, 3 verses

(c: whistle call)


call+cad

cad (50 m.)

161

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

Table 4.45: Mozart, The Magic Flute, No. 3. Arie Dies Bildnis ist bezaubernd schon
m

Comment

Larghetto
E[ B[7 E[ A[ Gm
B[7 E[/G A[ E[/B[ B[7
A7 B[ E[ F m E[64 B[7 E[

Tamino
A

1
9
12

M1.aa
M1.b

16

M2.aa

<(B[ F7 B[ E[) B[ A7 /C

22

B[/D E7 /G F B F7 /E[ B[/D

28

M2.b
..
.

31

B[7 /A[ E[/G E7 Dm/F F7

34
40
43
45
49

M3.aa
M3.b

M4.aaa

B[
E[

50

M5
..
.
..
.

A[

A[ B[7 E[/G A[ E[64 B[

E[

A7 B[ E[ F m E[64 B[7

54
57
60

162

E[

B/f ; at/F F7 Gm B[7 /A[ E[/G


d

B[ B[7
(C7 F m B[7 E[ A7 B[)/B[
B[ A7 /C B[7 D
<(E[ B[7 )/E[
E[7
d

E[ A[ E[64 B[7 E[ A[
E[64 B[7 E[ <(B[7 E[)

B, appogg, b[-ped
(b[-ped)
32th notes, e[-ped

closing cad (63 m.)

4.10. OPERA THE MAGIC FLUTE KV 620

Table 4.46: Mozart, The Magic Flute, No. 4. Arie O zittre nicht
m

1
5

Comment
h i

B[

Allegro meastoso
(B[ B[7 E[ E[m F7 )/B[
<(B[ F7 /A) B[

4
4

Introduction
b[-ped
cad.
Konigin der Nacht

Recitativ
11
18

21
28
34
40
42
45
51
56
60

M1

M2.a
M2.b
M2.c
..
.

M2.d
..
.
..
.

61

Gm

(B[ A7 )/B[ B[ C7 F F7 /E[


D D/F ] Gm A[/C D7[9

trans
h i

B[

Arie Larghetto
Gm Cm D7 /F ] Gm A7 /C D
D7[9 /F ] Gm F7 /A B[ F E[ B[/D
B[ F7 B[ B[7 F m/C G[9
7 /B

chromatism

Gm

Cm A[ B[ D/F ] Gm
A C/E F ]7 G E[7 D
D7[9 /F ] Gm G[9
7 /F Cm/E[ A7 /C D

Gm

3
4

16th notes

G7 Cm A7 /C D7
Cm

B[

E[ Cm/E[ D7 G[9
7 Cm
6
C]7 Gm4 D7
Allegro moderato
Gm F7 B[ F7

cad, retrans
h i
4
4

64

M3.a

B[ Cm/E[ F7 Gm F7 B[

68
72
74
81
87
94
98

M3.b

M3.c
M3.d

M3.e

C/E[ F7 Gm B[/D E[
Cm7 /E[ C7 /E F
<(B[ F7 ) B[ Cm7 /B[ B[7 /A[
E[/G B[7 /D E[ A /C B[ F7
B[ E[ E[/G Cm/E[ B[/F F7
B[ E[ Dm D7 Gm B[ B[/F F7
B[ F7 B[ Cm F7 B[

cad
coloratura section

clos cad (103 m.)

163

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

Table 4.47: Mozart, The Magic Flute, No. 5. Quintett


m

1
7
11
16
19
24
27
31

M1.a

M1.a

M1.b

M1.a

B[

35
41
45
49

M2.a
M2.b
M2.a
M2.b

53
62
66
70
74

M3.a
M3.b
M3.c
M3.b
M3.c

77
85
90

M4.a

M4.b
..
.

94
98
102
106
109
118
122
124
132

M4.c

M4.d
M5.a

M5.b

136
140
147
159
162

M6.a
M6.b
M6.c
M6.d

164

Gm

B[

Comment

Allegro
B[ B[/D Gm Cm7 F7
B[ F7 /E[ B[/D Gm Cm/E[ F7
B[ B[/D Gm Cm7 F7
B[ F7 /E[ B[/D Cm7 B[ F7 B[
(F F7 B[ F7 )/F
F7 /E[ B[/D Cm7 /E[ B[/F F7
B[ B[/D Gm Cm7 F7
B[/D Gm Cm7 F7 B[ C7 /E

h i

A
Papageno
Tamino
Papageno
Tamino
Pap. & Tam., f -ped

F <(B[ E7 F )/F
<(C7 /E F )
F (B[ E7 F )/F
B[ <(C F ) C

B, Drei Damen, f -ped


Pap. & Damen, c-ped
2nd stat, f -ped

<(F E7 /G) F A[5


7 /E[
D D7 Gm
C7 F Gm F/C C7 F A[5
7 /E[
D D7 Gm
C7 F Gm F/C C7

(All), bridge
unisono climax

F F7 B[ F Gm Cm F7
B[ E[ B[/F F7 B[ E[/B[
F7 B[ E[ B[

Drei Damen
cad

F7 B[ C7 F C7
F C7 F C7 F
F7 G Cm Cm/E[ B[/F F B[
B[ E[ Cm B[/F F7
<(B[ F7 )B[ B[
C7 F7 B[7 E[ A7 /E[
B[ Cm B[/F F7 /E[
<(B[ Cm B[/F F7 /E[)
B[ D7 Gm D7
Gm
Dm

Gm C A[5
7 /E[ D
D7 /F ] Gm <(E7 /G Dm/F ) E7 /G
Dm <(E7[5 /B[ A)
Dm E[7 /G Gm E7 /G
Dm64 A7 Dm

2
2

unisono climax
closing cad.

cad

All b[-ped
imit, Seq(1m; R5 )
cad
climax
trans, cad.
C, Papageno
Drei Damen, cad
Papageno
Drei Damen, cad

4.10. OPERA THE MAGIC FLUTE KV 620

Table 4.48: Mozart, The Magic Flute, No. 5. Quintett (contd)


m
164
167
170
180
184
188

Comment

M6.e

M6.f
..
.
..
.

Gm

A[5
7 /E[ D D7 /F ]
<(Gm D7 /F ])
Gm <(B[ E[) <(D7 E[)

Papageno
Damen & Pap.

A /C B[ E /G F
B[

<(B[ G/B Cm F )
B[ F7 /A B[ E[ B[64 F
<(B[/D F7 /E[)

196

M7.a
..
.

200
203
207

M7.b

B[ Cm7 F7 Gm Cm F7
B[ D7 /F ] Gm C7 /E
<(F E7 /G) F

cad
Tam. & Pap.
clos cad (213 m.)
h i

1
5

M8.a
M8.a

Andante
B[ F Gm Dm E[ B[ F7 B[ F
B[ F Gm Dm E[ B[ A7 B[ F

9
13

M8.a

192

17
21
25
29

M8.b
..
.

D1 , All
d

B[ Cm F7 Gm Cm F Gm
d

B[

4
4

D2
PB (&)
Drei Damen

F B[ F7 Gm E[ B[ E[ F7 B[
B[ F Gm Dm E[ B[ A7 B[ F
d

F B[ F7 Gm E[ B[ E[ F7 B[
d

Tam. & Pap.


Drei Damen

(F B[ F7 )/F Gm E[ B[64 F B[

Tam. & Pap.

<(E[ B[/D) E[ B[64 F7 B[


<(F7 B[) B[

All
clos cad (34 m.)

165

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

Table 4.49: Mozart, The Magic Flute, No. 6. Terzett Du feines Taubchen nur herein!

166

Comment

1
11
17
22
27

M1.1
M1.2
M1.3
M1.4
M1.5

G <(D7 G) C/G G D/F ] G


A7 /C] Dm E /G Dm/A A7
D G/D D C]7
D C/E D7 /F ] D7
G C Am D G

A, Pam. & Monos., g-ped

32
41
45

M2.1
M2.2
M2.3

<(Am/C D7 G)
A D Bm Em7 /G A D
G <(D7 G)

B, Papageno

53
61
67

M3.1
M3.2

<(G/B Am/C D)
<(G D7 )
G <(D7 G)

C, Monos. & Papag.


imit
cad (71 m.)

cad

4.10. OPERA THE MAGIC FLUTE KV 620

Table 4.50: Mozart, The Magic Flute, No. 7. Duett Bei Mannern, welche Liebe fuhlen

m
1
2
4
6
8

M
M1.a

M1.a

R
E[

Comment

E[ B[7
<(E[ B[)
E[ Gm A[ E[ B[ E[
B[ E[ B[7 E[
E[ B[/D Cm7 /E[ B[/F F7

A, Introduction
Pamina & Papageno

B[ B[7 /A[ E[/G Cm F m/A[ B[7


Cm E[/G F m7 /A[ E[/B[ B[7
<(E[ B[7 )

10
14
16

M1.b

18
20
22
24

M1.a

M1.a

<(E[ B[)
E[ Gm A[ E[ B[ E[
B[ E[ B[7 E[
E[ B[/D Cm7 /E[ B[64 F7

26
28

M1.b

B[ B[7 /A[ E[/G Cm F m/A[ B[7


Cm E[/G F m7 /A[ E[64 B[7

32

M2.1

<(E[ B[)

trans, cad
A, Verse 2, var

B, cad
d

36
38

M2.2

B[ E[ B[ Cm Gm A[ E[
F m B[ E[ Cm F m7 /A[ B[7

40

M2.2
..
.

B[ E[ B[ Cm Gm A[ E[

repeat, var

F m B[ E[ Cm F m7 /A[ B[7
<(E[/G F m/A[ B[7 /A[)
E[ B[7 E[

closing
cad (49 m.)

42
44
48

167

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

Table 4.51: Mozart, The Magic Flute, No. 8. Finale


m

1
10
19
23
25
31
35

M1.1
M1.1
M1.2
M1.1
..
.

18
21
33

M2.2

12

39
47
50
55
60
64
68
74
78
82
90
96
99
101
103

168

M2.3

M2.4
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

M2.5
..
.

Comment

Larghetto
C G7 C <(Dm7 /F C46 G7 C)
C G7 C Dm G <(C G)
G C D G
G F7 /F C]7 /E Dm G

h i
2
2

Introduction
Drei Knaben
Tamino
Drei Knaben

<(C G) G C
d

<(C G7 Am Dm7 /F C46 G7 C)


C46 G7 C

M2.1
..
.
..
.
..
.

Recitativ
C B[ C7 F A7 /C] Dm/F E7[5 /B[

cad (38 m.)


h i
4
4

Tamino, modul

A A7 /G F ]7
G

Bm G/B Am D7 G Am7 /C D7

Allegro

G F ] B7 /F ] Em B7 /D] Em
d

Gm
Cm
E[
Gm

A7 D G A7 /G D A
B[ D7 Gm

Priester & Tamino


d

B[7 E[ G/D G[13


7 Cm G
A[ B[7
E[ F m/A[ B[7 E[ B /D B7
Cm D7[5 G Gm D7[13 /F ] F ]7

Adagio
Andante
imit motif

Gm B[7 /F E[ F ]7 /A
B[m

B[m/D[ A7 /C B[m/D[ C7 /E
F m/A[ F7 /A B[m Cm G7

Gm

Cm D7 Gm B[/F
d

[9
E[ B[[9
7 /D Cm/E[ D7

Am

Gm C7 F C]7 Dm E7

modulation

Am A A7 /G Dm/F B7[9 Em
G7 /D C7 F Dm/F E7
Am F B7 /D Am64 E

Andante

Am Dm E7
Am G]7 /A Am B7[5 /F

Tamino

4.10. OPERA THE MAGIC FLUTE KV 620

Table 4.52: Mozart, The Magic Flute, No. 8. Finale (contd)


m
105
108
110
114
121

Comment

M2.6

M2.6

Am

E Am F B7 /D Am64 E Am
A7 /G Dm/F B7[5 /F
E Am F B7 /D Am64 E Am
D7 /F ] G7 G7 /F C/E C7 F
G7 C

Chor & Tam., Brass

repeat
closing cad (121 m.)

Andante - ABA-Coda
1
4
8
12
17
25

M3.1
M3.1
M3.1
M3.1
M3.2
M3.1

C G C/E F Dm/F C46 G


C G C/E F C/G G7
C G C/E F Dm/F C46 G
C G C/E F C/G G7
<(G7 C D7 G)
C G C/E F Dm/F G G/B

20
22
33

M3.3

M3.4
..
.

Cm

Cm A[ D7 /F G7
A[ Cm/E[ D7 /F G7
C D7 G/D C]7 /E D7

40
43
47
53
57
59
63

1
5
7
9
12
21
27
30
35

C
G

M3.5
..
.
..
.

M4.1a
..
.
..
.

M4.2
M4.3
M4.1
M4.4

A, Flute solo
2nd stat, var
Tamino
2nd stat
B
A
Sadness, minor
Coda

G G]7 Am A7 /G D/F ]
G F ]7 /G G
G

closing cad
Papageno whistle

Presto, Tamino

B7 /F C/E G7 B C

Adagio, cad

<(Dm/F C/G G7 C/E)


Dm7 /F C46 G7 C Am F ]7

closing cad (69 m.)

Andante - Sechzehnter Auftritt


G D7 G D

h i

G/B F ]/A] F/A D Am/C

[S6 ]

G/B Am/C G/D D7 G


G Am/C G/B Am/C G64 D7 G
(G D7 G)/G D G <(D7 G)
(A7 D A D A7 )/A D7
G Am/C G/B Am/C G64 D7 G
G <(G C D7 /F ])
<(G Am/C G/D F ]7 /C)

4
4

Pamina & Papageno

whistle
a-ped
climax, cad
cad (37 m.)

169

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

Table 4.53: Mozart, The Magic Flute, No. 8. Finale (contd)


m

Comment

Allegro - Siebzehnter Auftritt


1
9
12
17
23
30
38
45
54
63
67
71
79
83

M4.5
..
.
..
.

M4.6

G <(D G) <(D/F ] G) C]7 /E

climax

D G]7 /B A

Pam., Monos. & Pap.


d-ped

D
D A D C]7 /E D D7
<(G D)
G D7 G Am/C G/D D7 G
G D7 G Am/C G/D D7

M4.7
..
.

unisono
cad
Chor

G D7 G/D D7 G Am G64 D7 G
D7 G/D D7 G Am/C G64 D7 G

M4.8
..
.

G D7 G D G D

Pamina & Papageno

Em E7 /D Am/C D D7 G
<(D7 G/D) G A7 D

imit, d-ped

G D7 G D G D
Em E7 /D Am/C D D7 G

M4.8

repeat
(86 m.)

Allegro maestoso - Achtzehnter Auftritt


1
5
9
14
20
25
32
41

M5.1
M5.2
..
.

M5.3
M5.4

C GC
F G C F C/E D7 G7 C

Chor
Papageno & Pamina

F ]7 /A G <(D7[5 /F ] G)
D7[5 /A[ G G7 C Dm/F G
C G/B C
C <(G/B C) G C <(G7 /B C G)
G D7 G G7 /B C G <(C G7 C)
<(C Am F G7 C)

fear
cad, climax
Chor
cad (44 m.)

Larghetto
1
6
12
19
25
29

170

M6.1

M6.2
..
.
..
.

F C7 Dm Gm/B[ C7
F Dm A Dm G7 C/G F ]7 /A D7
G G7 <(C C7 F/C) C G7
C E[ D7 G7 C C/E F
C/G G7 E7 /G] Am C/E F
F G D/F ] G G7

signal, Pamina
Sarastro

4.10. OPERA THE MAGIC FLUTE KV 620

Table 4.54: Mozart, The Magic Flute, No. 8. Finale (contd)


m

31

39

M6.3
..
.
..
.

43

B[ C7 Dm F B[ E[7 /B[ B7 C7

(46 m.)
h i

M7.1

M7.1

M7.1
M7.1
M7.1
M7.1

M7.1
M7.2

Allegro - Neunzehnter Auftritt


<(F C7 )
<(F C7 )
G7 <(C G7 )
C F ]7 /A <(D7 /F ] Gm) D D7
<(Gm D7 ) Gm E[/G F7 /A
<(B[ F7 ) B[ Gm C7
<(F C7 ) F Gsus4
G7
7
<(C G7 )
C F m/C Cm/E[ B[m/D[ A[/C C7
<(F m C7 ) F C7 F
F F7 /E C7 F Dm Gm7 /B[ C7 F

35

1
7
14
21
29
35
41
47
53
58
63

Comment

<(C G7 )/C

Pamina, c-ped
d

C D7[9 D B[ F7
B[

Gm B[/D Cm7 /E[ F7


d

Gm
B[
F
C
Fm
F

Sar. & Pam., mod

2
2

Monostatos, c-ped
Pam., Tam. & Mon.
imit
Chor & Mon., unis

unis, cad
Chor

Rezitativ
72
76

M7.3

G/B G7 /B C
F G7 F ]7 /A C C46 G7 C

Sarastro
(77 m.)

Presto
1
15
19
24
28
34
40
47
51
55

M8.1

M8.2

M8.3
M8.3
M8.4
..
.

C <(C G)
G7 C
C7 /B[ F/A
G7 C Am Dm7 /F G C
D7 /C G/B C Am Dm7 /F G C
D7 /C G/B C Am Dm7 /F G C
<(C Am Dm7 /F G)

cad

<(C C/G G)
C Am Dm G
<(C G7 ) C

cad
unisono.
closing cad (69 m.)

Chor, imit, clim


g-ped

repeat

171

CHAPTER 4. WOLFGANG AMADEUS MOZART

Table 4.55: Mozart, The Magic Flute, No. 17. Arie Ach, ich fuhls,

es ist verschwunden
m

M1
..
.

Gm

Gm Cm/E[ D

5
7
9
11
13
14
16
20
22
26
27
30
32
35
38

172

M4
..
.
..
.

<(D E[7 A7[5 /E[)


D Dm A/C] F7 B[

M2
..
.
..
.

M3
..
.
..
.

Comment

B[

cad., climax

B[ F7 Gm B[/D B7 /D
Cm/E[ C7[9 /E F F/A B[

Gm

A7 /E[ B[/D E[/G B[/F C7 /E


B[/64 . . . F7
[9
B[ G[9
7 Cm C A7

f -ped

<(D7 Gm)

d-ped

<(D A7 /C) D7 Gm A7 D7
d

Gm A7 /C Gm/D D7
[5
E[ G[9
7 /F C/E A7 /E[

cad

D7 Gm F ]7 /C Gm/B[ A7 D7 Gm
A[/C(N 6 ) Gm/D D A7 /C]
Gm/D D7 <(Gm D7 )
Gm

Neap.
closing cad
imit, climax (42 m.)

Chapter 5

Ludwig van Beethoven


Biographical data:
17-12-1770 in Bonn
26-3-1827 in Wien
1600

1700

1800

1900

2000

The analysis of Beethoven compositions was supported by the information in [24].

5.1

Sonata Op. 2, No. 1 in F Minor (1795)

Source: [7].9 The first piano sonata by Beethoven has the subtitle: Joseph Haydn gewidmet,
Sonata pour le clavecin ou pianoforte (dedicated to Joseph Haydn, sonata for harpsichord or
pianoforte). This underlines both the by now established form of the multi-movement piano
sonata (another form created by Papa Haydn, as composers used to call him in reverence) and
the recent technological development of the pianoforte keyboard instrument.
Analysis of the Beethoven piano sonatas is supported by the formal analyses and descriptions in [23]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 5.1.

5.1.1

Mvt. 1 Allegro

Form: sonata form. This is a straightforward sonata form in minor, with secondary theme
(M2.1 to M2.3) in the relative major key. The development section is relatively brief, and
modulating to neighbouring keys. The codetta appears at the closing of the exposition and
the recapitulation. The detailed analysis is shown in Table 5.1 and 5.2.

5.1.2

Mvt. 2 Adagio

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN

Table 5.1: Beethoven, Sonata Op. 2, No. 1, Mvt. 1 Allegro


m

Comment

1
5
9
13
15
19
20
26

M1

M1

Fm

|| : F m C7 /E
F m C7 /G F m/A[ G7 /B[ C
Cm F m/C D7 /C B[m7
E[7 /B[ A[
<(B[m/D[ B[7 /D E[7 A[/C)
B[m/D[ B[7 /D
<(E[[9
7 A[)/E[ E[7 /D[
A[/C E[/G A[ D /F

Exp/Gr 1 (aa) main th


(b), halfcad
trans, LH-RH imit
mod to rel major

28
31
33
37
41
47

M2.1
M2.2
..
.

A[

[9
E[ D /F E[[9
7 /D[ A[ E[7
A[/C E[/G A[ E[7
A[/C E[m7 /D[ A[/E[ E[7 /D[
A[/C B[m7 A[/E[ E[7
6
<(A[ B[[9
7 /D A[4 E[7 )
E[7 A[ : ||

M2.3

49
55
61
63
69
74
78
81
89
93
97

M1
M2.1
M2.2
M2.1
M2.2

101
105
109
114

M1

M1
..
.

117

174

A[

[5/[9

B[m
Cm
A[
Fm

(M1)

Fm

Gr 2 (aa), e[-ped
(b): appoggiaturas
cresc
climax, (c): scalar runs
closing statement
codetta, cad

|| : A[ E[7 /G E7 C7 /G[
<(F7[9 B[m)/F F7[9 F7 /E[
[5/[9
B[m/D[ F7 /C B[m D7 /A[
<(G[9
7 Cm)/G
[9
G7 Cm F7[9 B[m E[[9
7
A[ D[ E[7 /B[ C
F m/A[ B[m B7
<(C F m C7 F m B )/C
<(C7[9 F m B )/C
(C . . . G[no 3 )/C B[m C7 /B[
F m/A[ B[7 /A[ E7

Dev
mod, f -ped

F m C7 /E
F m C7 /G F m/A[ G7 /B[ C
F m G[7 /F C /E[ F7[9 /E[

Recap/Gr 1 (aa)
(b): halfcad
trans, LH-RH imit

g-ped
LH, Seq(32m;R7 )

climax, c-ped
dim, (c-ped)
retrans

B[m/D[ B7
d

[5/[9

C F m/C C7 D[ G7

/D[

cad

5.1. SONATA OP. 2, NO. 1 IN F MINOR

Mvt. 1 Allegro: sonata form (F m,


Exposition

2
2

, 152 m.)
Recap

Development

Mvt. 2 Adagio: ABAB form (F ,


A

h i

B A

h i
3
4

Cd

, 61 m.)

Mvt. 3 Menuetto and trio, Allegretto: menuet and trio form (F m F ,


Menuetto

h i
3
4

, 73 m.)

Trio

Mvt. 4 Prestissimo: sonata form (F m,


Exposition

h i
2
2

, 196 m.)

Development

Recapitulation

Figure 5.1: Beethoven, Sonata Op. 2, No. 1 in F Minor

Table 5.2: Beethoven, Sonata Op. 2, No. 1, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)


m
119
125
127
129
131
132
140
146
150
151

Comment

M2.1
M2.2
..
.
..
.

M2.3

Fm

<(C7[9 F m)/C C7[9 /B[


F m/A[ E /G F m G[5
7 /D[

Gr 2 (aa)
(b): appoggiaturas

C G[5
7 /D[ C E7 /B[
F m/A[ E7 /B[ F m/A[ C/E
F m C7 /G
<(F m/A[ G7 /B[ F m/C C7 /B[)
[5/[9

<(F m G7 /D[ F m/C C7 )


F7 /A B[m E[7 /G A[ D[7 /F
G C7 /E F m D[
G7 /B[ C7 F m : ||

climax, (c): scalar runs


Codetta
climax
cad (152 m.)

175

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

176

5.1. SONATA OP. 2, NO. 1 IN F MINOR

Table 5.3: Beethoven, Sonata Op. 2, No. 1, Mvt. 3 Menuetto and Trio, Allegretto
m
1
5
9
11
15
19
21
24
29
35
41
45
49
51
55
59
61
63
66
69

5.1.3

Comment

M1
..
.
..
.

M1

M1

M1

Fm

Menuet
|| : G7 /F F m C7 /E F m F m7

A (a), (cm<)

A[

B[m7 A[ E[7 /G A[

(a), (cm<)

E[7 /G A[ B[m/D[
<(A[64 E[7 A[) : ||
|| : G7 A[ A7 B[m
B[m64 F7 B[m
B[m64 F7 <(B[m F7 )
B[m . . . B[m7 E B7 C
<(C7 F m) E7 B7
<(F m64 C7 F m) C7 F m : ||

(b)
cad
B (a) Seq(22m;R7 ),
RH-LH imit, cad
(b)

M2
M2

M2
M2
..
.

M2
M2

Fm

Trio
|| : F Gm G7 /F C/E C7 F
F Gm G7 C Dm G7 C F ]7
C46 G7 C : ||
|| : (C B C7 F )/C
C B C7 F
B[ C7 F/A
B[/D Am/C E /G Dm/F
C/E Am C7
F Gm G7 /F C/E C7 F
F/A Gm G7 C C7 F : ||

(a): LH-RH imit


clim, cad
A, RH: 8th note th
LH
B, RH
LH
[S6 ]
cad
RH
LH, cad (73 m.)

Mvt. 3 Menuetto and Trio, Allegretto

Form: menuet and trio form. Both the menuetto and trio are monothematic, with their
B section developing the main theme. In the trio the development technique is imitation
between right and left hand, in the trio it is repetition in the left hand. The menuet is repeated
after the trio. The analysis is shown in Table 5.3.

5.1.4

Mvt. 4 Prestissimo

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

177

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

178


5.2. SONATA OP. 13 IN C MINOR PATHETIQUE

5.1.5

Key relationship overview

The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 5.2. This early piano sonata has a very limited
key compass. Three of the four movements open in F m, then move first to the relative major
A[. The opening sonata movement is unconventional in the sense that there is a change to the
subdominant minor area B[m (1) at the start of the development, before the move towards
the minor dominant Cm (2). The third movement closes in the parallel major key F (2). The
closing movement confirms the standard pattern of going to the dominant domain Cm (2)
before alternating in the subdominant domain on the lowered submediant major [V I = D[
(4).
Mvt. 1 Allegro
B[m

Fm

Mvt. 2 Adagio
Cm

Dm H

Am

j
6 1 HH
F 
C

HH
Y
6
?
D[ 1 H A[ 2 E[

Mvt. 3
Menuetto
F

Mvt. 4 Prestissimo

Fm

B[m

2
6
6

?
A[ 1

Fm


2Cm

?
D[ 1 A[ 3 E[

Figure 5.2: Beethoven, Sonata Op. 2, No. 1, key relationship diagram

5.2

Sonata Op. 13 in C Minor Pathetique (1798/1799)

Source: [7]. This piano sonata has the subtitle: Dem Fursten

Carl von Lichnowksy gewidmet,


Grande Sonata Pathetique pour le clavecin ou pianoforte; hence it is better known as the Pathetique
Sonata. This sonata has only three movements (fast-slow-fast). Analysis of the Beethoven
piano sonatas is supported by the formal analyses and descriptions in [23]. An overview of
the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 5.1.

5.2.1

Mvt. 1 Grave - Allegro di molto e con brio

Form: sonata form. A special feature of this sonata movement is that the slow introduction subject returns as transitions before the development, and before the coda. Contrast is
achieved through tempo changes and dynamics. There is frequent use of contrary motion
and pedal point (8th note tremolo octaves). The development opens in the remote key of E
minor, before moving towards more closely related keys. The detailed analysis is shown in
Table 5.4 to 5.6.
179

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN

Table 5.4: Beethoven, Sonata Op. 13 Pathetique, Mvt. 1 Grave - Allegro

m
1
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
15
17
19
23
25
27
31
35
39
43
51
59
67
72
76
80
84
89
93
96
98

180

M0

M0
..
.
..
.
..
.

Cm
E[

Cm

M1.1
..
.

M1.2
M1.2
(M1.1)
..
.

M2.1

M2.1
..
.
..
.
..
.

M2.2
..
.
..
.

Comment

Grave
Cm F ]7 G B7 Cm
<(F ]7 G/B) F m/A[ B[7
E[ F m7 /E[ B7 F m/C

Introduction
(aa) (cm<)
(b) (cm<)
(a) pff -contrast, (cm<)

B7 B[m7 /D[ C]7 A[9


7 /G

(a)

D/F ] D7 /F ] B7 . . .

(a)

B7 Gm7 F m/A[

(a) cresc

M1.1
..
.

E[m
D[

E[

G7 A[
D7 /F C46 G[9
7

(b) climax
cad, lead chr desc

Allegro di molto e con brio


|| : <(Cm C7 F m B7 )/C

Exposition
Gr 1, lead asc, c-ped

Cm G7 /D Cm/E[ D /F
[5/[9
Cm/G D7 /A[ F ]7 G7
<(Cm C7 F m B7 )/C

(cm>)
(cm>), cad
2nd st, lead asc, c-ped

Cm G7 /D Cm/E[ D /F
[5/[9
Cm/G D7 /A[ F ]7
[5/[9
G Cm/G G7 Cm D7 /A[
[5/[9
G Cm/G G7 Cm D7 /A[
(G . . . E[7 )/G

(cm>)
(cm>), cad
arp
trans, Seq(34m;R7 ), ped

A[ . . . A7
B[ . . . <(B[ A )/B[
(E[m B[7 )/B[
E[m/B[ A[7
(D[ A[7 )/A[

b[-ped
Gr 2 (ab) b[-ped
(ab)
2nd stat: (ab)

A[7 . . . D[m F /C[

(b) Seq(34m;R7 )

B[7 . . . E[m B[m/D[

(b)

C7 . . . F m F m7
B[7 B7 Cm F m/A[ E[64 B[
E[ . . . E[7 /D[

(b)
cad

A[/C C7 /B[ F m/A[ F7 /E[


B[/D F m/C B[m B[7 /A[
E[/G E[+ A[ B[7

(cm<)
cad


5.2. SONATA OP. 13 IN C MINOR PATHETIQUE

Table 5.5: Beethoven, Sonata Op. 13 Pathetique, Mvt. 1 Grave - Allegro (contd)
m
101
105
108
110
113
121
125
129

Comment

M2.2
..
.
..
.

E[

E[ E[7 /D[

2nd stat

A[/C C7 /B[ F m/A[ F7 /E[

M1.1

133
135

M0

Gm

137
140
143
147
149
157
163
167
171
175
179
183
187

M1.1
M0
M1.1
M0
M1.1

Em

195

M1.1
..
.

199
201
203
207
211
215
219

Gm
F
Fm
G

M1.1
M1.1

M1.1
..
.
..
.

Cm

B[/D F m/C B[m B[7 /A[


E[/G E /G F m/A[ B[7
<(E[ Cm F m7 B[)
(E[ E[7 A[ B[7 )/E[
E[ E[7 /D Cm E[/B[
A[ Cm/G 1) D7 /F ] G7 : ||2) D7 /F ]

(cm<)
cad
trans
closing stat, e[-ped
clim, PB (&)trem

Tempo I.
Gm C] D Gm/B[
F ]7 /E[ Em64 B7

Trans
(aa) (cm<)
(b) (cm), cad

Allegro di molto e con brio


(Em D]7 Em)/E
Em F ]7 /E F ]7 /E[
(D C] D)/D D7
Gm/D G /D[
C7[9 . . . F . . .
[9
B7 G[9
7 C7
F m . . . F7[9 /F ] . . .
<(G D7 A[)/G
(G Dm G7 /B F ]7 )/G
<(G D7 A[)/G
(G Dm G7 /B F ]7 )/G
<(G7 F ]7 )/G
<(G7 . . . B[7 . . .) G[9
7

Development
e-ped
(e-ped)
d-ped

<(Cm C7 F m B7 )/C

Rec/Gr 1, c-ped

Cm G7 /D Cm/E[ D /F
[5/[9
Cm/G D7 /A[ F ]7 G7
<(Cm C7 F m B7 )/C

(cm>)
(cm>), cad
2nd st, lead asc, c-ped

Cm A[/C D[ G[ D[64 A[

tr, Seq(34m;R7 ),

B[7 E[m A[m E[m64 B[


C7 /B[ F m B[m F m64 G[5
7 /D[
C ...

(cm>)
(cm>)

LH, RH trem chr desc


trans
arp, N 6 , g-ped
(g-ped)
arp, N 6 , g-ped
(g-ped)
(g-ped)
retrans

181

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN

Table 5.6: Beethoven, Sonata Op. 13 Pathetique, Mvt. 1 Grave - Allegro (contd)
m
221
229
237
243
247
251
253
258
260
262
265
270
272
274
277
285
289
295
297
298
299
303
304

182

Comment

M2.1

M2.1
..
.
..
.

M2.2
..
.
..
.

M2.2
..
.
..
.

Fm

(F m/C . . . C7 . . .)/C
F m/C . . . F m/A[ . . . G7
(Cm . . . G7 )/G

Gr 2 (ab) c-ped
(ab)
2nd stat: (ab)

G7 Cm7 F7

(b) Seq(42m;R7 )

Cm

[5/[9
D7 /A[

B[m7 E[7 A[
Cm64 G
Cm . . . C7[9 /B[ F m/A[ C7 /B[
F m/A[ C7 /G F m F7 /E[
G7 /D F m/C G7 /B C7 /B[
F m/A[ F m Cm64 G7
Cm . . . C7[9 /B[ F m/A[ C7 /B[

Cm

M1.1
..
.

(cm<)
cad

F m/A[ C7 /G F m F7 /E[

M1.1

M0
..
.

cad

Cm

G7 /D F m/C G7 /B C7 /B[
F m/A[ F m Cm64 G7
<(Cm A[m D7 /F G G7 )
<(C C7 F m B )/C
Cm Cm7 /B[ A[ Cm64 F ]7

(cm<)
cad
trans
closing stat, c-ped
clim, PB (&)trem

Grave
F ]7 G/B B7 Cm/E[

Coda
(aa) (cm<)

E7 F m/A[
F m Cm/E[ G7 /D Cm D7 /F G7

(a) (cm<)
(b) cad, lead chr&

Allegro di molto e con brio


<(Cm C7 F m B7 )/C

Gr 1, lead asc, c-ped

Cm Cm7 /B[ A[ Cm64


F ]7 . . . Cm64 G7 Cm

PB (&)
climax, cad (310 m.)


5.2. SONATA OP. 13 IN C MINOR PATHETIQUE

Mvt. 1 Grave - Allegro di molto e con brio: sonata form (Cm,


Int Exposition (126 m.)

, 310 m.)

h i
2
4

, 73 m.)

Mvt. 3 Rondo Allegro: rondo form, ABACABA Coda (Cm,


A

2
2

Coda

Mvt. 2 Adagio cantabile: ABA Coda form (A[,


B

4
4

Development (58 m.)

Recapitulation (100 m.)

h ih i

h i
2
2

, 210 m.)
A Coda

Figure 5.3: Beethoven, Sonata Op. 13 in C Minor Grande Sonata Pathetique

5.2.2

Mvt. 2 Adagio cantabile

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

183

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

184


5.2. SONATA OP. 13 IN C MINOR PATHETIQUE

5.2.3

Mvt. 3 Rondo Allegro

Form: rondo, ABACABA Coda. This is a template rondo, with one exact repetition of
the A section,and two more slightly varied. Key relationships are straightforward. The C
section acts as a contrasting middle section; its subject (M3) is repeated multiple times, with
one-beat delay time shifts in either right or left hand. The analysis is shown in Table 5.7 and
5.8.

5.2.4

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

185

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN

Table 5.7: Beethoven, Sonata Op. 13 Pathetique, Mvt. 3 Rondo Allegro


m

Comment

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

Cm

Cm G7 Cm . . . G G7

A (a)

E[

31
33
37
41
44
48
51
54
58

M2.1
..
.
..
.

M2.2

M2.3

M2.2
M2.2

62

M1

79

M3
..
.

5
7
9
12
16
18
22
25
29

81
83
85
89
91
93
95
99
101
103
105
107

186

M3
..
.
..
.

M3
..
.
..
.

[5/[9

B7 /F Cm/E[ D7

/A[

(b)

Cm64 G Cm

cad

B7 /F Cm/E[ D7[5 /A[ Cm64 G

(b)

C7 F m G A[ C7 /G F m G
G Cm G Cm
C7 /B[ F m/A[ C7 /E F m
B[7 /A[ E[/G B[7 /D

(c)
clim, cad (cm<)
trans

<(E[ B[7 /A[ E[/G B[7 /D)

B (a): RH, LH: arp

E[ B[7 /A[ E[m/G[ B[/D

(a)

E[m B[/D C[7 F7[5 /C[


<(B[ E[m)/B[ B[ B[7 . . .
<(E[ B[7 ) E[ E[7 /G
A[ E[64 B[7 E[
B[7 /A[ E[/G A[/C F7[5 /C[ B[
B[7 /A[ E[+ /G A[ B[7
<(E[ B[7 /A[) E[ A[ B[7
<(E[ B[7 /A[) E[ A[ B7 /A[
Cm64 . . . G7 . . .

(b)
trans, triplets
tripl imit: RH-LH
cad
(a) block chords
(a): (cm<)
tripl imit: LH-RH
repeat 8ba
climax, cad

Cm

(see m. 117)

A[

A[ D[ G Cm

C (a) hands linked

F m B[m A[/C B[m/D[ D E[


A[ D[ G7 Cm F m A B[ E[
A[ D[ G Cm

(cm>), cad
(a) RH beat shift
(a) LH beat shift

F m B[m A[/C B[m/D[ D7 E[

(cm>), cad

A[ D[ G7 Cm
F m E[/G F m/A[ A7 B[ E[
A7 B[m E[7 A[ B[7 E[7
A[ D[ G7 Cm7

(a) RH beat shift


cad
trans, imit LH-RH
(a): RH 8va,,

F m7 B[m B[/D E[

LH: 8th notes, cad

A[ D[ G7 Cm7
F m D7 /F ]
<(G Cm G7 Cm)/G

(a): LH, RH: 8th


cad
trans, 16th arp, g-ped

E[m
E[


5.2. SONATA OP. 13 IN C MINOR PATHETIQUE

Table 5.8: Beethoven, Sonata Op. 13 Pathetique, Mvt. 3 Rondo Allegro (contd)
m

113
117
121
125
127
129
135
139
141
143
147
154
158
162
164
166
171
175
177
179
181
183
185
187
189
191
193
197
203
205
207

M1
..
.
..
.

Cm

M2.1
..
.

M2.2

M2.3
..
.
..
.
..
.

G
C
Cm

Cm

triplet arp (g-ped)


cad

Cm G7 Cm . . . G G7

A (a)

[5/[9
D7 /A[

(b)

Cm64 G Cm
B7 Cm E7 F m D7[5 /A[ G7

cad
(b): LH

<(C/E G7 /B C G7 /F )

B (a)

C/E G7 /B C
F F + Dm/F D7 /F ]
<(G D7 ) G G7
<(C G7 ) C C7 /E F C46 G7 C
G7 /F C/E F ]7 /C D7 /C G

tripl imit: RH-LH


(a) block chords

G7 /F Cm/E[ F m/A[ B[7 /A[ E[/G

(a) repeat 8ba

G[9
7 /F

trans

Cm G7 Cm . . . G G7

A (a)

[5/[9

/A[

Cm64 G Cm
B7 /F Cm/E[
Cm64 G7 Cm C7

(b): var 8th notes

<(F m C7 /G)

Coda, SD

Fm

[5/[9
D7 /A[

Cm64

G Cm C7 /G

<(F m C7 /G)
[5/[9

A[
Cm

(b)
cad

[5/[9
D7 /A[

Fm

(cm<)

<(Cm/E[ B[7 /F )
B7 G/B Bm G7

B7 /F Cm/E[ D7

(M1)
(M1)

G . . . G7 . . .
Cm64 . . . G7 . . .

F ]7 /C G/B F7 /C G7 /B

M2.2
..
.
..
.
..
.

Comment

B7 /F Cm/E[

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.

F m D7 /A[ Cm64 D7[9 /F ]


B7 /D Cm/E[ D /F G
<(Cm D7 /F G7 )
Cm/E[ D[/F E[7 /G . . .
A[ B[m7 /A[ A[
A[ B[m7 /A[ A[
[5/[9
D7 /A[ Cm64 no 1 G7 Cm

repeat 8ba
(cm<)

N 6 , climax
repeat 8va
clim, cad (210 m.)

187

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

188

5.3. SONATA OP. 27 NO. 2 IN C] MINOR QUASI UNA FANTASIA

5.3

Sonata Op. 27 No. 2 in C] Minor Quasi una Fantasia - Mondschein (1801)

Source: [8]. This piano sonata has the subtitle: Der Grafin Giulietta Guiccardi gewidmet, Sonata
quasi una Fantasia per il clavicembalo o pianoforte. However, it is better known under its nickname Mondscheinsonate. This sonata has three movements (slow-medium-fast). Analysis of
the Beethoven piano sonatas is supported by the formal analyses and descriptions in [23].
An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 5.4.
Mvt. 1 Adagio sostenuto: ABAB Coda form (C]m,
A

, 69 m.)

h i

, 60 m.)

3
4

Trio

Mvt. 3 Presto agitato: sonata form (C]m,


Exposition

2
2

A B C

Mvt. 2 Allegretto Trio: scherzo and trio form (D[,


Allegretto

h i

h i
4
4

, 199 m.)

Development Recapitulation

Coda

Figure 5.4: Beethoven, Sonata Op. 27 No. 2 in C] Minor Quasi una Fantasia Mondschein

5.3.1

Mvt. 1 Adagio sostenuto

Form: binary form, ABAB Coda form. No sonata form as the opening movement, which is
unusual. Instead a slow first movement with binary structure. Characteristic are the continuous use of upward triplet 8th arpeggios in the right hand, the major-minor mode changes
and the frequent use of the Neapolitan 6th chord. The detailed analysis is shown in Table 5.9.

5.3.2

Mvt. 2 Adagio cantabile

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

189

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN

Table 5.9: Beethoven, Sonata Op. 27 No. 2, Mvt. 1 Adagio sostenuto


m
1
5
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
27
30
34

M
M1.1
M1.1
..
.

Comment

C]m

C]m C]m7 /B A D/F ] G]7


C]m G]7 C]m F ]m E46 B
E Em

A, RH arp

G7 /D C Em/B F ]7 /A]
Bm C]7 /E Bm64 F ]

M1.2
..
.
..
.

M1.1

[5/[9

Bm

Bm B C7 /E F ]7

B C7 /E F ]7

F ]m
C]m

[5/[9

B, min-maj, N 6 , b-ped

B C][9
7 /G] C]/E] F ]m
6
G/B G][9
7 /B] F ]m4 C]7
F ]m C]7 F ] G]7
C]m D] D]7 /F G][9
7 ...
C]m/G] . . . C]m/G]
[5/[9
F 7 G][9

7 . . . G]7

(b-ped)
N 6 , cad
g]-ped
trans (g]-ped)

C]m G]7 C]m F ]m E46 B7


E B7 E G]7 /D] C]m
G]7 /B] C]m D/F ] G]7

42
46
49

M1.1
M1.1

C]m
E

51

M1.2
..
.
..
.
..
.

C]m

C]m C] D7 /F ] G]7

C]

D7 /F ] G]7

56

cad

G][9
7 A D]7 /F ] G]7

40

54

major-minor

[5/[9

[5/[9

C] F ]m

A
N 6 , cad
B, min-maj, N 6 , c]-ped
(c]-ped)

B7 /D] Em

57
58

A7 /C] D G]7 C]m


D]7 /F ] C]m64 G]7

cad

60
64

(M1.1)

C]m G]7 /B] C]m G]7


C]m G][9
7 C]m

Coda, LH
cad (69 m.)

190

C]m

5.3. SONATA OP. 27 NO. 2 IN C] MINOR QUASI UNA FANTASIA


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

191

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN

5.3.3

Mvt. 3 Presto agitato

Form: sonata, The sonata closes with a fast movement, full of whirling, virtuoso 16th note
arpeggios, either as main subject in the right hand (M1) or as left hand accompaniment
(Alberti bass style in the second group subject M2.1 and in the transitions). There is some
tension-relieving contrast in the second group theme M2.2, with its contrary motion 8th note
chords in both hands. The coda contains tempo variations and quasi-improvised cadenzas.
The analysis is shown in Table 5.7 and 5.8.

5.3.4

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

192

5.3. SONATA OP. 27 NO. 2 IN C] MINOR QUASI UNA FANTASIA

Table 5.10: Beethoven, Sonata Op. 27 No. 2, Mvt. 3 Presto agitato


m

M1
..
.

C]m

|| : C]m . . . G]/B] . . .

5
9
15
19
21
25
29
31
33
36
41
43
47
49
53
55
57
61
63
66
69
71
75
79
83
85
87
91
95

M1

M2.1
..
.
..
.
..
.

[5/[9
D]7 /A

G]m

M2.2

M2.2
..
.

M2.3

F ]m

102
106
110

PB (&)
(b), g]-ped
(a), trans

G]m D]7 /A] G]m/B D]/F

(a) repeat 8va var

G]7 /F ] C]m/E F ]7 /E B/D]

(b) Seq(22m;R3 ), PB (&)

M1
..
.

C]m

Gr 2 (a): RH

trans, N 6
cad
(aa): RH, (cm)
(b)
(aa) repeat 8va

G]m C]m G]m/D] D]7 /C]


G]m/B A/C] G]m64 D]7
<(G]m D]7 )/G]
<(G]m D])/G]
G]m G]7 1) C]m : ||2) C]

(b) PB (&)
cad
retrans, g]-ped

C] . . . C]7 /B . . .
F ]m/A C]7 /E]
F ]m C]7 F ]m C]/E]
F ]m C]7 /E] F ]m D7 /F ]
G D7 /F ] G Bm/D C][9
7 /E]

Dev (a): RH arp

F ]m D G]7 /B]
C]m A D]7 D]/F
G] . . . G]7 C]m/G]
G] . . . G]7 C]m/G]
G] . . .

(b): LH
(b): LH
retrans, g]-ped
repeat 8va (g]-ped)

99

Exp/Gr 1 (a) RH arp,

C]7 /B . . . F ]m/A
<(G][9
7 . . . D]7 )/G] G]
C]m . . . F 7 . . .
D]/F . . .
G]m D]7 /A] G]m/B D]/F

E7 /D A/C] D]7 /C] G]m/B


A/C] . . .
G]m64 D]7 G]m A/C] . . .
6
A/C] A][9
7 /C G]m4 D]7
<(G]m D]7 )
G]m C]m G]m64 D]7
<(G]m D]7 )

M1

M2.1

M2.1
..
.

Comment

(a): RH
(a): LH 8ba
(a): LH N/I key

G] A D]7 /F ] G]

cad

C]m . . . G]/B] . . .

Rec/Gr 1 (a) RH arp,

[5/[9
D]7 /A

C]7 /B . . . F ]m/A
<(G][9
7 . . . D]7 )/G] G]

PB (&)
(b), g]-ped

193

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN

Table 5.11: Beethoven, Sonata Op. 27 No. 2, Mvt. 3 Presto agitato (contd)
m
116
120
124
126
128
131
135
137
141
143
147
149
151
155
159
163
167
171
175
177
181
185
190
196

194

M
M2.1
..
.
..
.
..
.

Comment

C]m G]7 C]m G]/B]

Gr 2 (a): LH

C]m G]7 C]m G]/B]

(a): repeat 8va var

C]7 /B F ]m/A B7 /A E/G]

(b) Seq(22m;R3 ), PB (&)

A7 /G D/F ] G]7 /F ] C]m/E


D/F ] . . .

trans, N 6

M2.2

M2.2
..
.

M2.3

M1
M2.1
..
.

M2.3
(M1)

C]m64 G]7 A D/F ] . . .


6
D/F ] D][9
7 /F C]m4 G]7
<(C]m G]7 )
C]m F ]m C]m64 G]
<(C]m G]7 )

cad
(aa): RH, (cm)
(b)
(aa) repeat 8va

C]m F ]m C]m/G] G]7 /F ]


C]m/E D/F ] C]m64 G]7
<(C]m G]7 )/C]
C]m . . . C]7 /B
F ]m/A . . . C]m/E
F 7 . . . B]7 . . .

(b) PB (&)
cad
trans, c]-ped

<(C]m G]7 )

Coda (a): LH

C]m G]7 /F ] C]m/E G]/B]


C]m C]7 /B F ]m/A C]/G]
F ]m . . . D/F ] . . .
6
D][9
7 /F . . . C]m4 . . .
G] . . . G]7[9
<(C]m G]7 ) C]m
C]m

(a): RH 15va
(cm<)
solo RH arp, N 6
cad
chr sc, Adagio
Tempo I, cad
arp%& (199 m.)

LH-RH arp imit

5.3. SONATA OP. 27 NO. 2 IN C] MINOR QUASI UNA FANTASIA


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

195

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN

5.4

String Quartet in B[ Major, Op. 130 (1826)

Source: [4]. This string quartet has the dedication: Dem Fursten

Nicolaus von Galitzin gewidmet. It is unusual in the sense that it consists of six movements, including two dances. An
overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 5.5.
Mvt. 1 Adagio ma non troppo Allegro: sonata form (B[,
Exposition (93 m.)

h ih i
4
4

3
4

, 233 m.)

Dev (38 m.)

Recap (81 m.)

Coda

Mvt. 2 Presto: scherzo and trio form (B[m B[,


(Presto)

Presto Trio

h ih i
2
2

6
4

, 106 m.)

Mvt. 3 Andante con moto ma non troppo: ABCABC Coda form (D[,
A

B C

A B C

, 88 m.)

h i
3
8

, 150 m.)

Coda

Mvt. 5 Cavatina, Adagio molto espressivo: ABA form (E[,


A

4
4

Coda

Mvt. 4 Alla danza tedesca, Allegro assai: ABA Coda form (G,
A

h i

h i
3
4

, 66 m.)

Mvt. 6 Finale allegro: sonata form (B[,


Exposition (108 m.)

h i
2
4

, 493 m.)
Development (114 m.)

Recapitulation (130 m)
Coda (140 m.)
Figure 5.5: Beethoven, String Quartet in B[ Major Op. 130

5.4.1

Mvt. 1 Adagio ma non troppo Allegro

Form: sonata form, This movement has a number of characteristics: first there is the contrast
between the slow (Adagio) and fast (Allegro) tempos. The introduction theme (M0) returns
several times, together with the tempo and meter juxtaposition. The main theme (M1) is accompanied by a countersubject (Mc), with its characteristic upward fourth leap. Both these
subjects return in the development. And, by the way, the main theme already is developed
(in a varied form M1) in the exposition and the recapitulation. The key relationships are
another remarkable feature: the second group theme (M2) is not in the usual dominant key
196

5.4. STRING QUARTET IN B[ MAJOR, OP. 130


(F , although that is suggested by the return of the introductory material in the exposition),
but in the lowered submediant key G[. Then the development start in D, yielding the symmetric root division B[ G[ D (the interval of the major third, 4i). In the recapitulation
there is the regular sidestep towards the subdominant axis (E[). Finally, the movement is
full of imitation and contrary motion. The detailed analysis is shown in Table 5.12 to 5.15.

5.4.2

Mvt. 2 Presto

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

197

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN

Table 5.12: Beethoven, String Quartet in B[ Major Op. 130, Mvt. 1 Adagio ma non troppo
Allegro
m

1
3
4
5
8
10
11
12
13

15
18
20
22
24

25
29
31
35
37
39
41
43
45
49
53
55
57

198

M0
..
.
..
.

Comment
h i

B[

Adagio ma non troppo


|| : B[ Cm B[/D F B[
F7 /C B7 /D Cm/E[ F7

(a) Vi1, (cm)

F7 B[ F/A
Gm C7 F

(b), halfcad
d

Mt
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

M1
M2
M1

G7 Cm C7 /B[ F/A D

trans, imit: Vc-Vi2-

E[ B Cm C7 /E

Va-Vi1

Cm/E[ C7 /E F m

(cm>)

C7 /G F m/A[ A7
B[ F7 /C B[7 /D E[ F7[9

PB (%)
halfcad

Allegro
B[ F7 Cm F7
B[/D . . . A B[
Tempo I.
F C7 /E B[/D G

h i
4
4

VI1/Vi2, Seq(22m;R7 )
(cm<)
h i
3
4

(a): Vc, chr&

F/A C7 /G F E F B[ E
B[ F C7

M1/c

M1/c

Mt
Mt

Introduction ([[)
Exp/Gr 1 (a): unis, chr&

F F7 B[/D D /D

M1/c

M0
..
.

3
4

B[

G[

Allegro
F C7 /E . . . F/A
F/A E7 F7
B[ C7 /E F Cm7 B7
B7 Cm B[/D E7 B[/F F7
B[ E[/G C7 /E F F7
B[ Cm/E[ C7 /E F F7 /A
<(B[ F F7 )
B[ F ]7 Gm7 C7
F F7 B[/D E F F7 B[/D
F C7 F
G[ B[m7
G[ C D[
G[ . . .

h i
4
4

tutti, Seq(22m)
(cm)
tutti, Seq(22m;R7 )
(cm<), cad
trans, imit, (cm>)
repeat, var
tutti climax, (cm)
unisono
(cm), unis
Vc
Gr 2, Vi1 ([V I)
Vc

5.4. STRING QUARTET IN B[ MAJOR, OP. 130

Table 5.13: Beethoven, String Quartet in B[ Major Op. 130, Mvt. 1 Adagio ma non troppo
Allegro (contd)
m

59

M2
..
.

61
63
66
69
71
73
75
76
78
80
82
83
84
85
87
89
90
92

F7 /A[ B[m A[m7 /C[ A[7 /C


D[ D[7 /F G[ . . . D[7
G[ B[[9
7 E[m A[7
D[ D[7 E[m A[m7 /C[ A[7 D[7
G[ E[m7 /G[ D[/A[ G[/B[ D[7
G[ D[7 /F E[mD[ C D[/C[
G[/B[ A[m/C[ G[/D[ D[7
d

G[ A[m D[7 B[m7 D[7

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

cad
imit

E[m . . . A[ D[
E[m D[7 G[ F G[/B[ D[7 /A[
B[[9
7 /D E[m7 A[7 /C

stretto, cresc

D[ G[ Cm7 F7

M0
M1/c
M3/c
M3/c
Mc
M3/c
Mc
M3/c

([[[[[[), Vi1 (dev)

97
99
106
110
113
116
119
123
125

trans

M1
..
.

M0
M1/c

Comment

C /G[ B[m/D[ A[7

(M1)

94
96

B[[9
7 /D E[m7 A[m7

(cm<)

F F m7 /E[ D[ D[7 /C[ D[/F

(cm<)

G[ C[ G[/B[ A[
G[ A[m7 D[7
<(G[7 E[m7 )
1) C[ G[/B[ A : ||2) C[ G[ F

tutti climax

Tempo I. Allegro
G[7 C[ D[/F G[ =
F]
Adagio Allegro
D D7 /C G/B C] D
D . . . <(C] D)
D . . . <(G/B D7 /C)
<(Am/C D) <(Am D7 ) G/B
<(G/D D7 ) D7 /F ] G
Am7 G . . . Re(A7 /G D/F ])
D7 <(G D7 ) <(Dm7 /F B /D)
Cm . . .
Cm . . . C/E . . . Cm F7 . . .

h ih i

unisono
3
4

4
4

Dev, Vc
Vi2/Vi1,
h ih i tempi
3 4
4 4 (]])
Vc
Vi2/Vi1
M3: Vc, Mc: Vi1
Vc/V1
Vc/Vi1
imit: Vi1-Vc

199

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN

Table 5.14: Beethoven, String Quartet in B[ Major Op. 130, Mvt. 1 Adagio ma non troppo
Allegro (contd)
m
132
134
136
137
138
140
141
143
144
146
149
150
152
153
157
158
159
161
163
165
167
169
171
173
177
179
180
182
186
188
189
190

200

Comment

M1/c

B[

B[ F7 /A F7 /E[
B[/D F7 B[ . . .
F F m Cm/E[ G Gm G
D[/F B[7 /D E[
A[/E[ F m7 /E[ E[+
B[7 E[ A[/E[ E[

Rec/Gr 1, Seq(22m;R7 ),
tutti, (cm)
climax
SD
Vi1/Vc
Vi1/Vc

E[
M1/c
M1/c
..
.
..
.

Mt
(M1)
..
.

+
A7 B[[9
7 /A[ E[/G F m7 E[

(M1)
M2
M1
M2
..
.

(M1)
M2/1

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.

D[

B[

A[ E[/G F m7 B[7
E[ B[7 E[ B[/D B[7 E[
E[ B[7 /D <(E[m B[[9
7 )
E[m E[7 /G A[ A[7 /G[

(cm<)
climax
trans, imit

<(D[/F A[ A[7 /G[)


D[/F B[m7 E[/B[ E[7
<(A[ A[7 D[/F )
A[ A[7 D[ D7 A[/E[
D /F E[7 /G[
A[[9
7 /G[ . . .
D[ G[/D[ C[ A[7 /C
D[ . . .
D[ D[+ G[/D[ C[/E[ E[7

climax, (cm)

C7 D[/F E[m7 /G[ E[7 /G


A[ A7 B[m Gm7 E7
F F7 /E[
B[ F7 B[ . . .
F7 B[ F/C C
F7 /C B[/D Cm7 /E[ C7 /E
F F7
B[ F F7 B[ D D7

climax, (cm)

([[[[) Vc
Gr 2, Vi1
imit: Vc-Va
Vi1

Vc
imit: Va-Vi2-Vi1

cad
tutti, (cm)

Gm G7 F F7 Gm
Cm7 /E[ F B[/F
B[ C/G F/C
F7 B[/D Cm7 /E[ C/E F7

Vi1

5.4. STRING QUARTET IN B[ MAJOR, OP. 130

Table 5.15: Beethoven, String Quartet in B[ Major Op. 130, Mvt. 1 Adagio ma non troppo
Allegro (contd)
m
191
193
195
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
205
207
208

213
215
216
217
220
222
224
226
228

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

M1

M1/c

Comment

B[ F/A C7 /G F C7 /E F7 /E[

imit (dev)

B[/D E[ F7 B[ F7
B[/D F7 E[/G Dm7 /A B[ F7 /C
d

B[ C7 Dm/F F/A
B[/F F7 /C B[
Cm/E[ Dm/F Gm7 Cm7
D7[9 /F ] Gm7 C7 /E

stretto, cresc

F B[ E7 /G F7 /A

M0
..
.

B[

D7[9 /F ] Gm7 C7

(cm<)

F F7 B[ F F7
B[ E[ B[//D A7 F7 /C
B[ F7
<(B[7 /A[ E[/G) Gm/Dno 1 . . . C7 /G

(cm<)
tutti climax
cad
unis

Adagio Allegro
F D7 Cm B[/D

h ih i

A7 /C D Cm/E[ F7
A B[ F ]
Gm C7 /G F/A E[+ /G F/A
F + B[ F + B[/F F7
(B[ E7 F F ] G G7 Cm E7 )/F
(F F7 B[7 E[ E[m)/F
B[/F A /C B[ Cm/E[ C7 /E F F7
<(B[ F7 ) B[ F B[

3
4

4
4

Coda, Vi1

tempi, f -ped
(f -ped)
(f -ped)
cad
imit, cad (233 m.)

201

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

202

5.4. STRING QUARTET IN B[ MAJOR, OP. 130

Table 5.16: Beethoven, String Quartet in B[ Major Op. 130, Mvt. 3 Andante con moto ma non
troppo
m

Comment

1
3

5
M1

D[

C7 C7 B[m/D[ C A[7 /E[


D[6 A[7 /C D[ G[ D[64 A[7

A, chr, imit: Vi2-Va


Va, Vc: 16ths

M1
..
.
..
.

7
8
9
10
11
13
15
16
17
18
19

5.4.3

M2

Mt

D[ A[7 /C D[ G[ A[7 B[m A[/C


d

A[

V1

<(B[m7 E[7 /B[ A[/C)

Vc: 16ths

B[/D[ E[m A[m B[/D


E[m A[/C D[ E[m/G[ A[ D[
A[ D[ E[ A[

cad
trans, pizz imit

A[/E[ E[7 A[ E[7 A[


F7 B[m A[7 E[7 /G A[/C
B[m/D[ A[/C D[ A[/C
E[7 /D[ A[ E[7 /G A[ A[7
E[7 /B[ A[ C/E C7
C7 F C7 F B[m/D[ C7 /E
F C7 /B[ G7 /B F/C C

B, Vi1, imit
imit: Bi1-Vi2-Va

tutti: 16ths
cad, (cm>)

Mvt. 3 Andante con moto ma non troppo

Form: binary, ABCABC Coda, A ternary structure is suggested by the key signatures (D[
A[ D[) in the score: this corresponds to the sections A-BC-ABC. However, based on the
thematic material, the six section structure (and therefore the binary division) is equally
likely. This slow movement is harmonically very rich, with many passing harmonies. Bass
patterns for violoncello are outspoken: continuous series of 16th notes, wide open voicing
arpeggios, walking bass in 8th notes. The analysis is shown in Table 5.16 to 5.18.

5.4.4

Mvt. 4 Alla danza tedesca, Allegro assai

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

203

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN

Table 5.17: Beethoven, String Quartet in B[ Major Op. 130, Mvt. 3 Andante con moto ma non
troppo (contd)
m

20

M1
..
.

C G7 C F/C C7 F C7 /G F/C

23
25
26
27
28
29

M3
..
.

M3
..
.

30
31

32
34
36

(M3)

38

M1

39
40
41
42
43
44

A[

D[

D[

204

C, imit: Vi1-Va-Vc

A[64

B[m B[m7 /F
E[7 A[ E[7
]5
A[ E[7 /D[ A[/C E[7 A[ E[7 /D[
A[/C D[ A[/C E[7 /B[

climax
Vi1, Vc: arp

A[ D[ A[64 E[7
A[/E[ E[7 /D[ A[/C E[7 /B[
A[/C D[ A[7 /E[

Vi1, Vc: arp

D[/F G[ D[/A[ A[ A[m


B[7 /D E[m
B[ A[7 /C B[m7 /D[ A[7 /E[
D[ A[ A[7 D[ F Gm7 /F F7 /A
B[[9
7 E[ E[7 /D[ A[/C E[7
<(E[[9
7 B[7 /F [ E[7 ) A[7 /E[

imit: Vi2-Vi1

D[ A[7 /C

A, Vi1, Vc: 16ths

tutti: 16ths
trans

D[6 G[ A[7 B[m7 A[7 /C


D[ E[m A[7 /G[

M1

D[ G[ A[7 G[/B[ A[7 /C

M1
..
.
..
.

Va+Vc
Vi1, Vc: 16ths

<(B[m7 E[7 /D[ A[/C)


B[m7 /D[ E[7 /B A[m B[/D
E[m A[/C D[ D[/F
E[m/G[ A[7 D[
E[ A[ E[ A[7

45
46
48
50
51
52
53
54

Comment

M2

Mt

B[

D[/A[ A[7 D[ A[7 D[


B[7 /F E[m D[7 A[7 D[
E[m/G[ D[/F G[ F m7 D[/A[
E[m/B[ A[7 /C D[ E[m A[/C D[
A[7 /E[ D[ F/A
F7 B[ F7 /E[ B[/D E[/G F7
B[ C7 /E B[/F F

cad
trans, pizz imit
B, Vi1, imit
imit: Vi1-Va-Vi2

tutti: 16ths
cad, (cm>)

5.4. STRING QUARTET IN B[ MAJOR, OP. 130

Table 5.18: Beethoven, String Quartet in B[ Major Op. 130, Mvt. 3 Andante con moto ma non
troppo (contd)
m

55

M1
..
.
..
.

M3
..
.

F C7 F B[/F F7 B[ F7 /C B[/D

58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
73
74
76
77
78
79
80
82
83
84
85
86
87
88

M3

M1

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

M3
..
.
..
.

Comment
C, imit: Vi1-Vi2-Va

F7[9 /E[ E[m A[7no 3 E[m/B[ B[m


D[

D[64 A[7 D[ A[7 /C


D[ A[7 /G[ D[/F A[7 /C D[ A[7 /E[
D[/F G[ D[/F A[7 /E[
D[ G[ D[64 A[7
D[ D[7 /A[ G[ D[7
G[ C[ G[/B[ D[7 /A[
G[ C[ G[/D[ D[
A[m7 /C[ G[/B[ F7 /A[ G[/B[
F7 /A[ B[m7 E[m A[m7 /C[ D[ G[
B[/F A[m7 /E[ Gm7 /D E7 /D[
C7 F7 /C F7 /D E7 /B[
C]7 /B[ C7 /G
C]7 /B[ A A7 C]7 /G A[

climax
Vi1, Vc: arp

Va, Vc: arp


Coda, imit: Vi1-Vi2
Vc: 8ths, PBi (&)

Vi2+Va, N/V

C7 /G[ F7
[9
9
9
B[[9
7 E[7 A[7 D[7

Seq(5R5 )

G[/D[ D[
A[7 /C D[/A[ A[7 /G[ D[/F
G[ A[/C D[
C[7 /G[ B[7 /F E[m A[7
D[/F A[7 D[ A[ D[ A B[
E[m C D[ G[/B[ C D[7 B[/D
E[m
B[/D E[m C D[
G[/B[ C D[7 /C[
G[/B[ A[ D7 E[m D /F E[m A[7
D[ G[ D[/F A[7 /E[

Vi1, Vc: arp

D[ D[7 G[/D[ D[
D[7 /C[ D[7 /F G[
d

A[7 B[m A[/C D[


E[m7 /G[ E[7 /G D[64 A[7 D[

tutti: 32ths, (cm<)


climax
cad (88 m.)

205

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

206

5.4. STRING QUARTET IN B[ MAJOR, OP. 130

5.4.5

Mvt. 5 Cavatina, Adagio molto espressivo

Form: ternary song, ABA, This slow movement plays with short term dynamics. Under
a first violin lead there are many one- and two-measure crescendi-decrescendi. Most of the
movement is in slow quarter and 8th notes, with occasional contrary motion and a somewhat
longer crescendo towards a climax. The retransition changes the rhythm to triplet 8th notes
and touches upon a number of passing key centres. The analysis is shown in Table 5.19.

5.4.6

Mvt. 6 Finale Allegro

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

207

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN

Table 5.19: Beethoven, String Quartet in B[ Major Op. 130, Mvt. 5 Cavatina, Adagio molto
espressivo
m
1
3
5
7
9
10
13
15
17
19
23
25
27
30
32
34
36
38
40
44
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
61
63
64

208

Comment

M1a
..
.
..
.
..
.

E[

E[ C7 /E F m B[7 E[ B[7 /F E[/G

A, Vi1

F m/A[ F7 /A B[ E[ B[7 /F

M1a
..
.

M1b
..
.
..
.

F m/A[ C7 /E F m E[/G Cm7 B[/D


E[ Cm7 B[/D
E[ B[7 E[ B[/F E[/G G7 Cm

Vi1

[5/[9
D7 /A[

Seq(3R5 )

E[/G Cm A[ E[/B[ B[ B[7 /A[

B, Vi2

E[/G Cm A[ E[/B[ B[ B[7 /A[

repeat Vi1

E[/G E[ Cm A[ F7 /A E[64 B[7


E[ B[7 E[ B[7 /F
E[/G Cm F m7 /A[ E[/B[ B[7 /A[

climax, cad

E[/G Cm A[ E[/B[ F7 /A B[7 /A[

repeat Vi1

E[/G E[ Cm A[ G7 Cm
F/A E[64 B[7 E[
E[ E[m7 /D[ C[ D[m7 /F [

climax
cad
trans, Vi1, triplets

A[m

G[ G[7 E[7 /D[ A[m E[/G A[m


D[m/F [ E[ D[m/F [

PBi (%)
climax

E[

E[ C7 /G B[7 E[ B[7 /F E[/G

A, Vi1

C[

M1a
..
.
..
.
..
.

(cm)

D7 /F C7 /G F m/A[ F/A
Cm/G F m7 Cm/G F m7
[9
[9
G[9
7 C7 F7
B[ B[97 . . .

M1b

M2
..
.
..
.

M2
..
.
..
.

M3
..
.

E[/G B[7 /F E[ B[/D B7 Cm

2nd stat, Vi2

F m/A[ A7 B[ E[/G B[7 /A[


E[/G B[7 /F E[ B[/D B7 Cm

(cm)

F m/A[ C7 /E F m E[/G Cm7 B[/D


E[ Cm7 B[/D
d

E[ B[7 E[ B[7 Cm F m/A[ B[7


E[64

(cm), climax

B[7 /F E[/G B[7 /D

E[7 /D[ A[/C A[m/C[ B[7


E[ B[7 E[

climax
cad (66 m.)

5.4. STRING QUARTET IN B[ MAJOR, OP. 130


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

209

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN

5.4.7

Key relationship overview

The key relationship diagram of this late string quartet is shown in Fig. 5.6. The outer sonata
form movements have the widest key scope and require the equivalence property in the
development section (Mvt. 1: G[ = F ], Mvt. 6: F ). The roots of the movements lie on the
vertical symmetry axis B[ B[m D[, with the exception of the Cavatina (Mvt. 5), which
is in the subdominant key E[. Note the limited span and the major third 4i symmetry axis
relationships in all four middle movements, where we see B[ Dm (1) and F D[, C Em
(1) and E[C[ (1) respectively. There are two such moves in the opening movement: B[G[
(2) and F ] D (3).
Mvt. 1 Adagio Allegro
Ft]

Am

Em

Bm
3

4
G 

Cm

Gm

Dm

5
1,7
B[  - F
E[ 
A 
Fm
E[m A  B[m
A
2  AU
A[
D[ 6
G[ t

Mvt. 4 Alla Danza


2
Em

*

1
?

C
G

Am

F ]m
A
Am

Mvt. 2 Presto

Mvt. 3 Andante

Gm 1 Dm

B[

Cm

B[

E[

6
?

B[m

2-

B[m

Fm


 1
A[
D[

Mvt. 5 Cavatina

Mvt. 6 Finale Allegro

A[

 E[

A[m  E[m

6 
C[  1 G[


 Fm

@
3,5@
R Cm
Fm @
H
 Gm

H
j 7
H
2
6
 
A[
E[
B[
4,6,8

D
Dm

t
-F1

Figure 5.6: Beethoven, String Quartet in B[ Major Op. 130, key relationship diagram

5.5

Symphony No. 5 in C Minor, Op. 67 (1807-8)

Source: [5]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 5.7.

5.5.1

Mvt. 1 Allegro con brio

Form: sonata form. This symphony movement is another element in the classical music
canon. The two fermatas in the opening phrase are exercises in every conductors crash
course. The detailed analysis is shown in Table 5.20 and 5.21. The key motif from the main
theme, also known as the Fate motif (Schicksalsmotiv) will return in later movements of this
210

5.5. SYMPHONY NO. 5 IN C MINOR, OP. 67

Mvt. 1 Allegro con brio: sonata form (Cm,

h i
2
4

Exposition (124 m.)


Recap (55 m.)

, 502 m.)

Development (123 m.)


2nd Dev (71 m.)

Coda - 3rd Dev (109 m.)

Mvt. 2 Andante con moto: theme and variations form (A[,


Var 1

Theme

Var 2

Mvt. 3 Allegro: scherzo and trio form (Cm,

Coda

h i
3
8

, 247 m.)

Var 3
h i
3
4

Coda

, 373 m.)
Trio

Scherzo
Scherzo

Coda

Mvt. 4 Allegro: sonata form (C,

h i

Exposition (88 m.)

Development (67 m.)

Tempo I (54 m.)

Recap (88 m.)

2nd Dev (67 m.)

Coda (82 m.)

4
4

, 446 m.)

Figure 5.7: Beethoven, Symphony No. 5 in C Minor


symphony.1 Note that the movement has a secondary development in the coda.

5.5.2

Mvt. 2 Andante con moto

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

Beethoven is even praised for his visionary view on Morse signals: Ve Von ze Var!.

211

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN

Table 5.20: Beethoven, Symphony No. 5, Mvt. 1 Allegro con brio


m

Comment

1
7
18
22
25

M1.a
M1

M1.a
M1
..
.

Cm

Cm B
A[/C Cm B7 <(G7 /B Cm)
G7 /B Cm D7[5 /A[ G
B7
<(B7 G7 Cm)

Exp, Gr 1/Th 1, Cl+Str


imit: Str
halfcad, tutti climax
imit: Str

(D7 B7 Cm B7 C7 )/C
(F m B7 C7 F m B7 )/C
Cm G7 Cm
(A7 F7[9 )/C B[/D
B[4
E[/B[ <(B[7 E[)

T cad, c-ped
(c-ped)
tutti climax, cad
trans to M, c-ped
Motto: Hns
Gr 2, dolce th: Str

C7 /E F m D[/F E[/G E[7 A[


F7[9 /A B[4 F7[5 /C[ F7[9 /C
<(<(B[7 E[) F m7 E[64 B[)
E[ . . . <(B[ E[)

cresc, PBi (%), e[-ped


cad, tutti climax
closing cad

34
40
44
53
59
63
75
83
94
110
125
130
143
146
151
154
158
175
179
195
204
211
215
228
240
248
253
265
269
273
277
284

212

M1.a
M1
M2
..
.

E[

M1.a
M1.a
M1

M1
..
.
..
.

Fm

M1

G
Fm

Cm

Dev, Gr 1, Hns
imit: WW+Str
imit: Str, g-ped

A A7 D 7
Gm

M3
M1.a
M1.a
M1

M1.a
M1
..
.

C7[9
F m . . . <(C7[9 F m)
D D7 /F ] G7
Cm <(G7 Cm)

Cm

Gm <(D7 Gm)
Gm D7[9 /A Gm/B[ F ]7 /C C]7
Gm/D C]7 /E D/F ]
D7sus4 D7 Gsus4
G7 C7sus4
7
<(F m/A[ G /B[ E /G F m/A[)
F m/A[ G[/B[ A /C B[m/D[
C[/E[ D[/F
F ]m . . . D/F ] . . .
D/F ] . . . B7 . . .
B7

imit: Str+WW
cresc, PB (%)
tutti, cad
Motto, climax, imit
trans
PB (%)

Cm G/D
A[/C Cm <(G[9
7 /B Cm)
[5
G7 Cm D7 /A[ G
G[9
7
Cm G7 Cm

Recap, Gr 1. tutti
imit: Str
halfcad, climax
imit: Str
cresc

(F m B7 Cm B7 C7 )/C
(F m C7 F m B7 )/C

T cad, c-ped
(c-ped)

Motto, tutti climax


Retrans

5.5. SYMPHONY NO. 5 IN C MINOR, OP. 67

Table 5.21: Beethoven, Symphony No. 5, Mvt. 1 Allegro con brio (contd)
m
288
296
303
307
323
338
346
362
374
382
398
407
416
421
423
431
439
453
459
461
468
470
483
491
496

M
M1.a

M1
M2
..
.

M1.a
Fm
M1
..
.

E[

Cm . . . G7 . . . Cm
F ]7 G/D
Gsus4
7
C <(G7 C)

cad, tutti climax


trans, cad
Motto: Bsn
2nd Dev, Gr 2, g-ped

C7[9 F D7[9 G F m/A[ G[9


7 /B
[5
D7 . . . <(D G7 /D)
<(<(G7 C) Dm/F C46 G)
C . . . <(G C)

Seq(24m;R7 ), cresc

C F m/A[ C/E F m
D[/F . . . D7[9 /F ]
<(E[/G B[[9
7 )

Coda, 3rd Dev, epis 1


tutti climax
motto: Bsn+LoStr

cad, tutti climax


closing cad

motto dim: Str


d

Cm

G7 /B C/E F m G7
F m/A[ G7 F/A G/B
Cm D7 /A[ Cm/E[ F m F7 /E[
G7 Cm/E[ A[/C D7 /F G4 G
Cm D7 Cm/E[ F m <(G Cm)

cad
theme: Str, c-ped
cad
Epis 2, imit: WW-Str

Cm Gm A[ E[ <(F m Cm)

M1.a
M1
M1.a

Comment

E[ . . . Cm

M3

I(M3)
..
.
..
.

Cm

<(Cm64 G)
Cm Gm A[ E[ <(F m Cm)
<(Cm64 G) Cm
G . . . <(G7 Cm) G

cad
tutti climax

Cm
<(G Cm)
<(Cm G) C

Real coda, imit: Str


closing cad
(502 m.)

cad

213

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

214

5.5. SYMPHONY NO. 5 IN C MINOR, OP. 67

Table 5.22: Beethoven, Symphony No. 5, Mvt. 3 Allegro


m

Comment

1
9
15

M0
M0

Cm

Cm D/F ] G7 Cm
Cm D/F ] C] D D7 /C
G7 /B Cm G/B Cm F ]7 G

Scherzo, Intro: Str


halfcad

19
27

M1
M1
..
.

E[m

Cm <(G7 Cm) Cm7 F m7 B[


E[m <(B[ E[m) E[m7

Horn theme
repeat: WW+Str

M0

cad, ambiguity

B[m

A[m D[ G[ C[ C[7 F m
<(B[ E[m) B[
B[m C/E F7 B[m F

53
57
60

M0

Cm

71
79

M1
M1
..
.

33
38
45

86
90
97
101
109
116
123
131

5.5.3

Fm

2nd stat: Str

<(G Cm) Cm7 F m B[


<(C F m) F m7 B[m

Horn theme
repeat: WW+Str

trans, g-ped

E[ A[ D[ D[7 Gm
<(C7[9 F m) C

M0
M1

Mt

M1

B[m C/E F m
G/B Cm D/F ]
C]7 D <(Em7 /D G[5
7 /C])

Cm

Cm D/F ] G
<(G7 Cm)
A[ Cm64 D[/A[ G[9
7
<(G7 Cm F m Cm/G G7 Cm)
<(G7 Cm Cm7 F m) F ]7
Cm/G <(G Cm) C7 F m G Cm

3rd stat: Str


(cm), g-ped
(g-ped)
trans, Str
closing cad (120 m.)

Mvt. 3 Allegro

Form: ternary song form, scherzo and trio form. The analysis is shown in Table 5.22 and
5.23. The scherzo is repeated in a varied form and leads directly (attacca) into the final fourth
movement.

5.5.4

Mvt. 4 Allegro

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

215

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN

Table 5.23: Beethoven, Symphony No. 5, Mvt. 3 Allegro (contd)


m

Comment

141
147
153
157
161

M3
M3
M3

M3

C
G
C
G

G C G7 /F C/E B /D C/E Am/C


D7 /C G/B C] D7 G E F G C
G7 C Em7 /B D7 /A G/B C/E
D7 G <(D/A G) D
G G7

Trio, A imit: Str


(imit: Str+Bsn)
(imit: tutti)
(repeat ending)
trans

169
174
178
182
189
194

M3
M3
M3
M3

C
F

C G7 /F C/E Em/B G7 C
C7 /E F C7 /B[ F/A
G7 C C7 F
<(G G7 C)/G
(C F G Em Am7 Dm G7 )/G
<(C G) C G G7

B, imit: Str+WW
(imit)
stretto imit
tutti climax, g-ped
trans, (g-ped)
cad+trans

G7 /F C/E Em/B G7 C
C7 /E F C7 /B[ F/A
G 7 C C7 F
<(G G7 C)/G
G7
6
G[9
7 D G7 Cm D Cm4 G

repeat, imit: Str


(imit)
stretto imit
WW, g-ped
retrans
PB (&)

Cm D/F ] G7 Cm G
Cm D/F ] C] D D7 /C
G7 /B Cm G/B Cm F ]7 G

Scherzo repeat
Str
halfcad

Cm <(G7 Cm) Cm7 F m7 B[


C <(F m C7 ) F m

WW theme
repeat: WW

D[ E[ A[ D[ D[7 B[m
<(C F m) C
Cm D/F ] G
<(G7 Cm)/G
G[9
7 D /A[ G7
<(Cm F m/A[ G7 )
Cm Cm7 F m G G7 Cm B
Cm Cm7 F m F ]7 Cm64 G7

cad, ambiguity
2nd stat: Str+Bsn
g-ped
motto: Hn (g-ped)
trans, cad
PB (&)
cad

M3

206
210
214
218
224
229

M3
M3
M3
M3

237
245
251

M0
M0

255
262

M1
M1
..
.

269
274
281
285
294
300
308
312

M0

M1

316

M1

324
339

M1
M0
..
.
..
.

344
355
360

216

C
F
C

Cm

Fm

Cm

<(Cm G) C7 /E F G
A[

A[
A[ D7[5 /A[ Cm/G G D7 /F ]

Coda, a[c-ped
3rd stat: Vi1 (c-ped)

Cm

Cm64 G D7[5 /A[ Cm64 G4

trans (c-ped)

Gsus4
7

(C
Am7 F )/G
(G C F )/G G7

major (cg-ped)
g-ped (373 m.)

5.5. SYMPHONY NO. 5 IN C MINOR, OP. 67


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

217

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN

5.5.5

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

218

5.5. SYMPHONY NO. 5 IN C MINOR, OP. 67


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

219

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN

5.6

Symphony No. 6 in F Major Pastorale, Op. 68 (1808)

Source: [5]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 5.8. Note that this symphony
has five movements.
Mvt. 1 Allegro ma non troppo: sonata form (F ,

h i
2
4

, 514 m.)

Exposition (138 m.)


Development (141 m.)
Recapitulation (234 m.)
Mvt. 2 Andante molto moto: ABBA Coda form (B[,
A1

B1

B2

A2

h ih i
3
4

2
4

, 140 m.)

, 264 m.)
Trio

Scherzo
Mvt. 4 Allegro: ABCABCBD form (D[ F m,
B1 C1 A2

B2 C2

h i

B1

A2

4
4

C1

Scherzo

Coda

, 155 m.)

B3

Mvt. 5 Allegretto: ABACABAD Coda form (F ,


A1

12
8

Coda

Mvt. 3 Allegro: scherzo and trio form (F ,

A1

A3

h i
6
8

, 264 m.)

B2

A4 D1

C1 D2

C2

Figure 5.8: Beethoven, Symphony No. 6 in F Major Pastorale

5.6.1

Mvt. 1 Allegro ma non troppo

Form: sonata form. Movement 1 has the descriptive title Erwachen heiterer Empfindungen bei
der Ankunft auf dem Lande.2 The analysis is shown in Table 5.24 and 5.25.

5.6.2

Mvt. 2 Andante molto moto

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

2
For many years this opening motif was the radio station signature tune of the West-Deutscher Rundfunk
(WDR). It returns, somewhat in disguise though, in Alban Bergs opera Wozzeck.

220

5.6. SYMPHONY NO. 6 IN F MAJOR PASTORALE, OP. 68

Table 5.24: Beethoven, Symphony No. 6 Pastorale, Mvt. 1 Allegro ma non troppo
m

Comment

1
9
16
29

M1.a
M1.b
Mt1
M1
..
.
..
.

M1.a
M2
M2
M3

F C7 F C F
<(F F/A C7 /G F B[ F C)
<(C B ) B[ F
F ...

Exp, Gr 1, Vi1

32
43
47
53
67
84
93
111
115
127
135

Mt2

M1.a

139
151
163
175
182
191
197
209
212
228
237
243
247
255

M1.a
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1.a
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1.a
M1.b
M1.b
M1.b

trans motif: Vi1, c-ped


2nd stat: Ob, f c-ped

<(E7 F Gm7 F C F )/F

F
B[
D

G
E

(C F C7 )/C
<(F C7 )
F Dm F/C G7 /B
<(G7 C 6 )
G7 C 6 G7 /B C G7 /D
<(C F C G7 )
C F C G7
<(C F ]7 C G7 )/C
<(C G7 )/C
F C F B[

c-ped
cad, f -ped
trans: Vi1, mod to D
Gr 2, imit: Vi
cresc: WW
Str, climax
cad, triplets
retrans to T, c-ped
dim, closing
trans motif: Vi1

C 7 F F7
B[
D
D
D
D 7 G D G D7
G
E
E
E
E7 A E A E7
A D A E7
A G]7 A7
D Gm D7 G7

Dev, Gr 1, imit: Str-WW


arp down motif, b[-ped
(motif on 1,3,5) d-ped
(repeats) tutti climax
dim, trans
main theme: Vi1
arp motif, g-ped
(motif on 1,3,5) e-ped
(repeats) WW+Str climax
dim, trans
main theme: Vi1

also I(M1.b): WW+Str

263
275

M1.b
Mt3

C F 6 C7 F C7
(B[)/C

tutti climax, c-ped


retrans (c-ped)

280
283
289
291
300
308

M1.a

M1.a/b
M1.a/b

F C7 F
C
<(F B[/D C7 )
<(F B[ F C7 )
C
C F B[ F/A C7 /G

Recap, Gr 1, Str
solo arp
both themes as ctp
triplets
trans, c-ped
cresc

221

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN

Table 5.25: Beethoven, Symphony No. 6 Pastorale, Mvt. 1 Allegro ma non troppo (contd)
m
312
318
322
328
346
362
372
392
396
404
416
424
428
430
438
442
450
462
470
478
494
507

222

Comment

M1
..
.

F <(C7 F )/F

final stat, tutti clim, f -ped

(C F C7 )/C
<(F C7 )/F
F Dm F/C G7 /B C7 /B[ B
<(C7 F 6 )
C7 F C7 /E F C7 /G
<(F B[ F C7 )
F B[ F C7
<(F B F C7 )/F
<(F C7 )/F
F . . . F7

c-ped
f -ped
trans: Vi1, triplets
Gr 2, imit: Str
triplets, cresc
WW+Str, climax
cad, triplets
trans to SD, f -ped
dim, closing
trans motif: Fl

Mt1
M2
M2
M3
Mt2

M1.a
M1.a

Mt2

Mt2

M1
M1.a

B[

E[ B[/D F7 B[ F7
B[ F7
<(B[ E B[ F7 )/B[
B[ C7
<(F B F C7 )/F
<(F Dm F/C C7 )
<(C7 F )/C C
<(C7 G7 /D C7 /E F C)
<(F C7 )
F C7 F
B[ F C F

cad
trans triplets, b[-ped
trans, f -ped
tutti climax
dimin
arp down motif: Vi1
closing cad
final stat: Vi1, imit: WW
closing cad (514 m.)

5.6. SYMPHONY NO. 6 IN F MAJOR PASTORALE, OP. 68


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

223

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN

5.6.3

Mvt. 3 Allegro

Form: scherzo and trio form or, alternatively, ternary song form. Movement 3 has the descriptive title Lustiges Zusammensein der Landleute (The cheerful peasant meeting). The analysis
is shown in Table 5.26 and 5.27.

5.6.4

Mvt. 4 Allegro

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

224

5.6. SYMPHONY NO. 6 IN F MAJOR PASTORALE, OP. 68

Table 5.26: Beethoven, Symphony No. 6 Pastorale, Mvt. 3 Allegro


m

1
9
13
17
25
29
33
41
45
49
53
60
64
68
72
75

M1
M2
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M2
M1
M1
M1

F
D

87
107
123
133

M3
M3
M3
M3
..
.

F
D

C
F

C
F

Comment

Allegro [Scherzo]
|| : F . . . Dm A
D . . . A Bm A
D . . . A D C
F . . . Dm A
D . . . A Bm A
D . . . A7 D
D ... G ...
C . . . G Am G
C . . . G7 C
F . . . C7
F ... C
C C7 /B[ F/A
Gm7 /B[ F46 C F
C C7 /B[ F/A
Gm7 /B[ F46 C
<(F . . . C7 ) F

h i
3
4

A1 , Str unis, imit


Str+Fl, d-ped
2nd stat., Str unis, imit
Str+Fl, d-ped
trans to D
Str+Ob, c-ped
final stat: Str
climax, WW+Str
tutti
cad
repeat
cad
trans, Str arp

F . . . <(C7sus4 F C7 F )
F <(C7sus4 F C7 F )
C Gsus4
C G7 C C7
7
F C7sus4 F . . . <(C7 F ) C7
d

B, Ob
2nd stat: Ob
Cl
FHn-Ob
Ob+Cl+FHn, f -ped

M1

(F C7 F C7 )/F C7
B[/F F/C C7 /G
F

h i

165
173

M4
M4

a Tempo Allegro [Trio]


<(F B[ F7 B[)
<(F B[ F7 B[)

181
189
191
193
195
197

M4/5
M4/5

M4/5

M4

<(F G7 C7 F C7 F )
C G7 C B7
C/E F C46 G7
C G7 C B7
C/E F C46 G7
C G C . . . G C . . . : ||

D, M4: Bsn+Va, M5: Vi


M4: Va+Vc, M5: WW
c-ton-ped
repeat
c-ton-ped
trans, Va+Vc, cg-ped

143
151
155

B[

trans
2
4

C, Vi (2x), f -ped
Vi (2x), Fl

225

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN

Table 5.27: Beethoven, Symphony No. 6 Pastorale, Mvt. 3 Allegro (contd)


m

205
213
217
223
227
231
235
241
246
249
254
257

226

M1
M2

M2
M1
M1
M1

F
D
F

Comment

Tempo 1 [Scherzo]
F . . . Dm A
D . . . A Bm A Gm/B[
<(F Gm) F46 C7
F . . . B[ F
F . . . C
F . . . C

h i

Presto
F ...
F C . . . C7 /B[ F/A
Gm7 /B[ F46 C7
F C . . . C7 /B[ F/A
Gm7 /B[ F46 C7

Coda
climax, tutti unisono

F . . . C7 F . . . C7

3
4

A2 , Str unis, imit


Str, d-ped
WW, f -ton-ped
WW (f -ped)
Str unisono

cad
repeat
Str arp (264 m.)

5.6. SYMPHONY NO. 6 IN F MAJOR PASTORALE, OP. 68


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

227

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN

5.6.5

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

228

5.6. SYMPHONY NO. 6 IN F MAJOR PASTORALE, OP. 68


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

229

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN

5.7

Symphony No. 8 in F Major, Op. 93 (1812)

Source: [6]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 5.9.


Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace e con brio: sonata form (F ,
Exposition (138 m.)
Recapitulation (111 m.)

h i
3
4

, 372 m.)

Development (86 m.)


Coda (58 m.)

Figure 5.9: Beethoven, Symphony No. 8 in F Major, Op. 93

5.7.1

Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace e con brio

Form: sonata form. The coda contains a secondary development. The analysis is shown in
Table 5.28 and 5.29.

5.7.2

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

230

5.7. SYMPHONY NO. 8 IN F MAJOR, OP. 93

Table 5.28: Beethoven, Symphony No. 8, Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace e con brio
m

Comment

1
9
12
24
34
38
46
52
59
65
70
73
80
83
90
96

M1

|| : F C C7 . . . F C F
F/C C C7 F46 C7
F B[/D Gm7 /B[ C7 F B[/D
[5/[9
B[7 /F . . . B[7 /F = E7 /F
A7 /E
<(D A) G7 /B C F ]7 G G7
<(C G7 ) D B7 C A
F ]7 . . .
F ]7 B7 E7 D F ]7
G G7 /F C/E Am Dm G
C D /F <(C F )
G7 C G C7 F Dm C46 G
C D /F <(C F )
G7 C G C7 F Dm C46 G
<(C G7 )
C . . . : ||

Exp, Gr 1, Vi, c-ped


Vi1, T cad, f -ped
tutti climax (f -ped)
trans, mod
Gr 2, Vi
2nd stat: WW
D cad
cresc to climax
tutti climax, cad
(climax)
trans, ctp, dolce
repeat
trans, ctp, dolce
cresc to climax
tutti climax, closing cad

C
G7
C
Cm . . . F7 /C . . .
B[
(A[9
7 )
A7 Dm/A
A
Dm Gm A7 Dm A Dm D7

Dev, c-ped
Gr 1, imit: WW, c-ped
tutti climax
mod, imit: WW, c-ped
tutti climax, f -ped
b[-ped
imit: WW, a-ped
tutti climax, cad
main th motif: DB, mod

Gm G Cm A7 G7
Cm G7 C C7 F m64 C7
F m D /F B[m

mod, imit: Str-WW


mod, imit: Str-WW
tutti climax

103
107
111
115
123
127
131
135
143
150
156
159
163
167
179
183

M2
M2

D
C

Mt1
Mt1
Mt2
C
M1
M1
B[
M1
Dm
(M1)
..
.

(M1)
..
.

Gm
Cm
Fm
D[

G7 C7 F m C D[ A[7
D[ . . . B[m . . . B7 /C
B7 /C . . .
(F m F ]7 C7 )/C

retrans, climax
tutti climax, cad, c-ped

231

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN

Table 5.29: Beethoven, Symphony No. 8, Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace e con brio (contd)
m
189
197
208
214
216
230
234
238
242
245
247
255
261
266
269
273
275
279
284
286
292
300
303
310
322
327
332
340
344
346
348
350
357

232

Comment

M1
M1

M2

M2

B[

F C 7 F C7 F
F C7 <(F C 7 F )
(F B[ G7 C)/F
C/E C7
F B7 . . . B7 /F
C7[9 F7
<(B[ F7 ) G7
C F7 B[ C7[9
F C7 F
C Am D7 Gm C F
B7 . . .
B7 C]7 F ]7 Gm B7 C
C C7 F Dm Gm7 C
F E7 <(F B[)
C7 F . . . F7
B[ Gm7 F46 C
F E7 <(F B[)
C7 F . . . F7
B[ Gm7 F46 C
<(F C7 )
F ...

Recap, Gr 1, Bsn+DB, climax


2nd stat: WW, dolce
cad, f -ped
cad
T cad, climax, f -ped
cad
Gr 2, Str

F ...
D[ <(A[7 D[)
D[ B[7 E[m C7 F m F
(F . . . B[m . . . B7 )/F
F C7 F C F C C7
F . . . C7 F/C

Coda, 2nd Dev, f -ped


WW, SD, d[-ped
trans, cresc
motif, climax, f -ped
cad
trans, imit: Str, cresc

Gm7 /F . . . G . . .

tutti climax

B[/D F B7 C

cad

F C7 F B[/D
[5/[9
G7 /D[ F/C
<(F C) F . . .
C F C7 F

cad
closing cad
dimin (372 m.)

Mt1

Mt1

Mt2

M1
Mt3
(M1)
Mt4
..
.
..
.
..
.

F
D[
F

2nd stat: WW T
T cad
cresc to climax
tutti climax
cad
trans, ctp: WW+Str, dolce
cad
repeat
trans, ctp: WW+Str, dolce
cad
cresc to climax
tutti climax, closing cad

5.7. SYMPHONY NO. 8 IN F MAJOR, OP. 93


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

233

CHAPTER 5. LUDWIG VAN BEETHOVEN

234

Chapter 6

Franz Schubert
31-1-1797 in Lichtental (Wien)
19-11-1828 in Wien
1600

6.1

1700

1800

1900

2000

Symphony No. 8 Unvollendete, D759 (1822)

Source: [56]. This symphony received its name Unvollendete (Unfinished Symphony), since it
consists of two movements only. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 6.1.
Mvt. 1 Allegro moderato: sonata form (Bm,

h i
3
4

, 368 m.)

Exposition (110 m.)

Development (108 m.)

Recap (110 m.)

Coda (40 m.)

Mvt. 2 Andante con moto: ABAB-Coda form (E,


A1 (64 m.)

B1 (78 m.)

B2 (63 m.)

Coda (44 m.)

h i
3
8

, 313 m.)
A2 (63 m.)

Figure 6.1: Schubert, Symphony No. 8 Unvollendete, D759

6.1.1

Mvt. 1 Allegro moderato

Form: sonata form. The opening melody in the low strings (celli and basses) supports the
sinister character of the movment; it becomes the main element of the development. The
other themes from the exposition are repeated in the recapitulation, without development.
See Table 6.1 and 6.2 for the analysis.
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl

CHAPTER 6. FRANZ SCHUBERT

Table 6.1: Schubert, Symphony No. 8 Unvollendete, Mvt. 1 Allegro moderato


m

Comment

1
9
13
16
22

M0

Bm

|| : Bm . . . F ] . . .
<(B Em)/B
<(Bm A]7 /G) C]7
[9
D Em/G A[9
7 D F ]7
<(Bm A]7 /G) C]7

Introduction: LoStr
Exp, Gr 1, b-ped
1st stat: WW

26
29
31
36
42
49
53
63
73
77
81
85
89
94
104
110
114
122
130
134
146
154
162
170
176
180
184
188
192
194
202
208

236

M1

M1
..
.

M2

M2

Gm
M2
..
.

M2
Em
M0
(M0)

(M0)

(M0)
..
.

D D7 G E 7 A F ]7
F ][9
7
D7 G E7 A <(F ]7 Bm)
F ]7 Bm . . . A D7
G . . . D7 . . . G
E7 Am D7
G D7 G E7 Am D
Cm Gm E[ E[[9
7 C]7 /E
A7 /C] Dm D G7 C
E7 /G] Am A7 D7 G
<(C]7 /E A7 )
G/D C G C G64 D7
G C E7 Am G64 D7 G
<(D7 G7 G]7 Am D7 G)
G . . . Bm/D F ]7 /C] Bm : ||

M0
(M0)

2nd stat: WW

Em

B7 C Am B7 /F ]
Em . . .
<(C F ][5
7 )/C F ]7 /C]
D7 B7 /D] E7 C]7 /E]
F ]7 . . . D][5
7 /A
C]m/G] . . . A D]m7 /F ] G]7
G]7 /B . . . Dm/A B[ Em A7
C]7 . . . Em/B C F ]m7 B7
Em . . . B7 /F ]
Em F ]m F ]7
Bm C]m C]7
d

F ]m D7 F ]m/A C]7 /G]

trans 1, Seq(31m;R7 )
Gr 2, 1st stat: Vc
2nd stat: Vi
trans 2, clim, tremolo
imit: Str,
Seq(34m;R5 )
tutti climax, cad
imit: Str-WW, d-ped
climax, trans 3, repeat
Dev
LoStr
Bsn+Vi, tremolo
Seq(32m;R7 ), PBi (%)
cresc to climax, tremolo
Trans 2, Seq(38m;R7 )
tutti climax
M0: WW+Str, climax
imit, Seq(24m;R5 )
tutti clim, Seq(34m;R5 )

Bm G7 Bm/D F ]/C]
Em C7
C/G A]7 /G A[9
7 /G
D/F ] A D F ] D/F ] A
D F ] . . . F ][9
7 ...

tutti climax
Retrans

6.1. SYMPHONY NO. 8 UNVOLLENDETE, D759

Table 6.2: Schubert, Symphony No. 8 Unvollendete, Mvt. 1 Allegro moderato (contd)
m
218
222
226
231
135
238
242
245
250
252
256
267
273
281
291
295
299
303
309
312
317
322
328
336
350
352
364

Comment

Bm

<(Bm Em)/B
<(Bm A]7 /G) C]7 /G
D G E7 /G] A[9
7 F ]7 /A B7
Em F ]7 /C Em E F ]7 /C
G Am/C D
Dm7 B7 /D E7 A A7
D B7 Em C][9
7
A7 D B7 Em <(C]7 F ]m)
C]7
F ]m . . . E7 A7 D
D . . . A7 D B7 Em A
D A7 D B7
Em A7 D G7 C/G Em F ]7
Em Bm/F ] G . . .
C]7 /E F ]m F ]7 B7 E

Recap, Gr 1
stat1: WW

M1

M1

M2
M2

F ]m
D

M2
..
.

B
M2
M2
M0
M0
(M0)

Bm

2nd stat: WW
trans 1
Seq(31m;R7 )

Gr 2, 1st stat: Vc
2nd stat: Vi
Seq(32m;R7 )
trans 2, climax, tremolo
imit, Seq(34m;R5 )

G]7 C]m F ]7 /A B
G]7 C][9
7 G]7 C]7
B/F ] E B7 E B46 F ]7 B
E G]7 C]m B46 F ]7 B
B (F ]7 B7 G]7 F ])/F ]
B F ]7 . . .
B G F ] Bm/D F ]7 /C]

imit: Str
2nd stat: WW
Trans 3

Bm . . . Bm64 F ]7
Bm <(Bm/D C][9
7 ) Bm/D
Bm64 F ]7
<(Bm . . . Em/B)
Bm/D F ]7 Bm

Coda, LoStr
cresc
climax, cad
WW+Str
closing cad (368 m.)

tutti climax, cad

237

CHAPTER 6. FRANZ SCHUBERT

6.1.2

Mvt. 2 Andante con moto

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

238

6.1. SYMPHONY NO. 8 UNVOLLENDETE, D759


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

239

CHAPTER 6. FRANZ SCHUBERT

6.1.3

Key relationship overview

The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 6.2. The opening movement is characterised
by the motion along the R3i symmetry axis (vertical), towards the lowered submediant, see
Bm G (1) and F ]m D (2) and towards the parallel minor G Gm (1) and B Bm (2).
The andante also shows the minor third key movement E G E C] (1-2) and F ]m Am
(4). This piece also reaches the lowered submediant key C = [VI (3) and the Neapolitan
lowered second degree key F (5). The shift from the relative minor key C]m D (3) is
another Neapolitan relationship.
Mvt. 2 Andante con moto
Mvt. 1 Allegro moderato
B3

F]

?
- Bm
- F ]m







 2



Em
G

1
?

Gm

F]

C]

Bm

F ]m @
C]m
I

2
6?

4 ?

G]m

B
@ 6? B

B
B

Dm

Dm

Am

6
?

Am
5

- Em
1
3
C 
G 

B Bm
BN

Figure 6.2: Schubert, Symphony No. 8 Unvollendete D759, key relationship diagram

6.2

String Quartet No. 14 in D Minor Death and the Maiden, D810


(1826)

Source: [55]. In German this chamber music piece is known as Der Tod und das Madchen.
An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 6.3. Note the length of the closing Presto
movement.

6.2.1

Mvt. 1 Allegro

Form: sonata form. The characteristic element in this movement is the stepwise descending
main theme rhythm 3 + 8t + 8t + 8t + 1 (three-quarter note, 8th note triplet and quarter
note, with strong articulation and often simultaneously in all string parts). The main theme
M1 is in the tonic Dm, the secondary theme M2 in the relative major key F . This theme is
presented in sequential and imitative settings. See Table 6.3 to 6.6 for the analysis.

6.2.2

Mvt. 2 Andante con moto

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

240

6.2. STRING QUARTET NO. 14 IN D MINOR DEATH AND THE MAIDEN, D810

Table 6.3: Schubert, String Quartet No. 14 Death and the Maiden, Mvt. 1 Allegro
m

Comment

1
5
7

M1.a

M1.b

Dm

Dm Gm/D Asus4
Dm
7
Gm7 /B[ Dm/A
Gm7 F/A Gm7 Dm64 A

Exp, Th 1, (aabb)
M1.a completion
(cm)

14

M1.a

20
25

37
39
41
45
53
55
56

M1.a
M1/I(M1)
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

M1.a
M1
M1.a

M1

61
66
71

M2
M2
M2

73
76

M2
..
.

28
29
34

78
81

Dm A7 D7 E[/G E7 F/A A7
Dm A7 D7 E[/G E7 F/A A7
Dm A7 /C] Dm B[7

imit
repeat 8va
Vi1+Vc

Dm64 A A7
A7 B[ Gm Dm/A A7 Ab7

motif M1.a varied

Cm/G A[7 /G[ D[/F

D]7 F ]m/C] D]7 /C B7


A]7 B[7 Dm64 A7
Dm Gm/D Asus4
Dm
7
[9
E7 A7 (D Dm F )/A C7 /E
F C7 /E F B7
F m/C D7 /C C7
<(F C7 /E) F B7 B7 /D C7

closing to climax

F F/C C7 F C7
F . . . C7 F/C C7
D7[9 /C C7[9

Th 2, par. 3rds: Vi1+2


2nd stat
Vi1+2

Th 1, 2nd stat
trans, ctp
rel maj stat, imit
repeat

F m Cm A[64 E[7
D7[9 /C C7[9
d

F m Cm A[64 E[7
F F46 C7

Vi1+2
repeat 8va

241

CHAPTER 6. FRANZ SCHUBERT

Table 6.4: Schubert, String Quartet No. 14 Death and the Maiden, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m

83
86
90

M2
M2
M2
..
.

93
95
97
102
106
110
114
117
120
124
126
128
134
141
145
146
150
152
156
158
160
164
166
168
170
173
176
181
184
187
192

242

Comment

Am

F Bm/D E A7 /C] D E Em
A D7 /F ] G C7 /E F Bm/D E7
Am D7 C7 F B7

Seq(31m;R7 ), imit
Seq(31m;R7 ), imit
Seq(31m;R7 ), clim

M2/M1
M2

M2

E7 C7 /E F A7
Dm F7 /A B[ Am7 /E B7[5 /F
E7 Dm/E D]7 E7
A E7 /D A/C] E7
A E7 /D Am/C Em7 /G
E7 /G] E7 A/C] C
F Dm/F B[/F F

trans
both th, par 3rds
cresc to climax, unis
3pt [S6 ] , closing stat

F B7 /D B[/D Am64 E7
F

M2
..
.

E7 A[m E[ D7
C] E7 /B Am

M2

Am

G]7 E7 F Am64 E7
Am Am E Am

M2

M2/M1
..
.

F ]m

Bm
Em

3pt [S6 ]

M2/M1

M2
M2

I(M1.a)
I(M1.a)

Am
Dm

par 3rds: Vi1+2

C G]7
A C7 C]m/E C7 C]m/G]
C][9
7 /E]
D F ]m/A F7 F ]m/C] C]
F ]m C]7 F ]m/A C]7
F ]m G[5
7 /D C] F ]7
Bm G7 F ] B7[9 /D]
Em G/D D]7 Em64 B7
Em D]7 /E
Em C7 B D/F ] E7[9 /G]
Am F7 E G/B A[9
7 /C]
6
Dm . . . D4 A7
Dm C]7 /D
d

Dev, Th2, in 3rds

Th 1/2:Vc/Vi1

unis climax
trans, e-ped
Seq(32m;R5 )
unis climax
trans, d-ped
d

D7[9 E[/G E7[9 F/A F ][9


7
G/B B[7 A B[7
A ...
A (Dm E7 A7 )/A B[7
(A Dm E7 A7 )/A B[7 A7

Seq(32m;R7 ), retr
climax
a-ped, imit
(a-ped, imit)

6.2. STRING QUARTET NO. 14 IN D MINOR DEATH AND THE MAIDEN, D810

Table 6.5: Schubert, String Quartet No. 14 Death and the Maiden, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m
198
202
209
211
213
217
223
229
234
237
239
241
243
245
248
250
252
254
255
260
267
270
272
276
278
282
284
286
292

Comment

M1.a

M1.a

M1
M2
M2
M2
M2
..
.

Dm

Dm Gm/D Dm
E7[9 A[9
7 D/A Dm/A A7
<(D A7 /C])
D G]7 B7 B7 /A Em/A A7
D A7 /C] D G]7 A7
D . . . A7 D A7
D . . . A7 D A7 B7[9 /A
[9
A[9
7 Dm Am7 /C C7 F D7
A7 Dm Am/C C7

Recap, Th 1
imit
trans, imit

M2
M2
M2
M2
M2

M2/M1

D
D

Dm

B[

M2

Seq(32m;R5 ), imit

Seq(31m;R7 ), clim
Seq(31m;R3 )
trans, solo: Vi1
Th 1+2, par 3rds
unis, cresc to climax
3pt [S6 ]

M2

M2/M1

F A/C] D A7
D A7 B[/D A7
Dm Em7 /G A Am D/F ]
G Gm Am/C D Dm G/B
C Cm F7 /A B[ Em/G A A7
Dm F G7 C Cm F7
B[/D Em7 A/C] E[7 /G F7 /A
B[ C7 D7 /F ] Gm A[ B[7 /D
[5/[9
E[ E[m B[m/F C7 /G[
F F7[9
B[ F7 /E[
F7[9 /E[ B[m/D[ F m7 /A[ F7 /A
B[ . . .
B[ . . . Gm/B[

repeat
Th 2, par 3rds: Vi1+Va
repeat
Vi1+2

Dm

E7 F E7 Dm/A A7
B[
A7 D[m A[ G7
Bm F ]7 D]7
6
A[9
7 . . . Dm4 A7
<(Dm C]7 ) . . . Dm

3pt [S6 ] , S46

par 3rds

243

CHAPTER 6. FRANZ SCHUBERT

Mvt. 1 Allegro moderato: sonata form (Dm,

h i
4
4

, 341 m.)

Exposition (141 m.)

Developm. (57 m.)

Recapitulation (101 m.)

Coda (42 m.)

Mvt. 2 Andante con moto: theme and variations form (Gm,


Theme Var 1

Var 2

Var 3

Var 4

Var 5

2
2

, 172 m.)

Mvt. 3 Scherzo allegro molto: scherzo and trio form (Dm,


Scherzo (69 m.)

h i

h i
3
4

, 164 m.)

Trio (95 m.)

Mvt. 4 Presto: ABCABCA form (Dm,


A1 (89 m.)

h i
6
8

, 754 m.)

B1 (163 m.)

C1 (66 m.)

A2 (129 m.)

B2 (163 m.)

C2 (42 m.)

A3 (55 m.)

Coda (47 m.)

Figure 6.3: Schubert, String Quartet No. 14 in D Minor Death and the Maiden, D810

Table 6.6: Schubert, String Quartet No. 14 Death and the Maiden, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m
299
303
311

Comment

M1.a

Dm

B[/D
<(A7 /D B[/D Dm64 A)
<(Dm A7 )

Coda, d-ped

M1.a

313
316

I(M1.a)
M1.a

D7 E[/G E7 F/A A F7
<(B[ F7 )

318

I(M1.a)

B[7 A[ C7 B[

320
321
326
332
338

244

I(M1.a)
M1.a
M1.a
M1.a

imit
imit
imit
imit

D7 E[/G E7 F/A
A . . . Dm
Dm B[ E[m B[7 Dm64 A7
Dm B[ E[m B[7 Dm64 A7
Dm

closing climax
cad
cad, repeat 8ba
(341 m.)

6.2. STRING QUARTET NO. 14 IN D MINOR DEATH AND THE MAIDEN, D810
[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

245

CHAPTER 6. FRANZ SCHUBERT

Table 6.7: Schubert, String Quartet No. 14 Death and the Maiden, Mvt. 3 Scherzo allegro molto
and Trio
m

6.2.3

1
5
9
13
17

M1.a
M1.a
M1.a
M2
M2

23
29
33
37

M1.a

M2
M2

Dm

Am
A
Dm

Comment

Scherzo Allegro molto


Dm A/C] G/B A
G/D D D7 /C G/B E7[5 /B[ A
G/B[ A D7[9 Gm
C]7 Dm G]7 Am
B7 Am64 Am : || :

h i

Dm/F A D7[9 G C7[9 F


Dm/A E7 /B[ A E7 A
D7[9 /F ] Gm A[9
7 Dm
6
E7 Dm4 A Dm

Seq(33m;R7 )

3
4

Vi1+Vi2: 8va unis


cresc, (cm<)
Vi2
unis cad

imit: Vi2-Vi1
unis cad

Mvt. 3 Scherzo and Trio

Form: scherzo and trio. The trio is monothematic with an ABABA form. It has an ostinato
dominant pedal rhythm in the middle voices, labeled as Mop . See Table 6.7 and 6.8 for the
analysis.

6.2.4

Mvt. 4 Presto

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

246

6.2. STRING QUARTET NO. 14 IN D MINOR DEATH AND THE MAIDEN, D810

Table 6.8: Schubert, String Quartet No. 14 Death and the Maiden, Mvt. 3 Scherzo allegro molto
and Trio (contd)
m

42
46
50
53
57
61
64

M1.a
M1.a

M1.a
M1.a

Comment

<(Gm Dm)/D
[5/[9
<(A7 B[) E7 /B[
[5/[9
E7 /B[ Dm64 A7 Dm
<(C]7 Dm)/D
[5/[9
A7
B[
[5/[9
E7 /B[ Dm64 A7
<(Dm A) Dm : ||

Vi1+Vi2: 8va unis


Va+Vc: 8va unis
cad
Vi1+Vi2: par. 3rd
Vc
cresc, (cm<)
unisono (68 m.)

Trio
69
75
80
83
85
91
96
99
101
109
117

M3
..
.
..
.

M3
..
.
..
.

M3
M3
M3
..
.

D A/C] Bm E7

A1: Vi1, Mop : Vi2

E7 /A A A7 /G D/F ] G]7no 3
C]7 /E Gm/D A7 /C]
D A7 D
d

D A/C] Bm E7 /B

cad
repeat: Va, var: Vi1

E7 /A A A7 /G D/F ] G]7
C]7 /E Gm/D A7 /C]
D A7 D
A7 D/A (A7 G]7 A)/A
A7 Dm B[ A

cad
B1: Vi1, Mop : Vi2
repeat, a-ped

D A/C] D/F ]

A2: Vi1, Mop : Vi2

125
129
133
137
141

M3

M3

A/C] F ]7 /C] G/B E7 /B


A7 G]7 A D
A7 D
(A7 G]7 E7 A)/A
A7 /C] Dm B[/D Dm A/C]

cad
B2 Va, var: Vi1,
Mop : Vi2, a-ped
repeat: Vi2, Mop : Va

149
157

M3

D A/C] D/F ]
G/B E7 /B A G]7 A7 D

A3: Vi2, Mop : Va


(164 m.)

247

CHAPTER 6. FRANZ SCHUBERT


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

248

6.2. STRING QUARTET NO. 14 IN D MINOR DEATH AND THE MAIDEN, D810

6.2.5

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

249

CHAPTER 6. FRANZ SCHUBERT


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

250

6.3. SONG CYCLE DIE WINTERREISE, OP. 89, D911

6.3

Song cycle Die Winterreise, Op. 89, D911 (1827)

Source: [54]. Music for solo voice and piano.


Form: song sycle. Its all there in this song cycle: depiction of natural scenes such as
the flow of water, the wind and the tree, the mail delivery, human emotions such as hope,
cheer, courage, melancholy and despair, and finally the drone of death in Mr. Hurdy-Gurdy
(Der Leiermann). For the twenty-four songs from this cycle a formal analysis is shown in
Table 6.9 to 6.16. Formal elements (song sections) are shown in the first column, phrase
length (expressed in numbers of measures) in the second column. The keys and modulations
are shown in the third column. Characteristics are given in the fourth column. The tables do
not provide detailed harmonic analysis.

6.4

String Quintet in C Major Op. 163, D956 (1828)

Source: [55]. This late string quintet doubles the cello part, which is an unusual instrument
combination for the time period.1 An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 6.4.
Mvt. 1 Allegro ma non troppo: sonata form (C,

h i
4
4

, 445 m.)

Exposition (155 m.)

Development (113 m.)

Recapitulation (146 m.)

C (31 m.)

Mvt. 2 Adagio: ternary song form ABA (E F m,

12
8

, 94 m.)

Mvt. 3 Scherzo, presto: scherzo and trio form (C,


A

Trio, andante sostenuto (D[,

h i
3
4

, 212 m.)

A
h i
4
4

Coda

, 58 m.)

D C Cd

Mvt. 4 Allegretto: rondo ABAB Coda form (C,


A (46 m.)
A (99 m.)

h i
4
4

, 429 m.)

B (123 m.)
B (102 m.)

Coda (59 m.)

Figure 6.4: Schubert, String Quintet in C Major Op. 163, D956

6.4.1

Mvt. 1 Allegro ma non troppo

Form: sonata form. See Table 6.17 to 6.20 for the analysis. The main theme group has two
themes: M1.1 with many appoggiaturas and a background in 4th and 8th notes. The M1.2
1

Other string quintets, e.g., by Mozart, double the viola part. Schubert copies the Boccherini instrumentation,
doubling the lower cello part. This yields a darker sound at times, but note the high register phrases in the cellos
in this quintet.

251

CHAPTER 6. FRANZ SCHUBERT

Table 6.9: Schubert, Die Winterreise


Form

m.

Key/H

Comment

1. Gute Nacht
I
A
B
C

6
9
8
9

I
A
B
C

6
9
8
9

I
A
B
C

6
9
8
11
7

Dm

Introduction

F B[
Dm
Interlude
F B[
Dm
Interlude
D
G D
D
Dm

Coda (105 m.)

2. Die Wetterfahne
I
A
B
C

6
5
4

A
B
C

5
5
9

Am
F A Am
Dm

A
B
C

5
7
11

Dm
F Gm A
D

Am

Introduction
unisono

C
Seq

Am

Coda (52 m.)

3. Gefrorne Thranen
I
A
B

8
13
9

Fm
F m A[
C A[m

Introduction

C
C

10
10

C A[m
C A[m

ambiguity N -chord

252

Coda (56 m.)

6.4. STRING QUINTET IN C MAJOR OP. 163, D956

Table 6.10: Schubert, Die Winterreise (contd)


Form

m.

Key/H

Comment

Introduction, RH arpeggio

4. Erstarrung
I

Cm

A
B

8
9

Cm
E[m

7
12

Gm
Cm

LH arpeggio

I
D

4
12
5

A[

Interlude, RH arpeggio
LH/RH arpeggio
RH arpeggio

Cm

A
B

8
9

E[

7
14

Gm
Cm

LH arpeggio
Coda, RH arpeggio (109 m.)

5. Der Lindenbaum
I
A
I

8
16
4

8
8

14

18

Introduction

Em

Interlude

Em

b-dom-ped

Em E

b-dom-ped

Coda (82 m.)

6. Wasserflut
I
A

4
10

F ]m

Introduction

I
B

4
10

A
F ]m

Interlude

Coda (32 m.)

253

CHAPTER 6. FRANZ SCHUBERT

Table 6.11: Schubert, Die Winterreise (contd)


Form

m.

Key/H

Comment

7. Auf dem Flusse


I

Em

Introduction

A
A

9
9

Em D]m
Em D]m

sudden, unprepared modulation (key shifts)


unprepared modulation

8
10

6
6

8
10

E
Em D]m
G]m

unprepared modulation
unprepared modulation

Em G F ]m
Em G Em

unprepared modulation
unprepared modulation

Coda (74 m.)

8. Ruckblick

10

Gm

Introduction

A
B

6
11

Gm Dm
Dm Gm

tonal ambiguity

12
9

G
Em

A
B

6
4
11

tonal ambiguity

Gm Dm
Gm

tonal ambiguity

Coda (69 m.)

9. Irrblick

254

I
A
A

4
12
12

Bm
Bm D Bm
Bm D Bm

Introduction

12

Bm C

harmonisation of Neapolitan chord

Bm

Coda (43 m.)

6.4. STRING QUINTET IN C MAJOR OP. 163, D956

Table 6.12: Schubert, Die Winterreise (contd)


Form

m.

Key/H

Comment

I
A
B

6
14
10

Cm
Cm E[
Cm

Introduction, tonic pedal


tonic pedal

I
A
B

6
14
10

Cm E[
Cm

10. Rast

Interlude
tonic pedal
Coda (67 m.)

11. Fruhlingstraum

I
A
B

4
10
12

Introduction

Dm Gm Am

rapid key changes

17

A Am

I
A
B

5
10
12

Interlude

Dm Gm Am

rapid key changes

18

A Am

(89 m.)

12. Einsamkeit
I

A
B

8
9

12

AC

stressing the Neapolitan chord

13

G A C Bm

stressing the Neapolitan chord (48 m.)

Bm

Introduction, tonic pedal


tonic pedal

255

CHAPTER 6. FRANZ SCHUBERT

Table 6.13: Schubert, Die Winterreise (contd)


Form

m.

Key/H

Comment

13. Die Post


I
A
B

8
18
19

E[
D[ E[

Introduction, ton and


dom pedal, chrom
desc bass

I
A
B

8
18
19

E[

Interlude

D[ E[

(94 m.)

14. Der greise Kopf


I

A
B
C

6
6
13

A
B
C

6
4
5

Cm

Introduction

G
A[ E[ Cm
C
Cm

(45 m.)

Introduction, LH arpeggio

15. Die Krahe

256

Cm

8
2

Cm
E[

E[ C F D G

Cm

F m Cm

tonic pedal

Cm

Coda (43 m.)

shifting keys

6.4. STRING QUINTET IN C MAJOR OP. 163, D956

Table 6.14: Schubert, Die Winterreise (contd)


Form

m.

Key/H

Comment

16. Letzte Hoffnung


I

4
6

11

13

E[

Introduction
through-composed

Cm
Cm E[m

key ambiguity

E[m
E[

(47 m.)

Introduction

17. Im Dorfe
I

A
B

13
11

A
C

7
6
7

D Dm D
GD
D Dm
D
(49 m.)

18. Der sturmische

Morgen
I
A
B
C

3
6
4
6

Dm
B[
Dm

Introduction, unisono
unisono
(19 m.)

257

CHAPTER 6. FRANZ SCHUBERT

Table 6.15: Schubert, Die Winterreise (contd)


Form

m.

Key/H

Comment

19. Tauschung
I
A
B
A

5
8
8
9
8
5

E
A

Introduction

F ]m chord on lyrics Taauschung


(44 m.)

20. Der Wegweiser


I

8
8

B
A
C
C

8
11

Gm

Seq
G
Em Gm

8
8
12
9

Introduction

shifting keys
Seq

Gm

chrom asc bass


chrom asc bass
Coda (84 m.)

21. Das Wirthshaus


I

6
6

B[ C

F m A[ F

258

Introduction
through-composed
f -dom-ped

Coda (31 m.)

6.4. STRING QUINTET IN C MAJOR OP. 163, D956

Table 6.16: Schubert, Die Winterreise (contd)


Form

m.

Key/H

Comment

Introduction

22. Muth
I

Am

7
7

Am
A

6
6
6
6

E
A
EC
A

Am

Coda (46 m.)

23. Die Nebensonnen


I

5
6

4
6

Am
C Am

4
3

Introduction

Coda (33 m.)

24. Der Leiermann


I

8
8
6

B
A
B

Am

Introduction, ton+dom-ped throughout


simple I-V7 harmony

8
8
6
9

Coda (61 m.)

259

CHAPTER 6. FRANZ SCHUBERT


theme is accompanied by a triplet background. the secondary theme group consists of four
themes; the last theme M2.4 is the basis for the development. Here we also see a step-up in
the rhythm: M2.1 with 8th note (1st statement) and triplet background (2nd statement), M2.2
with a 6th note accompaniment, M2.3 going back to more sustained harmonic background,
however with occasional dotted 8th-16th groups. The development section applies many
modulations to M2.4 and its variations, with the speed of modulation stepping up towards
the end. Note the symmetrical key sequence Bm Dm F m A[.

6.4.2

Mvt. 2 Adagio

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

260

6.4. STRING QUINTET IN C MAJOR OP. 163, D956

Table 6.17: Schubert, String Quintet in C Major Op. 163, Mvt. 1 Allegro ma non troppo
m

Comment

1
7
11
17
20
25
30
33

M1.1a

M1.1a

M1.1b
M1.1b

M1.1a

C D7[9 /C C
G C Dm/F A7 /F ] G
Dm E7 /D Dm
G7 /D C Dm/F G7 C
C + F ][9
7 /C B
B /D G7 . . . D]7
C46 C]7 /G G7
C F ]7 /C G E7[5 /B[ A

Exp, Gr 1/Th 1, c-ped,


Vi1
Vc1, d-ped

40
45
47
49
51
53
55

M1.1a

60
63
66
71
76
78
79
84
87
89
84
92
95
97
100
104

Dm E7 /D F/A
G/B Em7 /D
G7 /D C/E G]7 Am F ]7
G (A7 A7 G B[6 )/G
(B C)/G D7 F ]7
G A7 /G A7 G B[6
B C/G D7 F ]7 G F ]7 G

M1.2

M1.2

M2.1a

M2.1a
M2.1b
..
.

M2.1a

M2.1a
..
.

M2.1b
..
.

M2.2

g-ped
cad
2nd stat, elab, imit
imit: HiStr
triplets
Gr 1/Th 2, g-ped,
Va+Vc1
repeat
cad

E[ A[/E[ B[7 /E[ E[ Cm/E[


A[ F m/A[ G Cm/G G
E[ A[/E[ B[7 /E[ E[ E[7 /D[
C F G7 C Am/C F ]7

E[
Cm
E[

G/B C D7 G/D
Am/E G64 D7
E[ A[/E[ B[7 E[
A[ F m/A[ G G Cm/G G
E[ A[/E[ B[7

Cm
C

E[ . . . E[7 D[
A[ F m/A[ G G Cm/G G
C F G7 C

Vi1, c-ped

Am/C F ]7 C
G/B C D7 G64 D7
G C/G D7 G C/G D7
G F ]7 /A F ][9
7 /A]

(c-ped)
mod trans, cad
Gr 2/Th 2, g-ped, imit,
16ths

E[

Gr 2: Vc1+2, e[-ped
repeat

cad
2nd stat: Vi1+2, triplets

261

CHAPTER 6. FRANZ SCHUBERT

Table 6.18: Schubert, String Quintet in C Major Op. 163, Mvt. 1 Allegro ma non troppo
(contd)
m
106
110
112

Comment

M2.2

M2.2

B Em B Em
B G/B C D7
G C/G D7 G C/G D

2nd stat, imit: Vi1-Va

116
118

M2.3

G G/B
A[/C G64 D7 G

122
126

M2.3
M2.3

A[/C G64 D7
G]7 A A7 /G F ]7 G C

129
131

M2.3
..
.

G64 D7
G]7 A A7 /G

133
136
138
142
146
155
161
165
167
173
176
181
185
189
193
199
203
209
211
217
221
225
229
233

262

imit: Vi1-Va, g-ped


climax
Gr 2/Th 3: Vi1, triplets
repeat
Vi2

F ]7 G C/G G/D
C/E G]7 Am G64 D7
G . . . B G7 C G64 D
G . . . B G7 C G64 D
G . . . D7 G . . . D G

M2.4
M2.4
M2.1
M2.4

M2.4

M2.4
M2.4
M2.4
..
.
..
.

M2.4

M2.4
M2.4
M2.4
..
.

M2.4

B
Bm

F ]m
G]
A[

G]7 E A Bm E A
A C] A7 D A/E E
Em F ]7 /A] Bm F ]m/C]
F ]m G]7 A
C]m/G] D]m/F ] D][9
7
G] . . .
A[ A[7 /G[ D[/F E[7
A[ A[[9
7 /G[ D[/F E[7

imit: Vi2-Vc1

closing stat: Str


repeat 8va
Dev, Gr 2: Vi2+Va, a-ped
Str
imit, c]-ped
unisono triplets
imit
repeat

A[ A[7 /G[ D[/F D[

Em
F]

G[ D[/A[ D[m = C]m


A E46 B7
Em F ]7 G Em/G
Bm/F ] C]7 C][9
7
F ] . . . C][5

7
F ] F ]7 /E B/D] C]7 /B
F ] F ][9
7 /E B/D] C]7 /B
F ] F ]7 /E B/D] B
E B46 F ]7
B Bm G D46 A7

modulation, cad
imit
unisono triplets
imit
repeat
start rapid mod.
imit

6.4. STRING QUINTET IN C MAJOR OP. 163, D956

Table 6.19: Schubert, String Quintet in C Major Op. 163, Mvt. 1 Allegro ma non troppo
(contd)
m
239
243
246
249
251
260

Comment

M2.4
..
.
..
.
..
.

Dm

D Dm E7 /G F C7 /E

triplets

Fm

F m E[7 /G

A[

A[m = G]m

imit

Em
C

E Em B7 /D] Em
G7 . . . D7[9 /A[
G . . . G7 C/G Gsus4
G7
7

climax, d b-ped
retrans

C F ]7 /C C
G7 /B C Dm/F D/F ] G
Dm G]7 Dm/F
G7 /D C/E Dm/A G/B
C C + F ][5
7 /C G/B C7 /B[
F B7 C A[5
7 /E[ D D7

268
273
277
283
285
295

M1.1

M1.1

M1.1

302
309
311
315

M1.1

M1.2

322
326
328

M2.1

M2.1
..
.
..
.

M2.1

M2.1
..
.
..
.

M2.2
..
.
..
.

330
332
338
343
347
349
351
354
358
362
366
368
372

C
A[
A[

Recap, Gr 1: Vc, c-ped


Vi1
mod to SD
Vc1+2

Gm . . . C]7 B[/D C/E Dm/F


C7 /G F/A B[ C]7 Dm B7
C (D[7 D7 E[ E F G7 )/C
C . . . G7 C B7 C

PB (%)
triplets
Va+Vc1, c-ped
cad

A[ (D[ E[7 )/A[ A[ B[m/D[


C F m/C C
A[ (D[ E[7 )/A[

Gr 2: Va+Vc, a[-ped
repeat: Va+Vc1

A[ . . . A[[9
7 /G[
F
A[
A[

F B[ C7 F Dm/F
C/E E G C46 G7 C
A[ (D[ E[7 )/A[ A[ B[m/D[
C F m/C C
A[ (B[ E[7 )/A[

2nd stat: Vi, triplets


Vi1+2, a[-ped

A[ . . . A[[9
7 /G[
F
C

F B[ C7 F Dm/F
B7 /F C/E F G7
C F/C G C F/C G

Retrans to T
c-ped, imit

C B7 /D B7[9 /D]
Am

E (E7 Am E Am)/E
E Em F G7

e-ped

263

CHAPTER 6. FRANZ SCHUBERT

Table 6.20: Schubert, String Quintet in C Major Op. 163, Mvt. 1 Allegro ma non troppo
(contd)
m

Comment

374
380
384
389
391
395
400
404
408

M2.2
M2.3
M2.3

M2.3

M2.4
M2.4
M2.1

C F/C G7 C F/C G C
D[/F C46 G7 C
D[/F C46 G7 C]7 D7sus4 D7 /C
G/B B7 C Dm7 /F
C46 G7 C]7 D7sus4 D7 /C
G/B B7 C Dm7 /F
C . . . E C7 F C46 G
C . . . E C7 F C46 G
C Dm G C (G7 C G7 )/C

Vi1, I(M): Vc1


Vi1, climax

Str
repeat 8va
imit: Vi2-Va-Vc1, c-ped

414

M1.1
..
.

C F ]7 G B[m

Coda, imit

[5
[5
G[5
7 /D[ C F7 /B B[ E[7 /A A[
6
A[7 C4 G
(C . . . G7 C . . . G7 C)/C
(F m G7 B7 G C)/C

cresc to climax
cad
c-ped
(445 m.)

421
425
429
439

264

M2.1

repeat

6.4. STRING QUINTET IN C MAJOR OP. 163, D956


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

265

CHAPTER 6. FRANZ SCHUBERT

6.4.3

Mvt. 3 Scherzo

Form: scherzo and trio form. Both the scherzo and trio have a ternary ABA Coda structure.
Note the key, tempo, dynamics (soft) and meter change for the trio.
The trio has a kind of call-and-response phrase structure: two instruments play a fourmeasure stepwise descending phrase M4 in octaves, which is answered by a tutti sustained
chordal cadence. See Table 6.21 and 6.22 for the analysis.

6.4.4

Mvt. 4 Allegretto

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

266

6.4. STRING QUINTET IN C MAJOR OP. 163, D956

Table 6.21: Schubert, String Quintet in C Major Op. 163, Mvt. 3 Scherzo
m

1
9
13
17
24
26
29
37
41
45
52

M1
..
.

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

(M1)

57
65
73
81
91
99
107
115
119
123
127

Mt
M2
M2
M2
M2
Mt

131

M1
..
.

139
143
147
151
155
159
167
171

Comment

Presto

|| : <(C Gsus4
7 )/C C

aa): Vi1+Va, P (cg)

(F C)/C C7 /B[
(A Dm A)/A Dm C
<(G7no 3 C)

b): tutti chords


aa): Vi1+Vc1, P D (g) 8ths

(C F C G7 C)/C

a) P T (c)

(Gsus4
C G7 C F C)/C
7

cresc

<(A[/C B[m7 E[7 )

c): Vc2-(Vi1+Vi2) clim, N 6

A[/C A/C] B[/D B/D]


[5/[9
C/E A7 /E[ G/D
<(Dno 3 Em7 D7no 3 G)
G C/G G <(D7 G) : ||

cresc,PBi (%), [S6 ] arp


climax
a) 2-pt imit, trans, Vi1 8th
clim, P T (g)

|| : E[ . . . B[7 /D B[7no 3
E[ A[/E[ E[ B[7 /D B[7
E[ A[/E[ E[ B[7 /D B[7
E[ B E/B B F ]7 /A] F ]7
B E/B B F ]7 /A] F ]7
B ...
<(B7 . . . G[9
7 /B)
4
[9
<(C G7 /B)
[5/[9
E7 /B[ F/A D7 /A[ G
<(C 4 G[9
7 /B)
[5/[9
E7 /B[ F/A D7 /A[ G C

B, Mt=(M1a), imit
Vi1+Vi2 oct, P T (e[)
2nd stat
3rd stat, P T (b)
4th stat
Vc1+Vc2

|| : <(C Gsus4
7 )/C C

A, aa): Vi1+Va, P (cg)


b): tutti chords

E[

(F C)/C C7 /B[
(A Dm A)/A Dm C
B[ E[/G B[7no 3 E[

a): Vi2+Vc1 8va, P D (b[)

B[ E[/G B[7no 3 E[

a)

G
E[

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

h i
3
4

climax, P D (g)
P D (g)

<(B[7 E[ B[7no 3 E[) Cm7 /E[


<(E[ F m7 B[)

c): Vc-(Vi1+Vi2), climax

E[/G E/G] F/A F ] A]


[5/[9
G/B A[ D7 /A[ C/G

cresc,PBi (%), [S6 ] arp


climax

267

CHAPTER 6. FRANZ SCHUBERT

Table 6.22: Schubert, String Quintet in C Major Op. 163, Mvt. 3 Scherzo (contd)
m

Comment

175
182

(M1)

<(Gno 3 Am7 G7no 3 C)


C F/C C <(G7 C)

a) 2pt-imit, trans, Vi1 8th


clim, P T (c)

187

M1
..
.
..
.

<(G4 C)/C

Coda, a): Vi1+Va, P (cg)

<(G4 C)/C

a) augm

(C7 F C)
(F ]7 G7 C)/C : ||

climax, (cm<)
cad (212 m.)

Trio Andante Sostenuto

C ([[[[[)

A[ (F m D[) B[m7
G[ D[A [7 D[
G[m D[ A[7 D[
D[ (B[m7 )
G[ D[ A[7 D[
G[m D[ A[7 D[

Va+Vc2 8va
tutti chords

191
198
202

1
5
9
13
16
20

M4

D[

4
4

Va+Vc2 8va
tutti chords

24
28

M5
M5

|| : B[m F D[ A[7 D[
B[m F D[ A[7 D[

D, Vi1+Vc2 8va
Va+Vc1 unis

32
36
40

M4
M4

C]m7 = D[m7 A B
Bm7 G A
D[64 A[7 D[ : ||

C Vi1+Vc2 8va, Seq(24m;R7 )


Va+Vc2 8va

43
47

M4

Bm7 G A
Am7 F G

Coda, Va+Vc2 8va,


Seq(24m;R7 )

Tempo I.

retrans (\\\\\)

51

268

M4

h i

h i
3
4

unis P D (g) (58 m.)

6.4. STRING QUINTET IN C MAJOR OP. 163, D956


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

269

CHAPTER 6. FRANZ SCHUBERT

6.4.5

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

270

6.4. STRING QUINTET IN C MAJOR OP. 163, D956


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

271

CHAPTER 6. FRANZ SCHUBERT

272

Chapter 7

Felix Mendelssohn-Bartholdy
Biographical data:
3-2-1809 in Hamburg
4-11-1847 in Leipzig
1600

7.1

1700

1800

1900

2000

A Midsummer Nights Dream Overture Op. 21 (1826)

Source: [30]. Music for orchestra. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 7.1.
Overture: sonata form (A,

h i
2
2

, (686 m.)

Intro (8 m.) + Exposition (242 m.)


Development (144 m.)
Recapitulation (226 m.)
Coda (66 m.)
Figure 7.1: Mendelssohn, A Midsummer Nights Dream Overture Op. 21
Form: sonata. This is the overture from the stage music to the Shakespeare comedy. The
main characters from this play are depicted as thematic material; see the well-known I-ah
descending leap as part of the second group (labeled as M6, the most playful theme. Guess
the animal, and win a free ride!). The opening and closing sustained chords in contrary motion for woodwinds and horns are a well-known example of a plagal sequence, and very
hard to play in tune. The first main theme (M1) is played in staccato 8th notes by delightful
violins only (the same instrumentation is used by Tchaikovsky in the first movement of the
Nutcracker Suite, see Sec. 10.4). The lyrical contrast by the second group first theme (M2)
is obvious; it is held in quarter and half note durations mainly, written in block chord setting with moving middle voices and contrary motion between outer voices. The first group
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl

CHAPTER 7. FELIX MENDELSSOHN-BARTHOLDY


themes M1 and M3 return in the development section; this frequently uses sequences and
imitation. Sustained chords and pedal notes in the transitions provide a more tranquil mood,
before the piece takes up the original tempo feel. See Table 7.1 to 7.4 for the analysis.
Key relationship diagram
The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 7.2. This overture has a classical scope. It
opens in Em minor and through the parallel major E moves into the dominant domain
B Bm (1). The development starts in the dominant minor Bm, and then through its relative major D (2) reaches some more remote keys: the submediant minor C]m (3) and the
supertonic minor F ]m (4). Using the double occurrence of C]m in the diagram there is the
return to the main key, E Em (5). The closing section is in E major and shows the typical
excursion into the subdominant domain A (6).
F ]m

C]m t

G]m

6
?

- B1
- E
A
6
6
?
?
Em - Bm
Am

D]m

A]m

F]

C]

t
4
- C]m
F ]m
1
* 

3,5
? 


2 D 

)

A
E

Figure 7.2: Mendelssohn, A Midsummer Nights Dream Overture Op. 21, key relationship
diagram

7.2

The Hebrides Overture Op. 26 (1830)

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

274

7.2. THE HEBRIDES OVERTURE OP. 26

Table 7.1: Mendelssohn, A Midsummer Nights Dream Overture Op. 21


m

Key

Comment

M0

E B Am E Em

Intro, WW+FHns: (cm<)

M1.a

M1.a

M1.b
..
.

Em

Em . . . B7 Em
Em B7 /D] Em C/E B
Em B7 Em
Em B7 /D] Em C/E B
[9
B F ][9
7 B E7

Exp, Gr 1/Th 1, Vi: 8ths stacc

Seq(32m;R7 ), Vi+Va

A D7[9 G
D]7 /A F ][9
7 /A] B7
Em B7 Em B7 /D]

2nd stat

<(Em D7 ) G F ] /A
Em/B B7 F ][9
7 /E
[9
B F ]7 B E7[9

cad, WW+Hns
Seq(32m;R7 ), HiStr: 8ths

8
12
16
20
24
26
30
32
36
38
41
43
47
49
53
55
58
60
62
70
78
86
90
92
94
96
98
106
114
122
130

M1.a
..
.

M1.b
..
.

A D7[9 G
F ] /A F ][9
7 /A] B7
Em B7 Em B7 /D]

M1.a
..
.

M2.aa
M2.bb
M3
M3
..
.
..
.
..
.

M1.a
..
.

B
Mt

Vi+Va

<(Em D7 ) G F ] /A
Em/B B7 F ][9
7 /E
<(Em D]7 /E)
Em F ] /A Em64 B

cad, WW+FHn
trans, Vi: 8ths
cad

<(E C]m E/G] B7 )


<(E <(A E) A) Am
E . . . <(B7 E)/E
E . . . <(B7 E)/E

[A] Gr 1/Th 2, tutti climax


plagal cad
trans, clim, imit, e-ped
2nd stat 8ba (e-ped)

E/B A/C] E/B B7[9 /A

PB (&), WW: b-ped

E/G] A]7 /G B7 /F ]

(cm<)

E B/D] A] /C] Em7 /B


F ][9
7 /A] C7 /G F ]7
B . . . B7 G]7

Str: repeat 8va (cm<)


cad
Seq(38m;R7 ), Str: 8ths,

C]m . . . F ][9
7 B7
E . . . C][9
/E]
7
F ]7
<(B E B7 E B
C]m F ]7 )

WW+Brs: sustained ch
[B] trans, Str: imit, WW: f ]-ped
Cl: trans th, PB (&)

275

CHAPTER 7. FELIX MENDELSSOHN-BARTHOLDY

Table 7.2: Mendelssohn, A Midsummer Nights Dream Overture Op. 21 (contd)


m
138
146
151
152
153
166
178
186
194
198
206
214
222
230
234
238
247
250
258
270
278
284
290
298
306
308
310
316
324
334
342
350
358
369
373
380

276

Key

M4.aa

<(B E/B C]m F ]7


d

M4.b
..
.

M4.aa
M5
..
.

M6.a
M6.b
(M6a)
M2.b
M2.aa

M2.b
M0
M1.a

Bm

M1/M0

F ]m

M5
M1/3/5
M1/3/5
M1.a
..
.

M1/M5
M1.a
M3
M3
M3
M3
M4

Comment

Em
Bm

D
C]m
D
F ]m
C]m

Gr 2/Th 1, Str, b-ped

B G]m F7 F ]97 G]7 /D]

Str+WW

C]m F ]7 /C]
B/D] G]m B/F ] F ]7
<(B A] B7 E
C] /G F ]7 /A])
B . . . C7 /E F ]7 B

cad

<(C]7 B7[9 )
E C][9
7 /E] . . . F ]7 /A]
B ...
<(B . . . C]7 /E) F ][9
7
<(B . . . G]m F ]7 )
C]97 . . . F ] . . .
B ... E B
B E/G] B/D] F ]7
B E/G] C]m/E F ]7
<(B . . . E) B
B

Str, Hns: b-ped, PB (%)


cresc
Brs
[C] Gr 2/Th 2 tutti: (I-Ah)
Str+WW
trans, cad
plagal cad, Brs-WW: imit
closing stat, tutti clim

<(Bm . . . F ][9
7 )
(Bm . . . G7 C][9
7 )/B
<(F ]m . . . C]7 )
(F ]m D7 F ]m)/F ]
B7[9
Em/G . . . F ]7 /A]
[5/[9
Bm . . . G7 = C]7
E7 /G] D]7 /A

[D] Development, Vi: 8ths


cad, Str: imit, WW: b-ped
Str/WW, f ]-ped
Str: imit, WW: f ]-ped
trans, WW: imit
tutti: 3 themes imit

E7 /B A/C]
G]7 G7 G]7 C]m A7
D
<(C]7 D) G7
C]m . . . A7
D . . . D/F ] Em/G
F ]m . . . F ]/A] F ]m/A
[9
<(G][9
7 C]m) G]7 G]7
[9
C][9
7 G]7 /B]
<(C]m . . . D]7 /F ] G]7 )
C]m

2nd stat: Str+WW


transition, WW+Brs

plagal cad, Brs-Str: imit


unisono arp&

Str, PB (%)
PB (%), cad
[E], tutti imit, df ]-ped
Seq(28m;R7 ), Str, c]-ped
Str+WW, d-ped
Seq(28m;R5 ), f ]-ped
Str: th+WW: inv, g]-ped
[F] trans: WW+Hns+LoStr
retrans, Str
cad

7.2. THE HEBRIDES OVERTURE OP. 26

Table 7.3: Mendelssohn, A Midsummer Nights Dream Overture Op. 21 (contd)


m
394
404
408
412
416
420
422
426
428
438
450
458
466
470
474
482
486
494
502
506
512
518
526
534
542
548
550
554
562
564
566
570
574
576
578
582

Key

Comment

M0
M1.a

M1.a

M1.b
..
.

E
Em

C]m B Am/C E
Em . . . B7 Em
B7 Em C B
Em . . . B7 Em
Em B7 Em C B
[9
B F ][9
7 B E7

Recap, WW+Hns, (cm<)


Gr 1/Th 1, Vi: 8th stac

Seq(32m;R7 ), Vi

A D7[9 G
F ]7 /A F ][9
7 /A] B7
Em . . . C/E . . .
C B7 /C C B7 . . .
<(E A E F ]m B]7 )
<(E E7 A B7 )
E C]m F ]7 B C][9
7
6
F ]m D]7 C]m E4 B7
<(E E7 A F ]7 B7 /D])
E B7 E B7 /D]
E . . . C][9
7 F ]m F ]7 B7
[9
E . . . C]7 F ]7 /A] E7 /D
F ][9
7 /C] Bm/D E7
A F ][9
7 /A]
B7 /D] E
<(E . . . F ]7 /A)
<(E C]m B)
F ]97 . . . B79
E . . . B7
E C]m F ]m/A B7
E E7

+WW bg
trans, Str imit, WW: b-ped
WW: trans th, PB (&)
Gr 2/Th 1, Str, e-ped
Str+WW
cad
2nd stat: Str+WW
+FHns
trans, WW+Brs
Hns: e-ped
cresc to climax (e-ped)
SD
climax, Brs: e-ped
[G] Gr 2/Th 2, tutti clim
Str+WW
trans, tutti climax, cad
trans, WW+Brs: imit, e-ped
cad
WW+Brs: imit, e-ped

C][9
7 . . . C]7 /E]

Str: imit, (cm<), c]-ped

F ]m F ]7 /A]
B Bm/D B7 /D]
E E7]5 A F ][9
7 B G]7 /B]
C]m F ]m E/B B7 /A
E/G] C]7 /G] F ]m/A

(cm>)

M1.a
(M1.a)
Mt
M4.aa
M4.b

M4.aa
M4.b
M5
M5

A
E
M6.a
M6.b
(M6.a)
M3
M3
..
.
..
.

+WW bg

tutti to climax
cad

E/B B7 /A
C][9
7 F ]m F ]7 /A]
6
E/B F ][9
7 /B E4 B7

tutti climax, (cm>)


cad

277

CHAPTER 7. FELIX MENDELSSOHN-BARTHOLDY

Table 7.4: Mendelssohn, A Midsummer Nights Dream Overture Op. 21 (contd)


m
586
594
608

M2.aa
M2.bb
M0

620
624
628

M1.a

M1.b/M0
..
.

630
634
636
639
642
644
647
649
653
658
662
670
682

278

Key

Em

Comment

<(E C]m E/G] B7 )


<(E . . . A)
E

Gr 1/Th 2, tutti climax


plagal cad
tutti clim, imit arp&-(cm<)

Em . . . B7 Em
Em B7 Em C B
[9
B F ][9
7 B E7

[H] Coda, Vi: 8ths

A
G
F ]7 /A F ][9
7 /A] B7
Em . . . B7

M1.a/M0
..
.

Em

Em/B B7 F ][9
7 /E
Em Am/C
Em/B D]7 /A
Em/G D]7 /A
d

M0

Str/WW

Em . . . F ] /A

M2

Seq(32m;R7 ), Str/WW

D7[9

Em F ][9
7 B7
C]m A E46 B7
<(E C]m E/G] B)
<(E A)/E
E B Am E

[I] trans, WW+Brs, b-ped


(b-ped)
cad
[K] Cl+Bsn+Hn, closing
Str+LoWW
plag cad, e-ped
WW+Hns: (cm<) (686 m.)

7.2. THE HEBRIDES OVERTURE OP. 26


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

279

CHAPTER 7. FELIX MENDELSSOHN-BARTHOLDY

7.3

Symphony No. 4 in A Major Italian Op. 90 (1833)

Source: [30]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 7.3.

Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace: sonata form (A,

h i
6
8

, 588 m.)

Exposition (210 m.)


Development (161 m.)
Recapitulation (141 m.)
Coda (76 m.)
Mvt. 2 Andante con moto: ABAB form (Dm,
A

4
4

h i
3
4

, 223 m.)
A

Mvt. 4 Saltarello presto: sonata form (Am,


Exposition

, 103 m.)

Coda

Mvt. 3 Con moto moderato: ABAB form (A,


A

h i

h i
2
2

, 264 m.)

Development

FRec. Rec+2nd Dev.

Coda
Figure 7.3: Mendelssohn, Symphony No. 4 in A Major Italian Op. 90

7.3.1

Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace

Form: sonata form. The fast 6/8 meter, with the staccato 8th note accompaniment in the
woodwinds supports the Mediterranean flavour, suggested in the title. The main theme M1
has a dance character. In the contrasting second group there is subtle play with major and
minor in the first, more or less transitory, theme. The second theme M2.2 is the more prominent. The development modulates through many minor key, using a new theme (M3), that
is treated in counterpoint setting and sequences. After a brief false recapitulation, there is a
secondary development. The theme M3 is returns here in tutti climaxes with block chords.
And, most particular, in the recapitulation it returns once more, in a third development section that leads to a climax, when M3 is combined with the main theme M1. The melodic richness of this movement is expressed with yet another new theme M4 in the coda (although
it has some rhythmical simularity to M2.2). Finally, all themes are restated once more in the
tutti climax closing. See Table 7.5 to 7.8 for the analysis.
280

7.3. SYMPHONY NO. 4 IN A MAJOR ITALIAN OP. 90

Table 7.5: Mendelssohn, Symphony No. 4 Italian Op. 90, Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace
m

Comment

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

A/E . . .

Exp, Gr 1 (a): Vi, WW bg

4
10
12
14
17
19
24
32
41
51
55
59
63
66
74
82
86
90
94
98
104
107
110
115
119
124
128
132
140
144
148
151
159

|| : A/E E7 A D/A E7
A A7 /G] D/F ] A/E
Bm7 /D D/F ] A/E
B7 /D] . . .

M1
..
.
..
.

E7 C][9
7 /E] Bm/F ] E7 /G]
A Bm7 A64 E7 A
A . . . F ]m . . . C]m

(c)
cad
trans (a): WW+Hns

E7 . . . A . . .
B7 . . . E7 . . .
A . . . E7 /G] E7

cresc, (cm<)
(a) 2nd stat, tutti clim

A D/F ] E7 A A7 /G]
d

B7 /F ] E7 F ]m E A
d

(M1)

E
Em
E
M2.2
..
.

M2.2
..
.

M2.2

M2.2

(M1)

min-maj
d

(M1)
..
.

M2.1

(b)

C]m

(b)

B7 /F ] E7 F ]m E7
A F ]m/A Bm D
B7 . . . E . . . C]m
F ]7 /A] . . .
B ...
B7 F ]m7 B7 E
B7 F ]m7 B7 Em
<(Em B) E/G]
A G]7 C]m B7 E E/D]
[5/[9
C]m F ]7 /C E46 B7
E B7 E

(c)
trans T to D

F ]7 /C] B/D] G]7 /F ]


C]m7 /E B46 F ]7
E A B7 E

(b)
(c), cad
(a) 2nd stat: Fl+Ob

E F ]7 /C] B/D]
B7 /A . . .
E/G] A C] F ]m
E/G] F ]m/A E46 B7 E
E/G] A C] F ]m
<(B7[9 /F ] E/G] F ]m/A)
C]m/G] G] C]m G]7

(b)
(c): Cl+Vi, a-ped
(a) 3rd stat: WW+Str
Str (cm>), cad
(a): Str, repeat 8ba

(a) tutti clim


[A]
Gr 2 Cl+Bsn, maj-min
Str
(cm<)
cad
(a) 1st stat: Cl+Bsn

trans, (a): Cl

281

CHAPTER 7. FELIX MENDELSSOHN-BARTHOLDY

Table 7.6: Mendelssohn, Symphony No. 4 Italian Op. 90, Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace (contd)
m
167
171
175
177
181
187
194
200
204
210
218
222
225
229
233
237
241
245
249
253
257
269
277
285
289
293
297
301
305
309
313
319
323

282

Comment

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.

E/B B7 /A

final stat, (a): Vi

E7 /G] A F ]m/A

[B] (a): tutti climax

(M2.2)
..
.
..
.

M2.1
..
.

M3
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

M3
M3/1.1

M1.1
..
.

M3

M3

M3
(M1)

B7 /A

C][9
7 /G]

F ]m B7

E7 /G] A F ]m/A
B7 /A C]7[9 /G] F ]m B7 E
1) <(E A/E E B E)
7

(a): tutti repeat


(a)
tr, (c): Cl+Bsn

<(B7 E)
[9
E F ][9
7 B E7
A F ]m D Bm E7 A : ||

Str

Am

2)

Dev, tr: Cl+Bsn

Dm

<(Dm A)
Dm . . .
Dm A7 Dm

Am

<(E7 Am)

E/G] Am

E7[9

Ob+Bsn
new theme, Str: imit (1)
Am

(2), WW+Tpt: accts

A7 Dm/F E7 Am

(3)

B7[9 Em B7[9 Em

(4)

G7 C/E D7[9 /C G/B E7 /G

Str: ctp, Seq(24m;R7 )

[9
A[9
7 D/F ] E7 /D A/C] Am
d

Bm
B
C

Em

F ]m

B7 C/E F ] B7
Em C]7 /E
<(Bm/F ] F ][9
7 )
B . . . B7 /A E/G] E7 /D
A/C] A7 D/F ] D7
C/G G7 (N/V )
C/E E7 /D A7 /C]
D/F ] F ]7 /E B7 /D]
Em B7[9
Em A D B7
Em B7[9
Em Bm/D C]7
F ]m/A C]7 F ]m
C] C]7 /B F ]m/A
C] C]7 /B F ]/A]

Str: ctp
Str, Seq(28m;R7 ),
WW-Brs: M1.1a
[C] False rec (a): clim
Seq(24m;R7 )
2nd Dev, tutti clim
repeat
repeat
(a): Str
tutti clim, min-maj

7.3. SYMPHONY NO. 4 IN A MAJOR ITALIAN OP. 90

Table 7.7: Mendelssohn, Symphony No. 4 Italian Op. 90, Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace (contd)
m
327
346
353
357
361
365
371
378
381
383
385
391
393
395
399
401
407
411
416
421
426
429
437
441
445
458
463
466
471
474
478
486
490
496
498

(M1)
..
.

Comment

C] . . . C]7
F ]m/C] . . . A/C] A7 /C]
A7 A7 /G F ]m A7 /E
<(D Em/G E7 )

retrans, c]-ped
Str (c]-ped)
cad
(a): Ob, tr to T, PB (%)

<(D/A Bm G]7 /B] F ]m/C])


F ]m . . . B7[9 /D]

cresc

A/E E7 A D/A E7

[D] Rec, Gr 1 (a): Vi

A A7 /G] D/F ] A/E

(b)

Bm7 /D D/F ] A/E B7 /D]

min-maj

E7 C][9
7 /E] Bm/F ] E7 /G]

min-maj

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

M2.2
..
.

M2.2
..
.

M2.2

M2.2
M3

M3
..
.

M3
M1.1/3
..
.
..
.

Am

A Bm7 A64 E7 F ]m B7
E7 C][9
7 /E] Bm/F ] E7 /G]
A A/C] Bm7 /D Bm7
E E + C]m/E F ]m D/F ]
E Bm7 /A E7 /G] Bm7 /A
<(E7 /G] Bm7 /A) E7 /G]
A D E7 A

(c)
cad, (cm>)
trans, Vi, WW accts

A B7 B7 /A E/G]
A E/B B7 E7
A D E7 A

(b)
cad
(a): HiStr

D/F ] Bm E7 /G]
E7 /D . . .
A/C] D F ] Bm
A/C] Bm/D A64 E7 A
A/C] D F ] Bm . . . Bm7
Am/E E7 Am/E
Dm/A G7 E7
Am/E E7 Am

(b)
(c): tutti, d-ped
[E] (a): Vi+WW
cad
trans, (a): Str
3rd Dev: WW+Hns

Dm/A G7 C C7
F B[/F F (N )
<(Am/E E7[9 ) E7 /D
A/C] E7 /G] E7 /D

A7 /C] Bm7 A7 /E

Gr 2 (a): LoStr

WW+Brs, Str imit

Str+Brs, e-ped
final stat, (a): tutti clim
tutti climax

D/F ] A7 /G D/F ] A/E


D A7 /G D/F ] A7 /E

283

CHAPTER 7. FELIX MENDELSSOHN-BARTHOLDY

Table 7.8: Mendelssohn, Symphony No. 4 Italian Op. 90, Mvt. 1 Allegro vivace (contd)
m
500
504
508
512
516
518
520
522
524
527
530
533
536
540
548
552
554
556
566
572
580

284

M1/3
..
.
A

M2.2

M3
M1

Comment

D . . . D7 /C]

(WW+Brs)-Str

Bm . . . Bm7 /A
E7 /G] <(E7 /G] Bm7 /A)

M4

M4
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

M1

M1
..
.

E7 . . . E7 /G]
A E7 /B A/C] Bm/D
E F ]m/A E7
A E7 /B A/C] B7 /D]

[F] Coda, trans: Str


(a): Vi2
(a:) Fl+Vi2

E F ]m/A E/G] Em/G


F ]7 B7 C][9
7 /E]

(b)

F ]m D A64 E7
F ]7 B7 C][9
7 /E]
F ]m D A64 E7
A/E E7 F ]7 /E
Bm/D E7 /D A/C] B7[9 /C
B7 . . .
E7 /G] C][9
7 /E] F ]m Bm/D
6
A4 E7
<(A . . . E7 ) A E7
A64 E7 . . .
A ...
<(A E7 ) A

(a): LoStr
(a): HiStr, tutti clim
cad
(c): Cl+Bsn
HiStr, tutti clim
(a), (588 m.)

7.3. SYMPHONY NO. 4 IN A MAJOR ITALIAN OP. 90

7.3.2

Mvt. 2 Andante con moto

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

285

CHAPTER 7. FELIX MENDELSSOHN-BARTHOLDY


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

286

7.3. SYMPHONY NO. 4 IN A MAJOR ITALIAN OP. 90

7.3.3

Mvt. 3 Con moto moderato

Form: ABAB. The three A section themes are similar (M1.1, M1.2 and M1.3); they all start
with an upbeat 8th note pattern, have the same melodic shape, and nearly identical phrase
structure (abc). This a-phrase, the 8th note wavy pattern, returns in a varied form in the
transitions. The B section subject M2 has the classical combination of two bassoons and two
horns. The signal motif Ms, played in imitation by brass and string section, is the opening
motto from the B section theme. The coda, B section, presents the signal motif in tutti imitation, and a hint of the M1.a phrase in melodic inversion; this all at soft dynamics. See
Table 7.9 and 7.10 for the analysis.

7.3.4

Mvt. 4 Saltarello presto

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

287

CHAPTER 7. FELIX MENDELSSOHN-BARTHOLDY

Table 7.9: Mendelssohn, Symphony No. 4 Italian Op. 90, Mvt. 3 Con moto moderato
m
1
5
7
9
14
17
21
23
25
29
31
33
35
39
42
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
62
69
76
81
86
89
92
96
100
105

288

M1.1
..
.
..
.
..
.

|| : (E) E7 /D A/C] E7 A E7

A (]]]) (a): Vi, Str bg

F ]m A7 /C] D G7 /D A/C]

(b)

E7 /G] A E

halfcad

<(E7 /D A/C]) A
E/G] C]7 F ]m B7 E
<(A E)/E B7 E : ||
(C]7 ) F ]7 F ]7 /E Bm/D

(c) Hns: e-ped


(c), halfcad
tr, WW+Hns+Str, e-ped
(a): Vi+Ob, Str

Comment
d

M1.2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

Bm

F ]m

<(C][9
7 F ]m)
D/F ] E7

M1.3
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

E7 F ]m E7 A A7 /G

(a): Fl+Vi1, clim

D/F ] A7 /G D/F ] A7 /C]

(b)

D A7 /C] D F ][9
7

(c)

F ]7 /A] Bm F ]7 /C]
(bb)

C][9
7 /B F ]m/A C]7 /E]

(c)

F ]m A7 D C][9
7
G][5
7 /D C]
(aa)

Bm C][9
7 /E] F ]m D
A/E E7 /D A/C] F ]7

(M1)
..
.

M2
..
.
..
.

Ms
Ms
Ms

<(Bm/D C]7 )

Bm C][9
7 /E] F ]m D
A64 E7 A
<(D A)/A E7 A

(c): Str+WW
cad
trans, (a): Fl+Vi1

<(D A)/A <(E7 A)


E7 . . . A

(a): Str, WW+Hns bg

|| : <(B7 /A E/G]) B7 /A

B (]]]]) Bsn+FHn 2x,

<(B7 /A E/G]) B7 /A

Vi-Fl: Mc

Em
E

C]7 /G] F ]m E7
F ]m/A E46 B7 E : ||
B7 /A Em/G
B7 E Am/C
<(E Am)
E (Am F ]7 E/G]) Am

cad
Brs-Str: signal, b-ped
cresc
e-ton-ped
climax

7.3. SYMPHONY NO. 4 IN A MAJOR ITALIAN OP. 90

Table 7.10: Mendelssohn, Symphony No. 4 Italian Op. 90, Mvt. 3 Con moto moderato
(contd)
m
108
113
118
121
125
127
129
132
134
139
142
147
149
151
156
158
161
168
172
174
176
178
180
182
184
189
195
203
207
211
215

M2
..
.
..
.

(M1)
M1.1
..
.
..
.
..
.

M1.3
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

Bsn+FHn, Fl: Mc

<(B7 /A E/G]) B7

repeat, Vi1: Mc

C]7 /G] F ]m E7
F ]m/A E46 B7 E
(C]7 ) F ]m/A E7 /G]

trans (]]]) (a) Str imit

F ]m/A E7 /G] E E7 /D A/C]

A (a): Vi, Str bg

E7 A E7 F ]m A7 /C]

Bm

D G7 /D A/C] E7 /G] A

(b)

E <(E7 /D A/C])
A E/G] C]7 F ]m B7 E
<(A E) E46 B7 E
(C]7 ) F ]7 /E Bm/D

(c), Hns: e-ped


(c), halfcad
tr, WW+Hns+Str, e-ped
(a): Vi+Ob, Str

F ]7 /A] Bm F ]7 /C]
<(Bm/D C]7 ) C][9
7 /B

(bb)

F ]m/A C]7 /E] F ]m A7

(c)

F ]m

[5
(D C][9
7 G]7 )/D C]
<(C]7 F ]m) D/F ] E7

E7 F ]mE7 A A7 //G

(a): Fl+Vi1, clim

D/F ] A7 /G D/F ] A7 /C]

(b)

D A7 /C] F ][9
7 /A]

(c)

Bm C][9
7 /E] F ]m D
A/E E7 /D A/C] F ]7

I(M1)

<(B7 /A E/G]) B7

(M1)
..
.
Ms
..
.

Comment

M1.2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

Bm C]7 /E] F ]m D
A64 E7 A
<(D A)/A E7 A

(c): Str+WW
cad
trans, (a): Fl+Vi

<(D A)/A <(E7 A) E7


E7 . . . A . . .

(a): Str, WW+Hns bg

B7 /A E7 A/E

B tutti imit, e-ped

B7 /A E7 A/E
B7 /A C]7 /G] F ]m E7
E7 . . . A

repeat (e-ped)
I(a): V1 (223 m.)

289

CHAPTER 7. FELIX MENDELSSOHN-BARTHOLDY


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

290

7.3. SYMPHONY NO. 4 IN A MAJOR ITALIAN OP. 90

7.3.5

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

291

CHAPTER 7. FELIX MENDELSSOHN-BARTHOLDY


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

292

Chapter 8

Robert Schumann
Biographical data:
8-6-1810 Zwickau
29-7-1856 in Endenich (Bonn)
1600

1700

1800

1900

2000

Detailed score analysis of the Schumann symphonies was complemented with the formal
analysis presented in [21].

8.1

Symphony No. 1 in B[ Major Fruhling,


Op. 38 (1841)

Source: [57]. This symphony is known as the Spring Symphony (Fruhlingssinfonie).

An
overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 8.1. Note the use of secondary development
sections in the outer sonata form movements. In the opening movement this
h isection is significantly longer than the primary development. The extended scherzo in 34 has two trio
sections in a different meter.

8.1.1

Mvt. 1 Andante - Allegro

Form: sonata form. This opening movement has a slow introduction (Andante), followed
by a faster Allegro, which is the actual beginning of the sonata form. See Table 8.1 to 8.3 for
the analysis.
The opening signal motif (M1s) with the characteristic rhythm (upbeat 41 + 14 . + 18 + 14 + 14 )
is the first phrase of the main subject (M1); it appears also in melodic augmentation and
diminution. The main theme has M1(abab) (4 + 4 + 4 + 4 m.) period structure, with rhythmic
diminution (the beat has changed from quarter notes in the introduction to 8th notes in the
Allegro). The a-phrase is set in tutti instrumentation with woodwinds and high strings lead,
the b-phrase consists of 16th notes descending violin patterns. This gives the main theme a
call-and-response flavour.
The secondary subject has a modfied M3(aabaab) (1+1+2+1+1+2 m.) period structure.
The first statement is by oboes and bassoons (note the open fifths in the bassoons). M4 is a
scalar motif in (dotted) 8th-notes, combining ascending and descending patterns, against a
steady 16th note background in the high strings (measured termoli).
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl

CHAPTER 8. ROBERT SCHUMANN

Mvt. 1 Andante Allegro: sonata form (B[,


Intro (39 m.)

h ih i
2
4

4
4

, 515 m.)

Exposition (95 m.)

Dev (44 m.)

2nd Development (115 m.)

FR (24 m.)

Recapitulation (64 m.)

Coda (134 m.)


Mvt. 2 Larghetto: ABACA-Coda form (E[,
A1

A2

A3

h i
3
8

, 123 m.)

Coda

Mvt. 3 Scherzo molto vivace: scherzo and trio form (Gm,


Scherzo (48 m.)

Trio 1 (184 m.)

Scherzo (48 m.)

Trio 2 (64 m.)

Recapitulation (95 m.)

3
4

2
4

, 375 m.)

Sch. Coda (64 m.)

Mvt. 4 Allegro animato e grazioso: sonata form (B[,


I. Exposition (100 m.)

h ih i

h i
2
2

, 353 m.)

Development (63 m.)


Coda-2nd Dev (62 m.)

Figure 8.1: Schumann, Symphony No. 1 in B[ Major Fruhling,

Op. 38

294


8.1. SYMPHONY NO. 1 IN B[ MAJOR, FRUHLING,
OP. 38

Table 8.1: Schumann, Symphony No. 1 Fruhling,

Mvt. 1 Andante - Allegro


m

Comment
Introduction
Intro FHn+Tbn (signal)
tutti climax, (cm<)
WW, Str tremoli
Seq(24m;R7 )
cad, M1-dim: Tpt
trans, M1-aug: FHn
M4 aug: Vi1, P T (d)

25
31
37

Andante un poco maestoso


B[
B[ E[ F7 /C B[
Dm/A A7
Dm G[9
7 Cm D7 /F G7
[9
Cm F7 B[ E[ F
B[ . . . E[/G(N 6 ) A7
(D D7 Gm C]7 D C]7 )/D
Piu` vivace (e poco a poco accelerando)
D D7 D7[9
F7 . . . F7sus4
F7

h i

h i

39
43
47
51
55
59
63
69
71
81

C
Am

Allegro molto vivace


|| : (B[ E[ B[ F7 B[)/B[
B[ D7 /F ] Gm . . . C7 F
E[ <(A[/C B7sus4 E[) E[
E[ B7 Cm . . . F7 B[
F7 . . . B[ E7 /F F
F7 A[7 D[ G7 /A[ A[
(D[ G[ A[7 D[ . . . D[7 )/D[
C
<(G7 C)/C . . . Am
Dm Am B /D E Am

F7 /A B[ B7 C7 F

1
4
5
6
10
14
21

85
89
91
93
96
99
101
106
110
114
118
120
126

M1s

B[

M2
M2
M1s
M1s
M4

M1

M1

(M1)

M1

M3
..
.
..
.
..
.

B[

C . . . Dm/F

cresc, P D (f )
climax, cad, Brs (39 m.)
2
4

Exp, Gr 1
M1a: WW+Vi1, P T (b[)
M1b: Vlns
M1a: WW+Vi1
M1b: Vlns
bridge
Vln+WW, P (d[)
[A] trans, P T (c)
Gr 2, M3a: WW

M3b: WW

C46 G7 C Gm/B[
d

M4
..
.

4
4

F . . . Gm/B[ F46 C7
Dm B[ Em C F + Dm
(E[ E7 )/G Am F B[+ Gm
C7[9 . . . Gm/D E[
E[7 A[ C7 F m
<(G[/B[(N 6 ) D[97 /C[ G[/B[)
G[/B[ B7 (F B7 C7 )/C
F B7
<(C7 B7 C7 )/F C7
F . . . : ||

Seq(31m;R7 ) PB (%)
Seq(31m;R7 ) PB (%)
PB (%)(contd)
tutti, to climax
trans, M4: clim, P T (f )
(cm)
cad (ped)

295

CHAPTER 8. ROBERT SCHUMANN

Table 8.2: Schumann, Symphony No. 1 Fruhling,

Mvt. 1 Andante - Allegro (contd)


m

Comment

134
138
142
146
150
158
166
174

M1

M1

M1/5
M1/5
(M1)

B[

B[ Gm B[ E[ B[
G[9
7
C Am C F C
A[9
7
Dm B[/D C]7 /E Dm/F
Gm E[/G F ]7 /A Gm/B[
Cm F7 Dm Gm7
(E[ G+ Cm A[5
7 )/E[

Dev, Str, Seq(38m;R7 )


WW
2nd stat Str
WW
M5=CM, Seq(28m;R5 )
2nd stat, Str+WW
Seq(34m;R7 )

178
186
194
198

M1
M1
(M1)

D ... A D ...
G . . . D7 G . . . A7 D
A7 . . . G]7 A
C7 . . . B7 C

[B] False Rec


2nd stat, climax
bridge

202
210
218
226
234
242
246
254
262
270
276
280
282
290
296
302
311

M1
M1
M1/5
M1/5
(M1)

M4
M4
M4
M4

2nd Dev Seq(38m;R7 ),


Str
Str/WW, Seq(28m;R5 )
2nd stat
Seq(34m;R7 )

M1s
M1

F . . . C7 F D7[9
G . . . D7 G E7[9
Am F7 /A G]7 /B Am7 /C
Dm B[/D A7 /C] Dm/F
Gm C7 Am Dm7
B[ B[+ Gm/B[ E7[5 /B[
(A D]7 E7 A Dm)/A D7[5 /A[
(G C]7 D7 G Cm)/G C7[5 /G[
F m Cm Gm Dm
Cm7 F7 B[7
Gm/B[ C7 /B[
F ]7 /A Cm/G
[5/[9
F ]7 . . . C7 /G[ . . .
B46 . . .
B[64 . . . F7 B[
B[ . . . Gm F B[
Dm64 A7 Dm

climax
M1 augm: FHn+Tpt
M1 augm: WW+Str
[C] climax

317
326
333

(M1)
M1

B[7 . . . A7 B[ D[7 A[7 D[


G[ . . . G[7
F ...

Recap, Gr 1
bridge, Str
cad

296

Dm
Gm
Cm

Am
Dm
Gm
A

B[

D[

imit, Seq(28m;R7 ),
WW, 2nd stat
imit
imit, Seq(24m;R7 )
retrans


8.1. SYMPHONY NO. 1 IN B[ MAJOR, FRUHLING,
OP. 38

Table 8.3: Schumann, Symphony No. 1 Fruhling,

Mvt. 1 Andante - Allegro


m
344
348
351
355

Comment

M3
..
.
..
.
..
.

Dm

Gm Dm E /G A Dm

Gr 2, M3a: WW

357
359
362
365
369
373
376

381

M1
..
.

389
397
403
405
409
421
425
429
438
442
446
449
452
456
460
463
467
475
483
487
495
497
503

M1
..
.
..
.

M6
..
.

M6
..
.

M1s

B[/D E[ E7 /G F7
B[

B[ F Gm/B[ F46 C7

M3b: WW

F Cm/E[ B[/D A7 /C
d

B[

B[ Cm/E[ B[64 F7
Gm E[ Am F B[+ Gm
A[ A Dm B[ E[+ Cm
F7[9 . . . Cm/G A[
A[7 D[ F7 B[m
<(C[/E[(N 6 ) G[7 /F [ C[/E[)
C[/E[ E7 B[64 F7

cad
Seq(31m;R7 ) PB (%)
Seq(31m;R7 ) PB (%)
PB (%) (contd)

(B[ . . . Cm7 . . .)/B[

Coda Pt 1 M1: Vi1, P T (b[)

(F7 . . . B[7 )/B[ B7


C F7 /A B[ Cm7 /E[ C7[9 /E
B[64 B[m64 F7sus4 F7
(B[ Gm . . . Cm7 . . .)B[

cad
2nd stat Vi1, P T (b[)

tutti, to climax

(F7 . . . B[7 )B[


G7 /B C F ]7 /A] B
[5/[9
(E[m C[ C7 )/G[
(B[ <(E7 B[)/F B[/D
E[ B[/D F7 /C B[

climax
g[-ped
[D] trans, cad, P D (f )
Coda Pt 2, M6=M1b: Str

F7 /C B[ F F m
Cm/E[ G7 /D Cm G7 /B Cm
B[64 F7 F +
E[ B[/D F7 /C B[

cad
2nd stat: WW+Str

F7 /C B[ F F m
Cm/E[ G7 /D Cm G7 /B Cm
B[64 E7 /F F7
<(B[ B[7 E[ F7 )/B[
(B[ . . . F7 )/B[
B[ . . .
B[
<(B[ D7 Gm C7
F B7 Cm F7 )
<(B[ F ) B[

cad
trans, P T (b[)
Coda Pt 3, M1s: FHn+Tpt,
accts, b[-ton-ped
tutti accts
closing cad (515 m.)

297

CHAPTER 8. ROBERT SCHUMANN


Note the frequent use of sequences in the development; this approach was already used
in the transitions in the second theme group. In m. 150 there appears a new theme M5, as a
countermelody to the main theme; the lyrical arpeggio character of this melody makes a nice
contrast with the stepwise motion in M1. After the false recapitulation [B] there is a much
longer secondary development section.
The melodic richness of the movement is once more confimed in the coda where the
chorale-like theme M6 appears. It has M6(aab) (4 + 4 + 6 m.) sentence structure. Note the
parallel thirds in the outer parts in the a-phrase and the contrary motion in the b-phrase.

8.1.2

Mvt. 2 Larghetto

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

298


8.1. SYMPHONY NO. 1 IN B[ MAJOR, FRUHLING,
OP. 38
[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

299

CHAPTER 8. ROBERT SCHUMANN

8.1.3

Mvt. 3 Scherzo - Trio

Form: scherzo and trio form, rondo form, ABACA. This movement is remarkable for the two
trios (Trio 1 and Trio 2, B and C, respectively) in 2/4 meter. The scherzo (A section) in 3/4
meter is repeated at the opening of the movement (A1 ) and returns as a Coda, with a 2/4
meter section as closing. See Table 8.4 and 8.5 for the analysis.
The main subject has M1(aab) (2 + 2 + 4 m.) sentence structure. The first statement is
in the strings with strong unisono accents (sf ) in the a-phrase and closing contrary motion
in the b-phrase. The Trio 1 theme is a two-measure motif M2 in call-and-response setting,
with woodwinds and brass answering the strings. It also has a structure like a M2(aab)
(4 + 4 + 8 m.) sentence. In Trio 2 the melodic material consists of a ascending staccato
quarter note scale rising from the low to the high strings in imitation, over a steady quarter
note woodwind rhythm. It later is also presented as a melodi inversion, descending from
the violins.

8.1.4

Mvt. 4 Allegro animato e grazioso

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

300


8.1. SYMPHONY NO. 1 IN B[ MAJOR, FRUHLING,
OP. 38

Table 8.4: Schumann, Symphony No. 1 Fruhling,

Mvt. 3 Scherzo

1
5
9
13
17
25
31
33
37
41
45

1
17
33
49
61
65
75
83
91
109
125
137
141
151
159
167

M1

M1

(M1)
M1
M1

M1

M2
M2
M2
..
.

M2

M2
..
.

M2

Gm

Gm
Dm

D
F

Comment

Scherzo. Molto vivace

h i

|| : Gm C]7 D B[ E7 F
Dm A7 /E Dm/F Gm A
Dm G]7 A F B7 C
Gm D7 /A Gm/B[ Dm64 A7 Dm : || :
(F F7 B[ E7 F )/F
(F F7 B[ B[m G7 E7 )/F
F D7
Gm C]7 D B[ E7 F
Dm A7 /E Dm/F Gm A
Dm G]7 A F B7 C
Gm D7 /A Gm/B[ Dm64 A7 Dm : ||

A, Str

3
4

M1 var: WW+Str
cad
B, WW+Str, P T (f )
(ped)
cad
A, Str
M1 var: WW+Str
cad (48 m.)

Trio 1. Molto piu` vivace

h i

D Bm A G/D D/F ] G]7 A7 D


D Bm A G/D D/F ] G]7 A7 D
<(B[ Gm C7 F )

A, motif imit
2nd stat
B, motif imit

C7 /F F7 B[ C7 F C7 F7
B[ C7 F
D Bm Em C]7 /E Em C]7 D
D7 /F ] . . . G/B . . .
G]7 A/C] G]7
(A D <(G D))/A A64 . . . A7 D
<(B[ Gm C7 F )
C7 /F F7 B[ C7 F C7 F7
B[ C7 F
D Bm Em C]7 /E Em C]7 D
D7 /F ] . . . G/B . . .
G]7 A/C] G]7
(A D <(G D))/A A64 . . . A7 D

2
4

cad
C, trans
[G] D
climax, P D (a)
B, motif var imit
cad
C, trans
D
clim, P D (a) (184 m)

301

CHAPTER 8. ROBERT SCHUMANN

Table 8.5: Schumann, Symphony No. 1 Fruhling,

Mvt. 3 Scherzo (contd)


m

1
5
9
13
17
25
31

M1

M1

(M1)
M1

33
37
41
45

M1

M1

1
5
9
13
17
25
41
49
57
1
5
9
13
17
25

M3

I(M3)
M3
M3
M3
M3
I(M3)

M1

M1

M1

32

M1

46

(M3)
..
.

51
57

302

Gm

Gm
Dm

B[

Gm
Dm

Comment

Tempo I.

h i

Gm C]7 D B[ E7 F
Dm A7 /E Dm/F Gm A
Dm G]7 A F B7 C
Gm D7 /A Gm/B[ Dm64 A7 Dm
(F F7 B[ E7 F )/F
(F F7 B[ B[m G7 E7 )/F
F D7

A, Str

Gm C]7 D B[ E7 F
Dm A7 /E Dm/F Gm A
Dm G]7 A F B7 C
Gm D7 /A Gm/B[ Dm64 A7 Dm

3
4

M1 var: WW+Str
cad
B, WW+Str, P T (f )
(ped)
cad
A, Str
M1 var: WW+Str
cad (48 m)

Trio 2

h i

|| : F7 B[ F7 /E[ B[/D
F/A B[7 6/A[ E[/G C7[5 /G[ F : || :
<(B[ B[7 /A[ E[/G)
<(G7 Cm)
F7 B[ D7 Gm B[7 E[ G7 Cm
<(Cm D7 ) <(B[m C7 ) F7
F7 . . . B[ E[ C7 /E F : ||
<(B[7 E[) <(G7 Cm)
Cm F Dm Gm E[ Cm F7 B[

A, imit, P D (f )

(final scherzo return)


Gm C]7 D B[ E7 F
Dm A7 /E Dm/F Gm A
Dm G]7 A F B7 C
Gm D7 /A Gm/B[ Dm64 A7 Dm
Coda
(D D7 G C] D)/D
(D D7 Gm C]7 )/D
Come sopra ma un poco piu` lento

3
4

B, imit, P T (b[)
(cm>)
clim, Seq(42m;R3 )
Seq(28m;R7 )
C, climax, P T (b[)
cad (64 m)
A, Str
M1 var: WW+Str
cad (16 m)
B, P T (d)
(ped)
h i
2
4

D G]7 A]7 Bm D7 G
Quasi presto
G]7 D/A A]7 B G]7 A

D, (cm>)

E]7 F ] D]7 Em C]7 D


D/F ] Em7 /G A7 D

cad (64 m.)


8.1. SYMPHONY NO. 1 IN B[ MAJOR, FRUHLING,
OP. 38
[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

303

CHAPTER 8. ROBERT SCHUMANN

8.1.5

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

304


8.1. SYMPHONY NO. 1 IN B[ MAJOR, FRUHLING,
OP. 38
[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

305

CHAPTER 8. ROBERT SCHUMANN

8.2

Symphony No. 2 in C Major, Op. 61 (1846)

Source: [57]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 8.2. In its overall layout,
this symphony resembles the first symphony; there is the use of secondary development in
the long closing sonata movement, and the scherzo has two trios. However, note the double
coda section in the Allegro finale of the symphony.
Mvt. 1 Sostenuto assai Allegro ma non troppo: sonata form (C,
Intro (49 m.)

Exposition (60 m.)

Recapitulation (72 m.)

6
4

3
4

, 347 m.)

Development (139 m.)

Coda (76 m.)

Mvt. 2 Scherzo allegro vivace: scherzo form (C,


Scherzo (98 m.)

h i
2
4

, 397 m.)

Trio 1 (62 m.)

Trio 2 (75 m.)

Scherzo (61 m.)

Scherzo (62 m.)


Coda (37 m.)
h i

Mvt. 3 Adagio espressivo: ternary song form (Cm,


A1

h ih i

A2

2
4

, 128 m.)

Coda

Mvt. 4 Allegro molto vivace: sonata form (C,

h ih i
2
2

3
2

, 589 m.)

Exposition (118 m.)


Development (162 m.)
Recap (50 m.)

Coda 1 (57 m.)

FR (36 m.)

D (28 m.)

Coda 2 (138 m.)

Figure 8.2: Schumann, Symphony No. 2 in C Major, Op. 61

8.2.1

Mvt. 1 Sostenuto assai - Allegro ma non troppo

Form: sonata form. This opening movement has a slow introduction (Sostenuto assai), followed by a faster Allegro, the actual beginning of the sonata form. See Table 8.6 to 8.9 for
the analysis.
The opening theme in the slow introduction has M0(aab) (4+5+5 m.) sentence structure,
with brass fanfare signal character. The background is continued 2-part quarter note patterns
in the strings. The transitory theme Mt1 (m. 15) has Mt(ab) (1 + 1 m.) structure, where the
b-motif announces the exposition main theme (note the similarity in rhythm and melodic
shape).
Considering this motif as the basic building block of the main subject, we find the structure M1(aabaab) (1 + 1 + 2 + 1 + 1 + 2 m.), a modified period. The first statement in the
exposition is by clarinets, bassoons and violins in two parts. The transition in [B] combines
the first transitory motif Mt1 with an ascending arpeggio measured tremolo motif Mt2 in unusono strings. Later in the development this second motif will return in standalone mode.
306

8.2. SYMPHONY NO. 2 IN C MAJOR, OP 61

Table 8.6: Schumann, Symphony No. 2, Mvt. 1 Sostenuto assai - Allegro ma non troppo
m

1
4

M0a
M0a

7
10

M0b
..
.

12
14
15
18
19
21
25
27
29
33
37
40

1
4
6
8
10
13
15
17
21
24
31
36
40
43
45
46
47
49

Comment

Sostenuto assai

h i

F C7 Dm7 /F G7 C/E G7 /F
C/E C]7 Dm7 Gm7 G] A7

Brs, 5th signal motif

6
4

Dm7 Gm7 C7
Dm7 /F B7 /F C D7 /A

Mt1
Mt1
Mt1
M0a

Am

M0

C/G G7no 3 /F C7 F F ]
C/G C
G F ]7 G C] Dm E /G A7
Dm D7 /C G/B
C7 /B[ F/A C/G F ] B7 /F C7
F B7 C/G C7 Dm7 /F Am C
Un poco piu` vivace
Am Dm Am E7 Am
F B[m F A7 Dm
G D7 G C7 /G C7
F ]7 /C C/G Gm Asus4
Dm/A A
7
F G F/A G/B F/C G7 /D
(G7 C F ]7 G[9
7 D7 G7 )/G

Allegro ma non troppo


|| : C D7

Mt1

M0a

M1
..
.

Introduction

F
Dm

G7 /B C7 /B[ F/A C/G C7 /B[


F/A C7 /E F G7 /F
C/E F ]7 /E[ G7 /D C
G7 /C Bm7 /D G7 /B C7 /B[
F/A C/G F/A C7 /E
F G7 C G7 /F C/E

(M0)

M1

Mt1+2

M2

M2

E[
G
C
G

<(G F ]7 )
G E[/G E7 /G F ] /A E[64 B[7
E[ B[7 /D E[ F7 /A B[ B[7 /D
E[ B[7 E[ E[7 D7
<(G F ]7 )/G
G7 C/G G7 C46 G7
C/G G7 /B C G/D G7 /C] G/D
G7 /E D7 /F ] G
Am/C G/D D]7
Em G7 /F C/E G/D
C]7 D7 /C G/B

WW
Brs cresc-dim
[A]
WW, Seq(22m;R3 )
cresc
Brs
climax, cad
Brs, P D (g) (49 m.)
h i
3
4

Exposition
Gr 1, WW+Str

WW
[B] trans, climax
cad
Gr 2, WW-Str imit
[C] 2nd stat, P (g)
cad, chrom
cresc to climax

307

CHAPTER 8. ROBERT SCHUMANN

Table 8.7: Schumann, Symphony No. 2, Mvt. 1 Sostenuto assai - Allegro ma non troppo
(contd)
m

50

M1
..
.

52
54
55
58

M1/t2
M1/t2
Mt2

M2
Mt1+2

E
Am

84
88
90

Mt1+2

Mt2
..
.

Mt2

Dm

Mt1+2

G[

108
112

Mt1+2

D[

116
118
120
124
129
133
137
141
145
149
153
157
165

308

closing stat: WW+Str

repeat

E B7sus4 E E7 /D
Am/C E7 Am C7 /B
Am B7 /A A7 /G Dm7 /F Dm
E7 /D D D7 /C Gm/B[ C]7
A7 Dm D7 G G7 C C7
F <(E7 F ) B7

Dev, WW/Str
trans, imit: Str
cresc to climax
imit, Seq(42m;R5 )
[D] WW/Str

C <(B7 C) F ]
E[/G Dm/F C]7 Dm/F C/E
B/D] C/E B7

Seq(24m;R3 ),
imit: Str
[S6 ]

C/E B/D] B[/D


A/C] B[/D A/C] A7
Dm Dm7 D7 G/B

Seq(24m;R7 )

Cm A7 /C E7 /B[ F/A F7 /A
G[/B[ <(F7 G[) C7
d

D[ <(C7 D[) E[7 /B[


F [m/A[ E[m/G[ D[/F

Seq(24m;R3 )

C/E B[m7 /F C/E C7

Mt2
..
.

M2

M2

M2

M1/t2
Mt2
M1

Am/C G64 D7 G D7

100
104

114

Comment

G Am7 /C D G D7
G Am7 /C D7
1) G Am G/B C B : ||

2) G G
7no 3 /F

60
62
64
69
73
80

92
94
96

E[m
B[m
Fm
C]m
Am
Dm
F
Cm

D[/F C/E B/D]


B[/D A[m7 /E[ B[/D B[7
E[m F7 /E[ B[m/D[ F7 /A
B[m G[/B[ B7 C
F m D[7 /F B[m7 /A[ E[7 /G
Cm F7[9 /A B[m E[m7 /D[ A[/C
C]m F ]m7 /E D] G]m7 /F ]
C]7 F ]m Bm E7
Am F7 /A A Dm7 /C G7 /B
Em7 /D A[9
7 /C] Dm Gm C
F Am/E Dm F/C G]7 /B
G]7 C]7 F ]7 B7 G7
Cm <(G7 Cm) A[/C (N 6 )

[S6 ]
trans
cresc
climax, Vi1+Va
climax, Vi2+Vc
climax, WW+Vi1
WW
clim: WW+Str, P T (c)

8.2. SYMPHONY NO. 2 IN C MAJOR, OP 61

Table 8.8: Schumann, Symphony No. 2, Mvt. 1 Sostenuto assai - Allegro ma non troppo
(contd)
m
169
173
176
178
180
183
185
187
189
191
196
199
202
204
206
208
210
212
214
215
219
221
223
227
229
230
235
240
242
250
252
254
256

(Mt2 )
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

Mt2
M1
..
.

M2
..
.

Comment

D7 G (F ]7 G Cm Gm)/G
(A7 Gm7 A7 Dm C]7 Dm)/G

[E] Retrans
Vc, P D (g)

(A[ A A[ G A[)/G
(G Am7 G7 Cm C7 )/G
(F Dm D7 G E7 A7 )/G
(Dm A7 Dm F ]7 )/G
(G F ]7 G G7 )/G

M1
..
.
..
.

Mt1+2
(M1)

Mt1+2

(Cm G7 Cm Gm7 )/G


(A[ Gm F ] D7[5 /A[)/G
[5/[9
<(G D7 /E[)
C/E F ]7 /E[ G7 /D

(ped)
[F] Vc, cad
cresc to climax

<(C G7 ) C Bm/D D7 /C

Recap Gr 1, WW+FHn

G/B G7 /B C7 /B[ F/A C7 /B[


F/A C/E C7 /G Dm7 G G7 /F
C/E F ]7 /E[ G7 /D C G7

cad

G C7 Am/C D7 /C
G7 /B C7 /B[ F/A C/G C7 /B[

Am

Cm

A[

M2
C

F/A C/E C7 /G Dm7 G


C Gno 3 C/E
<(Am Dm/A A)
Dm/F E7 /D Am G] Am
Em/B B7 Em
<(Cm F m Cm)
Cm A[/C A7 /C B[m/D[ B /D
A[64 E[7
A[ E[7 A[ B[7 E[
F ]7 E[7 A[ B[7 E[7
A[ D7[5 /A[ G G7 /F C/E
C <(G7 C) <(F/C C7 ) F
(C F ]7 C)/G F ] Gm7 /B[ C
Dm C G]7 Am C7 /B[ F/A
(C F/A C)/G F ]7 G7 /F C/E
Dm/F C46 G

cad
trans, WW-Str unis

[G] WW-Str unis


cad
Gr 2, WW+Str imit
climax
2nd stat, P D (c)
cad, chrom
cresc
cad

309

CHAPTER 8. ROBERT SCHUMANN

Table 8.9: Schumann, Symphony No. 2, Mvt. 1 Sostenuto assai - Allegro ma non troppo
(contd)
m

Comment

257
261
265

M1

<(C G7 C F G)
C C7 /B[ A
D/A A7 /G F B[/F F

closing stat: WW+Str


[H] trans

271

M1
..
.

Con fuoco
[9
<(Dm G[9
7 /F C/E A7 /G)

Coda
climax: WW+Vi1

Dm/F C]7 /B[ Dm/A


E7 /G F ]7 /C C]7 /B[
F ]7 /A D7 /C G/B Am/C Dm

Seq(31m;R7 )

277
278
279
281
283
285
286
290
293
295
299
305
309
311
312
316
318
320
322
324
326
332

310

M1
/M0
M0

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

F
C

G/B C/E F C46 G


D7 /C G/B Am/C Dm
G/B C F
<(C/G G7 /F C/E F/A)
C/G Gm7 /F C7 /E
F C]7 G]7 /F D]7 /F ]
C/G Dm7 G7
(C C7 C]7 )/G Dm/F E7
Am A7 /G Dm/F E A7 /C]
Dm G7
C

cad
cad

climax:WW+Str
FHn
FHn (opening)
cad
[I] climax: WW

<(D7 /F ] G7 A7 /G] Am Am7 /G)


D/F ] C7 /G D/F ] Dm/A
d

E7 /G] F/A E7 /G] E7 /B[


F ]7 /A B7 /A[ C/G E7 /B[
F ]7 /A B7 /A[ C/G A[[9
7 /G[
6
D[/F (N ) A[7 /G[ D[/F F ]7
(C G C G[9
7 C G7 )/G
C <(G C)

climax (Brs)
(tutti climax)
P D (g)
closing cad (347 m.)

8.2. SYMPHONY NO. 2 IN C MAJOR, OP 61


The second group theme has an unusual layout, but has structural similarity to the main
theme; there is a basic chromatically ascending motif in 8th notes, set in imitation. The first
statement is in m. 24 and we may discern the following phrasing M2(abab) (2 + 3 + 2 + 5
m.).

8.2.2

Mvt. 2 Scherzo. Allegro vivace

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

311

CHAPTER 8. ROBERT SCHUMANN


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

312

8.2. SYMPHONY NO. 2 IN C MAJOR, OP 61

8.2.3

Mvt. 3 Adagio espressivo

Form: ternary song form, A1 BA2 . The A sections are based on a lyrical melody with wide
leaps and appoggiaturas. The middle section B is a fugato for staccato strings (arpeggio-like
motif) and woodwinds (chromatically descending syncopating line). See Table 8.10 and 8.11
for the analysis.
The main melody has M1(ab) (4+4 m.) structure; there is a first statement in the tonic minor key Cm in violins and a varied repeat in the relative major key E[ in the lead oboe. This
longer segment closes with a climax and an 16th-note triplet arpeggio fanfare-like statement
in the horns with structure M2(aab) (1 + 1 + 4 m.). In the transition there is a lead melody in
the first violins, in 8th-note rhythm and ascending chromatism with M3(aab) (2 + 2 + 4 m.)
period structure.

8.2.4

Mvt. 4 Allegro molto vivace

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

313

CHAPTER 8. ROBERT SCHUMANN

Table 8.10: Schumann, Symphony No. 2, Mvt. 3 Adagio espressivo


m

Comment

M1
..
.
..
.

Cm

Cm A[ Cm/G

A1

3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
20
23
26
28
30
32
35
37
39
41
44
48
51
53
56
58
62
63
64
65
66
67

314

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.

M2

M3
..
.
..
.

M1
..
.
..
.

M2
M1
..
.

2
4

Vi1+2

F m D7 G7 G7 /F C/E

E[

F m7 B[7 E[ E[/G
F m7 /A[ F7 B[ B[7 /A[
E[/G A[ F m

2nd stat: Ob

B[[9
7 /C[ B[/A[ E[7 /G A[

B[
E[

D7 /F E[/G F m7 /A[ B[7 /A[

[S6 ]

[9
E[/G B[7 /F E[[9
7 /F [ C7 /E F m
D7 E[/G F m7 /A[ B[7 E[
<(A[ E[) Cm7
B[ <(E[m B[) B[7 /A[
E[/G A[ F7 /A B[ B[7 /A[

climax: FHn, P T (e[)


trans, Vi1+Va

E[/G F7 /A B[ B[7 /A[

B[

E[/G C7 /G[ B[/F


(F7sus4 B[ E7 F7 )/F
B[ C7 /G F m

cad, P D (f )
imit: WW

D[ F7 /C[ B[ B[7 /A[


E[/G B[7 /F E[7 . . .
E[ G[9
7 /B A[/C E[7 /B[
<(A[ D[)/A[ A[ F7 /A[
[5/[9
E[/B[ E[+ /B Cm A7 /C] Gm/D

M1

Mc
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

h i

E[

PBi (%)
[N] Vi1, cad, P (a[)
Vi, PBi (%), P (g)

E[ C7[9 /E B[/F B[+ /F ]


[5/[9
Gm E7 /G] Dm/A B[7
G7 /B Cm F7[9 /A
(E[ F7[9 B[7 )/B[

PBi (%), P T (b[)


PBi (%), (cm>)
trans, WW

E[ G Cm F7 /A

[O] B, ctp: Str+WW,

B[ E[7 /G A[ C7 /E

chr desc (fugato)

F m B[7 /A[
E[/G G7 /F Cm/E[ E[7 /D[
A[/C D7 /F ]
Gm G7 /F C/E C7 /B[

8.2. SYMPHONY NO. 2 IN C MAJOR, OP 61

Table 8.11: Schumann, Symphony No. 2, Mvt. 3 Adagio espressivo (contd)


m

68

Mc
..
.
..
.

M1/c
..
.
..
.

69
70
72
74
77
79
81
82
85
87
91
94
97
100
104
107
108
109
111
114
118
120
123
124

M3
..
.

M1
..
.

M3
M1
..
.
..
.

M1

M1
M3
..
.

Comment

F m/A[ A[7 /C
D[ F7 /A B[m D7 /F
E[7 /G F m E[ E[7
C7 F m/A[ D[7 /F (N 6 )
(G G+ Cm C7[9 F m D )/G

retrans, WW, P D (g)

(G G7 C7 F m B7[9 )/G

(Mc: Str)

(E[ F ]7 G Cm F ]7 )/G
G G7 /F
C

C/E F G G7 /F C/E F ]7

A2 , Str, P D (g)

G G7 /F C/E A7 /E[
G64 A7 /E D7 /F ]
G A7 /E Dm Dm/F B[ B[7 /A[

cad
imit: WW

G7 G7 /F C/E G7 /D C7 B[/D
E[ B[7 /F E[/G G7 F/A C7 /G
<(F B[m)/F F D7 /F
C/G C + /G] Am F ][5
7 /A] Em/B

PB (&)
PBi (%)
Vi, PBi (%)

C A7 /C]
G/D G+ /D] Em C][5
7 /E]
Bm/F ] G7
E7 /G] Am D7[9 /F ]
(C F ]7 G7 )/G
C

C C7 F m/C D[ F7[9 /C
D[ G7 C C + D[/F A[[9
7 /G[
D[/F B[/F G[5
7 /D[
<(C F m/A[ B7 /A[) C46 G7 C

PBi (%), (cm>)


trans, WW
Coda, Vi1

cad (128 m.)

315

CHAPTER 8. ROBERT SCHUMANN


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

316

8.3. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN E[ MAJOR RHEINISCHE, OP. 97

8.2.5

Key relationship overview

The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 8.3. The first two movements have the widest
key envelope. They beautifully illustrate how Schumann moves away from the tonic key
and then, at the most remote point, uses an enharmonically equivalent key to return to the
central key area. In the opening Allegro this happens at Dm (F ] = G[) D[ (89) and
somewhat later at F m (D[m = C]m) Am Dm (1011). The second movement has the
peculiar F m E[m (C[ = B) C (34) key sequence.
The opening Allegro sonata form has the first theme group in the tonic key C, the secondary group in the dominant key G (3). The development section starts in the mediant
major key E (5) and then starts a long route through many keys, moving from the dominant
into the subdominant domain. In the recapitulation there is the move to the lowered submediant major key C Am Cm (A[ = [VI) (14) and the usual coda close by sidestepping
into the subdominant C F C (15).
The scherzo movement starts with complex keys movements from the tonic major key
C into the subdominant domain, passing through the lowered mediant major key E[ = [III
(1), on a journey through the minor keys F m E[m (3) . The movement has two trios, one
starting in the dominant key and moving to its relative minor G Em (11-12), the other does
the reverse Em G C F (15-16). The first trio retransition uses the intermediary lowered
mediant major key B[ = [III/G (13).
The third movement Adagio is in ternary song form and moves from the tonic minor Cm
to the relative major key E[ and its intermediary dominant key B[ (1). The last A-section
moves towards the parallel major key C (2).
In the closing Allegro sonata form movement the secondary theme group once again is in
the dominant key G, as is the start of the development (1). This wanders from the dominant
area DmAm (2), through the dominant and tonic minor GmCm (3) into the subdominant
domain A[ E[ (4). The dominant key acts as a kind of pivotal point in this movement.

8.3

Symphony No. 3 in E[ Major Rheinische, Op. 97 (1850)

Source: [57]. Schumann later in his life was appointed as symphony orchestra conductor in

the town of Dusseldorf,


and wrote this symphony for The Rhenish Festival. An overview
of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 8.4. This symphony is unusual in the sense that it
consists of five movements. In the long opening movement note the approximately equal
length of the exposition and the development. The third movement has a long bridge section, compared to the outer A-sections. The tempo markings are in German, as opposed to
Italian in the earlier symphonies.

8.3.1

Mvt. 1 Lebhaft

Form: sonata form.. The movement opens with the heroic and majestic main theme; there
is no slow introduction as was the case for the earlier symphonies.1 The main theme is also
used in most of the transitions. A brief false recapitulation, with unisono horns markedly
1

Probably because of its title (Rheinische) this theme for many years was the signature tune of the WestDeutscher Rundfunk (WDR) regional news programme for Nord-Rheinland-Westfalen Hier und Heute, with
the music as background behind impressive helicopter footage of the industrial Ruhrgebiet (then still an active
coal mining and steel production centre). Only later I learned that it was a Schumann original.

317

CHAPTER 8. ROBERT SCHUMANN

Mvt. 1 Sostenuto Allegro

C]

F]



C]m

 F ]m

Bm

Em

Am







A
 E



1,6,13

Dm   Am Em
Gm
Cm
Y
H
H
3
6
H
j
H
?
- 6 
G
C
F H
B[
E[
2,7,15 12HH
 6


j

E[m - B[m - F m  Cm  Gm

Y
H
HH


t


- D[
 A[
B[
E[ 4
G[
14
9


B[m
E[m
G[m 10 D[m t A[m
D

8,11

Mvt. 2 Scherzo. Allegro vivace

Fm

Cm

Gm

A[

E[

B[

A[m

t
C[

C[m

3,7

E[m

B[m

G[

D[

G[m

D[m

10 

17
Am
H
Y
16,18 HH ?
F  -C  -G
2,11


Gm
Cm
Fm
 6
B[
E[ 
A[
1,5
13

Dm

-G

Fm

Cm

Gm

A[

? 1
E[  - B[

Dm
F
Fm

B[m

E[m

A[m

Mvt. 4 Allegro molto vivace

-C

12,15 4,9
Em HH Bm
j 14
H
6
?

Mvt. 3 Adagio espressivo


3

- 1,5,7
C 
GH
D

*

H

6


H


2
j
H

Gm
Fm Cm
Dm


3
 4


A[

E[

B[

A
- Am

Figure 8.3: Schumann, Symphony No. 2, key relationship diagram

318

8.3. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN E[ MAJOR RHEINISCHE, OP. 97

Mvt. 1 Lebhaft: sonata form (E[,

h i
3
4

, 585 m.)

Exposition (185 m.)


Development (183 m.)

FRecap (43 m.)

Recapitulation (118 m.)

Coda (52 m.)

Mvt. 2 Scherzo, sehr maig: rondo, ABCACA Coda form (C,


A

A C

, 133 m.)

h i
4
4

, 55 m.)

A Cd

Mvt. 4 Feierlich: ternary, ABA Coda form (E[m,


A1

3
4

Coda

Mvt. 3 Nicht schnell: ternary, ABA Coda form (A[,


A

h i

h ih ih i
3
2

4
4

4
2

, 67 m.)

A2

Mvt. 5 Lebhaft: rondo, sonata, ABAC form (E[,


Exposition, A1 (98 m.)
Recapitulation, A2 (101 m.)

h i
2
2

, 329 m.)

Dev., B (56 m.)


Coda (74 m.)

Figure 8.4: Schumann, Symphony No. 3 in E[ Major Rheinische, Op. 97

319

CHAPTER 8. ROBERT SCHUMANN


(markirt) stating the opening motif from the main theme, could also be labeled as a retransition into the real recapitulation (there is no 2nd development). See Table 8.12 to 8.15 for the
analysis.
The main subject has a unique M1(abc) (6 + 8 + 4 m.) structure, where each phrase
has individual character: the a-phrase is the hemiola arpeggio on the tonic major chord E[,
the b-phrase a sequence with imitation and chromatic inner voice movement, and the cphrase a cadence into the dominant chord B[. The first group continues with a theme with
M2.1(aaab) (2+2+2+4 m.) structure, with the a-phrase an 8th-note scalar run starting on the
afterbeat (a great test for symphony orchestra synchronised playing in woodwind and string
section) and repeated twice in sequential setting, and the b-phrase a hemiola leap pattern,
reminiscent of the main theme M1a-phrase. The theme M2.2(aa) (4 + 4 m.) has transitory
character.
The second group contains a lyrical melody, opening in the mediant minor key Gm and
closing in the dominant major key B[, and with M3(abab) (4+4+4+4 m.) period structure.
The exposition closing theme M4 takes its rhythm (hemiolas) and melodic shape from the
opening theme M1a-phrase, and also has transitory character and function. In the coda these
two, M1 and M4, will be combined.

8.3.2

Mvt. 2 Scherzo, sehr maig

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

320

8.3. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN E[ MAJOR RHEINISCHE, OP. 97

Table 8.12: Schumann, Symphony No. 3 Rheinische, Mvt. 1 Lebhaft


m

Comment

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.

E[

E[ . . . Cm7 /E[ F7 /E[

Exp, Gr 1/Th 1, a): Fl+Vi1

B[/D E[7 /D[ A[/C

PBi (&)

B[7 (Gm Cm7 )/B[

b), PB (&)

F7 /A (F7 B[7 )/A[


E[/G C7 /G[ F7 B[
F7 B[7 E[
E[/G Cm Gm/D Cm/E[
Gm/D

c), cad
trans
ac)
Gr 1/Th 2: WW+Str

D7 Gm B[7 /F E[

Seq(32m;R3 )

5
9
11
13
19
23
25
26
30
33
35
39
43
50
54
57
61
65
67
69
73
77
81
83
91
95
97
103
105
107
111
117
122

(M1)
M2.1
..
.
..
.

Gm

B7 /D Cm
D7
d

M2.2

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

M2.1

M2.2

E[

M3

M3
..
.

Gm

M4
..
.

G A[/C D7
E[ Cm F7 /C A7 /C D7
Gm . . . F m F m7 F7 /A[
B[ F m/A[ F7 /A[
(B[ D Gm B[7 )/B[
E[ . . . Cm7 /E[ F7[9 /E[

cresc, P D (b[)
[A] 2nd stat: tutti clim

B[/D E[[9
7 /D[ A[/C

PBi (&)

B[7 (Gm B[7 C7 Gm)/B[

PB (&)

WW+Str, Seq(24m;R5 )
trans

F7 /A (F7 B[7 )/A[

Cm

Gm

B[

E[/G C7 /G[ F7
(B[ A7 B[)/B[ B7
Cm E[7 /B[ A[ C7 /G
F m D /F A7 /E[
D7 E[7 D E[7
<(D Gm C]7 )

cad, P D (b[)
tr, Seq(32m;R3 ),
WW+Str
WW+Str
[B]

D Gm/D
(F ]7 A7 D7 )/G Gm
D/G D7 /C Gm/B[

Gr 2/Th 1, a): WW
b):
2nd st, ab): WW+Vi1

Cm/E[ C7 /E
F B[
(B[ E[ C7 F F7 )/B[

cad
[C] Gr 2/Th 2, P T (b[),

(B[ E[ E[m B[)/B[


Gm F7 /A A7 Dm64 A7

M4M1
cad

321

CHAPTER 8. ROBERT SCHUMANN

Table 8.13: Schumann, Symphony No. 3 Rheinische, Mvt. 1 Lebhaft (contd)


m
127
131
135
139
143
147
153
165
173
177
185
193
201
203
205
209
211
213
216
220
222
225
231
232
236
239
243
247
253
256
259
266

322

M3
..
.
..
.

M2

M1
M3

(M1)

Gm

D D7 D7 /C Gm/B[

M2
M2
M3
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

D7 Gm Cm/G C7[5 /G[

B[

G
C
Fm

<(F F7 /E[ B[/D)


B7 /C Cm E[m
(B[ E[ E[m)/B[
(B[ C7 )/B[ F ]7
C7 . . . (B[ E7 B[)/F E[ F7
<(B[ B[/F F7 E7 )
B[ F7 <(B[ E7 F7 )
B[ . . . F ]7
G G7 A[/C G7
C C7 D[/F C7
C7 /B[ F m/A[

cad
[D] cl st: Str, f -ped
tutti climax
[E] imit

Dev: Bsn+LoStr, mod


[F] tutti climax
imit: WW+Str

C7 E[7 /G D[7 /A[


G7 /B[ C7 F m
B[m F m7 /E[ E[7 /D[
A[/C G[9
7 /B
Cm

Cm A[/C D D7 /C

Gm

Gm/B[ D7 /C Gm/B[ D7[9 /F ]

Seq(32m), P (b[)

Gm/B[ E[ E[
G/D Cm G/B C C7
F m/C C7[9 F m
G[/B[

cad
trans

Fm
M2
..
.

M2/3
..
.

Comment

D[7 /A[ E[m/G[ B[7 /F

Seq(32m;R3 )

B[
E[m

B[m
F

C[/E[ G7 /D[ (A[m F7[5 )/C[


B[ E[m/G[ D[7 /F C[/E[
B[ B[7 E[m
C[/E[ D[7 /F G[ E[m/G[ F7
B[m G[/B[ F m/A[ E[m/G[
B[m/F C /E[ C7[9 /E
F F7 B[m F7 /A B[7
B[7 E[m/B[ B[7 E[7

[G]

climax
Seq(32m), P T (f )
Seq(32m)

8.3. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN E[ MAJOR RHEINISCHE, OP. 97

Table 8.14: Schumann, Symphony No. 3 Rheinische, Mvt. 1 Lebhaft (contd)


m
273
277
279
281
287
291
303
311
315
319
323
329
337
341
347
351
355
357
362
368
383
387
391
399
405
411
417
421
425
429
431
439
442
447

M1
..
.

A[m

A[m A[m/C[ B[7

E[m
B

E[m E[m/B[ A[7 /C


D[m C]m F ]7 /A]
[9
(B G]m C][9
7 F ] B7 )/B

B[
E[m
B[m
F]

[9
(E F ][9
7 B7 G]7 )
(C]7 C]7 )/B B7 B7[9
B[7 Am7 /C B[ B[[9
7 ...
[5
(E[m F7 E[m F7 )/B[
B[m E[7 A[m C]7
(F ] D]m G][9
7 )/F ]

M1
..
.

M1

M1
..
.

M3

(M1)
..
.

/F [ B[/D

[H] Bsn+LoStr
cad
tutti climax, P T (b)
(ped)

[I] LoStr, P D (b[)


tutti clim, P T (f ])

C][9
7

(C]
B
F ])/F ]
[9
F ]7 . . . G[7 . . .
d

(F B[m F7 G[)/F

B[m

(F7 B[m)/F G[/B[ A[/C


B[m/D[ . . . C7
F m D[/F Cm/E[ B[m/D[ A[/C
G /B[ G[9
7 /B
C C7 F m C7
F7[9 B[m F7 B[[9
7

Fm

E[

(M1)

(M1)
M1
..
.
..
.

[5/[9

F ][9
7

M3
..
.

Comment

E[

[K] WW+Str, P T (f )

trans

(E[ . . . C7 F m B[7 E[)/B[

[L] False rec, Hns,

(B[ E[)/B[ . . .
(G7 Cm)/G
A[ F m/A[ F m <(B[7 E[)
B[7 D Gm G7 /B Cm
Cm/E[ F7[5 /C[

P D (b[)

(E[ . . . F7 B[)/B[ E[7 /D[

[N] Rec tutti clim

[M] retrans
tutti, cresc

A[/C B[7 Gm Cm Cm7 /B[


F/A (F7 B[7 )/A[ E[/G C /G[
F7 B[
F7 /A B[7 G7 /B
Cm B[7 E[7 A[ G[9
7 C7
F m F7 F ]7
<(G Cm F7 F ]7 )
G ...

halfcad
trans
Seq(34m;R3 )

323

CHAPTER 8. ROBERT SCHUMANN

Table 8.15: Schumann, Symphony No. 3 Rheinische, Mvt. 1 Lebhaft (contd)


m
457
473
477
473
480
486
489
495
501
505
511
515
526
529
531
537
545
547
554
559
563
567
571
581

324

Comment

M3
M3

M4

Cm

(G Cm G[9
7 . . . Cm)/C
G7 G7 /F Cm/E[ F m/A[ F7 /A
B[ B[7 E[
(E[ A[ E[ F7 B[ B[7 )/E[
(E[ B[7 E[)/E[
Cm (B[/D D7 G D7 )/D
G Cm/G G7 . . .
Cm F7[5 /B <(B[7 /A[ E[/G)
(B[m E7 F m)/F A[m
(E[ A[ A[m E[)/B[
(A[ B7 )/B[ G7 /B Cm
F7 . . . (E[ A7 C7 E[)/B[
F m/A[ B[7 E[

[O] WW
2nd st: WW+Str

E[

M3

Cm

M2

(M1)

E[

(M1/4)

(M1/4)
..
.

M1
..
.

Vi1, P T (e[)
(ped)
Vi1
WW+Str
cresc, P (f )
[P] tr: Str, P D (b[)
trans, tutti climax
cad

F m/C E[/B[ B[7 /A[ E[/G


B[ B[7 E[
A[/C <(Cm7 /B[ F/A)
A[7 Cm/G A[7 /G[ F7
<(B[ E[ A[ B[7 E[)/B[

[Q] Coda, cad


climax: Hns
cresc
cad
[R] tutti, P D (b[)

E[ G7 /B Cm F7 /C B[ E[7 /D[
A[/C G7 /B C7 /B[ F7 /A B[7 /A[
E[/G E[64 B[7 /A[

cad
Hns, tutti clim

E[/G F7 /C E[64 B[7


E[ . . .
<(E[ B[) E[

cad
P T (e[)
closing cad (585 m.)

8.3. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN E[ MAJOR RHEINISCHE, OP. 97


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

325

CHAPTER 8. ROBERT SCHUMANN

8.3.3

Mvt. 3 Nicht schnell

Form: ternary song form, ABA Coda form. As was the case in the previous movement, the
lyrical main theme (M1) for clarinets and bassoons is contrasted by a string melody that has
a characteristic ascending staccato 16th motif. In the middle section and the coda these are
combined, and a free variation on M2 also returns as a first violins countertheme to the lead
melody. The stepwise moving M3, with its prominent use of contrary motion, acts as a kind
of concluding theme. The analysis is shown in Table 8.16 and 8.17.
In the analysis the opening melodic line is divided into two separate units: M1(ab) (2 + 2
m.) and M2(aab) (1 + 1 + 3 m.). Phrases from M2 will reappear throughout this movement,
to begin with the contrasting middle section. Here is is juxtaposed with the M3 motto, with
2-part parallel descending scalar melodic curve.

8.3.4

Mvt. 4 Feierlich

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

326

8.3. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN E[ MAJOR RHEINISCHE, OP. 97

Table 8.16: Schumann, Symphony No. 3 in E[ Major, Mvt. 3 Nicht schnell


m

Comment

M1
..
.

A[

A[ <(D[ E[7 A[)

A a): Cl+Bsn

A[7 /G[ D[/F F7 /E[


B[m/D[ F m47
B[m A7 /C B[m/D[ E[7 A[
A[ B[7 E[

b) PB (&)

3
4
6
7
8
9
10
11

M2
..
.
..
.
..
.

18
19

..
.

12
13
14
16
17

20
21
22
23
25
26
27
29
30
31
32
33
34
35

F m7 /A[ B[7 /A[ E[/G G7

M2
..
.
..
.

M2/1
M3
..
.

..
.

M2
..
.
..
.

M2
M3
M2
M3
..
.
..
.

M2

a): Vi, Str imit

A[ A7

b): Vi+Fl

F m7 B[7 E7 F m7 /A[ E7 /G
F m B[7 E[

cad

B[m B[ E[ Cm/E[

[A] B, a): Fl+Vi

F [ E[m/G[

E[

Gm

[5/[9
F7
/C[

a)

E[/B[ E[7 /G A[
D[ E[7 C7 /E F m D[ E[7 A[
A[
A[ E /A[

b): WW+Str, PB (%)


cad
M1: Cl+Bsn, M2: Str
Bsn+LoStr, (cm>)

(F m C D )/A[ A
B[7 /A[ C7[9 /G Dm/F

(cm)

E[ B[/D Cm F
B[m A[/C E

((cm))

F m F7 /A B[7 /A[ C7 /G Dm/F


E[ F m/A[ B[ E[
Cm Gm64 D7 Gm

((cm))
cad
[B] a): Fl+Vi1

Cm D7[9 /C Gm/B[ Cm Gm Cm
d

A7 /C D7[9 Cm/E[ G7 /D
d

Fm

Cm D7 G[9
7
F m/A[ G7 E[/G A[ Cm/E[
Cm/E[ C7 /E F m D7 /F
G 7 C C7
F m A7 B[7 /A[ Cm/G

aa): Vi1+Fl
WW, (cm>)
[C] Str+WW
WW+LoStr, (cm)

Cm F7 B[m A[/C C7 /E

((cm))

F m F7 /A B[7 /A[ Cm/G B[/F


E[ A[ B[ E[ E[7
E[7

[D] climax, cad


retrans

327

CHAPTER 8. ROBERT SCHUMANN

Table 8.17: Schumann, Symphony No. 3 in E[ Major, Mvt. 3 Nicht schnell (contd)
m

Comment

36

A[

A[ <(D[ E[7 A[)

A, a): Cl+Bsn, M2: Vi1

38

M1/2
.. ..
./ .

A[7 /G[ D[/F F7 /E[


B[m/D[ F7 /C

b), M2 free, PB (&)

39

.
/ ..

40
41
42
43
44
45
47
48
49
50
52

328

.
M1/ ..
..
./
..
.
..
.

M3
M3
..
.

M1
M2

B[m A7 /C B[m/D[
E[7 A[ C7

[E] a): Ob+Cl, M2: Vi1

F m B[m

b): WW+LoStr

E[7 Cm7 A7 /C B[m

cresc, (cm<)
d

Cm E7 F m B[m/D[ B[7 /D
Cm/E[ E[7 A[

climax

(A[ B[m7 A7 B[m7 )/A[


(E[7 A[ A7 )/A[

[F] Coda, Bsn+Str, P T (a[)


(cm>)(ped)

(B[m7 E[7 A[ D[ A7 )/A[


(B[7 E[7 A[)/A[
(A[ D[ E[ A[ E[7 )/A[ A[
(A[ B[7 E[7 )/A[ A[

(cm)(ped)
a): Cl (ped)
WW+Str, cad (55 m.)

8.3. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN E[ MAJOR RHEINISCHE, OP. 97


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

329

CHAPTER 8. ROBERT SCHUMANN

8.3.5

Mvt. 5 Lebhaft

Form: rondo, sonata form, ABAC. The closing movement can be interpreted as either a
binary rondo (ABAB) or sonata form movement. See Table 8.18 to 8.20 for the analysis.
The exposition main subject has M1(abab) (4 + 4 + 4 + 4 m.) period structure. On the
smaller scale there are single measure cells, with M1ab(cddcde) (2 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 2 m.)
structure. The next melody from the first theme group has M2(abab) (2 + 2 + 2 + 4 m.)
period structure, and a somewhat transitory character. It is followed by the third (modified)
period theme M3(ababc) (2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 4 m.), where the c-phrase combines the rhythm from
the other two phrases in condensed form. The transitory motif M4 with its upward leaps is
set in imitation.
The second theme group contains a single subject in the dominant key B[ with sentence
structure M5(aab) (4 + 4 + 8 m.). The a-phrase is presented in stretto violin and woodwind
imitation, the brass dominate in the climactic b-phrase fanfare signals. This theme is the core
element in the development section, although a new theme enters the stage in the climax in
[D] (m. 130): M6(ab) (2 + 2 m.) for horns and low woodwinds lead. This last theme returns
in varied form in the Coda, just before the closing in the Schneller section.

8.3.6

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

330

8.3. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN E[ MAJOR RHEINISCHE, OP. 97

Table 8.18: Schumann, Symphony No. 3 Rheinische, Mvt. 5 Lebhaft


m

Comment

M1
..
.

E[

E[/G F m B[7 /A[ E[/G

Lebhaft, A: WW+Str

3
6
9
11
14
17
20
21
23
27
34
36
38
39
42
44
47
52
57
59
61
63
64
66
72
76
78
79
80
86
88
91
93

<(A[ E[) F m Gm/B[ G/B


d

M1
..
.

Cm B[/D Cm7 F7 B[ E[
F m B[7 /A[ E[/G

M2
..
.
..
.

M3
..
.
..
.

Cm B[/D Cm7 F7 B[
B[7 E[ B[7 /D E[ E[/G A[

WW+Str

Cm C7[9 /B[ F m/A[ C7 /G

(cm<)

F m B[7 /A[ (E[ E[7 )/G


A[ F m/A[ F7 /A B[ E[
B[7 . . . E[ A[

WW+Str

<(A[ E[) F m Gm/B[ G/B


d

B[7 . . . E[ Cm D7 D7 /C
Gm/B[ E[ F F7 /E[
B[/D C7[9 /B[
B[7 F m7 /E[ B[7 /D E[ A[
C7[9 /B[

E[
B[

Cm
F m/A[ C7 /G
E[/G A[ F m7 /A[ B[7
E[ <(B[7 E[) B[/D F7 /C
B[/D C7 . . . F7 . . . F7 /E[
B[/D C7 /B[ F/A G7 /F

tutti climax
(cm<)
[A] tr, imit: Brs-(WW+Str)
stretto imit: Str+WW

(Cm F7 )/E[ B[/D


Cm F7 /E[ B[/D B[]5
7 /A[

M3
..
.
..
.

(cm<)

M2
..
.

M4

M5
..
.
..
.
..
.

2nd stat: WW+Str

A[

E[/G G7 /F Cm/E[ C/E


B[64 F7 /B[ B[
B[ . . . E[7 F m7 /E[ E[
<(B[m7 /D[ A[) B[m7 E[ A[

cad
climax
[B] Str+WW

<(B[m7 /D[ A[)

Fm
E[

B[m7 /D[ F7 /C B[m7


E[ A[ A[+ /G
<(D[/F C7 /E) <(F m D[7 )
B[[9
7 /D E[ A[7
A[+ G7 C7 /G A[7 F7 /A
d

B[m A[7 /B A[/C C +


D[ B[m/D[ C7 F7 /C[ B[7

cad
trans
P T (e[)
cresc, PBi (%)
P D (b[)
climax (ped)

331

CHAPTER 8. ROBERT SCHUMANN

Table 8.19: Schumann, Symphony No. 3 Rheinische, Mvt. 5 Lebhaft (contd)


m
98
103
106
110
118
122
126
128
130
133
138
150
154
156
159
162
165
166
168
172
180
182
184
187
188
190
192
197
202
204
206
208
212
217
221
222

332

M5
M5
M5
M5

M6

Comment

F ]m
A[m

F ]m/A C] F ]m D/F ] A D
B[/F E[ . . .
A[m F C F . . .
F7 G7 /B A7 B7 /D]
Em Bm/D C]7 C]7 /B
F ]m/A C]m/G] E[7 /G A[m
B[7 /A[ G7 A[m
E7 /G] C]7 /B F ]7 /A]
B F ] B/F ] F ]7
B ... F]
B[/F . . . B[7 /F . . . B[7
E[64 B[ E[64 A[ E[64 E[

[C] B, Dev: rapid mod

Em
F ]m
A[m
B
E[

M5
M1
..
.

E[

M2
..
.
..
.

M3
..
.

M2
..
.
..
.

M4

M5
..
.
..
.

M3
..
.

imit: WW
imit: WW, Seq(24m;R7 )
imit: WW+Str
imit

[D] Brs, climax


[E] tutti, P D (b[)
tutti climax

F m7 B[7 /A[ E[/G

[F] A, Rec WW+Str, clim

<(A[ E[) F m7 Gm/B[ G/B


Cm B[/D Cm7 F713 B[
B[7 E[ B[7 /D E[ E[/G A[

P T (e[)
halfcad
[G] WW+Str

Cm C7[9 /B[ F m/A[ C7 /G

(cm<)

F m B[7 /A[ (E[ E[7 )/G A[


F m7 /A[ F7 /A B[7 E[
<(B[7 . . . E[)

cad
Str

D D7 /C Gm/B[ E[

(cm<)

F7 /E[ B[/D C7[9 /B[


B[7 E[ B[7 /D E[ E[/G A[

WW+Str

Cm C7 /B[ F m/A[ C7 /G

(cm<)

B[

F m B[7 /A[ (E[ E[7 )/G


F m7 /A[ B[7
E[ <(B[7 E[) B[/D F7 /C
B[ C7 . . . F7 . . . F7 /E[
B[/D C7 /B[ F/A G7 /F

cad
tr, imit: Brs-(WW+Str)
[H] stretto imit: Str+WW

B[/D Cm F7 /E[ B[/D B[7 /A[

E[

E[/G G7 /F Cm/E[ C/E


B[64 F7 B[
B[ B[/D F m7 B[7
<(F m7 /A[ E[) F m7 B[ E[
<(F m7 /A[ E[)
F m7 B[7 E[ E[+ /D

cad
climax
WW+Str

8.3. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN E[ MAJOR RHEINISCHE, OP. 97

Table 8.20: Schumann, Symphony No. 3 Rheinische, Mvt. 5 Lebhaft (contd)


m

225
231
233
235
237
241
244
251
255
257
259
263
265
267
271
277
280
283
287
291
295
299
303
307
311
313
315
319
323

Comment

Cm
B[

<(A[/C G7 /B) <(Cm D7[5 /A[)


F7[9 /A B[ E[7
E[7 D7 G7 /D F ]7 /E[
C7 /E F m F ]7
E[ E[+ /G A[ F m/A[ G7
C7 /G[ F7 B[7
B[7 . . . B[7 /F
B[7 /F . . . B[7 /E[

[I] trans
P T (b[)
cresc, PBi (%)

E[

C, Coda: Brs, climax

E[ . . .

M5: Str

E[
M1
..
./M5
..
./M5
..
.

E[

Cm G7 /F C7 /E . . .
F m C7 /B[ F m/A[ C7 /G
F m A[7 B[
F7 /A B[ E[7 /G A[ F m7 /A[
E[64 B[ <(E[64 F7 B[7 )

M4
..
.

E[64 B[7 E[64 C7 /B[


(F m7 B[7 E[)/B[
[5/[9
F7 /A E[m/B[ F7 /A D7 /A[
Cm/G G7 /F Cm/E[ C7 /E
F m C7 /B[ F m/A[ C7 /G F m
E[64 . . . F7[9 B[7

E[
M2
..
.
..
.

M6

climax
cad
[K]
b[-ped

Seq(22m;R7 )
imit: tutti (5)
Brs, P D (b[)
PB (&), P T (e[)
tutti cresc
climax, Brs signal arp

E[ <(B[ E[)
<(Cm B[ E[)

Schneller
imit: Str-WW

E[/G Cm7 A[

P T (e[)

A[/C C7 /B[ F m/A[ G7


F ]7 F7 /F Cm/E[ D
Gm A[7 A[ C F m F m7 /A[
E[64 . . . <(E[64 B[7 )
E[

(cm<)
imit: tutti climax
closing cad
(329 m.)

333

CHAPTER 8. ROBERT SCHUMANN


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

334

8.4. SYMPHONY NO. 4 IN D MINOR, OP. 120

8.4

Symphony No. 4 in D minor, Op. 120 (1841/1851)

Source: [57]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 8.5. Currently it only
contains the closing sonata movement.
Mvt. 5 Langsam Lebhaft: sonata form (Dm, D,
Intro Exposition

Development

h i
4
4

, 220 m.)

Recapitulation

Coda

Figure 8.5: Schumann, Symphony No. 4 in D Minor, Op. 120

8.4.1

Mvt. 4 Langsam - Lebhaft

Form: sonata form. The slow (Langsam) introduction to this finale uses thematic material
from the opening movement; i.e., the first violin 16th note motif, that also returns in the
accompaniment of the Lebhaft exposition section. The first group main theme, M1, is the basis
of the development section, full of counterpoint and stretto imitation. This theme is skipped
in the recapitulation, that restates the second theme from the first group (M2) and the second
group theme (M3), both in the tonic key. Another striking effect are the bell chords, played by
brass section in the exposition and recapitulation and returning as a tutti effect in the coda.
The coda is divided into three sub-sections, with increasing tempo (Schneller and Lebhaft,
Presto). See Table 8.21 to 8.23 for the analysis.
The main subject from the exposition has M1(aab) (2 + 2 + 4 m.) sentence structure. On
the smaller scale there are two elementary cells at work: the repeated 8th-note lead with
1
synchronised cadential tutti chords (c) and the dance-rhythm cell (d: 81 . + 16
+ f rac18 +
f rac18). This yields the alternative breakdown into single measures M1((cd)+(cd)+(dcdc)).
The second theme from the first group is in quarter note rhythm with wide leaps and using
a two-measure motif cell M2(aaa) (2 + 2 + 2 m.).
The leaps from M2 must have been the deliberate transitory introduction to the second
group subject M3: this combines the M1 dance rhythm with the leaps (wide upward, third
downward) from M2. This theme can be subdivided into M3(aabbc) (4 + 2 + 4 + 4 + 4 m.)
phrase structure. The a-phrase for lead flute, oboe and first violins starts on the offbeat and
has the dance rhythm on beat 3 and 4, against a 8th-note background in 2nd violins and
violas. The repeated and varied a is set as a string and woodwind imitation, and receives
a syncopated quarter note background. The b-phrase copies the a-phrase melodic shape
and rhythm in a sequential setting Seq(2 4m;R7 ), the c-phrase closes the melody with a
Seq(31m;R7 ) sequence.
The development is mainly based on the main subject M1, first in counterpoint setting.
From m. 88 onward it is combined with a countertheme, the markirt four-measure motif
M4(aab) (1 + 1 + 2 m.) for horns and violas. In the coda there is another Schumann regular:
the introduction of new melodic material after the exposition. Here it is the theme M6(aa)
(2 + 2 m.), juxtaposed with the bell-chord technique, used also in the earlier sections from
this movement. The ascending 8th-note imitative scales (from low to high register) in the
closing presto may be considered as a final new theme.

335

CHAPTER 8. ROBERT SCHUMANN

Table 8.21: Schumann, Symphony No. 4 in D minor, Mvt. 4 Langsam - Lebhaft


m

1
3
5
7
9
14
1
3
5
6
7
8
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
29
33
37
39
43
45
46
47
49
50
51
53
55
57
59

336

Dm

Comment

Langsam

h i

B[ Dm/A
[5/[9
E7 /G] E7 /B[ A
Dm G7 /D C
Dm7 /F B[ F
<(B[7 Gm/B[ A)
A7 . . .

Intro, Brs: signal,


Str: tremolo
[T] Brs: signal
cresc
tutti climax (16 m.)

Lebhaft
|| : D G/D D E7 A

Exp
Gr 1/Th 1, Seq(22m;R7 ),

C F/C F C/E D7 G

WW+Str

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

M2
..
.

Bm

Em A7 /G D/F ] Em7 /D
D46 A7 D
D Am Em/G Bm
F ]7 Bm G7 C7

Em

F ]7 Bm7 /A E7 /G] Am7 /G


D7 /F ] G7 C7 F ]7
B7 Em C7 F7

M2
..
.

M3
M3

M3

M1

4
4

Em A7 /G D/F ] Em7 /D
d

D46 A G/B B7[9 /A

B7 Em7 /D A7 /C] Dm7 /C


G7 /B C7 F7 /A B7
<(E7 A)
<(B7[9 /D] Am/E B7[9 /F ])
[9
<(C][9
7 /E] Bm/F ] C]7 /G])
F ]7 B7 E7 A/E
<(E7 A/E)
E7 E7 /G] F ]7 /A]
G]7 /B] C]m A7 /C]
D Bm E7sus4 E7
E7 E7 /G] F ]7 /A]
G]7 /B] C]m A7 /C]
D Bm E7sus4 E7
A Bm7 /A E/G] F ]7 /A]
Bm C][9
7 /B F ]/A] G]7 /B]
C]m D7 /C] G/B A7 /C]
D B7 /D] A64 E7
<(A E) A D/A A : ||

[U] Seq(21m;R7 )
Gr 1/Th 2, Seq(26m;R5 ),
Vi1
2nd st: WW+Str

Gr 2/Th 1: WW+Str
Seq(24m;R7 )
Seq(31m;R7 ), imit
[V] WW-Str
trans 1: WW+Str cresc
PB (%)
climax, cad
repeat 8ba
PB (%)
climax, cad
Brs: bell ch, Seq(32m;R7 ),
WW+Str: asc scales
final stat
plagal cad

8.4. SYMPHONY NO. 4 IN D MINOR, OP. 120

Table 8.22: Schumann, Symphony No. 4 in D minor, Mvt. 4 Langsam - Lebhaft (contd)
m
62
66
69
72
75
76
78
80
82
86
88
90
92
93
95
97
99
100
102
104
106
110
113
119
123
127
129
133
135
136
137
139
140
141
143
145
147

Comment

Bm

<(G F ][9
7 )
Bm <(F ]7 Bm)

Dev, trans 2
[W] Ctp: WW+Str (4 3m)

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.

Bm/D F ]/C] <(C]m7 F ])


Bm <(F ]7 Bm)

Em

Bm/D F ]/C] Bm F ]/C]


<(G]7 /D C]7 F ])
B7 Em A7 D
G7 C]m F ]7 Bm
<(Em Bm) <(G D)
E7 /D Am/C D7 /C G/B
<(G7 Am/E D7 /F ])
G Am D7 /A G+
Em/G

stretto, Seq(41m;R5 ),
WW+Str
[X] stretto, plagal cad
trans 3
M1: WW+Str,
M4: Hns+Va
repeat

M2
..
.

F ]m

<(F ]m/C] B7 /D] Em)


Am7 /G Dm/F G7 /F C/E
F ]7 /E Bm/D G][5
7 /D C]
C] F ]m

cad
[Y] trans 3
Seq(32m;R7 )

Em

G][5
7 /D C] F ]m
[5
F ]7 /C B Em

M2
..
.

Gm/B[ A D/A

Recap: Vi1, P D (a)

<(B7 Em)/A <(C] F ]m)/A


(D+ G E7 E7[9 )/A
<(A7 D)/A
<(E7[9 /G] Dm/A E7 B)
<(F ][9
7 /A] Em/B F ]7 /C])
B7 E7
<(A7 D/A)
A7 A7 /C] B7 /D]
C]7 /E] F ]m D7 /F ]
G Em Asus4
A7
7
A7 A7 /C] B7 /D]
C]7 /E] F ]m D7 /F ]
G Em Asus4
A7
7
Dm Em7 /D A/C] B7 /D]
Em F ]7 /E B/D] C]7 /E]
F ]m G7 /F ] C/E D7 /F ]
G E7 /G] D46 A7

Seq(32m;R7 )
P D (a)
WW+Str (ped)
P T (d), Seq(24m;R7 )

M1

M1

M4/1

M4/1
..
.

M3
M3

M3

imit, Seq(31m;R5 )
[Z] WW+Str
trans 1: WW+Str cresc
PB (%)
climax, cad
repeat 8ba
PB (%)
climax, cad
Brs: bell ch, Seq(42m;R7 ),
WW+Str: asc scales
cad

337

CHAPTER 8. ROBERT SCHUMANN

Table 8.23: Schumann, Symphony No. 4 in D minor, Mvt. 4 Langsam - Lebhaft (contd)
m
149
152
156
160
162
164
168
170

Comment

M1

D <(A7 D)

final stat: tutti

Em
D

<(C B7 )
<(B7 Em A7 D)

[AA] Coda 1, trans 2


imit: Str+WW

C/E D7 /F ] G E7 /G]
D46 Dm64 Asus4
A7
7
<(B7 Em A7 D)

tutti cresc, bell effect


asc scales, clim, cad
repeat

C/E D7 /F ] G E7 /G]
D46 Dm64 A4 A

tutti cresc, bell effect


asc scales, clim, cad

M5
..
.

M5
..
.

172
174
176
178
180
182
184
186
188

1
6
8
10
12
14
15
17
18

338

Schneller
D F ]/A] Bm B7 /D]
Em Em7 /G D46 A
D F ]7 /E Bm/D B7 /A
Em/G D46 A
D D/F ] Em/G A7
F ]/A] Bm Em A7
D D/F ] Em/G A7
F ]/A] Bm Em A7
A7 . . . E7[9 /G] . . .
Presto
A D B7 Em A[9
7 /C] A7 /G
D/F ] D7 G/B B7 /D]
Em/G Em7 A[9
7 /C] A7 /G
D/F ] F ]/A] Bm B7 /D]
Em Em7 D46 A
D F ]
Bm/D B7 /A Em/G E7 /D
D46 A7
<(D G/D) D

Coda 2: tutti, (cm>)


cad
repeat, parts inversed
cad
trans 2, climax, (cm>)
repeat, climax, (cm>)
[BB] tutti clim, stop (194 m.)
Presto, asc scales
cresc, P D (a)
tutti climax (ped)
(cm>)
cad
(cm<)
cad
plagal cad (26 m.)

Chapter 9

Johannes Brahms
Biographical data:
7-5-1833 in Hamburg
3-4-1897 in Wien
1600

9.1

1700

1800

1900

2000

German Requiem Op. 45 (1868)

Source: [11]. Music for orchestra and choir. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in
Fig. 9.1.
Mvt. 1 Selig sind, die da Leid tragen, Ziemlich langsam und mit Ausdruck:
ABABA Coda form (F ,
Intro A

h i
4
4

, 158 m.)

A1

B1

Tr A2

Cod

Mvt. 2 Denn alles Fleisch es ist wie Gras, Langsam, marschmaig Allegro:
ABAC Coda form (B[m B[,

h ih i

A1 (75 m.)

B (52 m.)

C (105 m.)

3
4

4
4

, 337 m.)
A2 (79 m.)
Coda (34 m.)

Mvt. 3 Herr, lehre doch mich, Andante moderato: ABC form (Dm,

h ih i

Tr C

2
2

Figure 9.1: Brahms, German Requiem Op. 45

c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl

3
2

, 103 m.)

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS

9.1.1

Mvt. 1 Selig sind, die da Leid tragen, Ziemlich langsam und mit Ausdruck

Form: ABA1 B1 A2 . The opening movement is without trumpets and violins; there is an optional organ (for pedal points and sustained bass lines). The positioning of A and B sections
yields a bridge form. The tonic pedal point from the introduction returns in the transitions
and coda. See Table 9.1 and 9.2 for the analysis.

9.1.2

Mvt. 2 Denn alles Fleisch es ist wie Gras, Langsam, marschmaig

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

340

9.1. GERMAN REQUIEM OP. 45

Table 9.1: Brahms, German Requiem Op. 45, Mvt. 1 Selig sind, die da Leid tragen
m

1
7
11
15
19
21
23
25
27
29
33
37

47

M3.1
..
.

65
71

(F F7 B[ B[m F F7 )/F
(C7 F7 B[ G7 F D[7 )/F
G[/D[ D[7 F46 C7 E7 /F F

Intro, 44 , LoStr, P T (f )
Str imit
cad

(F F7 B[ B[m)/F

A, Ch-Str

(F F7 B[)/F

Ch

80

M3.3
..
.

M3.2
..
.

Am C7 /B[ F/A G C
F B[ C
F B[ C C7

Str+Fl

F Gm7 /B[ C7 F B7 /D E7

[A] Ch+tutti

Am F7 B[m G7 C C7
<(A/C] C7 ) (C7 E7 Dm)/F
d

D[

(Str+Ob)-Ch

<(F B[ C C7 )

Ch-(WW+Brs)

D[ G[m A[ E[m A[7

[B] B, Ch+Str imit

G[[9
7 A[7 D[/F F7 B[m/D[
B[m D[7 /F G[ E[7 /G
A[7 D[7 G[ E[7 /G

+WW
climax
Ch+tutti imit

D[/A[ . . . A[sus4
A[7
7
D[ . . . G[

M4
..
.

h i

Dm Am Em F Dm

M3.2
..
.

75

83
86
88

Comment

M2
..
.
..
.
..
.

59
62

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.

43

50
52
55

(F B[ B[m F F7 )/F

[C] A1 , Ch+Str imit, P T (f )

(C7 F7 B[ B[m F m D[7 )/F

Ch+tutti (see intro)

G[/D[ D[7 F46 C7[9


D[

D[/F G[m A[ A[[9


7 /E[
E[[9
7 /G

[D] B1 , Ch+Str imit

D[+

A[ D[/F
F7 B[m
D[7 G[ E[7 /G
A[7 D[7 G[ . . . Eb7 /G

clim, stretto imit

92
94

D[/A[ . . .
A[sus4
A[7 D[ E[m7 /D[
7

cad

96
100

(D[ D[7 G[ C7 )/D[


D[ D[7 (F B7 C)/C C7 /E

Str, P T (d[) (see intro)


Ch+Str

341

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS

Table 9.2: Brahms, German Requiem Op. 45, Mvt. 1 Selig sind, die da Leid tragen
m
106
108
111
113
116
119
122
124
127
133
136
138
140
144
148
150
152

342

Comment

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

(F F7 B[)/F C7 F Dm

[E] A2 , Ch+WW+Hns

Am Em Dm/F Gm7 C7
(F F7 B[ E7 F )/F Dm
Am Em Dm Am C7 /B[
F/A G C F B[ C

+tutti

F Gm7 /B[ C F

Ch+WW

B7 /D E7 Am
B[m G7 C C7

tutti clim

<(A/C] C7 ) (C7 E7 Dm)/F

(Str+Ob)-Ch

M2
..
.

M2
..
.
..
.

Ch+Hns

F B[ C C7 A/C]
F ]m/A D Am Dm

Ch+Str
trans, WW-Str imit

Am/E Dm/F B[/D Gm


C7 . . . F F ]7 Gm F/A C7

tutti clim, cad

<(F F7 B[ C7 )/F

[F] Coda, tutti imit, P T (f )

<(F C7 ) F F/C

(cm<), climax

F F/C C7 F
Dm B[ F46 C7 F

(158 m.)

9.1. GERMAN REQUIEM OP. 45


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

343

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS

9.1.3

Mvt. 3 Herr, lehre doch mich, Andante moderato

Form: ABC. The M0 motif is used as a rhythmic and melodic ostinato in the bass; it returns
on many scalar steps, also in melodic diminution. The themes M1 and M2 are in a call-andresponse setting for solo bass and full choir. The growing impatience of the pupil is expressed
in ever shorter note duration values in the background (starting with half notes and going
to quarter notes and triplets, and finally 8th notes and triplets). Another motif M2, derived
from the M2 melody, is used in imitation as orchestral backgrounds. The C section is full of
imitation and counterpoint over a continuous tonic pedal point (supported by the organ).
See Table 9.3 and 9.4 for the analysis.

9.2

String Quartet Op. 51 No. 1 (1873)

Source: [9].
An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 9.2.
Mvt. 1 Allegro: sonata form (Cm,

h i

Exposition (83 m.)

Developm. (49 m.)

Recapitulation (91 m.)

3
2

, 260 m.)

Coda (36 m.)

Mvt. 2 Romanze, poco adagio: ABAB Coda form (A[,


A

h i
3
4

, 96 m.)

Cd

Mvt. 3 Allegretto molto moderato e comodo: scherzo (ABA) and trio (CDC) form
(F m F ,

h ih i

4
8

3
4

, 146 m.)

Cd

Mvt. 4 Allegro: ABCABCA Coda, sonata form (Cm,


Exp, A1
Recap, A3

C1

Dev, A2

h i
2
2

, 248 m.)
C2

Cod
Figure 9.2: Brahms, String Quartet Op. 51 No. 1

9.2.1

Mvt. 1 Allegro

Form: sonata form. This opening movement shows the Brahms characteristic of already
varying and developing main themes in the second statement of the exposition and recapitulation. Therefore the real development is relatively short and based on the first themes of
both groups, M1 and M3, that also appear in combination. The backgrounds are full of ref344

9.2. STRING QUARTET OP. 51 NO. 1

Table 9.3: Brahms, German Requiem Op. 45, Mvt. 3 Herr, lehre doch mich
m

M0

Dm

M1
..
.

8
13
17
21
25
30
33
39
41
45
48
52
54
56
60
62
66
73
74
81
85
87
89
93
105
108
110
114
118
121

M2
..
.
..
./2
..
.
..
.

M1
..
.

Comment
h i
2
2

M1/0
..
.
..
.

M2
..
./2
..
.

A, bass motif

Dm Am F/A B[ F A

B-Solo, Hns+Str bg

B[ Gm7 E /G . . . A
A Dm . . . A Dm
F Am/C . . . B[ Gm Dm

cad
[A] Ch, Str+WW bg,

C B[ F E7 A Dm

M0: dim

E7 . . . C]7 Dm B[ A
d

B[

Dm Am/C B[ E7 /G A
B[no 5 B[7no 3 E[m B[ . . .

[B] B-Solo, WW bg

F ]7 /A] . . .

M2: WW+Str, 4ths tripl

(Bm B7 Em Bm)/B
d

[5/[9

E7 /B[ Asus4
A
7
B[ B[7 E[m/B[ B[7 B[7 /A[

Ch, Str bg 4th tripl

E[m/G[ . . .

cresc, (cm<)

B7 . . .

M2: WW climax
d

Dm

M1
..
.
..
.

M2

Am A7 /G B[/F E[m

cresc, (cm<)

C]7 /D F ]m/C]
(A7 Dm Am B[7 )/A
(Ano 3 Dm Am F A)/A

climax, P D (a)
[C] B-Solo, Str bg (ped)

Dm Gm/B[ E7 /G A
Dm A Dm B[ Dm
E7 /G Asus4
E7 /B[ A
7

Ch, WW+Str bg

C]m/G] . . . A
C]m/G] A G7 F ]7
A/F G]7 /D Dm64 A
Dm . . .

cad
trans, Vi, 4ths tripl, P T (d)
h i
3
2

M3/2
..
.

D Bm G]7 A7 Em

M1/2
..
./2

Dm

E7 /D C]7 D7 B7[9
E7 D7 G/D E7 /G Asus4
A
7
D D7 G/D E7 /G Asus4

A
7
Dm/A Gm Dm Am F ]7

M2: augm in B-solo


WW+Hns+Str
[D] B-Solo, WW: M2 imit

Gm E7 Dm Gm

Str: M2 echo

B, B-Solo, WW bg

345

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS

Table 9.4: Brahms, German Requiem Op. 45, Mvt. 3 Herr, lehre doch mich (contd)
m
123
126
129
133
136
138
140
142
144
147
150
155
157

M
..
./2
/0
M3
..
.

Comment

F C/E F ]7 Gm E7
<(Dm Gm)
F B7 /F C/E (G7 C]7 )/B[

[E] Ch, WW+Str: bg

M1
M4

M4/2

M1

Dm

164
169
173
175
177
180
181
183
185
188
190
192
194
196
198
200
202
205
207

346

M5
..
.
..
.
..
.

M5
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

M5
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

F/A D7[9 /C B7 D[7 F/C


B[/F (Gm G )/B[ F46 C7
F/C F B[/F (Gm G )/B[
<(F46 C7 )
A/C] Dm
A/C] D7 /C G/B G7 /F
E7 E7 /D A7 /C] A[9
7 /G
[9
D/F ] <(F ]7 D/F ]) Dm/F E7
Dm/F E7 G]7 /D
G]7 /D . . .

M2 imit, (Str 8ths)


cad
WW+Hns+Str
cad
B-Solo, Str: 8ths tripl
[F] Ch, imit

(A D A7 D D7 )/A
(D] Em D Asus4
A7 )/A
7

Ch imit, trans, P D (a)

(D D7 G A7 )/D

h i

(D G]7 A A7 D E7 )/D

tutti bg, 8ths

stretto imit, (M2) clim


WW: 4th tripl

2
2

C, Ch imit, P T (d)

(C]7 D G A A7 )/D
(D G]7 A A7 )/D
(D G]7 C]7 )/D
(D D7 G A7 )/D

[G] tutti repeat, P T (d)

(D D7 G Am D7 G)/D
C D7 G G7 )/D
(C]7 Dm E7 A A7 )/D
(Dm B[ A7 Gm D7 Gm7 )/D
(A7 D D7 Gm)/D
(A[9
7 D G]7 )/D

[H] stretto imit, clim

(A A7 D G]7 E7 A)/D

(WW: 8ths)

(A A7 D G]7 C]7 )/D


(D D7 G D7 Em7 G C)/D

(Str: 8ths arp)

(G G7 C C]7 D7 )/D
(G D Em7 D)/D

tutti climax (208 m.)

9.2. STRING QUARTET OP. 51 NO. 1


erences to these themes, using small motifs in counterpoint settings and melodic inversion.
See Table 9.5 to 9.7 for the analysis.
The first subject has M1(abbbbc) (1 + 1 + 1 + 3 + 4 m.) structure. Both the a- and bphrase are based on ascending dotted-rhythm arpeggios in the violins; the b-phrase contains
a downward leap. The c-phrase is a tutti cadence. The second theme has M2(abab) (1 + 1 +
1 + 1 m.) period structure, with the a-phrase in half note, the b-phrase in quarter-note triplet
rhythm. The second group subject has M3(aabbc) (1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 4 m.) structure, with
the a-phrase in afterbeat quarter note, the b-phrase in stepwise moving 8th-note rhythme,
and the c-phrase in legato quarter note arpeggios. M4 is a through-composed melody. full
of 8th-note arpeggios and dotted rhythm leaps. The last theme has an unbalanced sentence
structure M5(aab) (1 + 1 + 10 m.), with a long-winding tail for first violin.

9.2.2

Mvt. 2 Romanze poco adagio

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

347

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS

Table 9.5: Brahms, String Quartet Op. 51 No. 1, Mvt. 1 Allegro


m

Comment

M1
..
.

Cm

|| : (Cm D7[9 Cm)/C

Exp/Gr 1, Vi1, P T (c)

(A[ F7 )/C B[m


A[ . . . G G[/B[ F
(D[ F m)/A[ B[m F m/A[ G7
C/G G7 /B C F m/A[

cad, climax
(aa): Vi1, M1: bg
(a): Vi2

C/G G7 /B C F ]7
G G/B D/F ]7 G
Cm D7[9 /F ] Cm/G

(a)
M1: Vc
Va+Vc, Vi1: 8ths bg

3
5
11
15
17
19
23
25
27
31
32
35
37
39
40
41
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
61
63
67
70
72
75
78
80
80

348

M2/1
M2
..
.

M1
..
.

[5/[9

5
M3
..
.
..
.

5
M3
..
.
..
./1

M4

M4
..
.

M5
..
.
..
.

M1

E[m

D7 /A[ F7 /A B[m
A[ A[m E[ E[m/G[
F7 B[7
F7[9 /E[ B[ B[[9
7 F7
B[7 E[m/B[ F m

trans, climax
[A] cad
Gr 2, Vi1+2 par,

E[m D[ D[7 /A[

Va: 8ths bg

G[/B[ C[ G[/D[
C[/E[ B[m/F F7
[9
B[[9
7 E[m E[7 /D[ A[m/C[
D]7 /C F ]m/C] D7 D]7

Va-Vi1
i (%)
trans, (cm), Pm

A/E F ]m A7 /G
D/F ] Dm/F A/C]
d

E[

<(Dm A)/A
B[7 /A[ Gm Cm7 /G F m7
6
[9
B[[9
7 /F E[/G A[m E[4 F7 B[
B[7 /A[ Gm Cm F m7
B[7 E[ A[ F m
F7 F7
<(E[/B[ F7 ) F7 /E[ B[/D
d

B[7 A[/C B[7 /D F7[9 /E[


F7 /E[ E[ F7 /C E[/B[
F7 /A E[/B[ F7 /C E[64 B[
E[ E[m/G[ F7[9 E[64
B[7 E[ E[m/G[
1) F ] Cm6 G : ||
7
7
4
2) F ] F Am6 Am
7
7
4

Vi, M1: arp%


cad
Vi1, climax
[B] stretto imit

Vi1
Vi1 quasi improv
cad
trans, Vc
repeat 1), cad
2), cad, (cm<)

9.2. STRING QUARTET OP. 51 NO. 1

Table 9.6: Brahms, String Quartet Op. 51 No. 1, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m
84
88
92
95
96
100
102
104
108
112
118
120
122

Comment

M1

M1

M3
M1

M3
M1/3
..
.
..
.
..
.

Am

Am/E F7 B[/D E7
Am/E F7 B[/D E7
Am Am/C B7 /D
C/E F B /D C B7 /D
C C7[9 F Am B7[9
Em . . . Am/C
G/B C/E D7 /F ] G C D7 /A
[9
G G[9
7 C Em F ]7
[9
Bm G7 Cm/E[ G][9
7

Dev, Va
imit: Vi1-Vcimit, Seq(28m;R5 )

M3

133
137

5
M1
..
.
..
.

141
143
149
151
155
157
160
164
166
169
172
174
177
179
181
182

G
C]m

M2
M2
..
.

M1
..
.
..
.

M3
..
.
..
.
..
.

Vi1+2
imit
Va: 8ths bg
Vc/(Vi1+2)

C]m A/E <(D G]7 )


[9
G][9
7 C]7 Bm/D
d

6
G][9
7 F ]m C]m4 G]7
[9
F ]m Bm C]7 Bm

124
129

139

C
Em

cad
d

Cm

D]7 G]7 . . . E7 . . .
F ]m7 /C] D/F ] A/E G][9
7 /D]

imit, cresc, (cm<)


retrans, climax

A[/C . . .
A[ D7[9 /A Cm/G

Recap, Vc
Gr 1, Vi1

D7[9 /F ] F7 F7 /E[ B[m/D[

+Vi2, PBi (&)

A[/C . . .
A[/C G G/B F ] F ]7 /A] Bm
D C] /E D/F ] G A[/C D
[9
G[9
7 /B Cm/E[ G7
C/G G7 /B C F m/A[

(cm<)
clim, cad
Vi1
Vi2

C/G G7 /B C C7 F/C
F/C E C7
F m G[9
7 /B F m/C

imit
Va+Vc, Vi1: 8ths bg

D[7 B[7 /D E[m D[

cresc

D[m A[ . . .
<(A[/C G)
G[9
7 Cm D7 /F ] G7

tutti climax
[C] cad
Gr 2, Vi2+1 par,

Cm/G G7 /D Cm E[/G

Va bg

B[7 E[/G A[ E[/B[


A[/C Gm64 D7
[9
G[9
7 Cm C7 F m

349

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS

Table 9.7: Brahms, String Quartet Op. 51 No. 1, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)
m
186
188
190
194
196
198
200
202
204
208
212
214
216
220
224
226
232
238
242
244
252

350

M3
..
.

M4

M4
..
.

M1/3

Comment

C7 E[m/B[ C[7 C7

i (%)
trans, (cm), Pm

G[/D[ E[m G[7


B/D] Bm/D F ] Bm F ]
G7 /F Em7 Am7 /E Dm7
6
[9
G[9
7 /D C/E F m C4 D7 G
G7 /F Em7 Am7 Dm

cresc
climax, stretto imit
Vi1, climax

G7 C F Dm
D7 D7
C/G <(D7 C) D7 Em

M5
..
.
..
.

M1
M1
5
M3
M1
..
.

Fm
C

[D] stretto imit

Vi1

G7 F/A G7 /B D7[9

Vi1 quasi improv

D7 /A C/G D7 /F ] C/G D7 /A
C46 G7
C Cm/E[ D7[9 /F ] C46 G7
C Cm/E[ D7[9 /F ] Cm64 G7

cad
trans, Vc
repeat

C7[9 F m
[9
[9
G[9
7 C7 F m G7
C . . . F . . . F m D[/A[

Coda, Vc: 8ths bg, P D (c)


Vi1+2
clim, imit: (Vc+Va)-Vi

Cm64 G[9
7 F m D[/A[
6
Cm4 G[9
7
<(C C7 F D[/F . . . )
C

cad
climax
triplets (260 m.)

9.2. STRING QUARTET OP. 51 NO. 1


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

351

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS

9.2.3

Mvt. 3 Allegretto molto moderato e comodo

Form: scherzo and trio, ABA-CDC Coda. The scherzo part covers the sections ABA, the
trio is the CDC section. The contrast lies in the rhythmic values and the minor-major key
relationship: whereas the basic rhythm of the scherzo is groups of 16th notes (note the descending character of the melodic material), the trio has an 8th note groove (in particular the
8th note a-pedal point for second violin, alternating between fingered note on d-string and
open 2nd string). The scherzo displays key ambiguity; the opening phrase balances between
tonic and dominant minor, the cadential F m chord is postponed until the second A section.
The transition near the end of the trio contains a melody, that is a reference to the M1 subject,
through melodic augmentation. See Table 9.8 and 9.9 for the analysis.
The A-section main subject has M1(aab) (4 + 4 + 6 m.) sentence structure, with characteristic 16th-note appoggiaturas and stepwise motion in the a-phrase and the dotted rhythms
in the b-phrase. The second theme is shorter, with M2(ab) (2 + 2 m.) structure in legato 16th
notes, and pedal point and chromatically descending background voices. The B-section subject has M3(aab) (1 + 1 + 2 m.) sentence structure. The theme M4(ab) (5 + 3 m.) has a stretto
imitation a-phrase (with a one-measure motif, the original in first violin, melodic inversion
in second violin).

9.2.4

Mvt. 4 Allegro

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

352

9.2. STRING QUARTET OP. 51 NO. 1

Table 9.8: Brahms, String Quartet Op. 51 No. 1, Mvt. 3 Allegretto molto moderato e comodo
m

1
3
5
7
8
9
13
15
17
19

M1.a

M1.a
..
.

27
30
32
33
38
43
46
51

M3

M3

M4

M4

56
58
60

M1.a

M1.a
..
.
..
.

M2

M2

M1

M1

63
64
66
68
70
72
76
78
80
83

Cm

Comment

Allegretto

h i
4
8

[9
F m || : G[9
7 F m G7 A[/C
D[ A[/E[ B[7 /F E[ F m
[9
G[9
7 F m G7 C7 /E

([[[[)

A, Vi1, 16ths
halfcad
repeat, var

[5/[9

M1.b

M2

M2
..
.

21
25

62

Bm
B[m
D[
F

Cm
Fm

F m D7 /F ] Cm/G D7 /A[
Cm64 G7 Cm
[9
G7 . . . E[[9
7 /G F7 /A
G[9
7 /B Cm F m7 G
(Cm D7 G7 C A[ B[ A[)/C
E[ D /F G7
(Cm D7 G7 C A[ B[ A[)/C

i (&), P (c)
Vi2, Pm
T

1) Cm

E[ A[ E[ D7 /F G7 Cm
D[/F F m : ||2) Cm

repeat 1), 2)

Cm C7 F ]7 Bm/F ]
C]7 F ]7
Bm B7 /A F7 /A B[m
C7 /E[ F7 D7 . . .
D[7 G[7 C[7 A[97 /C
A[7 . . . D[
G7 C7 F7 B[7 G7
C7 . . . F . . . D[/A[ F m

B, Vc, Seq(24m;R7 )
syncopes in bg
Vi1

[9
G[9
7 F m G7 A[/C
D[ A[/E[ B[7 /F E[ F m
[9
G[9
7 F m G7 C7 /E

cad
Vi2+Vc, Seq(3R7 )
i (&), P (c)
Vi1, Pm
T

trans, imit, triplets


Vi1+Va par, cad
imit
Vi1+Vi2
A, Vi1, 16ths
halfcad
repeat, var

F m C7 /G Am/A[ G7 /F

F m64 C7 F m G7 /F
F m64 C7 F m F46 C7
(F m G7 C7 F D[ E[ D[)/F
A[ G7 /B[ C7
(F m G7 C7 F D[ E[ D[)/F
A[ G7 /B[ C7 F m
F m Cm/E[ B[m
C7 B[m/D[ F m
C7 /E <(B[m F m)
B[m . . . F

cad
i (&), P (f )
Vi1, Pm
T
i (&), P (f )
Vi2, Pm
T
cad
[H] trans, imit

plagal cad

353

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS

Table 9.9: Brahms, String Quartet Op. 51 No. 1, Mvt. 3 Allegretto molto moderato e comodo
(contd)
m

87
94
98
103
107
111
116
118
127
129
131
133
135
143

354

M3
..
.
..
.

M4
..
.

M3
(M1)
..
.
..
.

M3

Comment

Un poco piu` animato

h i

|| : F . . . Am/C . . . Dm/F

Vi1, P (a)

Am/E <(Dm/F A)

Seq(24m;R7 )

<(Cm/E[ G) B[m/D[
F F + Dm/F C46 G7 C : ||
<(C F C)/C

cad, repeat 1), 2)


D, Vi2+Vc (cm)

<(Em Am Em)/E
Am/E Em C7
F . . . A7 /C . . .
F7 B[ D7 /A Gm

C, VI1+Va var, P (a)


trans

3
4

([) C

F/C B7 /F F/C C7
F7 Gm F7 /A B[ D7 Gm
F/C B7 /F F46 C7

cad

<(F Dm F Am/C)
F ... Fm ...

Coda, Vi1, P (a)


Allegretto D.C. (146 m.)

9.2. STRING QUARTET OP. 51 NO. 1


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

355

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS

9.2.5

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

356

9.2. STRING QUARTET OP. 51 NO. 1


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

357

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS

9.3

String Quartet Op. 51 No. 2 (1873)

Source: [9]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 9.3.


Mvt. 4 Finale, Allegro non assai: rondo form (Am,
A (58 m.)
A (55 m.)

B (57 m.)
B (42 m.)

h i
3
4

, 359 m.)

A1 (45 m.)
A2 (41 m.)

B1 (35 m.)

C (35 m.)

Figure 9.3: Brahms, String Quartet Op. 51 No. 2

9.3.1

Mvt. 4 Finale, Allegro non assai

Form: rondo (A-B-A1 -B1 -A-B-A2 ). See Table 9.10 to 9.12 for the analysis.
The sweeping main theme has M1(aab) (3 + 3 + 6 m.) sentence structure with characteristic appoggiatura hemiolas, that yield an association with Hungarian national music. This
subject is not only repeated in the later A-sections, but also returns in the transitions and
coda. Almost every time this theme is played, it is presented as a tutti climax. The theme
M2, in quarter note rhythm, is in the relative major key and has M2(aab) (2 + 2 + 6 m.) sentence structure. At the end of thematic statements we find harmonic sequences with stretto
character.
The B-section theme has M3(aab) (2 + 2 + 12 m.) structure, with the a-phrase in contrary
motion 8th note arpeggios and the long b-tail in contrary motion quarter note rhythm. M4
starts with one-measure cells and has M4(aaaab) (1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 4 m.) structure.
The B1 -section uses the M3 theme for rapid modulations through a set of minor keys.
Then the parallel major key A appears until the return to minor in the coda. It is the A2 section where the main theme is treated in melodic diminution and augmentation. An alternative interpretation of this movement is a sonata form with ABA1 as exposition, B1 the
short development, AB the recapitulation, and A2 the start of the coda.

9.3.2

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

358

9.3. STRING QUARTET OP. 51 NO. 2

Table 9.10: Brahms, String Quartet Op. 51 No. 2, Mvt. 4 Finale, Allegro non assai
m

Comment

1
9
13

M1

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

Am

Am Am/C E Em Em/G D
Dm/F <(E Am) E7
Am E Em D

A (aa): VI1, clim


(b), unis
[A] 2nd stat, (aa): Va

Dm <(A/C] Dm) Bm

(b), unis

19
25
28
31
34
37
43
45
49
53
59
63
65
67
69
71
75
79
83
87
91
94
97
98
100
108
116
120
129

M1
..
.

F B[7 E[/G A7 D G7 C F7

dim, Seq(4R7 )

M3
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

M4

M4

clim cad, Seq(3R7 )

B7[5 <(Am/C B7[5 /F ) A

M2
..
.

A7 D G7 C F7 B[/D E7

Am/C Dm Am64 E
F/A Dm7 D7 G7
G7 /F D7 /F ]
G7 G7 /F C/E C7 /B[

cad, (cm>)
[B] trans

[9
A[9
7 /C] Dm G7 /F C/E
F ]7 G . . . Gm

(b)
halfcad

Gm C7

[C] B, tutti clim, (cm)

(aa): Vi1

F Em/G Am7
d

G[9
7 /B C/E E7 F
B7 C/E G]7
[5/[9

Am

D7 /A[ C46 G7
C F/A Dm C]7
Dm F ]7 G7
C F Dm C]7
Dm F ]7 G G7
C G7 Am G[9
7 C7 F F ]7
G7 C/E <(F ]7 G7 /F C/E)
<(G]7 Am C]7 /G Dm/F )
C7[9 /E F D7 /F ]
C/G A7 /G G7
[5
C F ][9
7 . . . B7 /F
E . . . E7[9

cad
[D] (aa): Vc
(b)
2nd stat, (aa): Vi1
(b)
[E] Seq(2R7 ),
3pt syncopes
cad
[F] trans, imit, (cm)
unisono

Am E Em D

[G] A1 (aa): Vi1

Dm <(E Am)
E7 A D7 G C7 F B7

(b), unis
Seq(3R7 )

359

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS

Table 9.11: Brahms, String Quartet Op. 51 No. 2, Mvt. 4 Finale, Allegro non assai (contd)
m
132
136
140
144
148
154

Comment

M2
..
.

Em

Em C7 F B Em

(aa): Vi1

M2
..
.

C7 F B7 E A7 D Gm D7[9
Gm G7 /B[ C7
C7 (F F7 )/C

(b)
[H] cad
(aa): Vi1, P D (c)

(Gm C7[9 )/C F G7


C Cm A7 /C A7 /C]

161
164

M3

Dm

Dm E7 A[9
7 Dm
E7[9 Am F ]7 B7[9

166

M3
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

Em

Em F ][9
7 G/D E7 /G]

171
175
178
182
184
186
196
201
205
210
214
222
225
227
229
234
238
242
246
251
256
262
264

360

M1
..
.

F ]m

imit, cresc

<(C] G][9
7 /B] C] F ]m/C]

tutti climax

Dm

<(A7 /C] E7 /D) A7 /C]

Am

B[/D B7 /D] Am7 /E A7 /E


Dm/F B7 /F ]
(E7 Am A7 Dm E7[9 )/E

PBi (%)
cad
[K] P D (e)

Am

Am D]7 E D]7

[L] A (a): Vi1, clim

Em C]7 D C]7
Dm <(E Am) E E7
Am E Em D

(a)
(b), unis
[M] 2nd stat, (aa): Va

Dm <(A Dm)

(b), unis
d

A7 D G7 C F7 B[/D E7

[N] Seq(3R7 )

F7 B[7 E[/G A7 D

dim, Seq(4R7 )

G7 C F B7[5 /F
<(Am/C B7[5 /F ) Am/C
A

M3
..
.
..
.

A F ]7 /A] Bm G][9
7 /B]

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

M2
..
.

[I] B1 , imitation

[O] trans, P D (e)


(]]]) (aa): Vc

F ][9
7 Bm E7 /G] A
D]7 E Em

cad

Em A7 D

[P] B, tutti clim, (cm)

D
A

Dm/F

<(E D]7 )/E


E7 /D A/C] A7 /G

<(E7[9

A/C]) D]7

A64 E7
A D/F ] Bm A]7

cad

9.3. STRING QUARTET OP. 51 NO. 2

Table 9.12: Brahms, String Quartet Op. 51 No. 2, Mvt. 4 Finale, Allegro non assai (contd)
m
268
272
276
280
284
285
287
290
293
298
301
305
309
313
317
320
322
324
326
328
331
334
337
342
350
352
356

M4

M4

M1

M1

M1

Comment

Bm E E7
A D Bm A]7
Bm D]7 Em E7
A E7 D E7[9 A7 D]7
E7 A/C]
<(D]7 E E7 /D A/C])
<(C]7 /E] F ] F ]7 /E Bm/D)
A7 /C] D B7 /D] A64 E7

[Q] (aa): Vc
(b)
2nd stat, (aa): Vi1

Poco tranquillo
A F ]m Bm G]7
E A7 D/F ] B7 E/G] C]7
F ]m B7[9 /D]
A/E A7 D Em A7 D
(A F ]7 Bm B7 E E7[9 )/E
A A7 F ]7 Bm B7[9
E7 E7]5
A G][9
7 C]m
d

M1
..
.

M1

(M1)
M1

Am

[R] 3pt syncopes


Seq(2R7 )
cad
[S] A2 , imitation
(a): V1 dim
[T] P D (e)

[U] (a) Vi1, augm

E7[9 A/C] B7[9


C]m/G] G][9
7 /F ] C]m/E

4pt hemiolas
(a)

[9
C][9
7 F ]m/C] B7 /A
E/G] Am E/G]
Em/G F ]m F7

P D (e)
PBi (&)

Piu` vivace
Am E Em C]7 D
D A Dm D]7
[5/[9
E E7 Am A[9
/F
7 Dm B7
Am/C D]7 /A
Am/E . . . E Am
Am64 E Am

Coda (\\\)
Vi1, dim
[V] Va+Vc, P D (e)
Vi1 dim, climax
unisono
cad (359 m.)

361

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

362

9.4. STRING SEXTET OP. 36 NO. 2

9.4

String Sextet Op. 36 No. 2 (1866)

Source: [9]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 9.4.


Mvt. 2 Presto giocoso: scherzo and trio form (Gm G,

h i
3
4

, 371 m.)

Scherzo (120 m.)


Presto (130 m.)
Primo tempo (108 m.)

C (12 m.)
Figure 9.4: Brahms, String Sextet Op. 36 No. 2

9.4.1

Mvt. 2 Scherzo, Allegro non troppo

Form: ternary song form (Scherzo - Presto - Primo tempo). Both the scherzo and the presto
(the trio) have the ternary ABA Coda structure. The M1 theme in the scherzo A section splits
the sextet into two subgroups: the three upper strings provide a block chord texture around
the theme, the three lower parts play pizzicato bass riffs in hoquetus technique. The same
subdivision returns in the trio A section. The scherzo can also be interpreted in terms of a
sonata form; the B section, with its counterpoint settings, modulations and varied rhythm
has the characteristics of a development. There is even a false recapitulation. The trio main
theme M4 contains many hemiolas. The Primo tempo section is a repeat of the scherzo, with
a coda (Animato). See Table 9.13 to 9.15 for the analysis.
The opening theme has M1(abc) (4 + 4 + 8 m.) structure with dissimilar phrases; the
connecting element is the pizzicato riff in the lower voices. M2 is a four-measure theme in
legato 8th notes, with three statements in an imitation counterpoint setting. On a somewhat
lareger scale the B-section subject has M3(aabc) (4 + 3 + 3 + 6 m.) structure.
The Part 2 Presto giocoso first theme has M4(aab) (4 + 4 + 8 m.) period structure. The
stepwise descending motif M5 in legato 8th note rhythmis used in a sequential setting.

9.5

Symphony No. 3 in F major, Op. 90 (1884)

Source: [10]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 9.5.


Detailed score analysis of the Brahms symphonies was complemented with the formal
analysis presented in [20] and [26].

9.5.1

Mvt. 1 Allegro con brio

Form: sonata form. See Table 9.16 to 9.19 for the analysis. The movement opens with a
woodwind
h imotto M0 (there is no introduction): an arpeggio dotted whole note pattern (the
meter is 64 ) of an upward minor third leap, followed by an upward major sixth (three
notes covering the interval of the octave). This motto returns as the background in the first
363

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS

Table 9.13: Brahms, String Sextet Op. 36 No. 2, Mvt. 2 Scherzo, Allegro non troppo
m

1
5
9
13
17
21
25
34
38
42
44
46
48
50
56
58
60
66
69
73
77
80
83
87
91
97
101
105
109
113
117

364

M1
..
.
..
.

M2
M2
M2
M3
M3
M3
..
.
..
.

I(M2)

Scherzo [ABA]

Part 1:
d

h i
2
4

A, Exp (a): Vi1

Cm F7 B[7 E[ B[

(b), syncopes

A7 D D7 Gm D
Am . . . A7
Dm . . . A7[9
Am G]7 /B Am/C E7 /G] A7
Dm . . . A7 Dm : ||

(c)
P D (a)
Vi1+Va1: unis triplets
Vc1, sync
Vi2+Va2 (repeat)

E[ E[7 B[[9
7 E[
[9
E E7 B7 E B E
C/E F G/B C F

B, Dev, imit

Gm

C]/E] F ]m D/F ] Gm

16ths, PBi (%)

E[/G E/G] F m/A[ A[7


<(G D7[9 )
G . . . <(G D7[9 )

stretto to climax
climax
imit

G D7[9 G D79

[A] False Recap (a): Vi1

Dm

E[
E

Seq(32m;Ri ), imit,

G C/E G/D F7
G D Bm D
F ]m F ]m/A

M1
M1

Comment

|| : Gm D7 Gm D

Gm

M1
..
.

M1
..
.
..
.

M2
M2
M2

Gm

Dm
Gm

arp%
(cm<)

Gm D7 Gm D

A, Recap (a): Vi1

Cm F7 B[7 E[ B[

(b)

Cm F7 Dm7
G7 Cm Gm64 D7
Gm . . . D7[9
Dm . . . A7 /C] D7
Gm . . . D Gm
<(F B[ D Gm)
F B[ A Dm C F
D A7 D Gm

(c)
cad
Vi1+Vi2: unis triplets
Va1, sync
Va2
trans
cresc to climax, (cm<)

(Gm E[)/G Cm F7 B[
[9
(Gm E[)/G G[9
7 Cm D7
Gm D7 Gm D Gm

Coda (a) dim imit, P T (g)


(a) dim imit, (ped)
closing cad

9.5. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN F MAJOR, OP. 90

Table 9.14: Brahms, String Sextet Op. 36 No. 2, Mvt. 2 (contd)


m

121
127
134
137
144
148

M4.a
M4.b

M4.a
M4.b

153
160
165
169
173
177
181

M5

M4

M4

I(M5)
..
.
..
.
..
.

185
187
188
189

Bm

Comment

Presto giocoso [ABA]


<(Am/D D7 /C G/B)
Em/G F ] Bm Em A
D A G64 D G
<(Am/D D7 /C G/B)
Em/G A D G
<(C]7 F ]7 Bm)

Part 2: 34
A (aab): Vi1+2, P D (d)
tutti climax
cad
2nd stat (aab), P D (d)

D7 . . . E7 . . .
D/F ] Em/G A7 D7
<(G F ]7 /C)
C/E D G A7 /G
<(G F ]7 /C) Em
F ]7 . . . Bm
D7 /C . . . Bm

[B] B (aaa): Vi2+Vc1, Seq


(b)
(aab): Vi1 dim, P T (g)

E7 /D C]7

(a)

F ]7 /E Bm/D

(b)

G7 /F ] C]7 /E
A7 . . . Am D

(cm<)

<(Am/D D7 /C G/B)
Em/G F ] Bm Em A
D A G64 D

A (aab): Vi1+2, P D (d),


tutti climax
cad

h i

cad

2nd stat (aab)


[C] (aa): Vi1, Seq.

193
200
205

M4.a
M4.b

209

M4.a

<(G7 Am/C D7 )

trans, Vi1

215

Am/C D7 B7 /F ] Em

A, Seq(R7 ), clim, PB (%)

221
223

M4.a
..
.
..
.

E/G] Am D7
<(G Cm)/G

P T (g)

227
231
243
247

M4
M4
M4
(M1)

G Gm D . . .
G . . . Gm . . .
D Gm . . .
D A7 D

[D] Coda, Va1+2: unis dim


Va1+2: unis
Va2+Vc2, unis
Vi1 augm

219

C]/E] D/F ]

Gm

365

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS

Table 9.15: Brahms, String Sextet Op. 36 No. 2, Mvt. 2 (contd)


m

251
255
259
263
267
271
275
284
288
292
294
296
298
300
306
308
310
316
319
323
327
330
333
337
341
347
351
355
359
363
367

366

Primo tempo [ABA]

Part 3:
d

h i
2
4

A (a): Vi1

Cm F7 B[7 E[ B[

(b)

A7 D D7 Gm D
Am . . . A7
Dm . . . A[9
7
Am G]7 /B Am/C E7 /G] A7
Dm . . . A7 Dm

(c)
P D (d)
Vi1+Va1: unis triplets
Vc1
Vi2+Va 2 (repeat)

E[ E[7 B[[9
7 E[
E E7 B7[9 E B E
C/E F G/B C F

B, imit

Gm

C]/E] F ]m D/F ] Gm

PBi (%)

E[/G E/G] F m/A[ A[7


<(G D7[9 )
G . . . <(G D7[9 )

stretto to climax
climax
imit

G D7[9 G D79

[E] False Recap (a): Vi1

Gm

M3
M3
M3
..
.
..
.

I(M2)

E[
E

Dm

M1
..
.

Seq(32m;Ri ), imit

G C/E G/D F7
G D Bm D
F ]m F ]m/A

M2
M2

Comment

Gm D7 Gm D

M1
..
.
..
.

M2
M2
M2

M1
..
.
..
.

M2
M2
M2

Gm

arp%
(cm<)

Gm D7 Gm D

A, Recap (a): Vi1

Cm F7 B[7 E[ B[

(b)

Cm F7 Dm7
G7 Cm Gm64 D7
Gm . . . D7[9
Dm . . . A7 /C] D7
Gm . . . D Gm
<(F B[ D Gm)
F B[ A Dm C F
D Gm

(c)
cad
Vi1+Vi2, unis triplets
Va1
Va2

Animato
Gm . . . F7 B[ D
Gm . . . D7 /C
Gm/B[ . . . D7 Gm

Coda
imit, clim, P T (g)

cresc to climax, (cm<)


cad

closing (371 m.)

9.5. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN F MAJOR, OP. 90


h ih i
6
4

Mvt. 1 Allegro con brio: sonata form (F ,


Exposition (70 m.)

9
4

, 224 m.)
Recapitulation (61 m.)

Dev. (49 m.)

Coda (43)
Mvt. 2 Andante; ternary song form (C,
A1

h i
4
4

, 134 m.)

A2

Cd

Mvt. 3 Poco Allegretto: scherzo and trio form (Cm A[,


Reprise

Trio

Scherzo

Mvt. 4 Allegro: sonata form (F m F ,

h i
2
2

3
4

, 163 m.)
Cd

, 309 m.)

Exposition (107 m.)


Recapitulation (74 m.)

h i

Dev. (64 m.)


Coda (63 m.)

Figure 9.5: Brahms, Symphony No. 3 in F Major, Op. 90


group theme and in the transitions. The motto is also quoted in the last movement of this
symphony.
The first group subject M1 is a forceful sweeping melody with M1(aabbc) (2+2+2+2+4
m.) 12-measure structure for violins in octaves. Its a-phrase has some similarity with the
motto; at shorter note values we hear a downward arpeggio with the intervals of minor 6th
and major 3rd on the downbeats. It is a varied diminution inversion of the motto. The first
group theme has a characteristic background of continuous quarter note syncopations, and
the motto in both original form and as diminution. The transition to the second group [A]
presents the motto also in disguised form, as stepwise ascending scale, but with the minor
3rd - major 6th pattern still there.
The second hgroup
lyrical first theme M2.1 is played in the first statement by clarinet
i
9
and bassoon in 4 , in parallel thirds and sixths, over a tonic-dominant pedal point. It has
M2.1(aaab) (1+1+1+1 m.) structure with one-measure cells. The same instrumentation returns prominently in the second movement. A second theme M2.2 with a sequential flavour
[C] leads to the inversion of the theme M2.1 by the strings. The closing group combines the
motto M0 and M1, both in diminution and imitation.
h i
The development [E] starts with the lyrical theme, now in the 64 meter. Theme M2.2
is treated as a two-part canon [F], combining the original and invert form. In [G] there
is a development of the motto M0, over the syncopated quarter notes, and closing with a
stretto imitation of M1. The recapitulation is straightforward. The coda is based on the main
theme M1 and could also be considered a secondary development of the first group themes.
There is some new melodic material: M3 is a two-measure motif for woodwind and horns in
imitation over an ascending 8th note background, derived from the M1b-phrase. The same
approach is used in the three-measure theme M4.
367

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS

Table 9.16: Brahms, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 1 Allegro con brio


m
1
3
7
9
11
13
15

Comment

M0
M1/0
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .

F F7
F F m/A[ D[/F B7 /F

Exp 64 ([) motto: WW


Gr 1/Th 1(aa): Vi, P T (f ),

Cm/E[ F ]7 C7 /G

Sr: syncopes, (b)

F/A B7 F/C F7

(b), PB (%)

(B[ G[ G C7 )/B[
<(F/A F/C C7 )
F E /G F/A

(c)

/
M0

17
19
23

M0
M0

25
27
31
33
36

M0

40
42
44
45
46
47
48

M2.1

M2.2
M2.2

I(M2.1)

49
50

M0
M0/1
.
/ ..

53
55
56

D[

B[ B7[5 CA[9
7 /C] Dm G7
F/A C 4 C F A[7
D[ E[m7

M2.1

C]

sync, motto disguised


WW+Tbn, WW+Vi
[B] WW, PB (%)
d

[9
G[ G[5
7 A[ F7 /A B[m E[7
D[/F A[7 D[/F E7
(A G]7 )/A
A F Dm+7 D]7 /D
<(A E7 )/A

(A Bm7 E7 )/A (A E7 )/A


(A E7 A B] Bm E7 )/A
A C] G]7 C]
B/D] F ] B/D]
<(A G]7 )/A A/E D] /F ]
E7[9 A A]7 Bm/D G]7 /D
A/C] D]7 G]7 A
A A]7 Bm/D G]7 /D
A/C] F/C B7 A/C]
F/C B7 E7

Bsn+DB, Str imit


(]]]) trans, P T (a)
h i

Gr 2/Th 1 94 (aaab):
Cl+Bsn (1st stat), P (ae)
(aa): Ob+Va (2nd stat)
(ab)
[C] Ob, WW (cm)
Cl
Vi, Str (cm>)

h i
6
4

closing group, Ob
I(M1): WW dim imit

A F/A B7 /D] E7
A7 D7 G7
G7 G]7 Dm/A G]7

M0: Vi

Str: (cm<)
[D]
tutti dim, cresc to clim

58
59
61

M0

Gm7 /B[ Dm/A G]7


G]7 E7 /G]
Am/C F ]7 /C

63
65
68
70

M0/1
M1

I(M1)

Em/G F ] E46 B7 Am/C


F/C Am/C Dm D] /A
E7 F ] /A E7
Am . . . (C) : ||

368

[A] trans Vi, PB (%)P T (f ),


d

I(M1)
..
.

h i

WW: stretto im, cresc,

I(M1): WW dim
tutti clim, M1+I(M1): Str
closing

9.5. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN F MAJOR, OP. 90

Table 9.17: Brahms, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 1 Allegro con brio (contd)
m

71
77

M(1)
M2.1
..
.
..
.
..
.

79
80
81
82
83

88

M2.1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

89

90

M2.2
..
.
..
.

85
86
87

92
94
95
96
98
99
101
103
105
107
109
112
116
118
120
124
128
130
132

M0

M0
..
.

M1

M0
M1/0
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
/

Comment

C]m

Am D D7 Cm G]7
<(C]m D] D]7 B]7 )/C]

Dev, tutti clim


[E] (a): Bsn+Va+Vc, P T (c])

(C] B] E]7 F ]m

(a), Str: Pm (%) (ped)

(C]7 F ]m F G]7 )/C]


<(C]m G]7 )/C]
G]m7 /B A C]m/E G]
<(C]m D] D]7 B]7 )/C]

(a): Vi1, P T (c])

(C] G]7 E]7 F ]m)/C]

(a), Pm (%) (ped)

(b)

(C]7 F ]m G]7 )/C]

E[

G[
E[

<(C]m B] )/C]

(b)

C]m G]7 /F ] C]m/E


A7 /G D7 /F ] A7 /G
D/F ] B7 /A E/G]
E /G D/F ] B7[5 /F
A E7 A E7 /B[ A C]7

Str cresc

[F] Canon, Seq(32m;R5 ),

D A7 D A7 /E[ D7[9 F ]

M2.2: WW, I(M2.2): Str

G F ]7 G D7 /A[
G D7 G D7 /A[
<(G D7 G D][5
7 /F ])
G D7[5 /A[ F/A F ][9
7 /B[
B D7 /C F ]/C] D7
E[ G7 /D[
C7 F m E[64 B[
E[ E[m/G[ B[m D[7

trans
Str: (cm>)
cad
[G] ([) FHn, Str: sync

6
E[[9
7 A[m/C[ G[4 D[
C7[9 /G F m/A[ E[64 B[7

G[
G[
E[ C[m
A[m7 /E[ F7 /E[
F7 F m7 F7 /E[ C7[5 /G[

Ob+FHn
cad
[H] retrans, WW+Str: imit
P T (f )

F A[7 D[ G[9
7
F F m/A[ D[/F B7 /F

Rec, motto: Fl+Ob


Gr 1/Th 1 (aa): Vi, P T (f ),

Cm/E[ F7 F ]7 C7 /G

Str: sync, (b), PB (%)

F/A B[7 B7 C/C F7


(B[ G[/B[ G C7 )/B[ F/A

(b)
(c)

369

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS

Table 9.18: Brahms, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 1 Allegro con brio (contd)
m
136

Comment

F E /G F7 /A A7 B[m

M0

139
140
142

M0
M0

E[m7 A[7
G[/B[ D[
F ]/A] A

144
146
149

D B[+ /D Gm+7 C7 /G
D B[+ C]7 /G
<(D A7 )/D

151
153
154
155
156
157

M2.2
M2.2

I(M2.1)

158

M0

160

M0/1
.. ..
./ .

162
163
166
168
170
172
174
176
177
181
183
185
187
189
192
194
195
197
200

370

M2.1

Str: sync, motto disguised


FHn, Str imit
(]]) trans, Ob+FHn+Vi
d

D
F]
D
F

Dm

9
4

(aa): Cl+Bsn,

F D[/A[ G7 C7

I(M1): WW dim imit

F D[/F G7 /B
C7 A7 /C] D7 Gm
<(E[ Gm/D C]7 Gm/D)
Gm/D A7 /C]
Dm/F B /D

M0;: Vi

([) Vi, Str: (cm>)

h i
6
4

closing group, Ob

stretto cresc
[K] trans, cad
cresc to climax
tutti clim, M1+I(M1): Str

Dm/F Gm G]7 /D
A7 Dm A7 Dm

h i

P (da), (ab): WW
Cl
Ob

Am/C B /D Am/E E7
<(Dm/F B[/F )

M1
..
.

Gr 2/Th 1

D Em7 A7 D A7
F ] C]7 F ]
E/G] B7 E/G]
D/A C]7 D/A
C7[9 F C]7 (Gm E7 )/B[
F/A B7 E7 F
F ]7 Gm/B[ E7 /B[
F D[/A[ G7

M0
M0/1
/
M3
..
.
..
.

M1
..
.

[I] trans Vi, PB (%), P T (f )

Dm G]7 /B
F/C F7 /E[
D7[9 /C (Gm G7 )/C
C D[ D[7 B[7

Coda Bsn+FHn
(a): Vi, P D (c)
(a)
WW+FHn, (b) Str unis.

E[ E C]7 F ] D7 /F ]

i (%)
WW+FHn imit, Str: Pm

G G7 E7 /G] A C]7 /B[


A7 Gm
C7 A7 B[/D Gm

cresc, Str: imit, PBi (%)

C7 A7 B[ D B[m/D[
C7 Am/C D/B[ Gm/B[

stretto climax
climax

9.5. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN F MAJOR, OP. 90

Table 9.19: Brahms, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 1 Allegro con brio (contd)

m
201
206
211
214
216
218
220

M4/2.2

M0

M1

Comment

<(E7 /B[ F/A C7 /B[ F/A)


C7 /B[ F/A F7 (B[ G7 F )/F
B7 /D F/C B7
Am/C C7
F
(B7 F )/F
F

[M] WW+Vi, sync

cad
FHn-WW: imit
P T (f )
(a): Vi (224 m.)

An instrumentation aspect is the use of two trumpets three trombones in this symphony:
these are used sparingly around the structural transitions and climaxes or the movements.
In this movement there are trombones in m. 3, 19, 68, 116, 122, 177, 183 and 196. The third
trombone often states the motto theme M0.

9.5.2

Mvt. 2 Andante

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

371

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

372

9.5. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN F MAJOR, OP. 90

9.5.3

Mvt. 3 Poco Allegretto

Form: ternary song form, ABA Coda. This moderate tempo movement is a pinnacle of
romantic, lyrical and melancholy writing.1 The scherzo has an internal ternary structure, the
trio has binary structure. See Table 9.20 to 9.22 for the analysis.
The main theme (M1, first statement for high celli, in the reprise for solo French horn)
is sheer beauty; a textbook example of a melodic curve, with an extended M1(aabb) (2 +
2 + 3 + 4 m.) sentence structure. Note the irregular length phrases and the rhythmic flow
in the background (16th-triplets alternating in the violins and 16th-note arpeggio patterns
in violas). At each repeat of the main theme there are subtle differences in instrumentation
and background (such as the string arpeggios or the solo countersubject Mc). The motif M2
is based on a one-measure 16th note echappee melodic pattern, used in imitation and as a
sequence.
The trio theme M3, with its upward appoggiaturas, has a hesitant quality, and returns in
the coda, just before the final tutti climax. It has M3(aabaa) (1 + 1 + 2 + 1 + 1 m.) structure,
based one-measure cells. The strings answer this with an espressivo subject M4, with M4(aab)
(2 + 2 + 4 m.) sentence structure. Except for the two horns, there are no brass instruments in
this movement.

9.5.4

Mvt. 4 Allegro

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

Its a favourite for documentaries about lost grandeur in the Habsburg empire, or nature in central Europe.
I remember film footage about the river Donau, where the director did not want to end up with good old Johann
Strau, waltzing along the waterfront.

373

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS

Table 9.20: Brahms, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 3 Poco Allegretto


m

1
5
8
9
10
11
12
13
17
20
21
22
23
24
29
31
32
36
38
41
45
48
49
50
51
52
54
57
58
60

374

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

M2
..
.
..
.

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

M3
..
.
..
.

Cm

Comment

Scherzo Poco Allegretto

h i

<(Cm D7 /F )

A, (a): Vc, Str: tripl

G[9
7 /B Cm F m/A[ F ]7

(a)

G Cm C7 /B[

(b)

3
8

([[[)

F m/A[ B[/F F m/A[


B[ E[7 D7 /F

(b)

A[ Cm/G D7 /F ] G7
G7 /F A7 /E[ G7 /D
<(Cm D7 /F )

PB (&)
cad, (cm<)
2nd st (aa): Vi1, Vc: Mc

G[9
7 /B Cm F m/A[ F ]7

(b), Str+WW bg

G Cm C7 /B[

(b)

F m/A[ B[/F F m/A[

Cm

B[ E[7 F m
[5/[9
D7 /A[ Cm64 G
<(C B7 ) C

cad
[A] B, Vc-Vi1

F7 B7 Em7 Am7

Seq(31m;R7 )

Dm7 B7[5 /F
E . . . D]7 /A
E Am B E7 Am
D]7 /F ] . . .
<(Cm D7 /F )

trans, Str
Str-WW, 16th tripl arp%
[B] A (aa): Fl+Ob+FHn,

G[9
7 /B Cm F m/A[ F ]7

(b), tutti bg

G Cm C7 /B[

A[

F m/A[ B[/F F m/A[

(b)

B[ E[7 D7 /F
[5/[9
D7 /A[ Cm64 G7
Cm A[m

cad
[C]

Trio
A[/E[ . . . B[7 /F [ B[7 /D

([[[[)
A, WW+FHn,

E[7 B[7 /D[

Vc: 16ths arp

(E[[9
7

E[[9
7 )/D[

B[7
F [7 B[7 E[

repeat 8ba

9.5. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN F MAJOR, OP. 90

Table 9.21: Brahms, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 3 Poco Allegretto (contd)


m

62

M3
..
.
..
.

M4
..
.
..
.
..
.

65
66
68
70
72
74
76
77
79
83
87
89
91
93
96
99
103
106
107
108
109
110
111
115
118
119
120
121

M3

M4
..
.
..
.
..
./M3

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

Comment

A[/E[ . . . B[7 /F [ B[7 /D

[D] 2nd st var, WW,

E[[9
7 B[7 /D[

Str: 16ths arp%&

(E[[9
7

E[[9
7 )/D[

F]

B[7

F [7 B[7 E[ G]m/B
C]m7 /E C]7 /E] F ] B7 /D]

B, (a): Str

G]m7 C]7 /G F ]]5


7 B

(a)

E D]m/F ] C][9
7 /G] F ]7 /A] B

(b): climax, (cm>)

B[[9
7 /F
A[m/E[ E[
A[ . . . B[7 /D[ E[[9
7
B[7 B[7 /D
B[/D E[7 /D[ A[/C

[E]
A 3rd st, WW+Hns,
Str: 16ths arp (doubled)
B, (a): Str

F m7 B[7 E[+ A[

(a)

A[7 /C D[ A[/E[

(b), (cm>)

[5/[9
B[[5
/F
7 /E G7
[5/[9
G[7 E[/G D7 /A[

(M3): WW, PBi (%)

Scherzo Reprise
<(Cm D7 /F )

([[[)
[F] A, (aa): FHn

[5
G[9
7 /B Cm F m/A[ D7 /A[

(b)

A[

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

Cm

G Cm C7 /B[
F m/A[ B[/F F m/A[

(b)

B[ E[7 D7 /F
A[ Cm/G D7 /F ]
G7 /F A7 /E[ G7 /D
<(Cm D7 /F )

PB (&)

G[9
7 /B

(b), Str+WW bg

Cm F m/A[

D7[5 /A[

2nd st (aa): Ob, Bsn: Mc,

G Cm C7 /B[
F m/A[ B[/F F m/A[

(b)

B[ E[7 F m
[5/[9
D7 /A[ Cm64 G

cad

375

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS

Table 9.22: Brahms, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 3 Poco Allegretto (contd)

m
122
127
129
130
134
136
139
143
146
147
148
149
150
152
154
156
159

376

Comment

M2
..
.
..
.

<(C B7 )/C C

[G] B, Bsn-Cl, P T (c)

F7 B7 Em7 Am7

Seq(31m;R7 )

Dm7 B7[5 /F
E . . . D]7 /A
E Am B E7 Am
D]7 /F ] F ]7
<(Cm D7 /F )

trans, Cl+Bsn
Str-WW: 16ths tripl arp%
[H] A, 3rd st (aa) Vi+Vc, Bsn: Mc

G[9
7 /B Cm F m/A[ F ]7

(b), tutti bg

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

5
M3
..
.
..
.

Cm

G Cm C7 /B[
F m/A[ B[/F F m/A[

(b)

B[ E[7 F m
[5/[9
D7 /A[ Cm64 G
Cm . . .

cad
[I]

[5/[9

D7

/A[ Cm/G G7

Coda, WW+FHn augm

Cm . . . B7 /F

tutti

Cm/E[ A[/C F m/A[ F m


Cm64 G7 Cm

tutti climax, (cm<)


(cm>), cad (163 m.)

9.5. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN F MAJOR, OP. 90


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

377

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS

9.5.5

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

378

9.5. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN F MAJOR, OP. 90


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

379

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS

9.6

Symphony No. 4 in E minor, Op. 98 (1885)

Source: [10]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 9.6.


Mvt. 1 Allegro non troppo: sonata form (Em,

h i
2
2

, 440 m.)

Exposition (136 m.)

Development (109 m.)

Recapitulation (148 m.)

Coda (46 m.)

Mvt. 2 Andante moderato: AABAB Coda form (E,


A

6
8

, 118 m.)

Mvt. 3 Allegro giocoso: sonata form (C,


Exposition (88 m.)

h i

h i
2
4

, 357 m.)

Development (110 m.)

Recapitulation (83 m.)

Coda (73 m.)

Mvt. 4 Allegro Energico e passionato: theme and variations / sonata form


(Em,

h ih i
3
4

3
2

, 311 m.)

Exp (64 m.)


Th V 13

Dev (64 m.)


V 47

V 811

V 1215

Rec (124 m.)

(Reprise V 13)

V 1622

V 2330

Coda (58 m.)

Figure 9.6: Brahms, Symphony No. 4 in E Minor, Op. 98


Detailed score analysis of the Brahms symphonies was complemented with the formal
analysis presented in [20] and [26].

9.6.1

Mvt. 1 Allegro non troppo

Form: sonata form. See Table 9.23 to 9.27 for the analysis. The exposition of this movement
opens directly with the gentle main subject M1, whose main characteristic is the descending
leap of the third motif (that becomes a sixth in its inversion). This interval is used in varied
forms of the theme (such as M1, the secondary statement), as accented backgrounds and in
transitions. The overall structure of the main subject is M1(aabc) (4 + 4 + 4 + 6 m.), with
the leaps in the a-phrase, the lead pedal point and 8th note rhythm in the b-phrase, and the
cadential closing c-phrase.
The contrasting marcato secondary subject (M2, unisono winds and brass, mixed rhythm
with staccato and 4th-note triplets) also has an arpeggio in thirds flavour. This might alternatively be considered a motto M2(ab) (2 + 2 m.) that introduces the lyrical (stepwise
vs. sweeping character) melody M3. This has M3(aaaa) (4 2 m.) structure (based on a
two-measure cell) with half note appoggiaturas as a starting point.
380

9.6. SYMPHONY NO. 4 IN E MINOR, OP. 98

Table 9.23: Brahms, Symphony No. 4, Mvt. 1 Allegro non troppo


m

Comment

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.

Em

(Em Am B7 Em)/E

Exp/Gr 1 (a): Str-WW imit

5
9
13
15
19
23
25
27
31
37
40
41
45
49
51
53
57
63
65
69
73
75
77
80
84
87
89
91
95
97
99
101

C G Dm Am

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

B7[9 /D] Am/E F7 D7[9 /F ]

(b) PBi (%), Hns: P (c)

C/G G]7 Am E7 /B
6
(Am F ][5
7 )/C F ]7 Em4 B7
Em C F ]7 B7 /D] Em/G

PB (%)
cad
[A] 2nd st, (a): Str imit, var

C F ]7 /C G C]7 G

tutti imit

D G]7 /D A Am7
B7[9 /D] D7 F ]m/C] D7 /C

(b) cresc, PBi (&) , (cm<)

B7 Em/G A7 F ][9
7 /A]
B7[9 B7 /A Em/G F ]7 Bm7

tutti climax

Em7 Am7 D7 G7
d

Bm

M2

]5
F ][9
7 . . . G Bm D7
[9
G Bm F ]7 Bm/D
C G/D C/E
A7 /E[ G/D G/B G7 /F
F ] . . . Bm C] F ]
d

F ]7 Bm C]7 F ]7
G Em C]7 F ]7 Bm C]7
F ]7 Bm Em7 /G A7 D

M3/1

M3/1

M2

P D (f ])
[B] Gr 2, trans, Str imit

WW+Hns unis marcato


[C] (FHn+LoStr)/others
2nd st HiStr/others

Em F ]7 G Em7 F ]7
G . . . D7[9

WW+Brs, tutti climax

G B7[9 /D] Em64 B7


C . . . A[
C7 /B A]7 Bm7 /A E79 /G]
G7 A]7 /G F ]7

M2
M1

B
M4.1
M4.2

M4.3
..
.

(B F ]7 C][9
7 )/F ]
E + C]m F ]7 B
G]m7 C]7 F ] C]7 F ]7
B F ]7 E/B F ]7 B
C]m C]7 F ]7 /E B/D]
Bm7 /D G]7 C]7

Str-WW imit, PBi (&)


[D] tutti, episode gr,
P D (f ])
HiStr

Ob+FHn, Str: M1 imit

C]m7 /E F ]7 D]7 /C]

381

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS

Table 9.24: Brahms, Symphony No. 4, Mvt. 1 Allegro non troppo (contd)
m
103
105
107
110
114
117
119
123
125
127
129
130
133
137
145
149
153
155
157
161
165
167
169
173
177
180
182
183
184
188
192
196
200
202

382

Comment

G]/B] G]7 C] C]7 /B


F ]/A] B F ]/A]
<(E7 G]7 )/G] . . . G7
B/F ]
<(C]7 E]7 )/E] . . . E7
G]m/D] E7 /D C]7
B/F ] F ]7 B E B F ]
(F ] B)/F ]
F ] D/F ] A7

Str arp, P (g])


[E] closing gr, WW+Hns
Str arp, P (e]), PBi (&)
tutti cresc, (cm<)
Str
WW echo, P (f ])
Str

D G <(D Bm)

tutti

..
.

M2

M2

M2
..
.
..
.
..
.

F ] Bm7 /F ] F ]

5
M1
..
.
..
.

M1
..
.
..
.

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

5
M2
(M1)
..
.

(M2)

Em

F ]7 /A] F ]7 B
<(E F ])

tutti climax, P (f ])

G B7 Em D7 B7[9 /D]
(Em Am B7 Em)/E

[F] Dev, Str-WW imit


False Rec, (a): Str-WW imit

C G Dm Am

Gm

<(C7 F )/C
C7 /B[ F/A A7 /G D7 /F ]
Gm Cm D7[9 Gm

(b)
cad, PB (&)
[G] 2nd Dev, WW: var, Vi: Mc

E[ B[ B[m D[ A[

B[m

<(E[7 A[)/E[
E[7 /D[ A[/C C7 /B[ F7 /A
B[m E[m A[ D[ F7

(b)
cad, PB (&)
var, tutti

B[m E[m A[ D[/F F7

tutti stretto imit

B[m/D[ G[/B[ B[7 /D E[m

tutti climax

F ]7 /A] B F ]/A] Bm
d

F ]7 G F ]7 Em7
d

Bm
Cm
D[m
Dm

F ]sus4
F ]7
7
G ...
F m B C7 F m G[9
7
<(Cm A[)/C A[7 /C

cad
[H] Dev 2nd part, Str imit
WW, rapid mod
Str arp, (a): WW, P (c)

F ]m7 /C] . . . (F + A)/C]


(B[ G[+ B[7 )/D
(B B7 . . . )/D]

P (c]), PBi (%)


WW imit, P (d]b)

9.6. SYMPHONY NO. 4 IN E MINOR, OP. 98

Table 9.25: Brahms, Symphony No. 4, Mvt. 1 Allegro non troppo (contd)
m
206
210
212
214
217
221
227
231
234
238
246
249
254
255
259
263
267
269
271
273
275
278
279
281
285
286
288
289
294
296
297

Comment

M2
..
.
..
.

M2/1

Em

F ]7 B7 E7 Am B G+ /B

[I] (a) Brs+Str climax

<(C F m) B[m

WW echo

E[7 /B[ A[ F m E[
D]7 A]7 /C] D]7 G]m
G]m C]m7 F ] B

(b) WW+Str
(b): tutti, P D (d])
WW/Str

G]m

(M1)
..
.
..
.

M1

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

E B B7 /F ] C]m
D]7 B[7 /F [ E[7 /D[ C7

[K] retrans, WW-Str imit

F7 C7 F7 /E[

Em

D7 G7 E7 /G] A7
F ]7 /A] B <(F ]7 B7[9 )

Seq(32m;R7 )
cad

Em . . .
C . . . C +
D]

[L] Rec/Gr 1, WW unis aug


Str arp
WW unis augm

G+ Em . . . G7

Str arp

C G Dm Am

Str-WW imit

B7[9 /D] Am/E F7 D7[9 /F ]

(b) PBi (%), Hns: P (c)

C/G E7 /G] Am E7[5 /B[

PB (%)

(Am F ][5
7 )/C F ]7
Em64 B7]5
Em C Am F ]7

cad
2nd stat, (a): Str imit, var

B G+ C D7[9 /C
(G Gm C]7 )/G

tutti imit

(D E7[9 )/D A Am
B7[9 /D] D7 F ]m/C] D7 /C

(b), PBi (&) , (cm<)

(B7 G C7 F ]7 )/B

P D (b)

B7 . . .
C Em G+ G]5
7
C . . . Em/G F G97

cad
trans, Str imit

M2

G7 F/A D7 /A[ G
C/E F ]7 /A]
B . . . B Em F ] B

[M] Gr 2, WW+Hns unis

383

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS

Table 9.26: Brahms, Symphony No. 4, Mvt. 1 Allegro non troppo (contd)
m
301
305
308
309
312
315
317

M3/1
..
.

339
341
343

M4.2

M4.3
..
.
..
.

373
376
377
379
381
384
385
387
390

B7 Em Am Em Am F ]7

(Hns+LoStr)/others

Am F ]7 B7 F ]7 Am
F ]7 B7 /D] Em64 F ]7
B7 Em Am7 /C D7 /F ]

cad

G Em Am B7[9

cresc
WW+Hns, tutti climax
d

M4.1

C E7[9 /G] Am64 E7


F . . . D[
F7 /E Em7 /D C]7
C7 D]7 /C B7
(E B7 F ][9
7 B)/B
(F ]m F ]7 B7 )/B E
C]m7 F ]7 B F ]7 B B7]5

WW+Hns
Str-WW imit, PBi (&)
[N] tutti, episode gr,
P D (b)
HiStr

E B7 /D] A A+
A+ F ]7 B7 /A E/G]
C]7 /G F ]
D]7 /A G][9
7 /F ]

M2

M2

M2
..
.

G]m

M2

Em

(M1)

Comment

F ]7 Am7 B7[9
C . . . G7

M2

M2

M2
M1

347
349
351
354
358
361
363
367
369

M3/1
..
.

320
321
324
328
331
333
335

345

384

C]/E] C]7 F ] F ]7 /E
B/D] B E B/D]
<(A7 C]7 )/C] C7
(E B7 E)/B A E B
<(F ]7 A]7 )/A] A7
C]m/G] A7 /G F ]7
E/B B7 E A E
<(E B)/E
B G]m D]7 G]m
F7 B[7 E[7
A[m F7 B[7
<(B Em)
Am F ]7 /A G Em/G D
D7[9 . . . D7 Gm
F (N/I)
B7[9 . . .
<(B7[9 Em)
F ][9
7 /A] . . . B

Str arp, P (c])


WW+Brs, P (b)
Str arp, PBi (&)
cresc, (cm<)
Str
WW echo, P (b)
Str
tutti
[P] trans, tutti imit
Str imit
WW clim
Str imit
tutti climax, Str arp%

9.6. SYMPHONY NO. 4 IN E MINOR, OP. 98

Table 9.27: Brahms, Symphony No. 4, Mvt. 1 Allegro non troppo (contd)
m

Comment

Em

Em Am F ]7 B7 /D]

[Q] Coda, tutti clim,

Em/B C/E G Bm/D

stretto imit

410

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

412

394
397
400
402
406
408

D Dm/F F Am/C
B7[9 /D] Am/E F7 D7[9 /F ]
d

(b) tutti clim, PBi (%)


d

C/G E7[9 /G] Dm/A F ][9


7 /A]
d

Em/B B7[9 /A C/G G[9


7 /F
d

C/G E7[9 /G] Dm/A F ][9


7 /A]
d

Em64 . . . A]7 /C
B7[9
d

414

(C Am

Am)/C

418
420
421
426
428
431
434

Em F ][9
7 Em/G B7
Am/C B7 /D] Em C F ]7 /A
<(Em64 C) Em64 B7
Em Cm/E[ G/D Cm G
Cm/E[ G/D F ]/C] F ]m B7
<(Em B7 ) Em/B Am/C
F ]7 B7 <(Em B) Em

(cm<)
repeat, PBi (%)
cad
[R] tr, WW+HiStr, P (ce)
Str+WW, (cm>)
tutti, Str arp
closing
tutti cresc
tutti climax (440 m.)

385

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS


The M4 theme group is used as a transitory episode. On a larger scale this melody has
M4(aaabbaaccd) ((1+1+2)+(2+2)+(2+2)+(2+2)+3 m.) structure: the a-phrase is the
stepwise descending dotted quarter note rhythm, the b-phrase contains chromatic stepwise
motion and quarter note triplets, the c-phrase uses the a-phrase rhythm for a neighboring
note motof, and the d-phrase concludes with an ascending 8th note legato string arpeggio
over trumpet pedal point.
The development starts with a (exceptionally early) false recapitulation, before taking on
the real development of the main theme. This movement is harmonically very rich, with
many sudden, intermediary modulations, (chromatically) ascending and descending bass
lines, dynamic curves, and contrary motion.

9.6.2

Mvt. 2 Andante moderato

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

386

9.6. SYMPHONY NO. 4 IN E MINOR, OP. 98


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

387

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS

9.6.3

Mvt. 3 Allegro giocoso

Form: sonata form, with rondo character. See Table 9.28 to 9.30 for the analysis.
The extended main subject in the exposition can be divided into three, completely different phrases M1(abc) (5 + 5 + 8 m.): the a-phrase in 8th notes, with contrary motion and
harmonized with triads; the b-phrase with 16th note staccato patterns and legato arpeggios;
and the c-phrase with sustained accented notes and triplets. The second phrase is presented
in varied form M1b as an intermediate group, before the second group theme enters.
The secondary theme has M2(abab) (2 + 2 + 2 + 5 m.) period structure, with the descending arpeggio from the a-phrase continued in the b-phrase. The second b-phrase is an
ascending 8th note arpeggio in sequence setting.
It is in the development, where the main theme first phrase M1a gets its rondo character;
most of the development is based on variations of the second phrase M1b. With the third
phrase M1c we have suddenly landed in the recapitulation. The second group now is presented in the subdominant key, which also holds for the first main theme statement M1a in
the coda, notwithstanding the extended dominant pedal g.

9.6.4

Mvt. 4 Allegro energico e passionato

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

388

9.6. SYMPHONY NO. 4 IN E MINOR, OP. 98

Table 9.28: Brahms, Symphony No. 4, Mvt. 3 Allegro giocoso


m

Comment

1
3
6
9
11
16
19

M1a

M1b

M1c

M1b
..
.
..
.
..
.

C Em F G F/A G
C Em F Dm G Em F
B7 /F C/E C G B7 /F
C/E F ]7 /C G E[/G
B[ E[ B[7 E[ F m7 /A[
G G7 . . .
<(G B7 /F C/E C) G

Exp/Gr 1 (a): 8ths,


tutti clim, (cm)
(b): Str 16ths

[A] (b): Vi1+Fl,

<(G C/E) G G7

(intermediate group)

Dm Am/C B7 F/A

Brs: P D (g)

Em/G Dm/F C/E B /D


Am/C F/A Dm/F G7
C C7 /B F/A G F G
C C7 /B F/A Dm E Am/C
F ] /C G/B D Am/C G/B G
A E[/G B[7 B
Cm D7 G

[S6 ]
Str 16ths sc runs
(a): tutti clim

24
28
30
32
35
37
40
44
48

I(M1a)

M1b

52
58
63
69
76
78
80
85

M2

M2

89

M1a
..
.

91
93
106
109
113
115
117
119

M1b
..
.
..
.

M1b
..
.

(c) WW+Str 8th tripl

(b): tutti clim


[B] trans, LoStr unis
halfcad, WW+Str

C G D G Dm G C G
A D B Em G7
C G D G Dm G C G
A7 D D7 G G7 <(C G)
[5/[9
G7 /F C/E A7 /E[
[5/[9
G/D G7 /D[ Am/C
D G . . . A[5
7 /G
G C]7 Dm G

[B] Gr 2 (aa): Vi1, D


(b) Seq(22m;R7 )
[C] Var, (a): WW+Vi1
Va: 8th tripl
trans: Str

C Em F G F/A G

[D] Dev (a): tutti clim,

C Em F Dm G Em
F . . . Dm/F . . . D]7 /C
B7[5 /F C/E C G

8ths
tutti clim, 21 note imit
(b): tutti 16ths

(cm<)

D]7 /C B7[5 /F C E

Am

Am F Dm E
Am7 Dm B7 E
Am G]7 /D Am/C D]7 A

(a): V+Vc, (b): Vi


[E] (b): Bsn+Vi1

E G]7 /D Am/C D]7 /A

389

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS

Table 9.29: Brahms, Symphony No. 4, Mvt. 3 Allegro giocoso (contd)


m
121
123
125
127
129
131
133
139
141
143
147
151
153
155
157
159
161
163
166
168
171
174
177
181
187
193
199
203
208
210
213
217
219
221

390

..
.
..
.
..
.

M1b
..
.

I(M1a)

(b): WW, [S6 ]


(a) P D (e)

A E7 /G Dm/F C7 /E
B[/D Am/C Gm/B[ A7
Dm Am/E Gm/D F7 /C

(b): HiStr, WW: 16th Mc,


syncopes
(b): LoStr

Em7 /B Dm7 /A C/G B7[9


E ...
A F ]m/A G] F ]m/A

tutti arp% imit


(a): WW unis clim, var

C]m

A E/G] F ]m
G]m7no 3 . . . C]m7
F ]m7 D]7 E A] /C] D]
G]7 /B] C]m A G] /B

(a): Str unis clim


(a): HiStr unis

D[

M1c

M1b
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

E B /D Am/C G/B
d

M1b
M1b

M1a

M1a

M1a

M1
..
.

Comment

F/A Em/G Dm/F E

M1a
M1a

E[

G]7 A D]7 /F ] G]
C]m/E B]7 /F ] C]m/E G]
C]m B]7 /F ] C]m/E G]7
C]m7 F ]m7 G]7
C]m7 F ]m7 D]7 G]
C]m7 G] C]m7 F ]m
D]7 G] C]m
D[ G[/B[ A[
D[ G[/B[ A[ F m
G[ C[7
F F m
D[/F . . . D[ G[

(b): Vi1
(a): LoStr, (b): Vi1
(a): LoStr
[F] (a): WW+Hns
(a): Bsn
retrans, (a/c): Bsn+FHn

E[7 D[/F G7 /F
G[9
7 . . . <(C]7 Dm)/G

(a): WW-Str (cm), P (g)


(ped)

E[/G B[ E[
B[7 E[ F m7 /A[ G7
G B7 /F C/E C

Rec/Gr 1, tutti, 8th triplets


(b): Ob-Hn-Vi1,

G B7 /F C Am/C G G7

(intermediate group)

<(G C/E) G G7
Dm Am/C B7 F/A

Brs: P (g)

Em/G Dm/F C/E B /D


Am/C F/A Dm/F G7

[S6 ]
Str 16th sc runs

9.6. SYMPHONY NO. 4 IN E MINOR, OP. 98

Table 9.30: Brahms, Symphony No. 4, Mvt. 3 Allegro giocoso (contd)


m
224
226
228
231
233
237
242
247
253
258
264
268
272
276
278
280
282
286
288
292
295
299
305
307
311
313
314
317
326
331
337
343
347
351

Comment

I(M1a)
..
.
..
.

M1b

C C7 /B F/A G F G

(a): tutti climax

M2

M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

C Em F Dm G Em
Seq(31m;R7 )

F C G C Gm7 C F C
D G B7 /D E Am C7
F C G Gm C F C

Gr 2 (aa): Ob+Vi1, SD
(b) Seq(22m;R7 )
Var, (a): Hns+Str 8th tripl

F m C7 D7 E

Seq(31m;R7 )

(b): tutti 16ths


[G] trans, Str
WW

Am E7 F F7 B[ G
C Gm C C7 /B[
F/A D7[5 /A[ C/G C7 /B[
F/A D7[5 /A[ C/G
F E7 Cm/E[ D

(M1a)

tutti climax

[5/[9
C7 /G[

<(G C] )/G Gm
(Gm A7 D7[9 )/G
<(Gm C] )/G
(E F m G)/G
<(E[ G)/G
(G G+ Cm C7 F F ]7 )/G
(G G7 Dm F )/G
(Dm7 G Gm)/G C7
F Am B[ C B[/D C

(M1a)

M1a
..
.
..
.

M1b

M1c

M1a

A7 Dm B7 Em C7 F
Dm E Am/C
E /B[ F C E /B[ F
C E[7 A[/E[ E[7 C7 /E
C7 F G7 C

[H] Coda, Str-WW imit,


(a): WW imit, P D (g)
(a): WW imit
Str cresc 16ths
tutti cresc

(a): Str+Bsn+FHn, SD

F Am Gm

C Am Dm B[ E[ C
<(F G7 )/F F7
<(F7 B[)/F (B[ Dm)/F
G]7 /F <(E7 G]7 /D A/C])
E C/E . . . F/A . . .
Dm . . . G7
<(C F G)
F G Dm G C

Seq(31m;R7 )
[I] tutti clim, 21 note imit
(b): Str P T (f )
[K] (c): Brs, tutti clim
cad
closing, (a): Str unis
cad (357 m.)

391

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

392

9.6. SYMPHONY NO. 4 IN E MINOR, OP. 98

9.6.5

Key relationship overview

The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 9.7. Only the first and third movement are
displayed in the diagram since the other two have simple and straightforward key relationships: tonic-dominant-tonic E B E in the second movement and minor-major-minor
Em E Em in the finale.
Mvt. 3 Allegro giocoso
Mvt. 1 Allegro non troppo
Em

Bm

F ]m

G]m
C]m 
*

Dm

Gm


B[
B[m



D[

 Fm

Cm

A[

E[

4 B

E[m

F]

Em

Bm

F ]m

C]m
*



A 
6

Am

E
Em

Dm

B[

1
4
6
-C  -G
F

Fm

B[m

B[

D[

B[m

tC]

Gm

Dm
2

A[m

Gm

D[m


1
6
- 6
Bm
Em
I
@
@D
G

Am

F


A[

Cm

Gm

E[

B[

Fm

Figure 9.7: Brahms, Symphony No. 4, key relationship diagram

The opening Allegro with sonata form has two characteristics: the symmetry relations
along the vertical axis with the relative major-minor and the minor third (3i) property. See
the Bm B D (1) and the Em Gm B[m sequence (2). The other remarkable fact is the
extended (chromatic) ascending key relationship Bm Cm D[m Dm Em (3).
The third movement is fairly regular, with its alternating moves towards dominant C
G C in the opening and towards the subdominant C F C in the closing section. The
exception is the middle section with the relative minor-major changes and the sequence
(C] = D[) E[ C, which is based on an enharmonic equivalence between two remote
keys.

393

CHAPTER 9. JOHANNES BRAHMS

394

Chapter 10

Peter Ilyich Tchaikovsky


Biographical data:
25-3- (17-4) -1840 in Wotkinsk
25-10 (6-11) -1893 in St. Petersburg
1600

10.1

1700

1800

1900

2000

Symphony No. 4 in F Minor, Op. 36 (1877)

Source: [66]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 10.1.


Mvt. 2 Andantino in modo di canzona: ABA form (B[m,
A (125 m.)

h i
2
4

, 304 m.)

B (71 m.)

A (105 m.)
Mvt. 3 Scherzo, Pizzicato ostinato, allegro: ABCA Coda form (F A D[,
A (132 m.)

B (37 m.)

A (129 m.)

Coda (68 m.)

h i
2
4

, 414 m.)

C (48 m.)

Figure 10.1: Tchaikovsky, Symphony No. 4 in F Minor, Op. 36

10.1.1

Mvt. 2 Andantino in modo di canzona

Form: ternary song form, ABA form. The ternary structure of this slow movement may be
subdivided as follows: A:[A1 B1 A2 B2 ] B:[C1 D C2 ] A:[A3 B3 A4 ] Coda. The main theme
M1 may be deconstructed at two levels: on a larger scale this melody has M1(abab) (4 +
4 + 4 + 8 m.) period structure, where M1.b is a melodic sequence. On the smaller scale the
first phrase has M1.ab(ccb) (2 + 2 + 4 m.) sentence structure. The opening statements are
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl

CHAPTER 10. PETER ILYICH TCHAIKOVSKY


for oboe and celli. In the thematic material there are numerous (descending) appoggiaturas.
another feature are the countermelodies during varied restatements of the melodies; these
are also full of (ascending) appoggiaturas. In the instrumentation there is regular doubling
at the octave.
The theme M2 has similarity to the M1.a motif and has M2(aaab) (4 + 4 + 4 + 12 m.) extended sentence structure. The B-section contrasting theme consists of a fourfold statement
of a short motif with appoggiaturas M3(aaaa) (2 + 2 + 2 + 2 m.) played first by woodwinds
in octaves (clarinets and bassoons), repeated by unisono strings in octaves. The analysis is
shown in Table 10.1 to 10.3.

10.1.2

Mvt. 3 Scherzo, Pizzicato ostinato, allegro

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

396

10.1. SYMPHONY NO. 4 IN F MINOR, OP. 36

Table 10.1: Tchaikovsky, Symphony No. 4 in F Minor, Mvt. 2 Andantino in modo di canzona
m

Comment

Andantino
1
6

M1

10

M1
..
.

14
18
22
24
26
30
34
38
42
50
58
62
73
75
78
82
84
86
90
94
98

B[m

/
D[

B[m

M1
..
.

M2
..
.

106
114
118

126
130

M3

([[[[[)
A:A1 , a): Ob, Str pizz
b), halfcad

B[m F G[ C7 /E[ F

a): Ob

B[m/D[ E[m7 A[7 D[


G[7 C7 F7
B[m/D[ F

b): Seq(32m;R7 )
2nd st, a): Vc, WW bg

B[m C7 /E[ F7 /E[

.
M1/ ..
.. ..
./ .

M1
..
.

B[m F G[ C7 /E[ F
B[m E[m G7 F
d

M1/c
.. ..
./ .
.
/ ..

M2
..
.
..
.
..
.

D[

B[m/D[ C7 F G7 /B[ F

b)

B[m/D[ B[m C7 /E[ F7 /E[

a)

B[m/D[ E[m7 A[7 /C D[


G[7 /B[ E[m7 F7 B[m

b): Seq(32m;R7 )

A[ G[ A[ E[m

[A] A:B1 (aa): Str unis

A[ G[ A[ D

(ab)

F ]m/C] F/C

cresc, (cm<)

A[/C . . .
A[+ /C = C + F7[9 /C
F7[9 /C

tutti clim, Str in 16ths


dim
[B] trans

(B[m F B[m)/B[ C7 /E[ F

A:A2 , Bsn, Str var

B[m E[m F B[m


F G7 /B[ F
(B[m F B[m)/B[ C7 /E[ F

halfcad
Vi+Va unis, WW bg

B[m C7 /E[ A[ D[
G[ C7 /E[ F7 B[m

Seq(32m;R7 )

A[ G[ A[ E[m

[C] A:B2 (aa): Str unis

A[ G[ A[ B/F ]
D F/C
<(D7 Gm C F ) C7 . . .

(ab), sym roots R3i


cresc, (cm<)
trans, WW+Hns

Piu` mosso
F C7 /G F C7 /E
Dm A7 Dm G7 C

([)
B:C1 (aa): Cl+Bsn
(aa) halfcad

397

CHAPTER 10. PETER ILYICH TCHAIKOVSKY

Table 10.2: Tchaikovsky, Symphony No. 4 in F Minor, Mvt. 2 Andantino in modo di canzona
(contd)
m
134
130
141
145
147
150

M
M3

M3
..
.

162
164
166

M3

156
158

170
174
178
180
182
186
190
199
204
206
208
212
216

M3
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

M1
..
.

Comment

A[

F C7 /E F C7 /B[
F/A C/E A Dm G C
A[ E[/G F m B[ E[

2nd stat (aa): Str unis,


(aa), WW PLi (%), halfcad
[D] clim, st 3, WW unis,

A[ D /F C
A[m/C[ B[7 E[7

i (%)
Str Mc Pm

(E[7 F m F7 B[m)/E[

B:D Str, tutti trans, P D (e[)

(E[7 A[ F7[9 B[m)/E[


d

(B[7 G7 A[)/E[
d

(F7 B[m G7 Cm)/E[


B[7 /D G[5
7 /D[ C
F

244

F C7 /E F C7 /G
d

D[

A7 /E Dm G7 C
(D[ A[7 F m E[7 A[[9
7 )/D[

B:C2 (aa): WW+Str, clim


(aa) halfcad
retrans, Str P T (d[)

(D[ A )/D[
(B[m A[7 E[7 A[7 )/D[
(D[ A[7 D[ C7 A[[9
7 )/D[

P T (d[)

B[m

M2

M1

(ped)

(F7 E[m7 G7 A[)/E[

M1
..
.

220
228
234

398

M3
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

154

D[
B[m

(D[ A[7 B[m)/D[


A[7 F7[9 . . .

rit

Tempo I
B[m F7 C7 F

([[[[[)
A:A3 , Vi1, Str+WW bg

B[m C7 /E[
F G7 /B[ F B[m
B[m/D[ F7 C7 /E[ F

WW 32ths runs

B[mE[m7 A[/C D[
G[7 /B[ E[m F7 B[m

Seq(32m;R7 )

A[ G[ A[ E[m
A[ G[ A[
B[m A[7 /G[ . . . F7 C /E[

[A] A:B3 (aa): Str unis


(a)
WW, trans

[5/[9

A[7

/D . . .

10.1. SYMPHONY NO. 4 IN F MINOR, OP. 36

Table 10.3: Tchaikovsky, Symphony No. 4 in F Minor, Mvt. 2 Andantino in modo di canzona
(contd)
m

Comment

M1
..
.
..
.

G[

(G[ D[7 G[)/D[ F7 /A[

Str, WW bg

B[m

283
287

M1
..
.
..
.

291
299

M1
M1

248
252
255
267
275
279

G[7 C[ E[7 /B[


A[m . . . E . . . A/C] . . .
F7 /C . . . F
d

Vc

B[m F7 G[ C7 /E[ F

A:A4 , Bsn Str pizz

B[m E[m7 E[ F C7 F

halfcad

B[m/D[ E[m7 A[/C D[


G[/B[ C7 F7

Seq(32m;R7 )

<(B[m G[7 /B[ B[m/F )


B[m

Coda, Vi1
Cl-Vc (304 m.)

399

CHAPTER 10. PETER ILYICH TCHAIKOVSKY


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

400

10.2. SYMPHONY NO. 5 IN E MINOR, OP. 64

10.1.3

Key relationship overview

The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 10.2. In the ternary song form Mvt. 2, Andantino in modo di canzona, both A-sections are in the tonic minor key B[m, alternating
with the relatve major key D[ (1,3). The middle section starts on the regular dominant major key F , alternating with A[ (2). Near the end there is an excursion towards the lowered
submediant major key G[ = [VI (4).
Mvt. 3 Scherzo,
Pizzicato ostinato

Mvt. 2 Andantino in
modo di canzona
E[

B[

F


E[m

B[m

* 6


4
 1,3 ?

G[
D[

Fm
A[

Em

Bm

Gm
B[

1,2 6
?
A


Dm  Am

F  
C


5 
B[m  F m


4

D[

F ]m

A[

Cm
E[

Figure 10.2: Tchaikovsky, Symphony No. 4 in F Minor, key relationship diagram

Mvt. 3, Scherzo, Pizzicato ostinato, clearly reflects the major third (4i) symmetric root
layout. Both A-sections start on the tonic major key F . The middle sections start on A (2) and
D[ (4), respectively. All sections move back and forth towards a major third distant major
key (the closing section moves through all three related major keys F A F D[ F ),
except for the B-section, that alternates with the relative minor key F ]m (3).

10.2

Symphony No. 5 in E Minor, Op. 64 (1888)

Source: [66]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 10.3.


Mvt. 4 Finale, Andante maestoso Allegro vivace: sonata form (E Em,
Introduction (58 m.) Exposition (70 m.)
2nd Dev. (62 m.)

h ih ih i
4
4

Development (74 m.)

2
2

6
4

, 565 m.)

False Rec. (32 m.)

Recapitulation (176 m.)

C1 (32 m.) Coda2 (61 m.)


Figure 10.3: Tchaikovsky, Symphony No. 5 in E Minor, Op. 64

401

CHAPTER 10. PETER ILYICH TCHAIKOVSKY

10.2.1

Mvt. 4 Finale, Andante maestoso Allegro vivace

Form: sonata form. The sonata form is not very evident to identify in this movement. The
main theme from this symphony (Das Schicksalsthema), here labeled as M0, returns prominently in the introduction, at the end of the development and the recapitulation section, and
in the coda.
The main theme has M0(aabbaabb) structure with all phrases of equal length, i.e., two
measures, the a-phrase (dotted quarter note with two 16th notes) as a characteristic motif,
and suggesting a period structure on the larger scale.
The sonata main theme (m. 58 ff.) also has M1(aabb) period structure with short twomeasure phrases; note the group of accented downbow quarter notes for strings. The contrasting theme (arch-shaped scalar stepwise motion in dotted quarter note 8th note rhythm)
then brings four-measure phrasing; this pattern is continued in M3(aa) (4 + 4 m.). The development section starts with a new theme, M4, which returns in the secondary development
section. It has M4(abab) (4 + 4 + 4 + 8 m.) period structure, the last b-phrase being a sequence. The Coda (m. 546 ff.) brings a closing two-measure signalling motif M5, first played
by oboes and trumpets, and repeated by the horns. See Table 10.4 to 10.6 for the analysis.
An alternative formal analysis yields MA1 MA2 MA3 (measures 1-57, 58-171, 172-201, 202425, 426-471, 472-565, respectively), where M is the main theme and the development theme
is incorporated as closing theme (part of the second group of themes) of the exposition. The
development element is now the elaborated and varied restating of all themes in A2 and in
the coda, A3 .

10.2.2

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

402

10.2. SYMPHONY NO. 5 IN E MINOR, OP. 64

Table 10.4: Tchaikovsky, Symphony No. 5, Mvt. 4 Finale


m
1
5
9
13
16
20
24
28
32
36
39
44
46
58
63
65
70
74
80
82
86
90
97
106
114
118
128
136
140
144
148
156
164
169
172
180

Comment

M0
..
.
..
.

M0

E A E . . . C]m

Intro, main theme: Str

B D][9
7 G]m A]7 B F ] B
A E F ]m7 D]7 E C]m
B D][9
7 G]m A]7 B F ]
B <(C]7 B7 Em) B7
<(Em G) Am F ]7 B7
E A E . . . A]

M0
..
.
..
.

A D]7 E F ]m E A]
B D][9
7 G]m A]7 B F ]
d

Em
M1.aa
M1.bb
M1.aa
M1.bb
M1.aa

Em

M2/(1)

M2/(1)
M3
M3

M4.a
M4.b
M4.b

M0

2nd st: WW, tripl, PB (&)

B D][9
7 G]m A]7 B F ] B

M0

M4
M4
..
.

PB (%)
[A] tr, signal: Brs, P D (b)

A
D
Em
D

B <(C]7 B7 Em) B7
<(C G) F ]7 G
G <(F ]7 Em)/G Em/G

trans, Brs, climax

<(Em Am Em) . . . F ]7
<(Em F ]7 B)
<(Em . . . F ]7 /A)
<(C D7 )/C
C Am7 G Em G Em Am
G F ]7 Em C G Em B
Em A7
D F ]7 Bm B7 Em B
Em A7 D F ]7 Bm/D B7
<(E7 F ]7 E7 A]7 Bm)/E
<(A7 B7 A7 D]7 Em)/A
(A7 Em C]7 B7 )/A
Em/G

Exp, Gr 1/Th 1: Str, P (g)

[C] P (g)

2nd st: tutti cl, staccato


[D] WW, P (c)
tutti climax, asc bass
trans, (cm<)
[E] Gr 2: LoStr/WW
repeat: WW-Str, var
[F] imit: Str, P D (e)
rep: WW+Str var, P D (a)
[G] tutti climax, (cm<)
trans, P (g)

A7 /G D/F ] A7 /E D A7 /G
A7 /G D/F ]

[H] Dev, new th: WW


2nd stat: WW, PB (%)

C]7 F ]m D7 G E7 A

Seq(32m;R7 )

[B]

F ]7 Bm A7 Bm F ]m E
<(C/E G7 /F )
<(C Em F A7 Dm7 G)
[9
C A[9
7 Dm B7 Em7 A
F ]m B7 G7 /B G7 /D
C F/A C . . . F C Am
<(G Am G D]7 Em)

Seq, climax
[I] imit: Str-WW
Str, PB (%)
[K] Seq(32m;R7 )
cresc to climax
Brs, climax, (cm)
[L] PB (%)

403

CHAPTER 10. PETER ILYICH TCHAIKOVSKY

Table 10.5: Tchaikovsky, Symphony No. 5, Mvt. 4 Finale (contd)


m

188
196

M0

202
206
210
214
218

M1.aa
M1.bb
M1.aa
M1.bb
M1/c1
..
.

224
227
230

Em
C

M1

234
242
250
258
266
282

M4/c2
M4/c
M4/c2
M4/c

296
304
312
316
321
324
328
332
340
348

M1/c3
M1/c3
M1.bb
M1.aa

Em

M2/(1)

M2/(1)
M3
M3
..
.
..
.

356
360
364
368
378
386
390
395
398
406

404

M4
M4
..
.

M4.a
M4.b

F]
E[m
F[
Em

A
D

Em
F ]m
G]m
F]

Comment

C F/A C F C Am
<(G Am G D]7 Em)

2nd stat: Brs, (cm)


PB (%)

<(Em G D]7 )
<(Em F ]7 /C C D7 /C)
<(C G C) Am7 /G
<(C7 Am7 /G)
C7 /B[ . . . G7 /B Em/B

[M] Rec: tutti, (cm)


WW+Str, P (c)
[N] repeat: tutti, clim

C7 . . . C]7
Gm7 /D C]7 /E B[m7 /F
C]7 /G F ]

tutti climax, PBi (%)

F ]/C] B F ]7 /E B/D] F ]7
<(F ]/C] B) B[[9
7
[13
B[7 /F E[m B[[13
7 E[m B[7
B[7 E[m(7) A[m7 D7 E[m
F [ = E . . . Em/G
F ]7 . . . Am/E Am D]7 /A

2nd Dev, Str, Mc: Cl


2nd stat: WW+Str
Bsn+Str, Mc: Fl, clim
[P] WW+Str, PB (&)
trans, dim
[Q] dim contd

Em
Em
<(C D7 )/C
C Am7 G Em G Em Am
G F ]7 Em C G Em B
Em A7
D F ]7 Bm B7 Em B
Em A7 D F ]7 Bm/D B7
<(E7 F ]7 E7 A]7 Bm)/E
<(A7 B7 A7 D]7 Em)/A

Rec, Gr 1, Mc: WW+Vi


repeat, tutti climax (ctp)
WW, P (c)
tutti climax, PB (%)
trans, (cm<)
[R] Gr 2: WW-Str
repeat, var
[S] imit: Str, P D (e)
rep var: WW+Str, P D (a)

(A7 Em C]7 B7 )/A

[T] Seq(34m;R7 )

(Em B7 C]7 /B C][9


7 )/B
(F ]m C]7 D]7 /C] D][9
7 )/C]
G]m/B
C]7 /B F ]/A] C]7 /G] F ] C]7
C]7 /B F ]/A]

cresc to clim, PB (%)


tutti climax, P D (c])
[U] trans, P (b)
dev th: WW, PB (&)
2nd stat

F7 B[m G[7 C[ A[7 D[

[V] Seq(32m;R7 )

WW+Str, Mc: Brs,

B[7 E[m D[7 E[m B[m A[


<(E/G] B7 /A)
<(E G]m A C]7 F ]m7 B)

[O] trans: WW+Str

Seq, climax
[W] imit: Str-WW
Str

10.2. SYMPHONY NO. 5 IN E MINOR, OP. 64

Table 10.6: Tchaikovsky, Symphony No. 5, Mvt. 4 Finale (contd)


m
414
419
422
426
432
436
444
448
452
456
460
464
472
478
482
486
490
494
497
499
501
504
507
510
512
515
518
522
526
531
534
538
546
554
562

M4.b
..
.

M0

M0
M0
..
.

Em

[X] Seq(32m;R7 )

A]m D]7 B7 /D] B7 /F ]


E7 /G] Am/E
(Em . . . Bm7 Em B7 )/B
Em/B Am7 B7[9 Em
B C]7 B Em B7 Em A9 B
C]7 B7 Em F ]m G+ A

cresc to climax
Brs, tutti clim, P D (b)
PB (&)
Brs, clim, PB (%),
P D (b)

B79 Em B79
<(C/E G)
C G Am Em F ]m C D Am
D C F ]7 Em F ]7 F ]7
B

(climax)
[Y] climax
trans, (cm)

<(E A E) C]m

Coda, main th: Str

closing

B7 G]m C]m B7 F ]7 B7
A D7 E F ]m7 D E C]m
B D]7 G]m C]m7 B F ]97 B
<(E A E) F ]97
d

F
E

M5

[9
E C][9
7 F ]m D]7 G]7 C]

M1/2
..
.

M1/2

M4

Comment

M0
..
.
..
.

M0
..
.

[Z]
[Aa] 2nd stat: Ob+Brs,

9
[9
B D][9
7 G]m F ]7 B D]7
[9
<(C]m B D]7 )
G]m B7 E B]
C]m E46 C]m B

[Bb] (climax) PB (%)


cad, climax, (cm<)

E7 C]7 F ]m C]97

Presto

F ]m A B F ]m C]m E/B
Em E A A]7 B G] F ]m
E7 C]7 F ]m C]97
F ]m A B F ]m C]m E/B
<(C7 /B[ F/A)
C7 /B[ (E C]7 F ]m)/B
B7 F ]7 C] G7 B/F ]
E B7 G C]7 Am B
<(E Bm C]7 F7 B)
E
<(E A)

WW+Str, cresc to clim

E
E

climax, PB (%)

h i
2
2

, (cm<)

[Cc] repeat
cresc to climax
tutti climax
trans
[Dd] (cm<)

P
h Ti(e)
6
4 Brs, clim (ped)
[Ee] desc-asc lead
close (565 m.)

405

CHAPTER 10. PETER ILYICH TCHAIKOVSKY


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

406


10.3. SYMPHONY NO. 6 IN B MINOR PATHETIQUE,
OP. 74

10.3

Symphony No. 6 in B Minor Pathetique, Op. 74 (1893)

Source: [66]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 10.4.


Mvt. 4 Finale, Adagio lamentoso: ABACAB Coda form (Bm,
A1

B1

A2

C A3

h i
3
4

, 171 m.)

B2 Coda

Figure 10.4: Tchaikovsky, Symphony No. 6 in B Minor Pathetique, Op. 74

10.3.1

Mvt. 4 Finale, Adagio lamentoso

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

407

CHAPTER 10. PETER ILYICH TCHAIKOVSKY


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

408

10.4. NUTCRACKER SUITE, OP. 71A

10.3.2

Key relationship overview

The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 10.5. The Finales ternary form structure is
reflected in the key relationships. The outer A-sections are in the tonic minor key Bm, the
contrasting middle section is in the relative major key D.
Mvt. 4 Finale
Bm
6
?

Figure 10.5: Tchaikovsky, Symphony No. 6, key relationship diagram

10.4

Nutcracker Suite, Op. 71a (1892)

Source: [67]. This suite for orchestra contains pieces from the original ballet music. An
overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 10.6.

10.4.1

Mvt. 1, Ouverture miniature

Form: binary form, A1 B1 A2 B2 . This overture is known for its string section instrumentation:
there are neither celli nor contrabasses, while all higher string instruments (violins and violas) are playing divisi. This adds to the light (miniature?) character of the movement (for
a similar instrumentation, see Mendelssohns Midsummer Nights Dream Overture, Sec. 7.1).
The main theme has a regular M1(abab) (2 + 2 + 2 + 2 m.) period structure. Melody M1.2
is a four-measure motif, acting as middle sentence in a larger scale structure. The B-section
presents a new theme with an unfamiliar M2(abb) (4 + 2 + 8 m.) structure, where the second
b-phrase with its stepwise ascending 16th-note turnaround patterns leads to a climax. See
Table 10.7 and 10.8 for the analysis.

10.4.2

Mvt. 2a, Danses caracteristiques, Marche

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

409

CHAPTER 10. PETER ILYICH TCHAIKOVSKY

Mvt. 1 Ouverture miniature, Allegro giusto: ABAB form (B[,


A1

B1

A2

h i
2
4

, 183 m.)

B2

Mvt. 2 Danses caracteristiques


2a) Marche, Tempo di marcia: ABACABA form (G,
A1

B A1

C A2

2c) Danse russe Trepak: ternary ABA Coda form (G,


B

B1

h i
2
4

, 52 m.)

A2 B2

h i
2
4

, 84 m.)

Co
h i
3
8

2d) Danse Arabe: ABABAB Coda form (Gm,


A1

, 88 m.)

A2

4
4

B A2

2b) Danse de la Fee-Dragee: ternary ABA form (Em,


A1

h i

A3 B3

, 102 m.)

Cod

2e) Danse Chinoise: ABA Coda form (B[,

h i
4
4

, 32 m.)

A1 B A2 C
2f) Danse des Mirlitons: ABACA form (D,
A1

B A2

h i
2
4

A3

Mvt. 3 Valse des Fleurs: ABA Coda form (D,


Intro (33 m.) A (100 m.)
A (72 m.)

, 77 m.)

h i
3
4

, 341 m.)
B (84 m.)

Coda (51 m.)


Figure 10.6: Tchaikovsky, Nutcracker Suite, Op. 71a

410

10.4. NUTCRACKER SUITE, OP. 71A

Table 10.7: Tchaikovsky, Nutcracker Suite, Mvt. 1 Ouverture miniature


m

Comment

1
5
9
13
17
19
21
23
25

M1.1

M1.1

M1.2

M1.2

B[

B[ E[/G E[ C79 F
B[ E[ B[ F7 B[
B[ E[/G C79 F
B[ E[ B[ F7 /E[ B[/D
D7 /F ] Gm D7 /C Gm7 /B[
A7 /C Gm64 D7 Gm
C7 /E F C7 /B[ F/A
B[ F/C C C7 F
<(C7 /G[ F ) F G[7 /E

A1 , ab):: Vi1
ab)
2nd stat: Vi1, 16th accomp

30
33
37
39
41
45
49
53
57
61
65
70
75
77
83
90
98
107
111
115
120
123
129
131

Gm
F
B[

(cm<), Seq(5R7 ), clim


[B] WW, 16th accomp

B[ D7 E[ E7 F F ]7
Gm A[5
7 /E[ D
G7 /B Cm G Cm/E[ C7[9 /E

cresc, climax
Tr2 : Str

F B[ B[/D F ]7 /E[ C7 /E

B1 , a): Vi1

<(C79 /B[ F/A F )


C]7 /B[ Dm/A G7 C7
F B[ B[/D F ]7 /E[ C7 /E

b), 16th-notes
b): PL (%), climax
[C] 2nd stat: Vi1

<(C79 /B[ F/A F )


F7 /E[ B[/D A7
Dm <(D7 Gm) <(A7 Dm)

(cm>)

Dm G[5
7 /D[ F/C C]7 /B

(cm<), PBi (&) , cresc

Gm7 C7 <(F A7 Dm C7 )
<(C7 F ) F . . . C7 F

tutti climax
cad

B[

B[ C7 F B[ F7
B[ C7 F B[ F7 B[
D7 Gm D7 Gm
C7 /E F C7 /B[ F/A
<(C7 /G[ F ) F G[7 /E
G7 /D A[/C E[7 /D[ F/C
B[ C7 F7 B[ D7

[D] A2 : tutti (see m. 1-8)


Vi1 (see m. 9-16)
[E] Fl (see m. 17-20)
Cl (see m. 21-24)
Tr1 , dom ext (see m. 25-29)
(cm<), Seq(5R7 ), clim
WW (see m. 33-38)

E[ F ]7 Gm A7 /E[ D
G7 /B Cm C7 F

cresc, climax (see m. 39-40)


[F] Tr2 : Str (see m. 41-44)

M2
..
.

M2
..
.
..
.

M1.1
M1.1
M1.2
M1.2

M1.1
..
.

Tr1 , dom ext

G7 /D A[/C E[7 /D[ F/C


B[ Cm/G C7 /G B[/F F7

M1.1
..
.

M2
..
.

[A] Fl
cad
2nd stat: Cl

Dm

Gm
F
B[

411

CHAPTER 10. PETER ILYICH TCHAIKOVSKY

Table 10.8: Tchaikovsky, Nutcracker Suite, Mvt. 1 Ouverture miniature (contd)


m
135
139
143
147
151
155
160
165
167
169
173

412

Comment

M2
..
.

B[

B[ E[ E[/G G]7 F7 /A

B2 , a): Vi1

<(F79 /E[ B[/D B[)


F ]7 /E[ Gm G7 C7
B[ E[/G E[ G]7 F7 /A

b)
b), PL (%), climax
[G] 2nd stat: Vi1

M2
..
.

M2
..
.

Gm

B[

<(F79 /E[ B[/D B[)


B[7 /A[ E[/G E[ D7
Gm <(G7 Cm) <(D7 Am)
Gm C7[5 /G[ Dm/F F ]7 /E
E[ C7 /E F7
<(B[ D+ Gm F7 )
<(B[ F7 ) B[

(cm<), PBi (&) , cresc


[H] tutti climax
tutti climax, cad (183 m.)

10.4. NUTCRACKER SUITE, OP. 71A


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

413

CHAPTER 10. PETER ILYICH TCHAIKOVSKY

Table 10.9: Tchaikovsky, Nutcracker Suite, Danses caracteristiques, Danse de la Fee-Dragee


m

1
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19

Ma

Mb

Ma

Ma

Comment

Em

<(Em F ]7 A]7 D]7 )/E


(Em F ]7 D]7 A]7 D]7 )/E
(A]7 D]7 Em F ]7 Em)/E
[9
F ][5
7 /A] D]7 /A Em/G F ]7
G]7 /F ] F ]7 B F ][5
7 /C B
(Em F ]7 D]7 A]7 D]7 )/E
(A]7 D]7 Em F ]7 Em)/E
F ]7 Em E7 A
D7 G B/F ] Em

Intro, Str pizz, P T (e)


A1 : Cel, (ped)
Str: 8th pizz (ped)
BCl, (cm<)
2nd stat: Cel, P T (e)
(ped)
[A] trans, Seq(31m;R7 )
tutti cad

21
25
29
33
35

Mc
Mc
Mc

C]7 /B B Em/G
C]7 /B B Em/G
C]7 /B B Em/G
B7 D7 B7 F7
[9/[13
B7
D7 B7 D7 B7

B1 , P D (b)
(ped)
(ped)
B2 retrans, Cel
solo cadenza arp

37
39
41
43
45
47

Ma

Mb

Ma

(Em F ]7 D]7 A]7 D]7 )/E


(A]7 D]7 Em F ]7 Em)/E
[9
F ][5
7 /A] D]7 /A Em/G F ]7
[5
G]7 /F ] F ]7 B F ]7 /C B
(Em F ]7 D]7 A]7 D]7 )/E
(A]7 D]7 Em F ]7 Em)/E

[B] A2 : Cel, P T (e),


Str: 16th arco (ped)
BCl, (cm<)

49
51

Ma

F ]7 B E7 A
D7 G B7 Em

Coda, Seq(31m;R7 )
tutti cad (52 m.)

10.4.3

2nd stat: Cel, P T (e)


Str: 16th arco (ped)

Mvt. 2b, Danses caracteristiques, Danse de la Fee-Dragee

Form: ternary song form, A1 BA2 . This dance has become part of the classical music canon.
The unique orchestration aspect is the use of the celesta; the story is that Tchaikovsky saw
this novelty in Paris, liked the sound, and then decided to use the instrument in this ballet
music. Also note the very low bass clarinet, answering the celesta phrases.
The main melody has M(abab) (4 + 4 + 4 + 4 m.) period structure, with the b-phrase as a
melodic and harmonic sequence. The middle section has a larger scale constrasting melodiy
with a modified Mc(ababa) (2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 4 m.) period structure, and extended use of pedal
point. See Table 10.9 for the analysis.

10.4.4

Mvt. 2c, Danses caracteristiques, Danse russe Trepak


This section is included in the full version of the book.
Order the E-book from the webstore.

414

10.4. NUTCRACKER SUITE, OP. 71A


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

415

CHAPTER 10. PETER ILYICH TCHAIKOVSKY

10.4.5

Mvt. 2d, Danses caracteristiques, Danse Arabe

Form: ABABA Coda form, rondo form. This folk dance has a (g d)-pedal point (tonic and
dominant) throughout, played by violas and cellos. The introduction A returns twice as a
transitory interlude. The opening motif M0 is a four-measure phrase in three-part sectional
voicing for English horn and two clarinets. The main rondo melody appears in the B-section
and has M1(ab) (4 + 4 m.) structure. The oboe countertheme M2 in the B3 section contains a
chromatically descending [1 7 7 [6 5]-motif. See Table 10.10 for the analysis.

10.4.6

Mvt. 2e, Danses caracteristiques, Danse Chinoise

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

416

10.4. NUTCRACKER SUITE, OP. 71A

Table 10.10: Tchaikovsky, Nutcracker Suite, Danses caracteristiques, Danse Arabe


m

Comment
h i

Gm

3
8

1
5

M0

Allegretto
Gm . . .
Gm . . .

14
22

M1
M1

Gm . . .
Gm . . .

B1 , Vi
[A] 2nd stat, var

33

M0

Gm . . .

A2 , trans: EHn+2Bsn, 2

42

M1
..
.

[9
(Gm G7 G[9
7 D7 )/G

[B] B2 , Vi: var

46
48
50

P (gd)
A1 , Intro: Va+Vc (mute),
EHn+2Cl, 2

(D7[9

D[7 C D[7 )/G


(C D[7 Cm Gm)/G
(Gm A[9
7 Gm)/G

54
57

M1
..
.
..
.

(Gm A7 A[)/G
(A7 A[ G . . . Gm . . .)/G

NB: intermediary major

61
65

M0

Gm . . .
Gm . . .

[C] A3 , trans: EHn+2Cl,


Str (open), 2 stat

69
70
78

M2
M1/
M1/2

Gm
Gm . . .
Gm . . .

B3 Ob: desc motif


Vi1+Va, WW: arp response
[D] 2nd stat, M2: EHn 8ba

86
88
90
92
94
97

M0
M1
M0
M1
M0

<(Gm Cm)/G
G
<(Gm Cm)/G
G
(Gm Cm G)/G
G

[D] Coda, Cl
Bsn: app, NB: major
2nd stat

52

2nd stat

(Gm . . . F ]7 Gm)/G

3rd stat, NB: major


morendo (pppp) (102 m.)

417

CHAPTER 10. PETER ILYICH TCHAIKOVSKY


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

418

10.4. NUTCRACKER SUITE, OP. 71A

10.4.7

Mvt. 2f, Danses caracteristiques, Danse des Mirlitons

Form: ABACA form. This dance is a feature for the three flutes, that play 3-part parallel lines
(sectional harmony) in the A- and B-sections. The C-section is a contrasting middle section,
with the brass dominating this tutti.
The main theme has M1(abab) (4 + 4 + 4 + 4 m.) period structure. The contrasting
theme in the bridge, set for English horn, has M2(aab) (2 + 2 + 4 m.) sentence structure. The
C-section presents a four-measure 16th-note staccato motif M3 for brass section with lead
trumpets. In the repeat (m. 51 ff.) there is a tutti orchestration with high strings doubling the
trumpet melody at the octave. See Table 10.11 for the analysis.

10.4.8

Mvt. 3, Valse des Fleurs Tempo di Valse

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

419

CHAPTER 10. PETER ILYICH TCHAIKOVSKY

Table 10.11: Tchaikovsky, Nutcracker Suite, Danses caracteristiques, Danse des Mirlitons
m

1
3
7
9
11
15

Comment
h i

Moderato assai
D ...
D A7 D G/D D/A E7 A7
A97 /C] D A97 /E D/F ]
E7 /G E7 /G] A
D A7 D G/D D/A E7 A7
A97 /C] D E]7 F ]m G]7 A

b), cresc, PB (%)


clim, halfcad
2nd stat, a): 3Fl
b), cresc, PB (%)

M1
..
.

M1

2
4

A1 , Str: pizz
a): 3Fl

19
25

M2

A97 . . .
A7 . . .

[A] B, EHn: arp

27

M1
..
.

D A7 D Bm7 /D D/A E7 A7

A2 , 3Fl, Str: bg

A97 /C] D A97 /E D/F ]


E7 /G E7 /G] A
D A7 D Bm7 /D D/A E7 A7

cresc, PB (%)
clim, halfcad
[B] 2nd stat: 3Fl

C]7 D C]7 /E D/F ]


E7 /G A D

cresc, PB (%)
clim, cad

<(F ]m C]7 )
<(F ]m C]7 )
<(F ]m C]7 )
<(F ]m C]7 )
<(F ]m C]7 )

[C] C, Tpt+Brs, tutti


P (f ] c])
[D] Tpt+tutti
3Fl: retrans

D A7 D Bm7 /D D/A E7 A7

A3 , 3Fl, Str: bg

A97 /C] D A97 /E D/F ]


E7 /G E7 /G] A
D A7 D Bm7 /D D/A E7 A7

cresc, PB (%)
clim, halfcad
[E] 2nd stat: 3Fl

C]7 D C]7 /E D/F ]


E7 /G A D

cresc, PB (%)
clim, cad (77 m.)

31
33
35
39
41

M1
..
.

43
47
51
55
60

M3
M3
M3
M3

62

M1
..
.

64
66
70
74
76

420

M1
..
.

F ]m

10.4. NUTCRACKER SUITE, OP. 71A


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

421

CHAPTER 10. PETER ILYICH TCHAIKOVSKY

10.4.9

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

422

10.4. NUTCRACKER SUITE, OP. 71A


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

423

CHAPTER 10. PETER ILYICH TCHAIKOVSKY

424

Chapter 11

Gabriel Faure
Biographical data:
12-5-1845 in Pamiers (Ari`ege)
4-11-1924 in Paris
1600

11.1

1700

1800

1900

2000

Requiem in D Minor, Op. 48 (1877-90)

Source: [18]. Music for orchestra and choir; this is the final version, orchestrated in 1900. An
overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 11.1.
The orchestration is for winds, brass, percussion, strings and organ; the general setting
is light. In the string section the violas and celli are the main parts, playing divisi in two
subgroups; doubling the register of the choir. Violins are often used for effect, playing countermelody, and contrabasses give local extra support (cello group 2 is playing the bass part).
Although the work is orchestrated for full orchestra, there are many tacet parts in the individual movements, see the instrumentation overview in Table 11.1 (the score shows all
staves on every page, although many remain empty). The result is a most transparent orchestration. The vocal parts are for mixed choir (sopranos, altos, tenors and basses) and solo
soprano and baritone. The organ part contains numerous errors (flats, sharps, compare with
the string parts). There are climaxes in every movement, but no extended loud sections will
be found.
Most melodies are diatonic. The same holds for the harmony. Occasionally there are
exact parallel chord structures on symmetrically distributed roots, especially on dominant
chords under a chromatic melody. This concerns dominant 7th chords S7 with roots distributed at the (minor R3i or major R4i ) third, e.g., alternating <(D7 B7 ) sequences (see
Mvt. 7).

11.1.1

Mvt. 1 Introt et Kyrie, Molto largo Andante

Form: introduction ABC. The longer opening movement has vocal solos (tenors in the A section, sopranos in the A and C section), brass tutti support (see the instrumentation overview
in Table 11.1). See Table 11.2 and 11.3 for the analysis.
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl

CHAPTER 11. GABRIEL FAURE

Mvt. 1 Introt et Kyrie, Molto largo Andante: ternary song form (Dm,
Intro. A

h i
4
4

Mvt. 2 Offertoire, Adagio molto: ternary song form, ABA Coda (Bm D,
I

h i
3
4

A B

h i
4
4

, 38 m.)

Mvt. 5 Agnus Dei, Andante - Molto largo: ABCA form (F ,


I A

h ih i

B A C

, 93 m.)

h ih i
6
4

2
2

, 136 m.)

Mvt. 7 In Paradisum, Andante moderato: ABACA form (D,


A

4
4

3
4

Mvt. 6 Libera Me, moderato: ternary song form, ABA (Dm,


A

h i
3
4

, 59 m.)

A
Figure 11.1: Faure, Requiem in D Minor, Op. 48

426

4
4

, 62 m.)

Mvt. 4 Pie Jesu, Adagio: AABA form (B[,


A

h ih i

A C

Mvt. 3 Sanctus, Andante moderato: ternary song form, ABA (E[,


A

, 91 m.)

3
4

, 95 m.)

11.1. REQUIEM IN D MINOR, OP. 48

Table 11.1: Faure, Requiem in D Minor Op. 48, Instrumentation overview. (m: muted strings)
Movement:
Instruments:
Flute 1-2
Clarinet in B[ 1-2
Bassoon 1-2
Horn in F 1-2-3-4
Trumpet in F 1-2
Trombone 1-2-3
Timpani
Harp 1,2
Violin 1,2
Viola 1,2
Cello 1,2
Contrabass
Organ
Soprano solo
Baritone solo
Sopranos
Altos
Tenors
Basses

1
Introt
et Kyrie

2
Offertoire

+
+
+

+
+
+
+

3
Sanctus

+
+
+
+

+
+
+
+

+
+
+

+
+
+

m
m
+
+

+
+
+

5
Agnus
Dei

6
Libera
Me

+
+

7
In paradisum

+
+

+
m
+
+
+
+

+
+
+
+
+

4
Pie
Jesu

+
+
+
+
+
+

+
+
+
+

+
m
m
m
+
+

+
+
+
+
+

+
+
+
+

427

CHAPTER 11. GABRIEL FAURE

Table 11.2: Faure, Requiem in D Minor Op. 48, Mvt. 1 Introt et Kyrie
m

1
7
13
16

M1
..
.
..
.

Dm

Comment

Molto largo

Introduction

Dm Am/C F/C

Choir: Requiem aeternam

B[ F/A B[ E[/G F F7 /E[

[A] et lux perpetua, climax

E[ F7 /E[ G[/D[ D[7 F/C


A7 /C] B7 /D A

[B] luceat eis

Andante moderato
18
24
26
28
33
34
35
37
38
39
40
42
43
44
46
47
48
50
54
58
61
67
69

428

M2.a
..
.

M2.a
..
.

M2.b
..
.
..
.

M3.a
..
.

M3.a
..
.

M4
..
.

M2.a
..
.

<(Dm Am A/C])

A Stat 1, T: Requiem aeternam

Dm F B[9 C7
F7 B[7 E7 /B[ Dm64 A7
<(Dm Am A/C]) Dm

[C]

E/G] Am Dm7 /C
E7 /G] Am F
C/E B7 /D] Em B[/D

[D]

Stat 2, T: Requiem aeternam

T: et lux perpetua

Am/C Am64 E7
Am F ]7 E7 /G] Am
C]7 /G F/A Gm7 /B[
A[9
7 Dm/A G/B F7 /C
B[/D E[/G

[E] Trans
Stat 1, S: Te decet hymnus

F7 /A B[+ C/E D/F ]


Gm E[ Cm7 F7 /A F7 /E[
B[/D Dm/F E[/G

Stat 2, S: et tibi reddetur

Brs+Str climax

F7 /A B[+ C/E D/F ]


Gm Dm64 A Dm
(F Dm F A+ )/F

[F] B Ch: exaudi, clim, P D (a)

F ]m/A A+ B[m/F F +
B[m/F F F + /A A+

diminuendo

<(Dm Am A/C])

[G] C Stat 1, Ch: Kyrie

Dm F/A B[9 C7
F7 B[7 E7 /B[ Dm64 Am

[H]

11.1. REQUIEM IN D MINOR, OP. 48

Table 11.3: Faure, Requiem Op. 48, Mvt. 1 Introt et Kyrie (contd)
m

71

M4
..
.
..
.

M4
..
.
..
.

75
78
81
82
85
86
89

11.1.2

Comment
d

<(F ]7 /A A7 )

Ch: Christe eleison, clim, P D (a)

B[/D F C + F/A A7

[J] Coda, Ch: Christe eleison

Dm A
E[/B[ B[ E7 no 5 /G A
Dm A

chr asc,
choir unisono
repeat Ch: eleison

E[/B[ B[ E7no 5 /G A7

[K]

E7[5

D7 /F ] Gm
Em7 E7 /G]
Dm/A E7 no 3 Dm

(91 m.)

Mvt. 2 Offertoire, Adagio molto

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

429

CHAPTER 11. GABRIEL FAURE


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

430

11.1. REQUIEM IN D MINOR, OP. 48

11.1.3

Mvt. 3 Sanctus, Andante moderato

Form: ABA, ternary song form.


Both A-sections are characterized by extended pedal point and the continuous ostinato
16th note arpeggio background patterns in harp and violas. The choir is set as a call-andresponse in M1 and M2, with unisono tenors and basses answering the soprano calls. These
lower voices are accompanied by a countermelody in the high violins (first unisono, later
in octaves). The melody is slightly varied each time reaching slightly higher (first a second,
then minor and major third in [A], and finally a fifth in [B]). In [C], the order changes: first
there is the soprano call, while the violins act as a connection to the lower voices response.
The middle B-section is the movement climax with the three unisono brass motif Mb
statements (this Hosanna section never fails to impress and lead to goose bumps), and the
block chords in harp, strings and organ. The coda, the A-section has the only entrance of
the altos, in a choir tutti over an extended tonic pedal. See Table 11.4 for the analysis.

11.1.4

Mvt. 4 Pie Jesu, Adagio

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

431

CHAPTER 11. GABRIEL FAURE

Table 11.4: Faure, Requiem in D Minor Op. 48, Mvt. 3 Sanctus, Andante moderato
m

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
23
27
29
31

M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M1
M2
M1
M2
/Mc
M2

39
41

/Mc
M2
..
.
..
.

42
44
48

Mb
M3/b
M3/b

33
35
38

52
53
54
55
57

432

M4
..
.
/Mc
Mc

Comment

E[

E[/G
(E[ E[6 E[ A[7no 3 )/G
(E[ E[6 E[ A[7 )/G
(E[ E[6 E[ A[7no 3 )/G
(E[ E[6 E[ A[7 )/G
(E[ E[6 E[ A[7no 3 )/G
C7 /G B[7 /A[
(E[ E[6 E[ A[7no 3 )/G
C7 /G B[7 /A[
Gm Dm/F E7 /G C7 /G D/F ]
(D/F ] Bm G7 D)/F ] B[7
(E[ E[6 Gm A[7 )/G
E[/G C7
(E[ E[6 Gm A[7 )/G

A, Harp+Va: 16ths, P (g)


St 1: S: Sanctus
TB unis, Vi: 8ths
St 2: S
TB unis, Vi: 8ths
[A] S: dominus
TB unis, Vi
S
TB unis, Vi
[B] S: Sanctus
TB unis: Deus
[C] S: Pleni sunt, P (g)
Mc: Vi
TB unis: Gloria, P (g)

D
E[

B[m

E[/G C7
B[m/D[ G[7 D[64 A[7

Mc: Vi
[D] S: Hosanna

B[7 /A[ Gm B[7 /F

E[

C7 /E B[7 /F E[/G A[7


B[sus4
B[7
7

PB (%)
cresc

E[ E[/G F m7 E[7 /G A[
<(E[ E[/G F m7 E[7 /G A[)
<(E[ E[/G F m7 E[7 /G A[)

[F] B, Brs unis, climax


TB: Hosanna
S: stat 2

E[ . . .
E[ . . .

A=Coda P T (e[)
(TB): Sanctus

E[ . . .
E[
<(E[ B[sus4
7 )/E[ E[

(SA): imit
Vi
(62 m.)

11.1. REQUIEM IN D MINOR, OP. 48


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

433

CHAPTER 11. GABRIEL FAURE

11.1.5

Mvt. 5 Agnus Dei, Andante

Form: introduction ABCA (Coda). This movement opens and closes with a sweet melody
Mc for high strings and organ. This ascending arpeggio-like syncopated becomes a countersubject, interwoven with the main melody M1. The A section has an inner AABA structure
(see the three statements of the main theme and the bridge subsection with melody M2. The
transition from the A to the B section is based on symmetrically distributed roots starting on
the dominant chord of the main key R4i : C E A[.
The first contrasting B section contains a double statement of M3, with downward chromatic lead voice over a harmonic sequence. See Table 11.5 to 11.6 for the analysis.

11.1.6

Mvt. 6 Libera Me, Moderato

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

434

11.1. REQUIEM IN D MINOR, OP. 48

Table 11.5: Faure, Requiem in D Minor Op. 48, Mvt. 5 Agnus Dei, Andante
m

1
3
5
6
8
10
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
24
26
27
29
31
33
35
36
37
38
44

Mc
..
.

h i

Andante
F F7 /A B[9 E7 /G

/
M2

M2
..
.
..
.
..
.

Mc
M1/c
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
/
Mt
M3

3
4

Intro, Vi+Va unis

F7 /A G7 /B F/C C79 /G Am/C


Dm F/A C79 Dm C79

[S6 ]

F F7 /A B[9 E7 /G

A, T: Agnus Dei, Mc: Va

F7 /A G7 /B F/C C79 /G
Dm F/A C79 Dm C79
F F7 /A B[9 E7 /G
d
F7 /A G7 /B F/C C79 /G
Dm D7 E7 Am D79 E79

/
M1/c
.. ..
./ .

58

50
51
53

Comment

M1/c
.. ..
./ .

56

48

..
.
..
.
..
.

M3
..
.

46

Am

Am/C

[S6 ]
[A] st 2, T: dona eis,

Am/C

Mc: Vi+Va unis

Am (Cm7 F ]7 D]7 )/C


F ]7 /C G]7 /B Am/C
Am (Cm7 F ]7 D]7 )/C

[B] bridge, Ch: Agnus dei,


~ %
Hk
i
[B] bridge, Ch: Agnus dei,

F ]7 /C G]7 /B

~ %
Hk
i
d

F7 /C Cm7 /B[ D7 /A E[/G

tutti climax, Brs, PB (&)

B[4

[C]

B[ B[/F Dm/F
Am Dm7 C7
F F7 /A B[9 E7 /G
F F7 /A B[9 E7 /G

Org
st 3, T: Agnus Dei, Mc: Va

F F7 /A B[9 E7 /G

Mc: Vi+Va unis

Am4

F7 /A Dm/F
d

B[7 C7 /B[ Dm7 /A


E7 Am7 /G Dm97 /F C/E G7
C E/G] C/E Em/G C/E

A[

A[ Cm C[/E[

[E] B, Seq(32m;R7 ),

G[ B[m A/C] = B[[/D[

Ch, PLi (&)

F [ = E A[m
A[m/C[ C[7 D[m E[7
A[ Cm C[/E[

st 2, Ch: cum sanctis, Brs

G[ B[m A/C]

Seq(32m;R7 ), PLi (&)

[D]
trans, T: sempiternam
S: Lux aeternam, sym R4i

E G]m/B A[/C F m7 /C E[7

435

CHAPTER 11. GABRIEL FAURE

Table 11.6: Faure, Requiem Op. 48, Mvt. 5 Agnus Dei, Andante (contd)
m

Comment

60

M4
..
.
..
.

Fm

(F m B[m7no 3 F m)/F C/E

[F] Ch: cum sanctis, P T (f )

62
64
66
69

74
80
84
85

87
89
90
91
92

436

(F F m D[)/F E7no 5

Dm

M5
..
.
..
.

Mc
..
.
..
.
..
.

(F m D[ D Dm)/F
Am7 /E B[7 /D A
Dm Am/C B[7 A

Brs, tutti clim

Molto largo
Dm Am/C F/C

h i

B[ F m/A[ D[/A[ D[/F

[H] Et lux, tutti climax

A7 /E Dm Dm7 /C E7 /B[
Dm64 A7

PB (&)
cad

1. Tempo
D D7 /F ] G9 C]7 /E

h i

D7 /F ] E7 /G]

[S6 ]

[G] trans, clim, HiStr unis


4
4

C, Ch: Requiem, Brs unis

3
4

A=Coda, HiStr unis

D7 /A C]7 /E F ]m/A
Bm D/F ] A97
D Bm7 A7 D

Brs, cad (93 m)

11.1. REQUIEM IN D MINOR, OP. 48


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

437

CHAPTER 11. GABRIEL FAURE

Table 11.7: Faure, Requiem in D Minor Op. 48, Mvt. 7 In Paradisum, Andante moderato
m
1
3
10
13
15
18
20
23
26
28
30
34
35
39
42
44
46
48
51
53

11.1.7

Comment

D6 . . .
D6 . . . <(Em7 /D Asus4
7 )

A
S: In paradisum

<(Em7 /D Asus4
7 )
6
sus4
D A7 D/F ] Em7
D7 B7 D7
B7 D7

[A] in tuo adventu

G Bm7 /F ] E7

B, Ch: Jerusalem

M1
..
.

M2

M3
..
.

E7 /D E7 /B D/A F
F ]m/A A7

M4

D6 Em7 /D Asus4
7
<(D6 Em7 /D Asus4
7 )
6
sus4
D A7

M5
..
.
..
.
..
.

F ]m

<(C][13
7 D Bm7 )

[C]
A, Harp
S: Chorus angelorum

[D] C, S: et cum Lazaro

D7 /C D7 /A B7
d

D
M6

trans, et per
[B]

C]7 /G] D/F ] C]m7

cresc

F/A Bm7 F/C


F ]m/A A7

[E] climax
Ch: Requiem

<(D6 Bm/F ])
<(D6 Bm/F ])
D6 . . . D

A=Coda,
[F] Ch: aeternam
(59 m.)

Mvt. 7 In Paradisum, Andante moderato

Form: introduction ABACA. The main characteristic of the closing movement are the continuous staccato 16th note arpeggio figures in the accompaniment for organ and (later) harp.
There is a long, through-composed melody M1M6.The mood is light, dolce and expressing relief and joy in paradise. The angelic choir obviously is represented by the sopranos
(tenor Tony Soprano absent, attending business in another department). The strings play
with mutes. Harmonically there is the two-measure tonic-dominant riff in the A sections.
See Table 11.7 for the analysis.

11.1.8

Key relationship overview


This section is included in the full version of the book.
Order the E-book from the webstore.

438

11.1. REQUIEM IN D MINOR, OP. 48


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

439

CHAPTER 11. GABRIEL FAURE

11.2 Pelleas et Melisande, Suite for Orchestra Op. 80 (1892)


Source: [17]. Music for orchestra. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 11.2.
Mvt. 3 Sicilienne, allegretto molto moderato: rondo form (Gm,
A

A C

h i
6
8

, 86 m.)

A
Figure 11.2: Faure, Pelleas et Melisande, Suite Op. 80

11.2.1

Mvt. 3 Sicilienne, Allegretto molto moderato

Form:
rondo, ABACA. See Table 11.8 for the analysis. This well-known dance movement in
h i
6
8 meter has a main melody with regular M1(abab) (2 + 2 + 2 + 2 m.) period structure. The
secondary theme M2 in the contrasting B-section picks up the rhythm and the shape from
the last b-phrase of the main melody. It is a 2-measure motif, repeated four times and leads
into a transitory climax with theme M3, repeated once.
The second contrasting theme in the C-section is another M4(abab) (4 + 4 + 4 + 4 m.)
period structure, opposing the lead celli (with a melody that has similarities to M1) with
descending patterns in the woodwinds..

11.2.2

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

440

11.2. PELLEAS
ET MELISANDE,
SUITE OP. 80

Table 11.8: Faure, Pelleas et Melisande, Suite Op. 80, Mvt. 3 Sicilienne
m

Comment

1
4
6
8
10
12
14
16

M1.a
M1.b
M1.a
M1.b
M1.a
M1.b
M1.a
M1.b

Gm

Gm Gm7 /F Gm6 /E Dm/F


<(B[ C7 /B[) D
Gm Gm7 /F F m7 /E[ G7 /D
C7 C7 D7 Gm
Gm Gm7 /F Gm6 /E Dm/F
<(B[ C7 /B[) D
Gm Gm7 /F F m7 /E[ G7 /D
C7 C7 D7 Gm

A ([[) main th, : Fl

18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32

M2.a
M2.a
M2.a
M2.a
M3

M3

34
36
38
40

M1.a
M1.b
M1.a
M1.b

Gm

Gm Gm7 /F Gm6 /E Dm/F


<(B[ C7 /B[) D
Gm Gm7 /F F m7 /E[ G7 /D
C7 C7 D7 Gm E[

[D] A main th: Fl


Fl+Vi1
2nd stat: Vi1
cad

44
48
54
58
62
64
66
68

M4.a
M4.b
M4.a
M4.b
M3

M3

E[

(E[ E[7 Cm F7 E[ Cm)/E[


(B[7 Gm B[7 )/B[
(E[ E[7 Cm F7 )/E[
<(A7 C[7 E[)/E[
F79 E7 /G A7 D
F79 E7 /G Am7 A7 D
F79 E7 /G A[9
7 D
F79 E7 /G D7 /F Cm7 /E[ D7

[E] C ([[[) P T (e[),


WW, P D (b[)
2nd stat: Str
P T (e[)
[G] conclusion, clim

70
72
74

M1.a
M1.b
M1.a

Gm

Gm Gm7 /F Gm6 /E Dm/F


<(B[ C7 /B[) D
Gm Gm7 /F F m7 /E[ G7 /D

[H] A main th: Fl

76

M1.b

77
80
83

E7 E[7 F713 B[ B[7


E7 E[7 D7 Gm
E7 E[7 F713 B[
E7 E[7 D7 Gm
F79 E7 /G A7 D
F7 E7 /G Am7 A7 D
F79 E7 /G A[9
7 D
F7 E7 /G D7 /F Cm7 /E[ D7

cad
[A] 2nd stat: Vi1
Fl+Vi1
cad
B 2nd theme: Str
[B]: repeat WW+Str
(cm<)
[C] conclusion, clim
(cm>)
repeat

repeat

C7 C7 D7
E[
Gm

E[ E[7 E[/B[ B[sus4


7 /A[
E[ D7 Gm Gm7 /F Cm7 /E[ D7
Gm <(Gm Cm)/G Gm

[K] Coda: Cl
FHn+Vi2, (cm<)
cad (86 m.)

441

CHAPTER 11. GABRIEL FAURE


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

442

11.3. MASQUES ET BERGAMASQUES, SUITE OP. 112

11.3 Masques et Bergamasques, Suite for Orchestra Op. 112 (1919)


Source: [16]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 11.3.
Mvt. 1 Ouverture, allegro molto vivo: sonata form (F ,
Exposition

Development

h i
2
2

, 246 m.)

Recapitulation

Mvt. 2 Menuet, allegretto moderato: ternary song form (F ,


A

h i
3
4

, 103 m.)

Figure 11.3: Faure, Masques et Bergamasques, Suite Op. 112

11.3.1

Mvt. 1 Ouverture, Allegro molto vivo

Form: sonata. See Table 11.9 and 11.10 for the analysis. The main theme has an overall
M1(ab) (16 + 8 m.) structure, where the a-phrase is subdivided into four statement of a
4-measure a-motif, each time repeated at a higher starting pitch. The b-phrase is a sort of
conclusion, leading into a descent and closing with a cadence.
The second theme M2(aaa) is a melodic sequence, Seq(3 4m;R7 ), set in imitation for
woodwinds and strings; it opens with three repeated quarter notes followed by an upward
octave leap. The contrasting theme in the second exposition group has M3(aab) (4 + 4 + 6
m.) sentence structure, with strings instrumentation in octaves. Like M1, the a-phrase is
repeated at a higher pitch.
The development starts with a new theme M4, a staccato arpeggio in quarter notes, presented in descending and ascending form in imitation for woodwinds. It continues by developing the theme M2. The main theme M1 returns in the recapitulation, as do the melodic
sequences of M2 and the three a-phrase statements of M3. The coda is based on a constantly
ascending climatic variation of the main theme M1.

11.3.2

Mvt. 2 Menuet, Tempo di minuetto. Allegretto moderato

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

443

CHAPTER 11. GABRIEL FAURE

Table 11.9: Faure, Masques et Bergamasques, Suite Op. 112, Mvt. 1 Ouverture
m
1
9
17
21
25
33
37
39
43
47
51
55
59
65
69
73
77
81
86
88
89
92
102
110
117
121
127
134
138
142
144
145
146

444

Comment

M1.a
..
.

<(F C7 /G)

Exp, Gr 1/Th 1 aaaa: Vi1

Am C713 /B[ Am C7 /B[


D79 C/G D7 /F ]
9/sus4
9/sus4
C G7
G13
C7
7 C7
<(F C7 /G)

cad
[1] 2nd stat, aa): WW+Vi1

M1.b

M1.a
..
.

(M1)
M2
..
.

M3
..
.

M3
M3
..
.
..
.

M1
M4
M4
(M2)
(M2)
(M2)
M2
..
.
..
.
..
.

F/A F7 /A Gm7 /B[ G[9


7 /B
9/sus4
[9
F/C D7 /F ] C7
C713
(F B[ Dm)/F D7 /C C7
F Dm7 /F B7 /C C7
F F7 /A B[ B[7 E[

a): climax
cad
[2] trans, M1: Vi2, Mt : WW

E[97 /D[ C C7]5 /E


9/+5
F F7
/E[ D Em7

i (%)
melodic sequence, Pm

Gr 1/Th 2, imit: Str-WW

D7 /F ]

<(G G7 D7 /F ])

[3] trans: WW

9
F/A F G13
7 C7

Gr 2/Th 1 in D, a) Str

A
Am

C Am B7[13 Em
+
D7 /F ] E
E7 F7
E A A/E
E Am Em F7

a)
b)
[4] Fl+Cl
Vi1

G7 /F Am7 /E G7 /D F/C

PB (&)

B[ C7 /B[
B[/F F7 Gsus4
G13
7
7
9
<(C C7 Dm7 G7 )C

[5] cl clim, P T (c)

C
F
Dm
F
Dm

C7 /E F A7 /C] Dm
<(Gm7 Dm) E[/G E7 /G] A
F B[/D C7 F/C
Dm Gm/B[ A7 Dm
G7 C Cm F7 B[
Gm Dm Dm/A

[6] Dev, imit: Vi1, I(M): Bsn


motif imit: Vi1-WW
[7] motif imit: WW
imit: Str
[8] Cl+Bsn

B[7 G7 /B F/C
Dm B7 /D Dm7 Am/E
Dm7 /F
F7 D79 /F ] C46 G97 G7
C G/B C79

climax, cad
[9] retrans

11.3. MASQUES ET BERGAMASQUES, SUITE OP. 112

Table 11.10: Faure, Masques et Bergamasques, Suite Op. 112, Mvt. 1 Ouverture (contd)
m
152
160
168
172
174
179
182
188
192
194
202
206
210
214
218

Comment

M1.a
..
.

<(F C7 /G)

Recap, Gr 1, aa): Vi1

Am C713 /B[ Am C7 /B[


F/A F7 /A B[ G[9
7 /B
9/sus4
[9
F/C D7 /F ] C7
C713
(F B[ Dm)/F D7 /C C 7 F
Dm7 /F B7 /D C7
F F7 /A G97 /B Em Em7 /G

aa)
[10] WW+Vi, climax
PBi (%), cad
trans, Vi1, Mt : WW
cad
[11] imit: Str-WW

B[

Am7 Am7 /C Dm7 Dm7 /F


G7 F/A A]7 G7 /B
<(C C7 B7 ) C C7
B[/D B[ F/C C7 F7

trans, WW
[12] Gr 2: Str

D
Dm

F Dm E7 Am
A7 B[+
7 Em7 /B A
A D
A Dm Am F7 /A

[13] WW
Str

M1.b

(M1)

M2
..
.

M3
..
.

222

M3
M3
..
.

225

229

M1
..
.

235
238
241

B[ C7 /B[ Dm/A C7 /G Dm/F


d

E[ F7 /C (E[ Gm7 )/B[ B[m C7

climax, cad

<(F Dm Gm7 C7 )/F

[14] Coda: Vi, P T (f )

(Gm7 C7 F )/F B[
F/C B7 /D C7
F

closing cad (246 m.)

445

CHAPTER 11. GABRIEL FAURE


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

446

11.3. MASQUES ET BERGAMASQUES, SUITE OP. 112

11.3.3

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

447

CHAPTER 11. GABRIEL FAURE


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

448

Chapter 12

Giacomo Puccini
Biographical data:
22-12-1858 in Lucca
29-11-1924 in Brussels
1600

12.1

1700

1800

1900

2000

Opera Madama Butterfly (1902-1904)

Source: [39]. The analysis presented in this chapter is incomplete; it contains major sections
and arias from the first act, and fragments from the second act (to be completed). Returning melodic material is labeled with either characters (e.g., Mb: Butterfly, Mp: Pinkerton) or
with a mood (e.g., Mf: fugue subject, Mj: Japanese pentatonic). Through-composed vocal
melodies are labeled Mv. The lyrics are indicated in italic (first words), to facilitate keeping
track of the vocal parts.

12.1.1

Overture, Atto Primo (#14) Collina presso Nagasaki

Form: fugue. The overture starts with a four-part fugue for strings, woodwinds and horns.
The fugue subject Mf consists of two phrases: the a-phrase is the accented repeat of an embellished minor third leap and an ascending scale in 16th notes. The b-phrase is a descending
melodic sequence. This fugue theme will return throughout the first act in brief snippets, in
particular the a-phrase. Writing a fugue as introduction to this late romantic, impressionistic seems like an anachronism, reminding us of the classical period (in particular Mozart
operas). The fast tempo with its many 16th note patterns and the leaps in the countersubject
leads to a hurried mood.1
The transition motif Mt with its staccato and accented 16th notes is another connecting
element, returning in the first act. In #2 it is played first in a tutti climax setting. Both elements, Mf and Mt are repeated in #3, but now the fugue subject a-phrase has a chromatically
descending pizzicato 8th note pattern in the high strings as countersubject; this accompaniment will return later in the act. See Table 12.1 for the analysis.
1
Maybe the sense of urgency in the opening fugue is meant to expose latecomers in the opera theatre. Carriages that got held up in the evening Milan traffic?

c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl

CHAPTER 12. GIACOMO PUCCINI

Table 12.1: Puccini, Madama Butterfly, Overture


[#]+m

0
0+4
0+8
0+12
1
1+2
1+5
1+8
1+10
1+13
1+15
2
2+1
2+2
2+3
2+4
2+6
2+7
2+9
3
3+4
3+7
3+9
4
4+1
4+2
4+3
4+4
4+5

450

Mf

Mf
..
.

Mf
..
.

Mf
..
.

Mt

Mt
..
.
..
.

Mf

Mf
..
.

Mt

Mt
..
.
..
.

Cm

Comment

Allegro

h i

Cm G7 Cm
Gm F m E[ D Cm
Gm D7 Gm

Fugue subject, (a): Vi


(b): Seq(41m;R7 )
(a): Va, countersubj: Vi

Dm/F Cm/E[ Gm/B[ E7


D7 Gm
Cm G7 Cm

(b), [S6 ]

Gm/B[ F m/A[ E[/G


G7 /F Cm
Gm/B[ D7 Gm

(b), [S6 ]

2
4

([[[)

(a): Bsn+Vc, 3pt Str+WW

(a): Cb+Bsn, 4pt fugue

Dm/F B[/D Cm/E[ F7 /C


B[/D Gm/B[ D7 /C

(b): Seq(41m;R7 ), [S6 ]

Gm/B[ F ]7 /A
Gm/B[ F/A E[/G
Cm/E[ B /D

trans, tutti clim,


~ , [S6 ]
Hk
d

Cm/E[ B[/D A[/C

~ &, [S6 ]
Hk
d

Gm/B[ F m/A[ E[/G D7 /F


Cm/E[ B[/D F7 /C
Si alza il sipario
B7 . . .
G[9
7 ...
Gm G[9
7
Cm G7 /F Cm/E[

(curtain raising)
Vi+HiWW unis
HiWW 16ths unis&
16th asc run
(a): HiWW, HiStr: PBi (&)

E[7 /G Cm7 /E[ D7 /F G[9


7
Cm/E[ A7 /C G[9

7
Cm/E[ B7 /D
Cm/E[ B[/D A[/C
Cm/E[ B7 /D

(b): Seq(41m;R7 )
tutti clim, [S6 ]
~ &, [S6 ]
Hk
d

Cm/E[ B[/D A[/C


Gm/B[ F m/A[ E[/G
D7 /F Cm/E[ B[/D A[/C

~ &, [S6 ]
Bsn+Str, Hk
d

12.1. OPERA MADAMA BUTTERFLY

12.1.2

Atto Primo, (#57) E soffitto e pareti

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

451

CHAPTER 12. GIACOMO PUCCINI


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

452

12.1. OPERA MADAMA BUTTERFLY

12.1.3

Atto Primo, (#813) Questa e` la cameriera

Vocal parts: Goro, Pinkerton and Suzuki. Form: ABA. The delicate transition for woodwinds
in #8 is followed by a dialogue between Pinkterton & Goro (#89, 1213) and a solo for Suzuki
in the middle section (#1011). The overall structure of this section therefore is ternary.. In #8
there is extended use of syncopated 4th notes: first for clarinets and later for middle register
strings. Fugue subject a-phrase fragments Mf underline the dialogue, often in imitation. The
transition in #10 is also based on the fugue subject, as is the retransition at the beginning of
#12. The background to the Suzuki monologue is with light staccato 8th notes with gracenotes, in #11 briefly interrupted by sustained string chords. See Table 12.2 and 12.3 for the
analysis.

12.1.4

Atto Primo, (#1420) Qui verran: lUfficiale del registro

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

453

CHAPTER 12. GIACOMO PUCCINI

Table 12.2: Puccini, Madama Butterfly, Act 1 (813) Questa e` la cameriera


[#]+m

Comment

Andante lento

B D]m7 /C] B7
G]m7 D]m7 B7
B ...

intro, Fl, Cl sync


G: Questa e`, Cl sync

h i
3
4

(]]]]])

8
8+2
8+4

Mt1

Mv

Muovere un poco

([[[[[)

8+7
8+11

..
./f
/ f

A[97 . . . E[m7 /B[ A[97


A[97 . . .

Str, syncopes
P: I nomi?

Mt1

1. Tempo
B7 D]m7 /C] B7
G]m7 B

(]]]]])
trans, 2nd stat, Ob
Fl

Allegro

Em . . .

(a): HiStr, LoStr pizz, PBi (&)

9
9+2

10
10+3
10+5
10+7
10+11
10+13
11
11+4
11+6
11+9
11+11
11+13
12
12+2
12+4
12+6

454

Mf
..
.
..
.

Mv

Mf
Mv
..
.
..
.
..
.

Mf
..
.
..
.

Em

h i
2
4

(])

C7 B7 /A Em/G C

(G Am7 )/G
G G7
C G/B Am7 G7 /D
C G7 /D C D7 A
9/sus4
G B7
...
d

B C]m

(b) Seq(21m;R7 ), P D (g)


(a): WW imit
Suz: Sorride, Fl+Str stacc
WW imit
Suz: Schiude, Cl, Str

E/G] F ]m7 /A F ]m7

Em

B7 /F ] Bm/F ] Em Bm/D

Str 8th stacc

C7 Bm7 /F ] Em Bm/D
C7
B Em C7 B7 /A

(a): HiStr, LoStr pizz, PBi (&)

Em/G C
(G Am7 )/G
G G7

(b) Seq(21m;R7 ), P D (g)

12.1. OPERA MADAMA BUTTERFLY

Table 12.3: Puccini, Madama Butterfly, Act 1 (813) Questa e` la cameriera (contd)
[#]+m
12+9
12+10
12+13
12+14
13
13+1
13+8
13+ 10

M
5
Mt2
Mv
..
.

Mv

Comment

Am

Andante Allegro moderato


C D7 /C
G/B F/A E/G]
Dm/F Am/C

A
Pink & Goro
Fl+Vi, [S6 ]
G: Se non

Bm7 E7
Am
<(G97 A]7 B7 Dm)/G

cad

B7 Em Dm C
G7 C G7

h i
6
8

, P & G, P D (g)

Str
h i
2
4

trans, Str unis

455

CHAPTER 12. GIACOMO PUCCINI


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

456

12.1. OPERA MADAMA BUTTERFLY

12.1.5

Atto Primo (#2126) Dovunque al mondo

Vocal parts: Pinkerton, Sharpless. The structure of this section is that of a song for Pinkerton with four slightly varied verses (Mp) and a bridge in #24. This cowboy song (il Yankee
vagabondo) is in praise of the good old imperialist nature. The introduction #21 and the coda
#25 are for brass and woodwinds, paraphrasing the U.S.A. national anthem Mu. The modulating bridge with its shifting roots is a dialogue between the two singers. The connecting
element in both verses and bridge is the transitory subject Mt, quoting the rhythm from the
anthem. See Table 12.4 for the analysis.

12.1.6

Atto Primo (#2728) Una ghirlanda di fiori fresci

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

457

CHAPTER 12. GIACOMO PUCCINI

Table 12.4: Puccini, Madama Butterfly, Act 1 (2126) Dovunque al mondo


[#]+m

21
21+2
21+4
21+6
21+8
21+12
21+13
22
22+4
22+6

Mu
..
.

G[

Mt
Mp
..
.

Mp
..
.
..
.
..
.

Comment

Allegro sostenuto

h i

G[ G[7 /F E[m7 B[7

Intro, USA, Tpt+Brs

E[m7 A[7 D[ D[m


G[m7 C[7 A[7 D[7no 3
G[69 D[7
G[ D[7 /A[ G[6 /B[ D[97 /C[

WW+Brs
Vi
V1, Pink: Dovunque

E[m7 /B[ D[/A[ E[m7 D[7 /F


A[7 D[ D[7
G[69 D[7 /A[ G[/B[ D[97 /A[

V2, Pink: Affonda

3
4

([[[[[[)

G[6 D[7 /C[


[9/[13

E[7

/B[ D[m/A[

G[m D[m/A[ E[[7


[5/[9
A[7 /E[[no 7
D[7no 3 G[69 D[7 /A[
G[/B[ D[9 /A[ G[6 D[7 /C[

bitonal flavour
EHn+Va
V3, Pink: Affonda

E[7 /B[ A[ C]m F ]m


Em7 F ]m/A

PL (%)
climax

24
24+3
24+5
24+8
24+11
24+12

Mt
Mt
Mt
Mt
Mt

D[7no 3 G[69 D[7 D7no 3


G97 E79 /G] A E[no 3
A[69 E[7 /B[ E7no 3
A97 F ]97 /A] Bm7
A7 /C A[97
<(D[97 A[97 )/D[ D[

Bridge, Fl+Va, P: La vita


PBi (%)
Sharpl: E` un facile
Pink+Sharpl

25

Mp
..
.

G[ D[97 /A[ G[6 /B[ D[7 /C[

V4, Pink: Vinto+WW+Str

E[m/B[ D[/A[ E[m7 /G[ F m


A[97 D[ . . . D[7
G[69 D[7 /A[
G[7 /B[ C[ A[97 /C

halfcad
Str imit
Sharpl: E` un facile

G[ G[7 /F E[m B[7

Coda USA, Tpt+Brs

E[m A[7 D[ D[7 /C[

WW+Brs, P+Sh: America

G[/B[ E[m/B[ F7 /C[


B[7 /F

tutti climax

22+8
22+9
23
23+3
23+7
23+11

25+4
25+7
25+12
25+14
26
26+2
26+4
26+5

458

Mt
Mp
..
.

Mt

Mu
..
.
..
.

G
A[
D[
G[

halfcad, P (d[)

12.1. OPERA MADAMA BUTTERFLY


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

459

CHAPTER 12. GIACOMO PUCCINI

12.1.7

Atto Primo (#3741) Ecco. Ah! Quanto cielo!

Vocal parts: Goro, Butterfly, Sharpless and Friends of Buterfly (Le Amiche). The allegro in #37 has
an Asian flavour, with the vocal melody Mg doubled in staccato bassoon and pizzicato violas
and celli. Staccato clarinets and tremolo violins play parallel perfect fifths. The transition
in #38 is a local climax with unisono subject Mt, supported by choral accents (Le Amiche:
Ah!), exclaiming their admiration for the sky and sea. The dialogue between Butterfly (first
appearance in this opera) and the female choir in #39 is a long sequence with impressionistic
augmented chords.
The string and woodwind romance) subject Mr (with its characteristic descending stepwise contour 1 7 6 = 1) will return at the end of the first act in the love duet between
Butterfly and Pinkerton, based on the love theme Mb=Ml first presented here in #40 with two
statements. At the end there is a climax, before the closing pentatonic love theme theme Ml
in the transition in #41 for staccato piccolo and flute, harp and glockenspiel over tremolo
strings; a vey light texture with a tranquil-sad undertone. This is a remarkable section in a
harmonic sense: we see the dominant 9th chords S79 in inverted position, both as first and
second inversion (chordal function 3 or 5 in the bass). See Table 12.5 for the analysis.

12.1.8

Atto Primo (#4261) Gran ventura

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

460

12.1. OPERA MADAMA BUTTERFLY

Table 12.5: Puccini, Madama Butterfly, Act 1 (3741) Ecco. Ah! Quanto cielo!
[#]+m

37
37+3
37+7
38
38+3
38+8

39
39+2
39+4
39+6
39+8

Mg
..
.

B[m

Mt

Comment

Allegro

h i

B[madd9

2
4

...

Goro: Ecco+Ch: Ah!,

G[7 . . .
E[m E[m6 F no 3
E[m7 B[mno 3
F7[9 <(B[m6 G7 /D[)
G[7 F

Mg: Bsn+Va+Vc pizz,


Vi trem
trans, WW+Str, clim
Ch: Ah!, WW+Vi1+Vc
Ch

Largo

h i
4
4

F +

Mr
Mr
Mr
..
.

40+2
40+4
40+6
40+8
40+9
40+10
40+12

41
41+2
41+3

Mb/c
.. ..
./ .
/
Mb/c
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
/

Ml
..
.

G[

([[[[) augmented ch

A[ A[7
B[ B[7 G+
C C7 A+

Ch Amiche: Quanto cielo!, Vi


Seq(52m;R7 ), Fl (\\)
Butt+Fl+Vi

9 /F ] B [5 /F
D D7
7
E E7 C +

Butt+Fl+Vi
h i
6
4

Sostenendo a tempo
40

([[) Asian

G[

G[97 /B[

D[7 /A[

D[97

G[ A[7 /G[ F m7 B[m


E[m7 A[7 D[97
G[ G[7 /B[ D[7 /A[ D[7

([[[[[[)

Butt: damor+Str sol,


Ch: Gioa a te
PL (%)

B[7 /F [ E[m7 B[m/D[


A[m7 /C[ C7 B[m/D[
d

A[97 /E[ G[/B[


A[m D[13
7

Voc+HiStr unis
climax, cad

Largo

h i

(G[6

4
4

A[m7 )/G[
d

(G[ D[97 E[m)/G[ B[m


E[m = G[6 B[m/D[ G[6

trans (Love theme)

Pentat: Fl+Pi+Harp+Glk,
Butt: Siam giunte, P T (g[)
Str trem, cad

461

CHAPTER 12. GIACOMO PUCCINI


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

462

12.1. OPERA MADAMA BUTTERFLY

12.1.9

`
Atto Primo (#6164) Dov`e? Eccolo la!

Vocal parts: Wedding Guests, Ensemble. The festive music Mf (from #11, 59 and 60) is repeated
in #61 in the higher octave (octave imitation between oboe and bassoon) with an intricate dialogue (call-and-response) between soloists and divided choir. The friends and relatives of
Butterfly are admiring Pinkerton. The key has shifted to G major, there is a different harmonization with augmented dominant S7]5 chords, and a tonic-dominant pedal in bass clarinet,
harp and timpani. At the last b-phrase there is a tutti crescendo to a climax, with repeated
16th note turn motives.
At #62 there is a change of key, returning to B[ major. with ascending and descending
quintuplets (flute, clarinet and harp) over staccato 8th note patterns, and a dominant f trill
(flute and oboe). The greedy relatives are looking for booze. The party climax is reached
in#63, continuing the symmetric root characteristic: the keys are R3i : B[ G D[. The
choir of relatives now sings the theme Mf in imitation, over a steadily stepwise ascending
woodwind scale in quarter notes and the alternating tonic-dominant pedal point pattern.
In #64 normality is returning (Order in the room, please!). There is a setting with threepart sectional harmony (a jazz type of setting with parallel motion in all voices, stepwise and
leaps). The lyrical lead voice has a wavy pattern with embellished ascending and descending
arpeggios. The abbreviated third statement of this theme closes the section, while calming
down. (The rehearsal numbers jump from #64 to #73). See Table 12.6 for the analysis.

12.1.10

Atto Primo (#100110) Cio-cio-san!

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

463

CHAPTER 12. GIACOMO PUCCINI

Table 12.6: Puccini, Madama Butterfly, Act 1 (6164) Dov`e? Eccolo l`a!
[#]+m

Comment
h i
2
4

61+3
61+5
61+7
61+9
61+11
61+15
61+17

Mf
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

62
62+7

Mv

B[

63

Mf
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

Mv

D[

63+2
63+4
63+6
63+8
63+12
63+14
64
64+2
64+4
64+6
64+8
64+10
64+12
64+14
64+16

464

Mv
..
.
..
.

Mv
..
.
..
.

Mv

(a): WW+Va imit, Ch: Dov`e?,

G97 Gm7 G97 D79 G7 D7]5

(b); WW+Str, Ch: Goro,

G97 Gm7 G97

(b)

<(Gsus4
G97 ) G97
7

WW+Str, Ch: Ecco

C79 /G

61+21
61+27

D[

(]) B &P & Ch (All)

G D+ Em D7]5
Em D7 G97 D7]5
G D+ Em D7]5
Em D7 G97 D7]5

9/sus4
F7

...
...
F7 . . .
Lo stesso movimento
B[69 . . .
Cm B[69 F7 B[69

P (gd)
(a) (ped)

D[ A[ B[m/D[ A[7

tutti cresc
clim,
h i WW+HiStr: 16ths, G: Per
2
4 (]) B &P & Ch (All)
WW+Hns+HiStr, Ch: Vino,
P D (f )
([[[[[) B & Ch (Relatives
(a) Ch, P (d[a[)

D[ A[7 D[ A[97

WW (4ths%)+LoStr

D[ A[ B[m/D[ A[7

(a)

D[ A[7 D[ A[97

<(D[ A[m)
<(D[ A[m)
D[97 . . . F/C

(b) Hns+Ch,
(b)
climax, arp&, G: Per

a tempo
F 6 Dm7 /C

([) P & S & Ch


sect harm, (a) S: O amico

C Dm/A Gm7 Dm/A


d

WW+Str trem

E7 /B[ Dm4 C7 Dm
G7 C79
F 6 Dm7 /C

(b)

Am7 /C Dm/A Gm7 Dm/A

WW+Str trem

G]7 /B[ A[9


7
6 /C C
D7[9 G[9

F
7
7
6
<(F9 C7 ) F 6

(b)

2nd stat, (a): S: Non piu`

(a): Vi, B: Mamma, P T (f )

12.1. OPERA MADAMA BUTTERFLY


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

465

CHAPTER 12. GIACOMO PUCCINI

12.1.11

Atto Primo (#111-115) Bimba, bimba, non piangere

Vocal parts: Pinkerton, Butterfly, Suzuki. This section is a transition to the long final duet of
the first act. After the wedding guests have left, Pinkerton asks Butterfly to stop crying, and
re-assuring her of his admiration. Then there is the prayer of Suzuki in #113, just before the
fugue theme Mf sets in once more in #114, over the chromatically descending pizzicato bass
line. See Table 12.7 for the analysis.

12.1.12

Atto Primo (#116136) Viene la sera

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

466

12.1. OPERA MADAMA BUTTERFLY

Table 12.7: Puccini, Madama Butterfly, Act 1 (111115) Bimba, bimba, non piangere
[#]+m

111
111+3
111+5
111+7
111+8
111+9
111+10
112
112+1
112+2
112+5
112+7
113
113+4
114
114+3
114+5
115+
115+5

Mv
..
.
..
./a
..
.
..
.
..
.

Comment

Andante affetuoso

h i

E/G] E7no 3 Dm7 /C

WW+Va, P: Bimba

A97 G97 A7 Cm7

P & B, trans

Vi,

Gm/B[ A7 Cm
Gm7 /B[ A7 Cm
d

Gm7 /B[ A7 Gm/B[ D7


E[ B[ Cm G7
Cm

a tempo
Cm7 F m Cm/E[

([[[)
Str, B: Non piango

B[/D Gm/B[ E[ Cm
B[6 Cm A[7 /C B[/D
Cm B[ Cm B[6
d

A[ G7 /B
<(Am/C G7 )
Un po piu` mosso

WW+Harp
16th, B: Mi han
h i
2
4

Suz: E Izaghi

Mv
Mf

Mf
Mf/v

4
4

G/B E7[5 /B[ Asus4


A7
7

Mv
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

Em

Allegro moderato
Em B7 /A
(G Am7 )/G
G7 . . .
F ]97 . . . Bm/E F ]m7 /E
E713 E7no 3

(a): Vi, PBi (&)


(b): Cl Seq(21m;R7 ),
(a): WW imit, Str sync
(a): WW imit, PB (&)
Str &, cad

467

CHAPTER 12. GIACOMO PUCCINI


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

468

12.1. OPERA MADAMA BUTTERFLY

12.1.13

Atto Secondo, Parte Prima (#1216) Un bel d`

Vocal parts: Butterfly. In this lyrical solo aria Butterfly is hoping and waiting for the return
of and re-uniting with Pinkerton (in vain, as it turns out). The main melody Mb1 descends
over one octave, opening with a very light woodwind and (tremolo) high muted strings
background; the solo violin is doubling the vocal lead. After the first statement A1 , there are
several bridge sections (B and C), with the shape of the melody suggesting sighs of hope;
Mb2 and Mb3 both have multiple upward-downward arcing phrases.
The series of woodwind syncopations in #13 underlines the feeling of expectation. as do
the pizzicato afterbeats in the middle strings. This mood is continued in #14 with the syncopations now in the muted trumpets and monotonously repeating 16th notes in the vocal
lead. The A2 section in #15 presents the second statement of the main melody, now doubled
with unisono woodwinds and strings (mutes off). The 2-part harmony is subtly moving
from muted trumpets to oboes and then French horns, all in syncopated accent patterns.
With a transitional crescendo and ascending lead there is the final exclamation of Butterfly:
I must keep my doubts and anxiety to myself, while the unisono orchestra finishes the main
theme, this time descending from a very high register downwards over two octaves. This
final statement has a tonic pedal and the syncopated harmonies now in three parts moving
from trombones to horns. See Table 12.8 for the analysis.

12.1.14

Atto Secondo, Parte Prima (#90) Humming Chorus

469

CHAPTER 12. GIACOMO PUCCINI

Table 12.8: Puccini, Madama Butterfly, Act 2, Part 1 (1216) Un bel d`


[#]+m

12

Mb1
..
.

G[

Comment

Andante molto calmo

h i

G[ D[/F E[m D[

A1 , B: Un bel d`, WW+Vi1,

3
4

([[[[[[)

12+4
12+6

A[m F7 B[m7 E[m7 /G[


D[7 G[

Vi2 trem

12+8
12+12
12+16

Mb2
Mb2

Un poco mosso
B[m7 B[m97 G[ B[m
F m7 F m97 D[ F m
E[m C7 /B[ E[m7 /D[

B
B: Poi la nave+WW+Vc
B: romba+WW+Str

a tempo

C1

13
13+4
13+7
13+12
13+15

Mb3
..
.
..
.
..
.

Mb4

14+4

15+4
15+6
15+8
15+10
16
16+4
16+6

470

Mb1
..
.

Mb5

Mb1
..
.

2
4

<(F m/A[ G7 /D[)


<(F m/A[ G7 /D[)

14

15

Fm

h i

Fm

G[

B[m

G[

F m/C . . . G7 /B[ F m

WW syncopes

A[/C D[ A[/C
A[ . . . C

Str

Sostenendo molto

C2

F m F m7
Lento
<(D[6 C7 /B[) D[7

B: Chi sar`a?, Tpt mute sync

Andante come prima

h i

G[ D[ E[m D[

A2 , B: morire,

A[m F7 B[m7 E[m7 /G[


D[97 G[
E[m B[m
<(B[m E[m) B[m

tutti unis climax


H: TptObFHn
trans, B: Tutto questo, Str trem
tutti climax, plagal cad

Largamente
(G[6 D[ E[m D[97 )/G[

closing
A3 , B: laspetto, P T (g[)

(A[m F7 G[7 D[13


7 )/G[
D[13

G[
7

tutti unis climax,


PL (&), cad

h i
4
8

3
4

12.1. OPERA MADAMA BUTTERFLY


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

471

CHAPTER 12. GIACOMO PUCCINI


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

472

12.1. OPERA MADAMA BUTTERFLY

Table 12.9: Puccini, Madama Butterfly, Act 2, Part 2 (512) Oh eh! Oh eh!
[#]+m

4+5
4=11

5
5+5
5+7

12.1.15

Mm

Mt1
Mt2

Comment

Un poco meno

h i

B[97 . . . B79 . . .
C79 . . .

trans, Ch: Oh eh!, Cl+Bsn


~
Str, Hk

Meno ancora

h i

4
4

(]]]])
e

2
4

(C79 F C7sus4 C7 Dm7 )/C


F/A B[ F/A Dm7 C/E
C F ... A...

([) trans

Ob, Str, P D (c)


WW unis

Atto Secondo, Parte Seconda (#512) Oh eh! Oh eh!

Vocal parts: Sailors (Marinai) (tenors in two parts). Most of this section is instrumental, depicting dawn. The sailors sing their cries Mm in imitation over an ascending set of exact
parallel dominant chords S79 . The second part of the transition is #5, the mooring of the ship.
Starting from #6 there is environmental mood music, with birds whistling in the garden
background.2 A number of themes and subjects is presented in juxtaposition and imitation
over a set of symmetrically distributed roots. Theme Mh, first presented by muted French
horn, has a quarter note arpeggio and signal character. The sweet Mw theme has a pentatonic flavour, a reference to Butterfly (waiting for Pinkerton arriving on the ship). It is in the
high woodwinds and violins, the second statement in parallel perfect 5ths. One could say
the the juxtaposition of Mh and Mw also expresses West-faces-East. Subject Me, first played
in #7 by muted French horn, has an alternating stepwise shape and represents expectation
during sunrise (the same theme has been used in Act 1). The R4i symmetrically distributed
roots are: D F ] B[ and the key keeps alternating between these three during the dawn
scene, finally settling on D.
During #9 there is more rhythmic activity (from an 8th note countermelody to 16th and
32th note ascending runs) and a gradual crescendo, to explode in the brillantemente section,
full of tutti themes, imitation and background arpeggios. In #10 there is the climactic sunlight theme, played by the full orchestra (doubled in hidden form in the descending 16th
note arpeggios in high woodwinds and strings).
After a brief unisono 16th note run transition in #11 the climax returns briefly, now over
the signal theme Mh in imitation. A transitional pentatonic motif Mt3 sets in, with a statement starting in high woodwinds and repeated at the lower octaves, while there is a general
diminuendo as the scene is closing. See Table 12.9 and 12.10 for the analysis.

2
Whistling birds: nowadays an easy job with digital sampling. Imagine an 1904 premiere performance with
local variete artists behind the curtains.

473

CHAPTER 12. GIACOMO PUCCINI

Table 12.10: Puccini, Madama Butterfly, Act 2, Part 2 (512) Oh eh! Oh eh! (contd)
[#]+m

6
6+5
6+8
7
7+5
7+ 9
7+13
7+15
8
8+2
8+5
9
9+4
9+6

Mh

Mw
Me
Mh

Mw

Mt3

Mh/c
Mh
Mh
Mh

9+8
10
10+4
10+8
10+12
10+14
10+15
10+17
10+18

10+20
10+21

Mh
Me
Me
Me
Ms

Ms

Ms
..
.
..
.

11
11+5
11+9
11+12
12
12+3
12+4
12+9

Mh
Mt3

Mt3

Mt3

10+19

474

F]

B[
D

F]
D

Comment

Allegro moderato

h i

D/A . . .
Bm7 /F ] = D6 /F ]
(D D6 D)/A E7 /B
<(D/A Bm)
F ]/C] F ]9 /A]
F ]/C] F ]6 /A]
F ]6 /C] = G[6 /D[ E[m G[/D[
A[/E[
G[/D[ = F ]/C] D]m
<(F ]/C] D]m)
B[/F . . .
D/A . . .
F ]/C] . . .
B[/F . . .
Brillantemente
D6 /A . . .
<(Bm D/A)
<(F ]/C] E/B) F ]/C]
<(A[/E[ G[/D[)
A/E D A/E F ]m
A7 /G F ]m A/E Bm7 /D
A/E D A/E F ]m
A7 /G F ]m A/E Bm7 /D
A/E F ]m Bm7 /D

FHn (mute), LoStr trem

2
4

(]]]) Birds whistling

WW stacc+Vi pizz
FHn, Str pizz+trem
FHn (dawn)
Fl+Harp, Str trem
(par perfect 5ths)
EHn+Bsn+FHn
([[) WW, Mc: Bsn+Vc: 8ths
(]]) Tpt-(FHn+Vc) im, 16ths
Ob+Vi2, 32th runs
WW+Vi1, PL (%), cresc
(sunshine)
tutti imit, Harp+Str: arp
LoWW+FHn, WW+Str: arp
tutti cresc
LoWW+Brs+LoStr sun
unis, tutti cresc
2nd stat, tutti climax
accented notes

A/E F ]m
A7 /G F ]m A/E Bm7 /D
A/C] F ]7 /C no 3 B7
G]7 A7 . . .
D ...
<(F ]m/A Bm/D) F ]m/A
D6 D
<(F ]m/A Bm/D) F ]m/A
D6 D
<(F ]m/A Bm/D) F ]m/A
D96 . . .

WW+HiStr: 16th run unis


tutti clim, imit, 16th arp
Ob, pentatonic, dim
Fl+Cl, Str pizz
Bsn+Va, Vi 16th arp
Vi arp, dim

Chapter 13

Gustav Mahler
Biographical data:
7-7-1860 in Kalischt
18-5-1911 in Wien
1600

1700

1800

1900

2000

Detailed score analysis of the Mahler symphony movements was complemented with
the formal analysis presented in [19].

13.1 Lieder eines fahrenden Gesellen (1885)


Source: [28]. Music for solo voice and orchestra. Mahler also wrote the lyrics for this set of
four songs. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 13.1.

13.1.1 Wenn mein Schatz Hochzeit macht


Form: ternary song form, ABA. This slow opening song is full of tempo (including many
fermatas), meter and rhythm changes. It has a melancholic mood; the composer writes for
the singer: Leise und traurig bis zum Schluss (Soft and sad until the end). The instrumentation
is dominated by woodwind, strings, harp and occasional French horns. The strings apply
techniques such as muted playing, divisi and some interesting occurrences of violin voice
crossing. See Table 13.1 for the analysis.

13.1.2 Gieng heut Morgens ubers


Feld

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl

CHAPTER 13. GUSTAV MAHLER

Table 13.1: Mahler, Lieder eines fahrenden Gesellen, 1. Wenn mein Schatz Hochzeit macht
m
1
5
10
14
17
22
28
30
32
34
38
44
46
48
50
54
56
57
58
59
64
68
71
73
74
77
81
85
89

476

Comment

M0
M1/0
..
./

Dm

Dm . . .
Dm . . .

A 24 , Cl, P T (d)
Voc: a, P (da)

(E7 Gm7 E7 )/D


(Dm C B[7 D79 Gm)/D
Dm . . .
[13
<(B[7 A[9
7 )/B[ B[ A7

(a), P T (d)
[1] (b) P (da)
trans, WW climax
Voc, P (b[)

M0
M2
..
./0
..
.
..
.

[9/[13

B[ A7
Gm

M0
M3
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

M4
..
.

E[

M1
..
.
..
.

Dm

M0
M2
..
.

M0

Gm

h i

B[

WW, (ped)

E[7 /B[ A7

[2] Voc, PBi (&)

D7 /A[ D7[5 /A[ G7


A[7 /C Gm/D D7
Gm . . .

WW+Str clim, P T (g)

E[

[3] B

E[ E[

~
Voc: a, Str: [S6 ] ,Hk
d

(F m B[ E[ B[7 F m)/E[

P T (e[)

<(E[ B[7 )/E[ E[6 B[

(a)

Gm/B[ Cm Gm/B[
Cm7 B[7
Am/C Gm/D C7 /E F

(b)
[4] Voc, P D (c)

D7 /C Gm
<(C7 Gm7 )/C

trans, WW+Str

Dm . . .

[5] A

Gm/D . . .

(a), (ped)

(Dm B[7 B7 Am Dm)/D


(C D7[9 Gm)/D
Dm . . .
(B[7 A[9
7 B[)/B[

(b), (cm>), P T (d)


(ped)
WW climax (ped)
[6] Voc+Str, P (b[)

E[7 /B[ A7 D7 /A[ D7[5 /A[


G7 Cm A[/C Gm/D D7
Gm

Voc, PBi (&)

h i
6
8

, P (e[b[)

h i
2
4

, Voc: a, P (da)

[7] climax, P T (g) (96 m.)

13.1. LIEDER EINES FAHRENDEN GESELLEN

1. Wenn mein Schatz Hochzeit macht:


ABA form (Dm,

h ih i
2
4

6
8

, 96 m.)
A

2. Gieng heut morgens ubers

Feld, In gemachlicher Bewegung:


AABC form (D,
A

h i
2
2

, 127 m.)

3. Ich hab ein gluhend

Messer, Sturmisch,
wild:
ABC form (Dm,

h ih i

9
8

4
4

, 81 m.)
C

4. Die zwei blauen Augen, Mit geheimnisvoll schwermuthigem


Ausdruck.
Ohne Sentimentalitat: AB form (Em,
A

h i
4
4

, 67 m.)

B
Figure 13.1: Mahler, Lieder eines fahrenden Gesellen

477

CHAPTER 13. GUSTAV MAHLER


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

478

13.1. LIEDER EINES FAHRENDEN GESELLEN

13.1.3 Ich hab ein gluhend


Messer
Form: ABC. This stormy, wild (sturmisch,

wild) song brings in the full orchestra. The characteristic upward arpeggio opening motif (M0) with tonic or dominant pedal returns a couple
of times, as transitions. The lead voice is characterized by the upward diatonic (a-phrase)
vs. descending chromatic phrases (b-phrase, frequently as the familiar 1 7m76 [65
sequence). Ostinato 8th note patterns in the backgrounds support tension. This is the perfect song for the compulsory murderer; only the middle section brings temporary relief. See
Table 13.2 for the analysis.

13.1.4 Die zwei blauen Augen

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

479

CHAPTER 13. GUSTAV MAHLER

Table 13.2: Mahler, Lieder eines fahrenden Gesellen, 3. Ich hab ein gluhend

Messer
m

Comment

1
5
9
12
16
18

M0
M1

M1

M2
..
.
..
.

Dm

<(Dm C]7 )/D


Dm E7 /G Dm/A Dm B[
E7[5 /G] A[9
7 Dm/F A A7
Dm . . . Dm+7
D7[9 /F ] Gm Dm/A E7 /A A7
Dm E7 /B[ E[7 . . .

[19] 98 , arp% ff , P T (d)


A Voc: a (ped)
(b)

<(Dm+7 D7 G E7 Dm)/D

(b), chr& (ped)

Gm Gm+7 Gm7 E7 /G
<(A[9
7 /C] Gm/D)
[5/[9
E7 A7
Gm
<(Gm F ]7 )/G

[21] chr&

22
26
28
30
33
35
38
41
46
50
53
57
59
62
64
67
68
72
75
78

480

M0
..
.

[20] Voc: aa, P T (d)

chr&
climax, P T (g)

(Gm E7 G[9
7 E[7 Cm7 )/G
F ]7 /G . . .

C
M2

M2
..
.
..
.

G ...
G C . . . G7
(Gm+7 G7 C A7 Gm)/G
[9/sus4
C/G . . . G7
Dm97
9/+5

G7

Dm97 G97 Dm97

E Em . . . C]7

..
.
/M0
M3

M0

h i

[5/[9

E[m

C]7
F ]7 D]7 E G]m7
[13
C]7 B[ <(B7 B[)
D7[9
E[m/B[ A[m7 . . . B[7 A[m7
[5
A[[9
7 A[7 F7
<(E[m D )/B[
B[7 E[m

[22] B, trem, P D (g)


Voc: a, (ped)
(b), chr&
[23] (a) P D (g)
(b)
tutti climax, chr%
[24] C (b)

h i
4
4

trans
[25] Voc: &

arp& (81 m.)

13.1. LIEDER EINES FAHRENDEN GESELLEN


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

481

CHAPTER 13. GUSTAV MAHLER

13.1.5

Key relationship diagram

The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 13.2. Note how all four movements end in
a different key from the starting point. The first song loops through a set of keys in the
subdominant area, including the Neapolitan (lowered supertonic major key) E[ (2) for the
B-section. The others seem to be spiraling outwards to more remote keys. Note how the last
two songs end on the lowered supertonic minor key [IIm.
2. Gieng heut morgens ubers

Feld
1. Wenn mein Schatz Hochzeit macht
1,3

Gm

Cm

2
E[

Dm
6

B[

- F ]

Bm

F ]m

3. Ich hab ein gluhend

Messer
Dm
F
Fm

Am
@
R
@

4. Die zwei blauen Augen

Cm

Dm

Am

 Em


A[
A[m

E[
E[m

F 


+
C

Cm

Gm

F m

Figure 13.2: Mahler, Lieder eines fahrenden Gesellen, key relationship diagram.

13.2

Symphony No. 3 in D Minor (1896)

Source: [27]. An overview of the formal analysis of this very long symphony in six movements is shown in Fig. 13.3. Note the disproportional length of the opening movement; the
sonata form is preceded by a very long introduction. The development section has roughly
three times the length of the exposition. Mahler grouped the movements into two parts,
where the opening movement is Part I (1. Abtheilung), and the other movements are bundled
into Part II (2. Abtheilung). The analysis here covers only the second part.
The movements have subtitles in German, not written in the score. The instrumentation requires a huge symphony orchestra with quadruple or more winds (4 flutes, 4 oboes, 5
clarinets, 4 bassoons), brass (8 horns, 4 trumpets, 4 trombones, contrabass tuba), a large percussion section, a very large complement of strings (written in the score), alto solo, womens
choir and boys choir. Yet the orchestration is subtle, with limited tutti phrases for a conscious acoustic effect. There is a lot of mixed instrumentation, and splitting up longer
melodies into shorter, hoquetus style fragments for solo instruments or sections. Mahler
wants some instruments to sound in the distance (in der Ferne aufgestellt) and from a high
482

13.2. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN D MINOR

Mvt. 1 Kraftig. Entschieden: sonata form (Dm,

h i
4
4

, 875 m.)

Introduction
Exposition (96 m.)

Intro (272 m.)

Development
Recap

Development (274 m.)


Recapitulation (233 m.)
Mvt. 2 Tempo di Menuetto. Grazioso: ABABA Coda, menuet and trio form
(A F ]m,

h ih ih ih i
3
4

3
8

A (49 m.)

2
4

9
8

, 279 m.)

B (41 m.)

B (73 m.)

A (53 m.)
A (43 m.)

C (20)

Mvt. 3 Comodo. Scherzando. Ohne Hast: ABABCDEBC Coda form (Cm,


A (68 m.)

B (52 m.)

B (45 m.)

Coda (34 m.)

Mvt. 4 O Mensch! Gib Acht!: ABAB form (Dm,

h i

2
2

, 147 m.)

Mvt. 5 Lustig im Tempo und keck im Ausdruck: ABA Coda form (F ,


A

Part 1 (91 m.)

h i
4
4

, 120 m.)

Cda

Mvt. 6 Langsam. Ruhevoll. Empfunden. Part 14 form (D,

Part 3 (54 m.)

, 590 m.)

D (27 m.) E (58 m.)

C (72 m.)

2
4

A (90 m.)

C (91 m.)

B (53 m.)

h i

h i
4
4

, 328 m.)

Part 2 (106 m.)


Part 4 (48 m.)

Cd (27 m)

Figure 13.3: Mahler, Symphony No. 3 in D Minor

483

CHAPTER 13. GUSTAV MAHLER


gallery (in der Hohe postiert).1

13.2.1

Mvt. 2 Tempo di Menuetto. Grazioso

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

Nowadays this may imply positioning the soloist somewhere in the concert hall corridor, watching the
conductor on a video monitor for coordination. Then off to the bar in the lobby to wait for the finale and the call
to take a bow.

484

13.2. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN D MINOR


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

485

CHAPTER 13. GUSTAV MAHLER

13.2.2

Mvt. 3 Comodo. Scherzando. Ohne Hast

Form: rondo, A1 B1 A2 B2 C1 DEB3 C2 Coda. The subtitle of this fairly long movement is: Was
mir die Thiere im Walde erzahlen.2 It is based on the Wunderhorn poem Ablosung. As this
rondo progresses, sections with a different character start to become the returning element:
three Scherzando A-sections are combined with three (unequal) Pastorale B-sections, to give
way to two Posthornepisode C-sections. The D- and E-section have some similarity with the
A-section. See Table 13.3 to 13.9 for the analysis.
This movement has a number of returning elements, first put forward individually in the
separate rondo sections, later used in variation, juxtaposition, or combination:
Birdcall. There are three short motifs with a similar total duration (two quarter notes)
and pitch pattern (upward leap downward leap): B1 with upward fifth downward
1
1
fourth leap in 18 + 16
+ 16
+ 14 rhythm, B2 with upward fourth downward third leap
1
1
1
1
in 8 t + 8 t + 8 t + 4 triplet rhythm, and B3 with upward downward octave leap in
1
4 16
+ 14 rhythm. The first statement is for either regular B[-clarinet (B1 and B3 ) or
the higher E[-clarinet. Later these birdcall appear in other instrumentats.
Galloping brass, in polka style. Frequently three (muted) trumpets play a set of triads
in the form of a stepwise moving theme Mg in gallop style (steady 8th notes with afterbeat accents). In the later sections, starting in m. 148 ff., this rhythm is used as a gallop
variation ML
g in lower brass and string parts, or in modified form for woodwinds.
A deliberate indetermination between major and minor. Mahler does this by either
using incomplete chords with the third missing (S(m)no 3 ; there are many open 15
fifths), or by manipulating the 9th extension of the dominant seventh chord. When
this is V79 this suggests the major key (e.g., G97 has the addition of the a = 9, the sixth
degree of the C major scale). On the other hand V7[9 suggests a minor key (G[9
7 contains
the a[, the lowered sixth degree of the C minor scale). Interestingly, there is occasional
application of a crossover, i.e., using the V7[9 in a major key context, and the reverse.
Brass signals. These occur as either short arpeggio signals Ms in solo or section brass
instruments, or as the long solo for the flugelhorn Mf in the Posthornepisoden. Near the
end, these signals take over the character of birdcalls.
A wide range of moods: see the performance indications Scherzando. Ohne Hast, Sehr
gemachlich, Mit geheimnisvoller Hast!, Lustig, Grob!, Sehr drangend, etc.
The A1 -section opens with the birdcall motif B1 against a pizzicato string background.
The piccolo set in with a light, bouncy melody M1 , interrupted by more birdsong (B2 and
B3 ). In m. 20 the next returning idea sets in: the polka gallop theme Mg for three trumpets.
In [1] there is the U-texture, the combination (unification) of the legato 16th patterns from
the M1 melody (with descending lead voice) and the 8th note pounding pizzicato rhythm
from the gallop. The second gallop phrase in m. 30 ff. shows another recurring element:
~ ) or as a series of 1st inversion chords
diatonic parallel triads, either in root position (Hk
d
6

([S ] ). During the second U-texture (m. 61 ff.) we hear the first brass signal Ms for horn in F.
Both the M1 theme and the Mg lead part are characterized by embellished descending
stepwise motion: in M1 we find the basic melody structure g f e[ d c (from 5th
2

This German subtitle inevitably reminds us of another musical hit song: Talk to the animals.

486

13.2. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN D MINOR


degree to root in minor), in Mg there is d (e[ d) c b[ a (1st statement in m. 20) and
g f e[ d c b[ a[ g (2nd statement in m. 30). Even the second subject M2 [2] has
this melodic shape: (g c e[) g f e d c (g), now in major and starting with an
upward arpeggio. This makes M1, Mg and M2 related themes. Within that framework, the
entire A1 -section may be considered as the first verse of the birdsong, with the subdvision
(4) + 19 + 10 + 19 + 8 + (7) = 67 m.
The first Pastorale B1 -section brings the theme Mp, which is four measures long in its basic
form. It is presented as a counterpoint (5-part imitation) setting for strings and woodwinds.
As it reaches a climax (m. 84 ff.) there are the arpeggio signals in staccato 8th notes for horns
and trumpets, over an extended dominant pedal point.
Returning to the lighter mood of the A2 -section [6], the main theme M1 for flutes in
parallel thirds is accompanied by a pianissimo countersubject in first violins. The woodwinds take over the gallop idea in [7]; because of the instrumentation it also has some of the
character of M2. In m. 140 the clarinets play M3, a four-measure melody, with the opening
dotted 8th 16th rhythm as a new feature (the rest is a variation of M1). Once again we find
the underlying descending stepwise motion in M3: (g a[) g f e[ d. The section
ends with a climax and a hilarious chromatically descending 16th note staccato pattern in
unisono brass, bassoons and low strings. In [9], like in [2], there is the subsection in the
parallel major key, with melody fragments reminding of both M2 and birdcall in clarinet
and oboe. E.g., there is stepwise descending motion in m. 177, 181, 186 and 190, and these
statements open or close with birdcall, see m. 179, 183184, 185 and 189. The brief cello
fragment in m. 195 contains the M1-stepwise structure, but now there is chromatic descent
(c d e f g) a g] g f ] f (d), copied in the horn background.
h i The B2 -section is an abbreviated variation on the first Pastorale. The meter remains
2
4 , woodwinds and horns are playing 8th note triplets over an extended timpani tonicdominant P (cg) pedal point. The transition [1213] sums up the previous A-section melodic
material, while calming down and preparing for the first C1 -section. The flutes in [12] play
descending steps in parallel third, a variation on M1. The C1 Posthornepisode has an extended
solo for flugelhorn Mf over a sustained high strings harmonic background. There are two
interuptions by flutes and strings, playing a lead melody in parallel thirds, M1 in F major
[15] and M4 in the parallel minor key F m [16], respectively. M4 with its ascending stepwise motion may als be considered the melodic inversion of M1 in disguise. The second
and third flugelhorn melody statements get support from a horn countermelody in parallel
consonants (3rds and 6ths).
Section D [17] has the descending steps in paralel thirds played by tremolo violins over a
dominant pedal point, with the solo flute answering on the afterbeat. In [19], the E-section,
the combination of the bass-gallop ML
g and the cheerful woodwind melody M3 returns,
first heard in m. 140 and 148 in the A2 -section. The section closes with the build-up to a
climax in [22], first heard in m. 158 ff.
Section B3 kicks off with a brief gallop and signal statement [23], but then continues
with the second counterpoint imitative setting of the Pastorale theme Mp [24], copying the
approach used in m. 72 ff. After the climax in [25] there is a transition (m. 466 ff.) with
trumpet signals, woodwind birdcall over a violin divisi tremolo background, leading into
the second Posthornepisode. This C2 -section [27] is shorter than the first. The parallel third
phrases are now provided by violins [28] and, once again, horns [29]. In [30] fast 16ths string
patterns and woodwind birdcall imitations prepare for the final transition. In [31] there is
487

CHAPTER 13. GUSTAV MAHLER

Table 13.3: Mahler, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 3 Comodo. Scherzando. Ohne Hast
m

1
3
5
9
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
38
42
46
48
50
53
55
57
59
61
64

69
73
75
77
80
84
87

488

Cm
B1
M1 1

B2
M1

B3
Mg

B3
Mg

U
..
./M

/
0
B2
M01 /B3
Cm

U/Ms
B3

Mp
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

Comment

Comodo. Scherzando. Ohne Hast

h i

Cm . . .
Cm . . .
<(Cm G7no 3 ) Cm
Gm/B[ B[ A[6
<(Gm E[+ )
A[ F m Gno 3 Cmno 3
C D[ Cm Gno 3
<(A[ E[)
Gm E[+ Gm A[
Gm Dmno 3 G(m)no 3
D G[5
7 no 3 Cm

Str pizz
Cl Birdcall
Fl

2
4

([[[) A1

E[-Cl Birdcall
Fl
Cl, Bsn bg
Cl
Tpt Gallop
[1] WW PL (&), Str pizz

M02

B3

D Cm/G G[9
7 no 3
<(A[ Cm/E[)
B[ A[ Gm F m
E[ D Gno 3
(C G F C Dm7 G C)/C

Cl Birdcall, Bsn bg
~
Tpt Hk
d

C G F C Dm7 G C)/C
<(Am7 C)/C
(Em7 B[+ C F ]+ )/G
(Am7 A7 Am4 D7 )/G
(G Am7 A]7 G7 )/G C
(Cm+7 Gm F + A[+ )/C
(Am7 D7 G7 )/C
<(Cm C)
(D7 F7 B C no 3 )/C
(D7[5 G7 Cm D[ Cm)/G
G[9
7 no 3 . . . C no 3

Ob, [S6 ] (ped)


Cl
Fl+Ob, P D (g)
(Fl+Ob)/Vi1 (ped)
cad
[3] Ob, Vi+Hrp bg, P T (c)
(ped)
tr, Vi1 Birdcall, min-maj (ped)
cad
WWPL (&), Ms: FHn, P D (g)
WW, Str triplets, cad

Listesso tempo

B1

G C F C/G G7 /B C

[4] P1: LoStr+Bsn

G/B F ] /A G Am D7

P2: Vi2+Va, ctp imit

[2] (\\\) Str+Hrp, [S6 ] , P T (c)

h i
6
8

, Pastorale

G G7 C
G7 C F C

P3: Ob+Cl

<(G7 F ]7 G7 C)

P D (g)

G C F C
G7 C Am D79 /F ]

P4: Ob+Cl, Hns Mc, climax


P5: LoStr+Bsn

13.2. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN D MINOR

Table 13.4: Mahler, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 3 Comodo. Scherzando. Ohne Hast (contd)
m
89
93
95
98
101
106
111

121
124
128
130
132
134
136
138
140
142
144
146
148
150
152
154
158
162
164
168
170
172
176
180
182
184

Ms
Mp

Ms
Mp

M1/c
/
B2

Cm

Ms: Hns-Tpts clim, P D (g)


(ped)
Mp: Str PL (%)(ped)
(ped)
Ms: Tpt (ped)
Mp: Vi-(Ob+Cl) cad (ped)
tr, Fl, Str imit 15, P T (c)

Gut hervortretend

A2

(Cm G7 )/G <(Cm Gm)/G


F m/C Cm Gm B[ A[6
<(Gm E[+ )

[6] M1: Fl, Mc: Vi1, P D (g)

B[[9
7

E[
Em
E[
Cm

M2/B
..
.
..
.
..
.

(C A[7 Em D[ F ]7 )/G
(C A[7 A7 D[ G[ B[m)/G
(C A[7 A7 Gm C D[)/G
(F m G F F ]7 )/G
(G C G97 C D7 G7 C)/G
<(Dm7 G97 C)/G
C96 . . .

B[7
Gm A[
Cm Gm F m Cm/E[
<(D7 Cm)
Gm E[+ Gm B7

M0g

M0g /3
/
U
..
.

Comment

F7]5

M01

M3

M0g

M3/L
g
/

h i
2
4

([[[)

Cl+Ob Birdcall
Vi, Str+Fl bg
Vc, Str bg
[7] WW Gallop

C7no 3 A[ B7

Cm E[7 /D[ C
A[ D[ G[/D[
B[ A[ G D7 /F ]
Gm D7[5 /A[ F7 /A B[7
E[6 E E[ C[
B/D] G7 B/D] C
Em177!6
C E/B C E[ E[m E[
(+) )/B[
(F B[7 E[ B[[9
7 E[
G[9
7 Cm
<(D7[5 G7 Cm F ]7 )/G

i (&)
Bsn Pm
Cl
Str (cm<)
~
WW Hk
d
i (&), P i (%)
Hn: Pm
B
M3: Cl, ML
g : Tbn

D7 /A G7 /F D7 /A G[5
7 /D[
D7 /A G7 /F D7 /A G7
G[9
7 no 3 . . .
(C G F C Dm7 G C)/C

trans, WW+Str
climax
(WW+Str)/Brs unis i &
~ , P T (c)
[9] (\\\) Cl, Str Hk
d

(C G F Em)/C

(ped)

(Dm7 G7 C)/C

(ped)

(Am C A[ C)/C

Pi (ped)

i (&)
Hns, climax, Tpt Pm
(clim)
Mg: Hns, M3: Vi, P D (b[)
Tpt+WW
WW+Str, P D (g)

489

CHAPTER 13. GUSTAV MAHLER

Table 13.5: Mahler, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 3 Comodo. Scherzando. Ohne Hast (contd)
m
188
190
192
194
195
197
199
203
206

Comment

..
.

(A E + D C]m )/A
(B7 E7 )/A
(A B[7 B7[13 C 6 )/A
A+ B[7
B Gm/B[ F + /A A[+
(Am7 D7 Dm7 G7 )/C
<(Cm C7 )
(D7[5 G7 Cm D[ Cm7 )/G
<(G[9
7 no 3 Cm)

Ob, Tpt+Va [S6 ] , P T (a)


(ped)
i (%)(ped)
Cl+Vi PLi (&), Tpt Pm

(M1)
0
B1
B3
U
B3

C
Cm

i (&)
Vc, Hns Pm
Tpt Birdcall, cad, P T (c)
trans, Cl, min-maj (ped)
[11] WW PL (&), clim, P D (g)
WW

B2 , Pastorale var
211
213
215
217
219
221
225
229
232
234
236
238
240
242
244
246
248
252

490

Ms
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

Ms
M1/c
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
/
M1/c
/
M0g /c
/
Ms /1
0
B1

C]7 /D[ =

Fm

E[[9
7 /D[

WW+Hns tripl, Timp P (cg)

<(D[/A[ B7 /F )

Str+WW (ped)

B[7 /D[ = A7[9 /C]

WW+Hns (ped)

F m/A[ B7 /F

WW+Str (cm<)(ped)

C no 3 A[7 D[7 G
C no 3 D[7 G C no 3
C7[9 no 3,no 7 . . .
Ein wenig, . . . , langsamer
(F m C7 <(F m C7 ))/C

Brs+WW tripl, climax (ped)


Tpt P T (c)
([[[[)
[12] tr, M1: Fl par 3rd, Mc: SVi,

(D[7 B[m7 Cm7 )/C

P D (c)

(E[6 D[7 )/C


<(Cm D[/A[)
(Cm F m Cm7no 3 B7 )/C
F m Cm7 B[m/D[ F m7 /C
B[m7
Cm A[+ Cm D[7
Cm G7no 3 Cm
9/11
A[ Cm7 D[ Gm7 /B[
F m/C F ] Gm7 G]

(ped)
Vi, P D (c)
Ob/Vc/Vi1
[13] Fl/Cl
Tpt/WW
Cl-Fl, Vi PLi (%)

13.2. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN D MINOR

Table 13.6: Mahler, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 3 Comodo. Scherzando. Ohne Hast (contd)
m

256
263
267
269
272
274
277
285
289
291
293
297
301
304
310
314
316
318
310
322
326
328
332
335
344

Mf
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

C1

(G]7 F . . . )/C

[14] Flg solo, Vi bg, P D (c)

(F ] C7no 3 )/C

(ped)

h i
6
8

([) Posthornepisode

(end ped)

Am C7no 3 /G F Dm7 /F
C7no 3 /G F Am C7no 3 /G
F . . . C7 /G . . . F . . .
<(F C7no 3 F C)/C
Fm
F

Fm

M4

/
Ms

Sehr gemachlich

(B[ F . . . )/C C7no 3 /G

M4
..
.

Mf
..
.
..
./Mc
.. ..
./ .

Comment

(F Gm7 G] F )/C

M1
..
.

Mf
..
./Mc
.. ..
./ .
/

climax
[15] Fl par 3rds, P D (c)

F C7no 3 F
(F m C7[9 no 3 F m F ] )/C
(C7no 3 F no 1 F C7 )/C

maj-min, P D (c)
Flg (ped)

(C F C7 F )/C

Flg/Hns par 3rds

(C7sus4 F B[ F no 1 B7 )/C
C7 . . . F . . .
a tempo

cad
h i (end ped)

2
4

F m C7

[16] Fl+Vi par 3rds, P D (c)

(Dm7 D]7 C C + )/C


(F C7 )/F C7 /E
F G[ A[ E7
F m G[ F7 F7]5 )
Wieder Zeit lassen

(ped)
min-maj
Vi, Str, P D (c)
(ped)
h i
6
8

B[ F C7no 3 F
C7no 3 F
F C7 F C7

Mc: Hns par 3rds

Am/C B[ F no 1 /C B7
C7 F7sus4 C7 F . . .
F no 3 . . .

Tpt

491

CHAPTER 13. GUSTAV MAHLER

Table 13.7: Mahler, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 3 Comodo. Scherzando. Ohne Hast (contd)
m

347
351
355
357
358
362
364
366
369
370
372

(M1)
..
.
..
.

M1/B
Mg/c
/
(M1)/c
/
Mg/c
/

Fm

Comment

Mit geheimnisvoller Hast!

(F m . . . B[7 )/C

[17] Vi trem par 3rds, P D (c)

Cm B[+ E[/B[ D[/A[

PLi (&)

<(Cm D[m+7 )/C


Cm F m7 G[+ G[5
7
F m G G[ F
Cm A[+ Cm D[7
Cm G7no 3 Cm
A[/C Cm7 /B[ D[7 B[m7
Cmno 3
E[ D[/F Cm B[m
A[ G Cmno 3

min-maj

374
378
382
386
388
390
392
394
396
398
400
402
406
410
412
414
416
418
420
424
429

492

/
M3/B3
ML
g

ML
g

M3/L
g
/
M3/L
g
/

M3/L
g
/

A[

E[
Cm

F/C G[/D[ F/C E7


F/C G[/D[ F/C E7
<(A[9
7 Dm)
(B[ C B[7 )/F
d

(M3)

2
4

([[[[)

Vc, Pi+Vi PLi (&)


[18] Hns/Ob
Cl/SVi
Hns/Vc
E ([)

Lustig
M3/L
g

h i

C7[9
C7[9

(F G[7 F7 )/F
(E[ F Gm7 Cm)/F
(B[ Cm Gm7 F7 )/F
B[/F G[7 F m C[7
B[/F Am A[ B[+
B C B G
G/B D]7 G/B G+
A[ E[7
A[ B[m7 E[[9
7
1776
A[
[5/[9
G[7 G7 B[13
/F [
7 /A[ B[7
[5/[9
(B[7 B[7 no 3 E[ B[)/B[
+
B[[9
7 E[/B[ E[
G[9
7 Cm
<(Dminf ive G7 Cm F ]7 )/G
[5
[9
D7 /F ] G[5
7 /D[ D7 /F ] G7 /B
[9
G7 no 3 . . .

[19] WW/(Tpt+Bsn)
(Fl+Cl)/Tbn
[20] Vi/Cl, Str bg
WW-imit, Str 16th tppedf
(ped)
Hns
i (&)
LoStr, Vi Pm

Cl/Tbn
[21] ([[[[) Vi/FHn, P (a[e[)
Fl+Vi PLi (&)(ped)

[22] Vi/Hns, P D (b[)


([[[) WW
tutti climax, P D (g)
trans
(WW+Str)/Brs unis i &

13.2. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN D MINOR


a tutti climax, with horns and trombones playing an augmented version of the B3 birdcall,
dying away into a horns only signal in the high register.
The coda [32] opens with an 8th note (triplet) tonic-dominant pedal point (first timpani,
then low strings and woodwind) and brass signals. The C major key seems clear now, until
the major-minor ambiguity returns for the last time in [33]; this issue is never resolved as the
final chord consists of root and fifth only, no third. Mahlers idea of a cliffhanger, undoubtedly!
The strings use a wide range of techniques in this movement: pizzicato vs. arco, bowing
with the wood col legno (batuto) (see m. 24, 247, 418), combination of muted and unmuted
string (see violins in m. 34, 122), off-the-string bowing spring. Bogen (m. 95), multiple divisions getheilt (in particular the violins, which go up to divisi a 4, fierfach getheilt, see m. 248,
466, 541), playing on specific strings (e.g., G-Saite, sul G in m. 69), multiple stops Doppelgriff (m. 111), on the fingerboard Griffbrett, sul tasto (m. 121) or near the bridge am Steg, sul
ponticello (m. 347), solo playing (solo violin m. 229), tremolo (see m. 466, 541).

13.2.3

Mvt. 4 O Mensch! Gib Acht!

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

493

CHAPTER 13. GUSTAV MAHLER

Table 13.8: Mahler, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 3 Comodo. Scherzando. Ohne Hast (contd)
m

432
436
438
441
447
449
452
454
456
460
462
464
466
470
474
478

485
489
494
498
504
510
514
521
529
533
541
545
535

494

M
Mg 0 /s

/
Mp
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

M5

Mf/c
.. ..
./ .
/
0

B3

B3

Comment

Grob!

B3 (\\\)

C F/A C/G C
F7 /A G7 /B Em7 /G C/G
D7 /F ] G Am7 /E D7 /A G

[23] Hns/Tpts, LoStr 16th

C/E F/C G7 C

[24] P2: Hns imit

P1: WW ctp

Dm7 /F G7 C

Ms
..
.
..
. /B1
/

Mf
..
.

Fm

G7 C Am7 F Gsus4
C
7

P3: Tpt

G C F7 /A D7 /F ]
(C A[7 E D[)/G
(F ]7 F D C]7 G[ E[)/G
B7 /A G[/D[ D[7 /C[ A[+ /E
E[]5
7 /D[ B7
B7 . . .
D7 G]7 C]7

P4: LoStr+Bsn
[25] Brs, tutti clim, P D (g)
timp P (cg)
buildup Seq(31m;R7 )
cresc
[26] tutti climax
~
trans, Tpt, Vi trem Hk

B7 /C C7 /B[

~
Vi1 trem Hk
e

F7 /E[ . . .
(G7 F m B[ G[5
7 )/C

Tpt/Cl Birdcall
Ob-Cl, P D (c)

Wieder sehr gemachlich

C2

(F C7no 3 F C7 )/C

[27] Flg solo, Vi bg, P D (c)

(F C7 F )/C
B[/F F
(C7 F C7sus4 C7 G]7 F )/C
(C7[9 F F m)/C G[9
7 . . . )
<(F C7 )/C

(ped)

h i
6
8

([) Posthornepisode

[28] Vi par 3rds, Str, P D (c)


maj-min
[29] Flg/Hns par 3rd, P D (c)

(F C7 F G] C7 . . .)/C
F ...
Wieder lebhaft, und schneller . . .

(ped)

F (m)no 3 . . .
F (m)no 3 . . .
E[m . . .
E[m . . .
D[no 3 . . .

[30] Fl, Str 16ths


WW imit, cresc
[31] tutti climax, Str trem
Hns+Tbn augm Birdcall

h i
2
4

13.2. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN D MINOR

Table 13.9: Mahler, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 3 Comodo. Scherzando. Ohne Hast (contd)
m
557
562
568
575
579
583

Comment

Ms
..
.

Sofort wieder Tempo I.


C no 3 . . .

Coda (\)
[32] Hns+Tbn, Timp P (cg)

<(C no 3 Dm7 C)/C


9/sus4
G7
...
(C A[ C Cm A[+ )/C
<(Cm C)
C(m)no 3

Tpts (ped)
Brs+WW, cresc
[33] WW+Brs imit, clim (ped)
min-maj (clim, ped)
(590 m.)

(Ms/1)

495

CHAPTER 13. GUSTAV MAHLER


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

496

13.2. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN D MINOR

13.2.4

Mvt. 5 Lustig im Tempo und keck im Ausdruck

Form: ternary song form, ABA1 Coda. This cheerful and lively movement has the subtitle:
Was mir die Engel erzahlen. The lyrics (21 lines) are from the song cycle Des Knaben Wunderhorn, subdivided into three stanzas (verse 1 to 3). See Table 13.10 to 13.12 for the analysis.
Like the previous movement, here we see the combination of a number of elements:
The bells motif MB .3 This effect is played by real bells and the boys choir (BCh)
singing: Bimm bamm, and near the end also by the womens choir (WCh).
The main theme, a lively descending scale pattern M0 in staccato dotted 8th note
rhythm. This returns in the vocal solo melody ML121
as the a-phrase, and in melodic
v
inversion in the instrumental backgrounds. The opening line in the verses has Mv (aab)
(2 + 2 + 2 m.) sentence structure.
The chorale phrases MC for womens choir, full of contrary motion.
In the contrasting middle section there are the staccato 8th note chords in the horns,
combined with the legato ascending 16th note runs MR in (triple) clarinets, later flutes.
A transitory theme Mt in the celli leads into this setting.
The B-section also has a new vocal melody for alto-solo (lines 10, 12, 13 and 14). The
second half of this section leads to an extended tutti climax with chromatically descending middle voices, playing an exact parallel set of triads (F E E[) (F ]m
F m) E (m. 7072).
The harmony consists of mainly triads, with an occasional 7th chord. In the orchestration
there are no timpani, nor violins.

13.2.5

Mvt. 6 Langsam. Ruhevoll. Empfunden

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

3
Watch hilarious Peter Sellers in the Pink Panther Strikes Again movie, impersonating hunchback Quasimodo
and shouting The bells, the bells! on the Paris appartment balcony.

497

CHAPTER 13. GUSTAV MAHLER

Table 13.10: Mahler, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 5 Lustig im Tempo und keck im Ausdruck
m
1
4
5
6
7
9
11
13
15
17
19

Comment

MB
M0 /MB
..
.
. / ..
.
/ ..
..
ML1
v /.
.. L2
. /
L3
L4
MC

F6 ...
F Dm

A1 , BCh+Bells
WW

Gm/B[ Gm C/E

(cm<)

F C7

cad

F F/A Gm F

[1] Verse 1, a): WCh+WW

F F/A C F
F C B[/F F
D A D C/E G

a)
b)
WCh

C F/C C Am C7

WCh, WW+BCh, P D (c)

/M0,B
.
ML5 / ..

F C B[/D

v
L5
MC /

C/E F
d

WCh

20

/ M0

C7 Dm C/E B[/D

WCh/WW

22

MvL6

F Am7

[2] Verse 2, a) WCh, (cm>)

23
24
25
26
28
30
32
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
43
45
46

498

..
.
..L7
. /I(M0 )

B[/D F C7no 3

/
L8
MC
..
. / M0,B
..L9
.
..
./M

a): WCh/M0 : WW, (cm<)

B[7 /A E /G F
D A D C/E G

WCh

C F Am Dm

WCh+WW/BCh

B[ A D C/E G

0,B

/
Mt / M0
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
/
ML10
v /MR
..
. /M

F Am/C

Dm

Dm7 /C F/A Gm/B[


C Cm/B[

WCh/BCh+LoWW

A[9
7 Dm/F

[3] B, Str+Hrp

Am Gm/B[ B[7 /A
E7 /G C]7 /E F
E A[9
7
6
Dm Dm+7

/
MvL11 /MB

Em7
E[7 E[7 E[m7
<(Dmadd4/9 D)

L12
MC

Dm C B[
Am Gm Am

B,R

Alt-Solo/Cl, Hns stac


Alt-Solo/WCh+Cl
Cl-Ob
WCh/BCh
~ , S(3p)
Alt+Str+Harp Hk
d

13.2. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN D MINOR

Table 13.11: Mahler, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 5 Lustig im Tempo und keck im Ausdruck
(contd)

47

MB /M0
.
/ ..

49
51
52

Comment

<(Dm B[)

(WCh+BCh)/LoWW, P T (d)

Dm B[ Gm B[/D
F/A Cm7
Dm D7

(WCh+BCh)/LoStr

E[7 E[7

Alt-Solo/WCh+Fl

55

ML13
v /MR
..
. /MB,R
.
/ ..

56

ML11
v /MB

<(E[madd9 B[)

Alt/BCh

58

ML14
C

B[7 C B[/D

~ , (cm)
Alt+Str+Harp Hk
d

53

75
76
78
81

..
.
.. L12
.
..
.
/M0,B
MB /M0
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
/
M0
/

82

ML15
v /MB

84

L16

86

ML18
C

88

59
61
62
63
65
67
69
71
72
73

[5] Alt/Fl

A47

Am/E Gm/D Am/C B[


Dm C B[
Am Gm Am
<(Dm B[)
<(Dm B[)

Alt/BCh+LoWW, P T (d)
[6] (WCh+BCh)/LoWW (ped)

<(Dm B[)

tutti, cresc, build, P T (()d)

Dm1]77[6

~ & (ped)
tutti climax, Hns Hk
e

E[7 /D Cm7 F ]m

(climax, ped)

[5/[9

no 3

i (&), (ped)
Pm

E[7 /D B[7 Dm B[]5


7

i (&), ped)
(Pm

G7 /D Em7 /D E[m7 /B[


<(E7 /D C 9 E[7 /C])
Dm B[ Gm Cm7 /E[
Cm7 Am/C E[7 F7

i (&), ped)
(Pm

B[+ E[7 /B[ B[7 B[

A2 , Verse 3, WCh/BCh, P T (b[)

B[+ Gm/B[ E[/B[ B[

(ped)

D A C G D

[8] WCh imit

A E A Am

BCh

D7 B[7

B[

[5/[9
B[7 no 3

[7] trans, Hn+Vcl, Str


cad

499

CHAPTER 13. GUSTAV MAHLER

Table 13.12: Mahler, Symphony No. 3, Mvt. 5 Lustig im Tempo und keck im Ausdruck
(contd)
m

Comment

90

ML18
v /M0
.. L19 ..
.
/.
.. ..
./ .
.. L19 ..
.
/.
..
./
..
./ML20

F F/A C/E B[/D

WCh/WW, (cm>)

C/E Dm/F C/G

BCh

92
93
94
95
96

B[7 /A C/G B[/F


F Gm7 /D Am/C C7 /B[

WCh/LoStr

DmA E /G F

(cm<)

D A D C/E G

[9] WCh

Gsus4
7 /C

/M0

100

L21
ML20
0 /MC

F Am B[/D F Gm/B[

BCh/WCh (cm>)

102

M0 /

F/C C7 F/A F

LoStr+LoWW, Tbn

104

ML21
C

Dm C/E E7

WCh+BCh

F E /G F/A
Gm7 /B[ C

cad

F Dm7

[10] Coda WW+Hns

B[ A Dm Gm/B[
F 9 /C C7
<(F Dm/F )

cad
(WCh+BCh)/Hns, P T (f )

<(F Gm7 /F )
F

(WCh+BCh)/HiWW (ped)
(WCh+BCh)/Cl (120 m.)

98

105
106
107
108
109
110
114
118

500

..
.

M0
..
.

MB /M0
.. ..
./ .
/

G7 /B C Am

13.2. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN D MINOR


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

501

CHAPTER 13. GUSTAV MAHLER

13.2.6

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

502

13.2. SYMPHONY NO. 3 IN D MINOR


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

503

CHAPTER 13. GUSTAV MAHLER

13.3

Symphony No. 4 in G Major (1900)

Source: [27]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 13.4.


Mvt. 3 Poco adagio, Ruhevoll: ABABA Coda form (G,
A (61 m.)

B (45 m.)

Coda (38 m.)

Mvt. 4 Sehr behaglich: song form (G,

h i

I1

V2

4
4

2
2

3
4

3
8

2
4

A1 (72 m.)

A2 (93 m.)

Int V1

h ih ih ih ih i

4
4

I2 V3

, 353 m.)
B1 (43 m.)

, 184 m.)
I3

V4

Co

Figure 13.4: Mahler, Symphony No. 4 in G Major

13.3.1

Mvt. 3 Poco adagio Ruhevoll

Form: ternary song form, ABA1 B1 A2 Coda. This slow movement has a large scale approach.
The first A section, for strings only, introduces and repeats the first subject M1, but each
time the lead voice changes parts, while a new countermelody is added and shorter note
values are used (8ths). Throughout the movement the lower strings change from pizzicato
to arco and back, providing a stable groove in 4th notes. The woodwinds start playing in
the transition to the B section; the oboe takes over the lead part (M4), answered by a most
lyrical violin melody, full of portamento and a perfect melodic curve (M5). The section A1
and B1 develop the earlier subjects, while introducing new countermelodies in polyphonic
settings (either contrasting instrumentation or ranges). A peculiarity of this movement is,
that it contains a theme and variations form (in the A2 section) within a higher level ternary
structure. Returning elements are the chromatically descending theme (Ms, blasted out by
trumpet and oboes during the first climax), and the bell effect in lower strings and harp in
the transitions. See Table 13.13 to 13.15 for the analysis.

13.3.2

Mvt. 4 Sehr behaglich

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

504

13.3. SYMPHONY NO. 4 IN G MAJOR

Table 13.13: Mahler, Symphony No. 4, Mvt. 3 Poco adagio Ruhevoll


m
1
6
11
14
15
17
21
23
25
29
33
35
37

Comment

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.

M2/1
..
.

G D7 G6 Bm

A.a1,

62

M4

66
68
70
72
74
76
78
79
81
83
84
87
89
93
98
103

DB pizz

D D7 /C
G/B Am7 /C D
G D 7 G6

cad
A.a2, Vi1 (M2=Mc)/Vc,
Vc+DB pizz

G D7 Em7 /D G/B

[1] A.a3, Ob/Vi


d

C/E E7 Am7 A7 D

Bsn+Hns bg

Em7 A7 D
E7 Am7 D7

Em

<(G D)

A.b, Str, P D (d)

Em Am/C G64 D G
C Am/C G64 D7
G6 . . . D7sus4 G B

Va+Bsn
cad
trans, Hrp+LoStr: bell motif

Em Am/E Em Am7 /E

[2] B.a1, Ob, WW+Hns

M5
..
.
..
.
..
.

M4

M5

D7[9 G D7

Vi1: aab

Em7 D]7 C/E G/D

PB (&)

A7 /C] F ]7[5 /C Em64 B7

Ob-Vi1

Em A/E Am+7 /E
Em F ]7 F ]m Em
(Em Am7 )/E
(F ]m7 Em7 )/E
C/E Am/E E7

P T (e), chr&

M5

M5
..
.

Fm

/Ms

Dm

Mc

Vc, P D (d)

A]7 Bm A7

Bm G/D D7
G/B Am7 /C D7

M2/1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

M3

4
4

D7 G D/F ] G

43
47
51

h i

Am7 E7 C7[5 /G[


B[/F G7 /F
(C7 F m C7 Dm7 C7 )/C
D[7 F/C B7 B[7
Dm7 Gm/D
Dm
D7 <(Am E7 ) . . .
Dm . . . B[7

i (%), (ped)
B.a2, Ob, Pm

Fl-Cl
[3] Hn, Mc: Vi1
Vi1
tutti clim, chr& motif
B.b
Fl-Vi1: clos th, FHn: chr&

505

CHAPTER 13. GUSTAV MAHLER

Table 13.14: Mahler, Symphony No. 4, Mvt. 3 Poco adagio Ruhevoll (contd)
m

Comment

G D7 G/D D7 C/G D

[4] A1

115

M6/7
..
.

119
123
131
137

M1
M1/c
M1

A7 D7 Em Am D
G D7 G G/D D7
G D7 G C E7 Am
(G D G D7 G D7 )/D

143

M1/c
..
.

G D7 G D7 /A G D7

Vi1/Vi2 countermelody

Em7 G/D D7
G B7 /D]
Em/G C/G D7

WW+Fhn+Str, ctp dev

107

149
151
153
155
159
163
171

h i
2
2

, Cl, P D (d)

D G B/F ] F ] Bm
d

M1
..
.
..
.

Vc, development
Bsn+Str, countermel
~ , P D (d)
[5] Cl+Bsn: Hk
d

G D7 B[ B7 Bm
Am/C F ]7 /C G/D D7
G D G D7[9 . . .
. . . Gm B[sus4
7

trans, FHn+Ob
[6] B1 .a1 44 Dev, WW+
FHn: chr&
Vc-Vi2

h i

179
183
188

M4/M5

M5

E[
Gm

E[ Cm/E[ Gm/D
D7[9 . . . D G Gm
B7]5 E]7 B7 A/C]

192
195

M4/Mc
..
.

C]m

C]m/G] F ] F ]7 B7
C]m F ]m/C] C]m

[7] B1 .a2 Vi, climax


(Cl+LoStr)/Ob

F ]m/C] A7 /C]
E[7 /D[ E7 /D F7 /E[
A/E E7 /B E7 /B[
D/A Dm/A
E7 Am/E E7 F ]m7 E7

Tpt/Vi1

B7[5 /F B7[9 /D]


F ]m7
F ]m . . . F ]
D/F ] F ] . . . D

tuitti clim, chr& motif


B1 .b trans, Vi+Va, P T (f ])

G D7 G

[9] A2

D7 /A Bm D7 /A G D/F ]

Theme+variations,

B7 /F E7 E7 /B[ A

Str bg, DB: pizz

197
199
202
204
205
207
210
212
217
222
227
230
234
236

506

M4/Mc

M5
..
.

F ]m

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.

A[5
7 /E[

Cm/E[
D
Am/C Am D/F ]

[8] Vi, Str bg

h i
3
4

, Vc, P D (d)

13.3. SYMPHONY NO. 4 IN G MAJOR

Table 13.15: Mahler, Symphony No. 4, Mvt. 3 Poco adagio Ruhevoll (contd)
m
238
243
245
249
251
255
258
260
263
267
269
270
271
275
278
282
283
285
287
288
294
296
299
303
307
315
318
320
326
332
338
344
353

M
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.

M1
..
.

M1
..
.
..
.

M5

M1
M5
..
.

R
G

Comment

G D7 G

h i

D7 G/B D7 G Am/C

Str bg, Vc: pizz

3
8

, Var 1, Vi1, P D (d),

Am/C Am E7[9

F ]7 Bm
A7 D Am/C D7 /A D7
G D7

Var 2, Vi2, P D (d),

G D7 G/D C]7
D7 D]7
E/B B7 . . . E/B

Vc+DB:
h i pizz
[10] 24 , Var 3, Ob, P D (b),

B/F ] C]/E] A]7 /E

Fl, Vi1: ctp

B/D] Dm A/C] E + /B]


A]7 B
D7 C]7 F ]7
C7 B B[7 F/A A[7
G/D Am D7 G/D
C/E E7 A7

tutti climax
Vi1, diminution
PBi (&)
Var
h i 4, WW+Str, P D (d)
3
4 Brs: augm, clim

G/D C]7 D
C/E A]7 Bm/D Dm7
E7 Cm D7
d

Mc
..
.

M1

M3
E
M3/S1
M3/S2
M5
..
.

M5

[11] P D (d)
h i
4
4

G . . . D7 /A G D7 /F ]

trans, Va (m. 37+m. 131)

Em Am7 D7
(G Am Dm)/G
C . . . G
F C Dm7 C
G D7sus4 G6

FHn+Va, motif m. 45

E
E6
E 6 . . . E B7sus4
<(E 6 F ]m7 )/E

[12] Coda, tutti clim, Str: arp


DB bell, Brs signal, P (eb)
bell+signal motif
[13] Vi1

C . . . G . . . F/C
DG
G/D Em G/D Em D

Vc+D: bell motif, P D (d)

DB+Hrp
(353 m.)

507

CHAPTER 13. GUSTAV MAHLER


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

508

13.4. SYMPHONY NO. 5 IN C] MINOR - D MAJOR

13.3.3

Key relationship overview

The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 13.5. In Mvt. 3, Poco adagio, all A-sections
start on the tonic major key G (1,3,5). The contrasting B-sections start excursions into remote
keys: the dominant minor key Dm (2) and through the lowered submediant major key E[ =
[VI towards the furthest point F ]m (4). The Variations sections start the alterations with the
submediant major key E (6).
Mvt. 3 Poco adagio
4

Bm

F ]m  C]m

Am

Em

Fm

Cm  Gm

A[



E[  B[

Dm

1,3,5
*
 

Mvt. 4 Sehr behaglich


F ]m

C]m

8 G]m
*





A
E H
YH B
H 2,4,7
1
Am 3,5 Em  - Bm
*

H
YH
H
 6
HH


j

HG 
C
D

Cm

Gm

Dm

Figure 13.5: Mahler, Symphony No. 4, key relationship diagram


In the song, Mvt. 4 Sehr behaglich, the verses start on the tonic major key G, the submediant minor Em (3) and major key E (78), respectively. All interludes start from the mediant
minor key Bm (2,4,7). The third verse contains the most key changes (47). The movement
closes in the major key E, alternating with its mediant minor key G]m (8). The overall compass of this closing movement is limited.

13.4

Symphony No. 5 in C] Minor - D Major (1904)

Source: [29]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 13.6.


Mvt. 3 Adagietto, Sehr langsam: ABA form (F ,
A1

h i
4
4

, 103 m.)

A2

Figure 13.6: Mahler, Symphony No. 5 in C] Minor - D Major

13.4.1

Mvt. 4 Adagietto Sehr Langsam

Form: ternary song form, A1 BA2 . This most beautiful slow movement, Adagietto, is also
known for two other reasons: as the gloomy main title music in the Visconti movie Death in
Venice4 and in conductor contests for the longest performance duration (look on the internet
4
Remember Dirk Bogarde as ageing composer Gustav von Aschenbach, with died black hair washing out in
the rain, while stalking young Tadzio through the narrow streets of cholera-stricken Venice? Thats the one.

509

CHAPTER 13. GUSTAV MAHLER


for whos leading the competion currently). The orchestration is for strings and harp only.
Note how the lead melody is moving through the string parts, with carefully planned octave
doubling in the high range. And there is ample use of appoggiaturas. See Table 13.16 for the
analysis.

13.4.2

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

510

13.4. SYMPHONY NO. 5 IN C] MINOR - D MAJOR

Table 13.16: Mahler, Symphony No. 5, Mvt. 4 Adagietto Sehr Langsam


m
1
3
6
8
12
14
16
19
23

54
56
60
63
66
68
72
74
78
80
82
85
91
93
95
99

Am
F Dm/C Gm7 /B[ F/A D[7 /A[

A1 Hrp+Str bell ch ([)


Vi1: a, Str

G7 D7[9
Gm E7 F F/A C 4 C 6
F F/C E7[9

(b)

(M1)
M2

M3
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

52

Am

39

50

Comment

M1
..
.

47

M1
..
.

27
29
33

44

Cm

G[

Vc: b, N 6
Vi2: c
[1] trans
Vi1: a

D7[9 /F ] E7 /G E7[9 /G] F/A


G7 /B[ F46 C7[9
F Gm7 /F F Gm/B[ C F

(b) PB (%)
climax 1, cad, P D (c)
Vi2: c, cad

Dm/F B7 Cm . . .

[2] B, Vi1

Cm/E[ C A7 /C F7

i (%)
Va-Vi1, Pm

G[ . . . A[[9
7

([[[[[[) Vi2+Va

D[97 E[m7 /D[

Vi1

E[m7 /B[ A[7 /C

Vi1+Vi2: 8va par

B[m B[7 E[m A[7 D[7


[5/[9

C7[9

climax 2 (%), PB (&)


(]]]]), PBi (&)

E/B B7 E7

B7 /A Bm7 /A F ]7 /A A7 Bm7 /A

(]]), Vi1, P D (a)

A7 D+ E E7 /D
[5
(A7 G][9
7 )/A C]7 /G] C]7 /G

Vi+Vi2
PB (&)

F/C Am7 /G
F . . . Dm11
7 /C Gm7 /B[

[3] A2 ([) trans


Vi2: 1

F/A D7 /A[ G7 G7
D7[9 /F ] Gm E7 F F/A
C 4 G7 C
C . . . C7 /G F F/A Gm7 /B[

PBi (&)
(b)
Vc, P D (c)
[4] Vi1 (c-ped), cresc

D7[9 /F ] E7 /G E7[9 /G] F/A


F/A G7 /B[ B7
F 6 /C . . . F/A C7 /G
F

i (%), P (%)
Pm
B
PBi (%)
climax 3, P D (c)
(103 m.)

Vc: a

D[ E[m A[

(M3)
M2
..
.

E7 F B[/D
Am/E D]7 E7
Am F/A Am . . .
Am C7 /G F F7 /A Gm7 /B[
d

(M2)

M1
..
.

511

CHAPTER 13. GUSTAV MAHLER


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

512

13.5. SYMPHONY NO. 6 IN A MINOR TRAGIC

13.5

Symphony No. 6 in A Minor Tragic (1906)

Source: [29]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 13.7.


Mvt. 3 Andante moderato: ABABA Coda form (E[,
A

A1

B1

h i
4
4

, 201 m.)
A2

Coda

Figure 13.7: Mahler, Symphony No. 6 in A Minor Tragic

13.5.1

Mvt. 3 Andante moderato

Form: ABA1 B1 A2 Coda. This moderate tempo movement may have been a textbook example for Hollywood composers and orchestrators; there are sweeping melodies (wide leaps,
chromatic steps), polyphonic settings combining main themes with countersubjects (with a
Leitmotiv flavour), melodic sequences, contrasting orchestral densities (tutti vs. thinned out
sections, such as those labeled Elegy and Pastorale), stepwise moving middle voices (horns
and lower brass, for example) and huge dynamic climaxes. Melodic phrases from main
themes are distributed over several parts within a section, most of the time with doubling
between woodwinds and strings. Tonal centres move frequently, although note the larger
structure zones in either major or minor keys. See Table 13.17 to 13.19 for the analysis.

13.5.2

Key relationship overview

The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 13.8. In Mvt. 3, Andante moderato, all three
A-sections are predominantly in the tonic major key E[. The first alternates with the mediant
minor key Gm (1), the closing section moves from the lowered submediant major towards
the tonic (B = C[ = [VI) E[ (7). The contrasting B-sections contain more key changes
and widen the key compass: the first opens in Em (2) and ends on the lowered supertonic
major (Neapolitan) key E = [II (34), the last B-section opens in the submediant major key
C (5) and ends with Bm B (67), the latter being the intermediate Neapolitan chord key of
the dominant B = [II/V . Note the use of the vertical minor third (3i) symmetrical root axis
E[ C A and the perfect fifth (7i) horizontal axis Am Em Bm.

513

CHAPTER 13. GUSTAV MAHLER

Table 13.17: Mahler, Symphony No. 6, Mvt. 3 Andante moderato


m
1
5
7
9
10
12
14
17
21
24
26
28

Comment

M1
..
.
..
.

M1
..
.
..
.
/0
M2/0
..
.

E[

[13
E[ B[[5
7 E[ B[7 E[/B[

A.a, Main theme: Vi 1

38
40

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
/M0

42
45
47
49

Mt1
Mt2
Mt1+2
Mt1

56
59
60
63
65

Mt1
Mt2
M2

M3/t2
..
.
..
. /t2
..
.
..
.
/0

32
34
36

68
70
72
75
78
81

514

F7 F m E[ B[[9
7 E[/B[
[5/[9 d

[5/[9

B[7
C7 /B[ C7 /E
A[m B[[9
7
E[ E[[9

F7 /C[ B[7
7

Ob: 3rds
[87] Vi1+2: ctp, P T (e[)

(E[ E[[9
7 F m7 F7 )/E[

Gm

E[ . . . B[+ E[ F /A[
[5/[9
F m/A[ F7
/E[ . . . A7 E[
Gm . . . Dm7

E[

Gm7 A7 /G B[7
Gm A7 E[/G A[7
]11
E[ B[[5
7 E[ B[7 E[/B[
[5/[9

(F7 F )/B[ E[ B[7

Em
Am
Em

WW: Seq+ctp (imit)


[89] A.a1 , FHn
Vi1+WW: ctp

B[[9
7 /A[ E[/B[ B[7

WW+LoStr: ctp

[5
E[ E[[9
7 F m7 /A[ F7 F7

[90] Vi2, Fl: chr%

E[ A7 Cm7 /B[ Eb/G


Cm G . . . B[7

Ob

E[ . . . B[sus4
E[ Cm/E[
7
F7 F m7 C[7 /E[ E[[9
7
A[/E[ D7 . . . E[m
C[7 /E[ . . . E[

[91] tr, EHn+Vc: leaps


Cl+Vc: 8th note&
WW+Str
closing phrase

Em . . . Am7 Em
Dm F/C
Am . . . Em7 Am Dm/A Am
B7 C7 Am7 B7 Am
Em F ]7 /A Em B7[13 /D]

[92] B.1,Dev 1, Ob
Cl
Elegy, FHn
WW: Seq+ctp (imit)
Fl+Vi1, WW+LoStr

A/C] F ]7 /C E/B F ][5


7 /A]

climax, PBi (&)

[5/[9

B7
Bm

E[

Ob: 3rd/6th-motif
[88] A.b, EHn,WW

/A E/G] Em/G

Bm . . . B[/D

[93] tutti climax

Gm+7

tutti: ctp+Seq (imit)


Vi1-Fl-Ob, closing phrase

C7 F ]7 Bm7 Em7
<(Am7 F ][5
7 )/C Em/B B7
[9/sus4
B7 . . . F ]7
/B

13.5. SYMPHONY NO. 6 IN A MINOR TRAGIC

Table 13.18: Mahler, Symphony No. 6, Mvt. 3 Andante moderato (contd)


m

84

M4
..
. / t1
.. ..
./ .
/
Mt1

E ...

M1/Mc

M1/Mc
..
.
..
.
..
.

E[

86
88
93
95
100
103
105
107
109
111
113
115
117
119
121
124
127
128
130
132
135
137
141
143
145
146
149
151
153
156
158

E96

[94] B.2, Pastorale, FHns


Tpt, P (eb)

<(B7sus4 E)
B sus4
E
7
[5
B7 . . . G][9
7 F7

FHns/WW
[95] Vi1, Str bg
closing phrase

E[/G B[[5
7 E[
E[ F m7 /E[ B[7
E[ B[[5
7 E[ E[7

[96] A1 , th+ctp,
WW+Str
WW+Str, P T (e[)

E[64 B[7 E[ E[[9


7
F m7 /E[ A[m E[
F7 F m A7 B[7
[5/[9
[5/[13
F7
B[7 A7 G7
/D[

M5/Mt
..
.
..
.

Mt1+2

Mt1
..
.
..
.

M2
..
.
..
.

M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

Comment

(C Dm7 C)/C

[97] B1 .1, Dev Misterioso

(Dm7 C)/C C7 /B

Str+WW: ctp

F/A G/B C
Dm7 /F (C Dm7 C)/C
A F ]m7 Bm7 /A E7 A
Bm7 B7
(A F ]m7 G][9
7 )/A

[98] B1 .2, Pastorale,


FHn-(CBsn+LoStr)
P T (a)

[5/[9

(B7

Am

E7 )/A

(ped)

<(A Bm7 )/A A F ]m7 /A


Bm7 /D E7[9 /D A Dm
A . . . Am . . . Em7/G

[99] B1 .3, Elegy, Ob

F Dm Am7 Dm7 B7

WW: Seq+ctp (imit)

B7[9

C]m

Am
Am F ]7 /A
D7 /A F ]7 /A
C]m . . . G]97

[100] B1 .4, Elegy

G]7 (F ]m C]7 )/C]


9/[13

(F ]7
Bm

F ][9
7 Bm7 )/F ]

Bm7 <(C]7 F ])/C]

tutti: Seq+ctp (imit)


tutti climax

C][9
7

F ] Bm
F ]7 B F ][5
7 /A]

515

CHAPTER 13. GUSTAV MAHLER

Table 13.19: Mahler, Symphony No. 6, Mvt. 3 Andante moderato (contd)


m
160
163
165
167
168
169
171
173

Comment

M1/c
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
. / t1
.. ..
./ .

B F ]m B F ]7

[101] A2 . Main th+ctp,

B C]m7 /B B C/E

WW+Str

179
181
182

/
Mc/3
..
.
..
.

Mt2/1

185

(M1)

177

188
190
194
201

(M3)

(M3)

B/F ] F ]sus4
B/F ] Em
7

E[

B/D] G7 /D C]m

PB (&)

F ][9
7 E]7

Ob+FHns

F ]7 E]7 F ]7 B7[5
[5/[9
G]5
/C[
7 C F7
E[/G F m E[6 Cm7 Gm

[102] WW+Str

A[ B[7 /D Gm Cm7 F7

Seq+ctp, FHn: chr%

B[7 . . .
F m B[[9
7
[5/[9
A7 B[7 F7
B[7 B[[9
7

Str, closing phrase

(A[ E7 F7 F7 E[)/E[ F79 /A

[103] Coda, P T (e[),

E[/B[ G7 /B Cm G7
(A[m F m7 )/A[ . . .
E[

WW+Str: ctp
Cl, Str ctp
(201 m.)

Mvt. 3 Andante moderato


Em

Bm

F ]m

Gm

Dm

B[

B[m

Fm

Cm

D[

A[

1 Gm
*

 B[

E[ 

C]m 4 A[m
B t

6
A

G]m

 E 3A B t

YH A
H
? 
HAU 6
Am  - Em - Bm
2

5A

tE

C]m

t

D
Dm
F

E[m

B[m

Fm

F]

C]

G]

Figure 13.8: Mahler, Symphony No. 6, key relationship diagram

516

Chapter 14

Claude Debussy
Biographical data:
22-8-1862 in St.-Germain-en-Laye
25-3-1918 in Paris
1600

14.1

1700

1800

1900

2000

String Quartet Op. 10 (1893)

Source: [13]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 14.1.


Mvt. 2 Assez vif et bien rytme: ABCAD Coda form (D,
A1

A2

h ih
6
8

15
8

, 177 m.)

Cd

Figure 14.1: Debussy, String Quartet Op. 10

14.1.1

Mvt. 2 Assez vif et bien rytme

The form of this movement is rather unique, although it might be characterised as ABCAD
Coda form. An opening riff motif is used in many disguises in this piece: as an isolated
theme, as background, as theme in augmentatIon and varied. Other themes are based on a
framework using chord root, major seventh and minor seventh (yielding embellished chromatic descending themes). See Table 14.1 and 14.2 for the analysis.

14.1.2

Key relationship overview

The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 14.2. Much of this movement (the B- and Csection) involves keys on the subdominant axis C E[(m) F ]m. The opening A-section
is on the tonic major key G, the second A-section starts on the lowered supertonic major
(Neapolitan) A[ (2), quickly returning to the subdominant axis.
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl

CHAPTER 14. CLAUDE DEBUSSY

Table 14.1: Debussy, String Quartet Op. 10, Mvt. 2 Assez vif et bien rytme
m

1
3
5
9
13
19
23
25
27
33
37
41
47
50
54
56
60
64
68
70
74
78
86
90
94
98
100
103
108
112
116
120

518

Comment

A1
(B[7]5

M0
M0
M1.a
M1.a
M1.b

M1.b
M1.a
M1.a
M0

E[
M0
M0
C
M0
M0
M2

M2

M0

A[

E[m
M0
M0

h i
6
8

(]) pizz

G7
B[7 )/D
G B[7 /D
<(G D7 = B[97 /D)
<(G D7 )
<(C D7 /F )
F ]7 F7 B[+ B[m7
D79 /C D[97 /C[ G4
<(C D7 /F )
E7 /B
<(G D7 )
<(G D7 )
<(G D7 ) G D[/F
<(G B[7 ) G7

Va: riff motif solo


repeat
V1 (Va: riff )
repeat

E[
E[ E[7 . . . B[[9
7
E[ E[7 . . . B[[9
7
<(E[ F m) E[ D[
C
C A[7 /C D7 B[97
C A[7 /C D7 B[97
<(E F ) E D D[

B ([[[), bell ch, 16th trem


V1: riff motif augm
repeat
trans
bell ch, 16th trem
~ 2i
2nd stat, R
repeat
~
climax, Hk

<(A[/C B A[/C B[7 )


E[6 /B[
<(A[ A[7 A[ B[7 )
G D7 /G Cm D F m6
<(Cm D B[)
B[7
E[m G[
G[7 G[7
B[m D[
D[7 D[7

C, Vc: contr th

trans
repeat
climax, trans
2nd stat: V2, V1: riff
repeat
Vc: riff solo
trans

2nd st: V1+Va, V2: riff


~
riff with Hk
d
trans
bell ch, 16 th trem
V1: riff -like motif
bell ch, 16 th trem
2nd stat

14.1. STRING QUARTET OP. 10

Table 14.2: Debussy, String Quartet Op. 10, Mvt. 2 Assez vif et bien rytme (contd)
m

Comment

124
128
132
136
140
145

M0

M0

F ]m

<(F ]m B7 )
C]m7 /E
<(F ]m B7 )
C][9
7
(d g])-tritone
(d g])-tritone (contd)

A2 , V1: riff motif aug

148
150
152
154

(M0)

D 15
8 (]) pizz
irregular meter:
9+6 8th notes

156

M3
..
.

<(G B D D[ F m)
<(G Dm7 Em F7 Em)
<(G97 G7 G13
7 G7 Dm/G)
<(A7 Em7 A7 /E G7
A7 /G Em7 )
A7 /G

157
158
160
162
164
168
170
173

(M0)
(M0)

2nd stat
to climax
unisono clim
dim, trans

C]]5
7

F + B + /D] C + /B
]5
]5
C]]5
7 A7 F ]7
<(C]7 C]7 )/E]
<(D7 /F ] D7 /A)
9/11
<(G Bm7 D7 B[97 )
B[97
(d e[)-tremolo
G

arco, climax
~
Hk
i
~ 3/4i
R
V2+Va
V2+Vc
dim, trans
Coda

h i
6
8

, 16th trem

cl cad pizz (177 m.)

519

CHAPTER 14. CLAUDE DEBUSSY


Mvt. 2 Assez vif et bien rytme
F ]m t

Bm
D

C]m

3 B

B
B

Dm

Am

F
Fm 

B Em
BBN

C



G



Cm 

Gm



A[  H
E[ 1
2 HH
j

B[

A[m

E[m

B[m

F]

C]

Bm

F ]m t

C]m

Figure 14.2: Debussy, String Quartet Op. 10, key relationship diagram

14.2

Prelude a` lapr`es-midi dun faune (1895)

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

520


`
14.2. PRELUDE
A` LAPRES-MIDI
DUN FAUNE
[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

521

CHAPTER 14. CLAUDE DEBUSSY


Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

522


`
14.2. PRELUDE
A` LAPRES-MIDI
DUN FAUNE
[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

523

CHAPTER 14. CLAUDE DEBUSSY

14.3

Trois nocturnes (1899)

Source: [14]. Music for orchestra. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 14.3.
No. 1 Nuages, Modere: AAABA Coda form (Bm,
A1

A2

A3

A4

h i
6
4

, 102 m.)

No. 2 Fetes, Anime et tr`es rythme: ABA Coda form (A,


A1

I A

6
8

15
8

ih ih ih i
2
4

9
8

3
4

, 279 m.)

A2

No. 3 Sir`enes, Moderement anime: ABC form (B,

h ih

12
8

, 146 m.)

C
Figure 14.3: Debussy, Trois nocturnes

14.3.1

No. 1 Nuages

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

524

Coda

14.3. TROIS NOCTURNES


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

525

CHAPTER 14. CLAUDE DEBUSSY

14.3.2

No. 2 Fetes

Form: ternary song form, A1 BA2 Coda. Characteristic for this piece is on the one hand the
contrast between diatonic, modal scales (Ionian, Dorian, Mixolydian modes) and chromatic
phrases, and on the other hand the use of cross rhythms. There are frequent meter changes
h i
and the mixing of straight and triplet 8th notes (the combination of parallel meters 34 and
h i
9
8

). The middle section B is known for its continuous use of pedal (a[ = g]), modal theme
introduced by muted trumpets (playing parallel triads, with a bitonal flavour), and gradual
buildup to a tutti climax. Subtle references to the middle section are made in the Coda. See
Table 14.3 to 14.5 for the analysis.

14.3.3

No. 3 Sir`enes

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

526

14.3. TROIS NOCTURNES

Table 14.3: Debussy, Trois nocturnes, No. 2 Fetes


m
1
3
9
11
13
15
23
27
29

Comment

Fm

F m/C no 3 . . .
F m/C . . . <(Dm7 D[13
7 )
D[97 E[97 D[97 A97 B[97
D[97 E[97 D[97 B[97
D[97 G[97 D[97 E[97
9/]11
9/]11
D7
. . . E[7
...
<(E[7 D[)/D[
<(A E Gm F m)

A1 , 44 Vi: triplets
EHn+Cl: f -Dor sc, tripl
Str div: exact par tripl
Fl+Ob: g-Alt-sc

M1
M1

M1

D
A

<(A G Em)

M1

<(A E Gm F m)

33
35
39
41
44
48
50
53

M1

M2

58
62

M2

D[

68
69
70
78

..
.
..
.
..
.

M3

82
86
90
94
98
102
104

M4
M3
M4
M3
M4
M3

66
67

<(A G Em)
A[sus4
E7
7
9/sus4
D[ A[7
<(A[97 /D A[97 /E[)
D[
<(C7sus4 A[7 )
<(F A/C] D
E[7 /B[ D79 /A C79 )
F A/C] D A F D79 F7
<(A/E F + F ]m
D]7 /A] E7 /B E7 )

h i

[1] Bsn+Vc: d-Wh.t.-sc


Brass
climax
i
h accts
15
[2] 8 WW: ex par
h i
9

Fl+Ob: a-Mixolyd, Str: ex par

h8 i
15
h 8i
9
8

2nd stat, WW: ex par

Fl+Ob: a-Mixolyd, Str: ex par

[3]
EHn+Cl: d[-Ion sc
WW: c-Wh.t.-sc+d[-Ion sc
Fl: d[-Ion diat par
[4] Ob, Str: chrom

Fl+Ob

A/E F + F ]m
D]7 C]m/G] A

E
D
E
C]

A]7 Em/B C
A]7 G] E7 /G]
<(F ]m B79 G][5
7 /D)
<(A]7 /E D][9

7
F ]m7 /C] D79 /C) B79
E ...
E + /B C]m7 /B
D ...
D F ]m7 /C] D]7 /C B79
<(E 6 E7 E7 )
C]97 B7[5 /D]
9/]11
C][5
/D]
7 /E] B7

[5] WW: f ]-Dor-sc


tutti climax, (cm<)
2m repeat, acceleration
[6] WW+Hns, dim
On+EHn: e-Ion-sc
[7] WW+Hns
WW: b-Ion-sc, P (a)
[8] WW, cross-rhythms
Str, build to climax,
diatonic+chrom

527

CHAPTER 14. CLAUDE DEBUSSY

Table 14.4: Debussy, Trois nocturnes, No. 2 Fetes (contd)


m
106
108
110

M3

114
116
124
128
132
140
144
148
156
160
164
170

A[m
M5
..
.

M5

(M5)
M5
..
.

174
178
182
186
190

M1

M1

M6

198
202
208

210

M1

D[
D
E[

214
216
220
224
229
232
236
240
236
248

528

M1
M2

(M5)
(M5)

C]

Comment

C]97 B7[5 /D]


9/]11
C][5
/D] A]m/E]
7 /E] B7
<(E]7 A]m/E] G]m7
9/]11
C]7 /B G]97 /B] B7
/D])
9/]11
9
<(G]7 /B] B7
/D])

[9] tutti climax

A[m6 . . .
A[m6 . . .

[10] B 24 , Hrp, P (a[e[)


Tpt (mute): a[-Dor-sc

B[7 /A[
<(G]7 E7 /G]) E7[9 /G]
(G]7 E79 G]7 )/G]
D[/A[
<(D7 B[7 )/A[ B7 /A[
A[m6 . . .

b[-Mixolyd-sc, P (a[)
b-Dor-sc (ped)
[11] WW: b-Dor-sc, P (g])
d[-Mixolyd-sc (ped)
[12] WW+Hns: f -Dor-sc
[13] Brs: a[-Dor, tutti clim

B[7 /A[
<(E79 G]7 )/G]
<(D[97 /F E7 D]7 D7[5 )

b[-Mixolyd, P (a[)
b-Dor-sc
tutti climax, retrans

D[97 E[97 G[97 E[97


<(D[97 E[97 G[97 A[97 )
D79 E79 G97 E79
<(D79 E79 G97 A97 )
<(E[97 G[97
E[97 G[97 A[97 G[97 )
<(E[97 G[97 A[97 G[97 )
E[97 . . .
<(A C]m7 E7 D B[97 )

[14] A2 68 Fl: mixed modi,


g-Alt, e[-Mixolyd, c-Alt
Fl: g]-Alt, e-Mixolyd, c]-Alt
[15] Vi, exact par

<(A G Em)

[17]

<(A C]m7 E7 D B[97 )

<(A G Em)
G]sus4
...
7
[9
C]7 . . .
<(C]7 D7 C]7 /E])
C](7) . . .
B[97 . . .
C](7) . . .
D[97 . . .
C](7) . . .

WW+Str: chrom, par


cad
h i

h i

clim, 2m rep, acc


[16]
h i Tpt accts b[-Aeol, P (e[)
15
8 , trans, P (e)
h i

9
Fl+Ob: a-Mixol, diat
i 8

15
, repeat, P (e)
h 8i
9
8

Fl+Ob: a-Mixol, diat


[18] P (g])
WW, tutti climax
[19] LoStr, dim, PBi (&)
Hns-WW: f -Aeol
LoStr, dim, PBi (&)
[20] Tpt-WW: a[-Aeol
LoStr, dim trans, PBi (&)

14.3. TROIS NOCTURNES

Table 14.5: Debussy, Trois nocturnes, No. 2 Fetes (contd)


m
252
256
260
264
266
269
274

M
(M4)
..
.
(M5)

R
A

Comment

<(A E Gm D B[97 )/A

h i h i

<(A E Gm)
A E Gm B[+ E7 /B[
<(A E Gm)
A(7) . . .
<(F + A/E D]7 )
A ...

diat par
[21] Hns+WW

3
4

2
4

Coda, WW

LoTStr triplets, PBi (&)


P T (a) (279 m.)

529

CHAPTER 14. CLAUDE DEBUSSY


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

530

14.3. TROIS NOCTURNES

14.3.4

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

531

CHAPTER 14. CLAUDE DEBUSSY


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

532

Chapter 15

Richard Strauss
Biographical data:

11-6-1864 in Munchen
8-9-1949 in Garmisch-Partenkirchen
1600

15.1

1700

1800

1900

2000

Symphonic poem Don Juan, Op. 20 (1888)

Source: [63]. Form: symphonic poem. Music for orchestra. This symphonic poem has the
German title: Tondichtung (nach Nicolaus Lenau) fur
groes Orchester and is dedicated by
Strauss to Meinem lieben Freunde Ludwig Thuille.
An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 15.1.
Symphonic poem (E Em,

h i
2
2

, 606 m.)

Intro+DJ 1 E

R 1 G] Countess B

R 2 C]m

DJ 2 C A E[

m1

m 50

m 123

m 169

m 71

Anna Gm G

R3

DJ 3 C

Carnival D G A Dm

m 197

m 268

m 313

m 352

M Em

DJ 4 E

DJ 5 E C F E

Death Em

m 434

m 457

m 510

m 586

Figure 15.1: Strauss, Symphonic poem Don Juan, Op. 20


The thematic material can be classified, based on the main characters in the story or
sentiments (labeled with subscripts):
Don Juan: The introduction starts with the vigorous unisono theme in arpeggio ascending
16ths and dotted-8th16th MVDJ . This is followed in the Don Juan 1 section by the first
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl

CHAPTER 15. RICHARD STRAUSS


heroic theme MH1
DJ , stated by the strings. Later in the piece, in the Don Juan 3 section,
1
there is the second heroic theme MH2
DJ for unisono French horns. Motifs from both
heroic themes will return throughout the piece as transitions or in imitative settings.
The vigorous 16ths will also frequently return at the start of a new episode.
Zerlinchen: In some descriptions of the piece there is mention of three romantic conquests,
the first being the peasant girl named Zerlinchen. However, this name is puzzling. Apparently Strauss himself did not give a clue, nor did he use the name. I could not
identify a separate female love conquest theme, unless it is the dotted 8th-16th transitory motif just before the entrance of the Countess. I will use the label MZ for this
motif.2
Countess: The elegant theme with its characteristic descending 4th note triplets for high
strings and woodwinds is labeled MC . Also this theme is used in shorter fragments,
e.g., for solo violin.
Rejection: This is no real theme but a sentiment, expressed in descending chromatic lead
voices. This can be in standalone mode: MR , but also in the middle or at the end of
the other themes. It represents the rejection by the ladies, both the Countess Elvira
and Anna. The opposite feeling, aspiration of the next amorous conquest is expressed
by ascending chromatism, MiR (inverted rejection), and is usually hidden in moving
middle voices, but occasionally also expressed in melodic solo fragments. The chromatic lines also occur in diminution MdR (shorter note values) and augmentation MaR ;
this may also hold for the inverted, ascending chromatic lines. Maybe it is coincidental, but also the basic 8th note (triplet) riff in the Carnival episode has a descending
chromatic lead voice, similar to the rejection motif in diminution; therefore it will be
labeled as MRc .
Anna: This potential lover is supported by two themes. The first is in minor Gm, with
ascending arpeggios and descending chromatism (get the idea? See the above) and
played by lower strings: M1A . The opening motif from this theme returns in diminution
as repeating instrumental figure below the second theme, which is a gentle theme in G
major: M2A , played by the solo oboe.
Note that all these melodies are through-composed themes; there is no regular sentence
or period phrasing, although short motifs may be identified. Such motifs will appear frequently as separate fragments in transitions and imitative developmental sections., using
mixed instrumentation.
The detailed harmonic and melodic analysis is shown in Table 15.1 to 15.4.

15.1.1

Episode: Introduction and Don Juan 1 (m. 149, 49 m.)

This symphonic poem opens with the vigorous Don Juan theme MVDJ , that will return many
times in the piece. The vigour theme consists of four motifs: a) unisono string upward
1
This famous second heroic Don Juan theme, with its well-known unisono horn section instrumentation has
become an alltime Hollywood film composer trick in, well, these heroic moments that require an amplification
through music. Just in case the movie theater audience may have forgotten who will win in the end and which
leading actor was first on the payroll.
2
The possible existence of this separate motif for Zerlinchen (a Bavarian musical avatar?) is of minor importance. It is not an essential fact in the musical analysis of the Don Juan symphonic poem.

534

15.1. SYMPHONIC POEM DON JUAN, OP. 20


arpeggio in 16ths (labeled MdVDJ ), b) tutti signal scalar motif in 8th note triplets and opening
contrary motion, c) signal motif as triad with upbeat dotted 8th-16th note leading to the
highest pitch (MVDJs , d) closing motif with cadential feeling.
The a-motif will be used many times in transitions, often in imitative setting. The triad
signal c-motif with its fanfare-like quality will reappear in many sections, in combination
with other motifs. The falling triplet theme with appoggiaturas in winds and imitated by
the strings closes the introduction.3
It is followed in m. 8 by the first Don Juan 1 section, with two statements of the first heroic
theme MH1
DJ in the violins. The eight-measure theme can be subdivided into: a) ascending
arpeggio motif (4 m.), b) highest point motif with long appoggiaturas, descending (2 m.), b)
varied motif (2 m.). Characteristic here are the repeated 8th-note triplets in the woodwind
background.4
The second statement of this heroic theme a-motif in m. 17 combines it with the triplet
theme Mt from the introduction. This idea is continued in the [A] section, a tutti climax with
themes in combination and imitation. The vigorous theme returns in m. 31. The section
concludes with a transition [B] with both the transitory very brief Zerlinchen motif and the
first announcement of the Countess theme.

15.1.2

Episode: Rejection 1 (m. 5070, 21 m.)

In [C] our hero starts his first amorous adventure with the abbreviated vigorous theme
and receives the first rejection, expressed by the chromatically descending lead voice in the
woodwinds. Note the harp quoting the a-motif from the first heroic theme. Then there is juxtaposition of the vigour and variations of the rejection theme. In m. 67 this can be observed
as an extended chromatic descent in augmentation in woodwinds and tremolo strings.

15.1.3

Episode: Countess (m. 71122, 52 m.) and Rejection 2 (m. 123168, 46 m.)

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

3
Appoggiaturas play a major role in the melodic material of Don Juan and its development. In the score there
are a multitude of these, also in simultaneous combinations; it goes beyond the scope of this book, but I did a
statistical analysis of the appoggiaturas in the piece. I created lists showing the type of appoggiatura (upwarddownward, chromatic-diatonic), the chordal function they were applied to (root, third, fifth, etc), and which
combinations were used (direction parallel or contrary). My goal was to compare the practical use by Strauss
with the rules from the theory of harmony books. An interesting exercise that was!
4
These woodwind triplets require triple-tonguing (t-k-t, or t-t-k) and good rhythmic coordination in the section. The rhythm always reminds me of the
movement of the Mendelssohn
Symphony No. 4 Italian.
 opening

2
The triplets in the Strauss Don Juan yield a 12
flavour
(the
real
meter
is
)
and
a
slight
tarantella dance-like
8
2
quality, that will return in the Carnival section.

535

CHAPTER 15. RICHARD STRAUSS

Table 15.1: Strauss, Don Juan, Op. 20


m

1
3
5
7

MVDJ

Mt

13
15

MH1
DJ
..
.
..
.

17

MH1
DJ /Mt

11

Comment

Introduction Allegro molto


C D B Em/G B/F ]
E E/G] E46 B7 E
E ...
E E7 /D] C]m F ][5
7 /C

Don Juan Vigour theme


a): Str unis, b:) tutti, (cm<)
c+d): cresc
WW-Str: unis tripl&
tutti clim, PBi (&)

Don Juan 1
(E A]7 E)/B

Don Juan 1st Heroic theme


a): Vi, WW: triplets

A7 E/G]
G7 E7[9 /G] E7 /B
G]7 C][9
7 F ]m

b)
b)

H10

B B7 /A B7[9

a): Brs/WW, Str triplets

21

MDJ /Mt

(C D]7 C F ][5
7 )/C

a): Vi+Va

23

MH1
DJ /Mt
MH1
DJ

E 6 /B

E7

[A] tutti climax, triplets

E7[9 /B

a): (WW+Str)/Tpt imit

27
29
30
31
33
37
38
40
42
44

..
.

MVDJ

MVDJ

B7

E6

A C]m7 /G]

D/A

E
MZ

D7 /A[ Cm/G
D7[9 /F ] F7 A[9
7 /E
G/D D7 G
G6 G6 /B
B[
B[/D E[7 /D[ F ]7 B7
E A/C]
E C 0 ]7 Em7 /D C
(D]7 C F C)/C
d

(cm<), PLi (%), PBi (&)


c) Brs+HiStr
WW+Brs, HiStr unis tripl
a): Str unis
b): tutti (cm<), PBi (&)
[B] trans, accts imit
Zerlinchen: Vi-Ob

46
48
49

(MC )
MZ

E46 B7
C]m F ]m/C] C]m
F ]7 /A G][9
7 /A

Countess: WW+Str
Str
WW

50

V0
MDJ

Rejection 1 molto vivo


C]m/G] G]/B]

[C]
a): HiStr unis

A]7 C]7 /G D]7


G] B]m7
D]7 /B] E]m G]m7 /F ]

bc): Str+WW(cm<), PBi (&)


d): HiStr triplets, WW stac
WW /Harp Seq(22m;Ri )

D7 /B Em Gm7 /F

WW/(Harp-Tpt)

Gm7 /F C7 /E F7 /E[
B[/D E7 /C] . . .

(LoWW+LoStr)/Brs, PBi (&)

51
52
53
55
57
59

536

..
.

MR /MH1
DJ
MR /MH1
DJ
.. ..
./ .
/

G]

15.1. SYMPHONIC POEM DON JUAN, OP. 20

Table 15.2: Strauss, Don Juan, Op. 20 (contd)


m

62
64
66

MVDJ

M0R

71
73
79
81
83
85
89
90
92
94
96
98
101
103
105
107
109
111
113
115
117
123
127
129
133
137
141
145

R
0

M0C
M0C

MC
..
.
..
.
..
.

MC
..
.
..
.
..
.

F7 /C C]7 F ]7

ab): LoStr unis


cd): Str unis, PLi (%)
Rejection var, Str trem, P (e)

Countess tranquillo
F ]97 . . .
F ]97 . . . F ]7
(F ]7 G7 F ]7 G]m7 )/F ]
F ]7 . . .
<(F ]7 G7 F ]7 G]m7 )/F ]
(F ]7 D]7 E]7 B]7 )/F ]
F ]7 F ]+
(B 6 F ]7 )/B

[D] Str trem+WW, P D (f ])


i (%)
a): Solo Vi, LoStr: Pm
Str (P D (f ]))
i (%)
a): Solo Vi, WW: Pm
Str
~
PLi (%), Hk
i
a): Cl+FHn, WW: 4th tripl

B 6 F ]7 /E

a): Vi imit

(B B + G]m7 )/D] F ]7 /E

ab) / b): (Cl+FHn+SVi)

(B B + G]m)/D]
G]m7 C]97 F ]7
(B 6 F ]7 )/B

[E] a): Cl+FHn+SVi+Vc

B 6 F ]7 /E

a): Vi imit

(B

B+

G]m7 )/D] F ]7 /E

(B B + )/D] A]7 /C] B7


(E D]7 A)/E
A6 C][9
7

Vi/(Cl+FHn+SVi+Vc),
b) / b)
dev, a:) SVi+Va+Ob

F ]m C][9
7 D/F ]

/MiR

MdC /Ma,i
R
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
/

Comment

(F7 ) C]7 . . .
B

MC
..
.
..
.
..
.

C]m

(D B7 )/D

a): Cl+FHn imit

E7 /B E7 /D F ][9
7 /A]

b): Str chr+appogg, %

Rejection 2 piu` vivente


A7 . . . B7[9 /D] D]7 /B]
G]7 . . .

inv, tutti imit


a): Cl+Va+Vc

C]m . . . C]m/E C]m/G]

[F] (dev) cresc

9
C]7 F ][9
7 F ]7

Tpt, tutti imit

<(B7 /F ] B7 ) B7 /A
C]7 /G] C]7 /B
C]7 . . . C]7 /E]

(stringendo)

537

CHAPTER 15. RICHARD STRAUSS


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

538

15.1. SYMPHONIC POEM DON JUAN, OP. 20

15.1.4

Episode: Don Juan 2 (m. 169196, 28 m.)

The first heroic Don Juan theme MH1


DJ is back in [H] (m. 169), as a full abb-statement against
the familiar woodwind and horns 8th note triplet background we already saw in m. 9 ff. Each
statement is commented by a solo trumpet, playing an ascending chromatic 8th note triplet
scale (new aspirations?). In m. 181 these triplets are picked up in imitation by woodwind
and horns, and there is simultaneous ascending and descending scalar fragments, combined
into closing contrary motion. In [I] the a-phrase from the first heroic theme (trumpets) is
juxtaposed with the aspiration triplets (oboe, violins and celli), leading into a tutti imitation
(m. 189 ff.) and climax (m. 193196).

15.1.5

Episode: Anna (m. 197267, 71 m.) and Rejection 3 (m. 268312, 45 m.)

In [K] there is the first Anna theme in Gm; its four-measure a-phrase is an arpeggiated upward octave leap (viola and cello), followed by a gradual chromatic descent (preplanned
rejection?). The b-phrase is also four measures long, and is backed up by a series of appoggiaturas in solo flute (upward-downward, hope-rejection pairs). The second, slightly
varied statement (m. 208 ff.) already has the b-phrase as an explicit rejection. The appoggiatura flute is now answering snippets (c- and d-phrase) from the opening vigorous theme
in brass imitation (m. 215232). Note the subtlety in the 4th note syncopated violin top voice
in the background: twice a chromatic ascent, then twice a descent (once again: aspirationdisappointment pairs).
In [L] the key changes to G major and the background is set by a combination of the
first Anna theme a-phrase (imitation in cello and viola) and the rejection chromatically descending steps in horns. The solo oboe play the lyrical, gentle second Anna theme with abbc
phrasing (4 + 2 + 2 + 5 m.). The second statement in [M] is slightly varied.
Rejection 3 starts in m. 268 with two motifs combined: a varied a-motif from the second
Anna theme (clarinet) and augmented rejection chromatic descent in flute, bassoon and harp.
These are developed in imitation, while the a-phrase from the first Anna theme returns in the
cello background riff (m. 274).
Section [N] is a transition molto tranquillo, with flute and first violins quoting the Anna
2 a-phrase, which keeps ascending. A string section upward arpeggio imitation, using the
Anna 1 a-phrase closes this amorous disillusion.

15.1.6

Episode: Don Juan 3 (m. 313351, 39 m.)

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

539

CHAPTER 15. RICHARD STRAUSS

Table 15.3: Strauss, Don Juan, Op. 20 (contd)


m

Comment

Gm

Anna
Gm . . . C]7 /G

1st theme
[K] a): Va+Vc, Str sync
b): Va
Fl app, Str+Hns, P D (d)

M1A
0
MR

F m C]7 D C]7
(D D7 G C]7 )/D
(D D7[9 Gm C] D7[9 )/D
(Gm . . . C]7 E7 )/G
(D[ B[7 A[7 )/A[

215

MVDJ

F/A E7 /B[ F/A

cd): Tpt, Fl app

217
221

MVDJ

E7 /G F/C
A7 B[m

FHn
c): Hns, Str tripl%

224
226
232

MVDJ

(M1AR )/MR
..
. /M2

G]7 Bm/F ] F7 Am/E


F7 /C F7[9 . . .
G ...

c): Tpt, Fl app, PBi (&) ,


imit
[L] a): Vc/FHn, P (g d)

197
201
203
205
208
213

236
244
248
252
258
263
266
268
272

M
M1A

..
.

/
0
(M2A )
M2A /(M1A )
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
/
0
M2A /MR

/
0

G . . . D7 /G . . .
C/E . . . E7
Am . . . D7

abb): Ob: 2nd Anna theme


c)
a) FHn augm

G . . . D7 . . .

[M] ab): Ob /Vc, P (g d)

(Em F ][9
7 )/E

ca): Ob, PB (&)

(Bm E7 )/D
C]7 F ]7 /C]

c): Ob
a): Ob+Fl

Rejection 3
B . . . B7[9 E7[9
B7[9 F ]7 /C] E7 /G]

themes combined
a): WW+Harp

282
286
288
292

12 /M
MA
R
.. ..
./ .
... / ...
/
0
M2A /MR
/

G E7 A D7
E[ A[/C
(G . . . Em7 )/D
(D7 Am7 D7 )/D

296
302
306

(M2A )/M1A
/
(M1A )

G . . . D7 . . .
(A[7 A7 Am97 )/G D7
G

274
278

540

a): Va+Vc, Str sync


Vi, Cl+Hns

E[7 /G E[ A[ D7

th mix, imit, N

Em Am7 /C D7
d

N6
a): Ob/WW, Va P D (d)
[N] trans, a): Str+Fl PL (%)
WW, P T (g)
a): Str imit, arp%

15.1. SYMPHONIC POEM DON JUAN, OP. 20


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

541

CHAPTER 15. RICHARD STRAUSS

15.1.7

Episode: Carnival (m. 352433, 82 m.)

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

542

15.1. SYMPHONIC POEM DON JUAN, OP. 20


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

543

CHAPTER 15. RICHARD STRAUSS

15.1.8

Episode: Memories (m. 434456, 23 m.)

Other friends return in the reminiscences starting in m. 434. The Countess appears twice: first
in English horn and bassoon (a-phrase, m. 437), later in [V] in woodwind imitation (m. 447
455). The second Anna theme is played by solo violin (m. 443447), in abb-phrasing, with the
b-phrase becoming the rejection motif MR ). The [V] section has sustained tremolo strings
throughout.

15.1.9

Episode: Don Juan 4 (m. 457509, 53 m.) and Don Juan 5 (m. 510585, 76 m.)

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

544

15.1. SYMPHONIC POEM DON JUAN, OP. 20


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

545

CHAPTER 15. RICHARD STRAUSS

Table 15.4: Strauss, Don Juan, Op. 20 (contd)


m
556
558
561
564
565
566
569
571
572
573
577

Comment

F ...
F ...
Dm7 /F . . . F/A
B[

[Bb] tutti clim, N/E, P (f )


c): WW+Brs (see m. 30 ff.)
WW+Hns, HiStr unis
a): Str unis (see m. 37 ff.)

B[/D E[7 /D[ C]m/G]


A7 /G F ]7 B7 E
(E E7[9 )/B

b): tutti (cm<), PBi (&)


(c) cad
[Cc] trans, P D (b)

(B7 F ][9
7 )/B
(E 6 C7 )/B
(A7 G]7 G7 F ]7 )/B
B7 . . .

Str-WW tripl% imit,


stringendo
i (&)
tutti (cm<), PLi (%)Pm
tutti climax

MVDJ

MVDJ
..
.

(Mt )
..
.

(MR )

581

B7 . . .

586
595
596
600
603

Death tempo primo - poco a poco piu` lento (Coda)


Am . . .
Vi trem&
F ]7 /A
plagal cad
(Em G]7 )/E
[Dd] WW+Brs
Em . . .
Bsn arp&
Em
Str trem+pizz (606 m.)

15.1.10

(MaR )

Em

WW+Brs 4th triplets

Episode: Death (m. 586606, 21 m.)

The symphonic poem closes with a plagal cadence in the tonic minor key Em. Sustained
chords support descending string tremoli. In [Dd] theres a final descendng chromatic step
in augmentation (a sigh of rejection or relief?), followed by the downward bassoon arpeggio
(the inversion of the opening phrase from the first heroic Don Juan theme?) and three short
(pizzicato) tonic chords.

15.1.11

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

546

15.1. SYMPHONIC POEM DON JUAN, OP. 20


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

547

CHAPTER 15. RICHARD STRAUSS

15.2

Symphonic poem Tod und Verklarung,


Op. 24 (1889)

Source: [63]. Music for orchestra.


The English title is Death and Transfiguration, the full German title is Tod und Verklarung,
Tondichtung fur
grosses Orchester, meinem lieben Freunde Friedrich Rosch zugeeignet. The poem
by Alexander Ritter was later added as a kind of program note; its five sections are a guideline for the formal interpretation of this composition. Form: symphonic poem. This piece
may also be interpreted as a sonata form.
An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 15.2. The symphonic poem can be
subdivided into four parts, with a very long third section (Part 3: Feverish delirium of life past,
development) that covers sections three and four from the original poem. The themes will
be described in the subsequent sections.
Symphonic poem (Cm G C,
Part 1 Cm

Part 2

m1

m 67

h i
4
4

, 501 m.)

Part 3 G (modulation - development)


m 187 3A

3B

3C

3D

3E

3F

Part 4: C
m 397
Figure 15.2: Strauss, Symphonic poem Tod und Verklarung, Op. 24

15.2.1

Part 1: Sick man lying on his cot (m. 166)

See Table 15.5 for the analysis. The piece opens with the Death Rhythm (Todesmotiv) Rd, a set
of afterbeat 8th notes and triplets, played by middle register strings and timpani. The triplet
rhythms will return in the battle with death themes.
In [A] (m. 16) we hear the first theme a short lyrical motif Ml in woodwinds (first flute,
then clarinet) with descending 8th note characteristics (stepwise motion with occasional
leaps). Note the ascending chromatic stepwise motion in the oboe middle voice; this is
another feature of this symphonic poem and it will be used extensively. Section [B] (m. 29)
brings the cantabile main theme Mc for oboe and later first violins, answered by Ml in flute.
The theme Mc is characterized by an unpward octave leap, followed by quarter note downward steps. Sections [C] and [D] are juxtapositions of the death rhythm Rd (the last time in
the French horns) and woodwind imitative statements of Ml. In [D] the ascending middle
voices are in parallel thirds for violins and clarinets, over tremolo low strings.

15.2.2

Part 2: The battle between life and death (m. 67186)


This section is included in the full version of the book.
Order the E-book from the webstore.

548


15.2. SYMPHONIC POEM TOD UND VERKLARUNG,
OP. 24

Table 15.5: Strauss, Symphonic poem Tod und Verklarung, Op. 24


m

1
6
10
14
16
17
21
23
29
35
37
42
46
48
49
52
58
62

Rd
..
.
..
.

Ml
Rd

Mc
Ml
Mc
Ml
..
.

Rd
Ml

Md

Cm

A[m
C

Comment

Part 1 Largo
E[ Cm/E[ Cm

h i

([[[) Sick man lying in bed


Rd: Vi2+Va, P T (c)

<(Cm D7 /A[)

Rd: timp, Str (cm), (ped)

Cm A[/C F m7
<(F m7 B7 /A[) F m/A[
D[7 /C[
D[7 /C[ . . .
Re(D[7 /C[ C7 /E) C]7 /D
E7 D D7[5 E[/G E[
A[m . . . B[7 /A[ E[[9
7
A[ . . . F m
(C . . . Dm7 B7 )/C
C7 . . .

Rd: Vi2+Va, (ped)


Rd: timp, Str (cm), (ped)
[A] harp 16th triplets arp
i (%)
Ml: Fl-Cl, Ob Pm
Rd: timp, Str (cm), P T (c)
Rd: Cl+Vi2+Va
[B] Ml: Ob, harp%&, SD
Ml: Fl, Hns
Mc: Vi, Hns Pm (%), P T (c)
i (%)
[C] Ml: Fl-Cl, Ob Pm

<(C B7 /F ]) Gm7
[9
A[13
7 D7
[9/[13
G7
...
(G7 . . . C C7[9 )/G
[5/sus4
(F Cm D7 G7
)/G
[5
G7 . . .

Ml: Bsn, Str (cm)


Ml: Cl, Str PLi (&)
Md: timp, P D (g)
i (%)
[D] Ml: EHn-Ob, Str trem+Pm
i (%)(ped)
Vi+Cl Pm
Rd: Hns (ped)

4
4

549

CHAPTER 15. RICHARD STRAUSS


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

550


15.2. SYMPHONIC POEM TOD UND VERKLARUNG,
OP. 24

15.2.3

Part 3: Feverish delirium of life past (m. 187396)

See Table 15.6 to 15.8 for the analysis. In a feverish delirium the man sees his life passing by;
in Part 3A the cantabile melody Mc reappears in augmentation (half-note rhythm). In brief
transitional phrases (m. 207212) and [N] (m. 227235) the lyrical opening motif Ml (abbreviated version in quarter note triplet imitation) and the battle theme Mb (stretto imitation)
return, respectively. Part 3B (etwas breiter) develops this 8th note triplet theme Ml, juxtaposed
with the theme Mc, in lighter, somewhat playful mood and as a moment of relaxation.
An 8th note triplet descending figure in the violins (m. 254) announces another wave
of fever in Part 3C: in the appassionata section the fever theme Mf (chromatically ascending triplets, referring to the death rhythm) is combined with an augmented version of the
cantabile (youth) theme. This is continued [P] with Mc now in the original quarter note
rhythm. The death rhythm sounds clearly in trombones and timpani in m. 271. The continuation has development character, with combinations of the feverish theme Mf (in varied
form with ascending 8th notes), the battle motif Mb (in unisono trombones) and the death
rhythm (in 2-part settings in either woodwinds of high strings). There is counterpoint and
there rapid changes of instrumentation as the themes are passed on to different orchestral
sections.
Letter [S] is an extended tutti climax, with themes combined, counterpoint setting and
(stretto) imitation. The unisono ascending triplets in low woodwinds and low strings over a
sustained dominant pedal in [T] lead into the first complete appearance of the Transfiguration theme Mt (the a-phrase, m. 321)) in Part 3D.5 Note the bell chord setting of the theme in
brass and woodwinds. The a tempo, ma un poco agitato in [U] is accompanied by the offbeat
16th-note patterns in the violins that were heard first in Part 2 [H] (m. 125 ff.), while combining the cantabile theme Mc (but now chromatically descending in quarter notes) with the
other chromatically descending theme Md (8th note rhythm). In [V] the development comes
to a close with another statement of Mt in a tutti climax in m. 356, with both an a- and a
b-phrase, that acts as a retransition.
In a sonata form interpretation [W] may be seen as the recapitulation; the original tempo
and Death Rhythm (timpani) from the introduction return, as do the chromatically descending lead note patterns in juxtaposed woodwinds and strings (in the introduction these were
diatonic and chromatic steps in contrary motion strings). The extended pedal on a turns
out to be a tonic pedal, that kicks-off a set of bell chords when for the last time the Allegro,
molto agitato mood returns as does the battle theme Mf in m. 381. This part concludes with a
combination of the chromatically descending theme Md and the ascending scalar theme Ms.

15.2.4

Part 4: Transfiguration (m. 397501)

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

5
The Richard Strauss Transfiguration theme was kindly borrowed my mr. John Williams, Hollywood resident, as the love theme for the movie Superman.

551

CHAPTER 15. RICHARD STRAUSS

Table 15.6: Strauss, Tod und Verklarung, Op. 24 (contd)


m
187
193
195
197
199
201
205
207
213
215

M
Mc
..
.
..
.
..
.

Mc

Ml

Mc
..
.

219
223
227
231

Mc
Mb

236
238
240
241
242
244
246
247
249
250
252
254

Ml
Mc
Ml

Mc
Ml

Ml

Ml/c

Ml

257
259
261
263
267
271

552

Mc/f
.. ..
./ .
/
Mc/f
..
. /
/Rd

Comment

Part 3A meno mosso


(G6 . . . Am7 . . . )/G

(]) Feverish delirium of life past


Mc: Fl augm, Vi2 tripl, P T (g)

(G]7 A7 )/G

i (%)
Pm

A[9
7 /G G/D F ]7 /E F ]7

Pm (%)

G/7 /F ] G7 /F
Em7 F ]7 /E
B7[9 /D] Em6 A7
Em6 A7
D ...
Am D7 D7]5
(G . . . D7 )/G

PBi (&)

G . . . G[9
7
A D7[9
G ...
G[9
7 D7 /F B[7

(ped)

Part 3B Etwas breiter


E[ B[7 /A[ E[/G D Gm
Gm D Gm C7
F m Cm7 /B[ F m/A[
E[ A[
F m E[/B[ B[7 /A[
E[/G B[7 /A[ E[/G B[
E[ D[ G[ D[7 /C[
G[/B[ D[7 /C[ G[/B[ D[
G[ F B[m
D7 /C F7[9 /A
E[m/B[ E[[9
7
G7 /F . . .

([[[)
Ml: WW+Hns triplets
Mc: Vi
Ml: WW+Hns triplets

Part 3C Appassionato
B 6 /F ] F ]7

(\\\)
Mc: Ob+Hn+Vc, Mf: Fl+Vi

B 6 /F ] F ]7 /C]
B B7 /A] G]m7 G]7
C]m F ]7

[P] Mc: FHn+Vi, Mf: WW

B7 E
C]7 /E

Rd: Tbns+Timp, climax

Em
D
G

E[

G[

Mc: Vi1-Vc imit


Va-Vi1 imit
trans, Ml: Va-Vi1 imit tripl
Fl-Cl imit par 3rds
[M] Mc: Vi2-Vi1 imit, P D (g)

[N] Mc: Bsn-Vi2 mit


Mb: WW+Str stretto, (cm<)

Mc: Vi
Ml: Vi
[O] Ml: Vi
Ml: Vi, Mc: Ob+Va+Vc
Ml: Vi 8th tripl&


15.2. SYMPHONIC POEM TOD UND VERKLARUNG,
OP. 24

Table 15.7: Strauss, Tod und Verklarung, Op. 24 (contd)


m

273
276

Mf

277
279
281
283
285

Mf
Rd
Mf
Rd
Mf
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

Mb
Rd
Mf

Mb/Rd
.
Mbc/ ..

287
289
290
294
295
296
297
300
301
302
304
306
310
313
317
321
325
326
327
330
335
337
338
339

Gm

Ml
Mt
..
.

C7 F C/E
Dm7 D7[9

Mf: Vi+Va
d

Gm D Gm G7
A[7 A[7
C]m G]m7 C]m
[9
F ][9
7 A7 /G
6
D /F ] DmA

[Q] Hns+Vc 8th%, ctp


Rd: Tbns
Mf: Str, ctp
Rd: Tbns, tutti climax
Mf: LoWW+Hns+Str imit

B7
E

Mf

Comment

D/F ] B[7 /D B[7

/
Mcf/Rd
..
.

Mt
..
.

A[

<(E 6 B7 /F ] B7 )

[R] Mf: Cl+Str, imit

E E7 /D]
E7 /D F ]sus4
7 /C]
B[7 /F
D7 /F B[[9
7 /F
E E7 /D]
E7 /D F ]sus4
7 /C]
D7 /F

PBi (&)

D7 /F
B[7 /F [ . . .
E[7 . . .

Mc: WW, Rd: HiStr, clim


tutti climax
climax contd, P D (e[)

E[7 . . .
E[7

stretto imit (ped)


[T] Mf: LoWW+Str unis% (ped)

Part 3D Tempo I. sehr breit


<(A[ B[7 )/A[ A[

Mt.a: Tpt+Hrp+HiStr, bell ch,

B[7 /A[ Gm D[7 /F


C/E
<(D7 /F C7 /G) F m/A[
D[/F D7 /F E7[9
A A7 /G] B7 /A A/E
B7 /A A7 /G]
B7 /F ] C]7 /E]
<(D]7 /F ] C]7 /G])

Mb: Tbns
Rd: WW, Str trem, clim
PBi (&)
[S] Mb: Tbns, Rd: WW, Str trem

climax
HiStr sync
Ml: Fl+Vi1 augm
Mt.a: Brs+Va+Vc, clim, PB (&)

i (%)
[U] Vi 16ths, Pm

553

CHAPTER 15. RICHARD STRAUSS

Table 15.8: Strauss, Tod und Verklarung, Op. 24 (contd)


m
342
343
344
345
346
348
350
352
353
356
357
358
359
360
362
365
366
370
374
379
381
382
383
385
387
389
391
393

554

Mc/d
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .
/
Mt
..
. /Ms
..
. /

Comment

F ]m7 /A

Mc: WW+Vi PLi (&),

B7 /A B7 /A C] E7[9 /G]

Md: Bsn+Tu+LoStr

F/C Am/C
D7 /C D7 /C E7
A]7 /E Em C]7 /B

[V] tutti imit

C]7 A7 /G Asus4
7 /G F ]7
C][9
7 /E]

D[

Rd
..
.

Mb

Md
..
.
..
.

Md/s
/

Cm

E]7 E G]7 /D]


D7 . . .
D[

Mt.a: Ob+Brs+Vi, tutti clim,

E[7 /D[ D[

Ms: Hns, P T (d[)

E[7 /D[
[5/[9
(D[[9
)/D[
7 G[ E[7
(B[7 A[7 G[ B[7 )/D[
F/A . . .

(ped)
b
retrans, Str 16th trem
P (a)

Part 3E Tempo der Einleitung


Am7
<(Am7 D]7 )/A B[7 /A

Largo
[W] Hns (ped)
Rd: timp, Str, Cb trem

[9
(A[9
7 Gm A7 F m)/A
[9
(B7 . . . A7 )/A Am7
Part 3F Allegro, molto agitato
(Am B[m F m Am Em)/A
(Cm A[7 G)/A
(Cm A7 D7[9 )/A
(Cm A7 Gm G[9
7 )/G

EHn+Cl, (ped)
P T (a)

(F ]7 G[9
7 Cm)/G

(ped)

(C7[9 F D7 )/G
(B[7 E7 G7 Gm7 )/G
F ]7 /G . . .
F ]7 /G . . .

(ped)
(ped)
[X] Md: WW+Vi, P D (g),
Ms: Hns+Vc, PLi (%)(ped)

bell chords (ped)


Mb: WW+Tpt+Str
i (%), P (g)
Md: WW+Vi, Pm
D


15.2. SYMPHONIC POEM TOD UND VERKLARUNG,
OP. 24
[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

555

CHAPTER 15. RICHARD STRAUSS

15.2.5

Key relationship overview

The key relationship diagram of the symphonic poem Tod und Verklarung, Op. 24 is shown
in Fig. 15.3.
tE  9

B t
10
4
Gm
Dm
Am
Em H Bm
HH
A 6 6
j

A


 C
B[
F
G
D
A
12 5
*
 2 6
3
?  AAU
 
B[m - F m
Dm
 1 Cm  Gm


 7


 E[
D[ 
A[
B[
F
11 

1 
D[m  A[m
E[m
B[m
Fm

8
tE 
B 
G[
D[
A[
t
G

Figure 15.3: Strauss, Tod und Verklarung, Op. 24, key relationship diagram
The key changes throughout this piece show a simple-complex-simple pattern :
Part1: The piece starts in the tonic minor Cm and follows a clockwise loop through the
fairly remote lowered submediant minor A[m (1) and the parallel major C (2).
Part 2: This section involves a somewhat more remote excursion into the subdominant
domain, starting with the subtonic minor B[m (3) and then creating a loop F m Am
Gm Cm (4) of minor keys only.
Part 3: The development character of this sectionis also clear from the modulation path.
Starting in G (5) there first is a clockwise loop with limited envelope GEmDG (6).
But then follow some more distant modulations: we see major third related keys (4i),
see GE[ (7) and E A[ (11), intermediate dominant keys, see (G[ = F ])B E (89)
and A[ D[ (11), the latter being the Neapolitan (lowered supertonic major) key of the
minor tonic Cm. We need the double occurrence property twice for the interpretation.
And finally, there is the interesting sidestep E Gm E (10). The development takes
us to the corners of this key relationship diagram.
Part 4: The closing part is static in the parallel major key C. This yields a large scale
key pattern Cm G C for this symphonic poem.

15.3

Symphonic poem Till Eulenspiegel, Op. 28 (1894-95)

Source: [64]. Music for orchestra. Form: symphonic poem.


The composer labeled Till Eulenspiegels lustige Streiche (the full title, Till Eulenspiegels
merry pranks) with the subtitle Nach alter Schelmenweise - in Rondeauform. Well, however hard
you search, its impossible to discover rondo elements in this piece that has more the structure of the sonata form. Somewhat artificial though, it is possible to find opening theme
556

15.3. SYMPHONIC POEM TILL EULENSPIEGEL, OP. 28


statements with an exposition character, development sections (plural), a recapitulation and
a coda (indicated in the analysis). However, it makes more sense to indicate the story-telling
episodes, the Streiche, although Strauss himself refused to give detailed indications about the
depicting of these pranks.
There are two central elements in this piece. Harmonically, there is the juxtaposition
(and sometimes the combination) of diatonic and chromatic settings. But more important,
there is the intricate use of only five themes that support the story-telling. Two of these are
returning frequently in many disguises and are characterized as Till - The Adventurer MA ,
and Till - The Mocker MM . The adventurer theme is the infamous French horn theme MA :
c % f g [g]] a (3) b[ [b] d & c a f c a f c f (rising to the top note
d and then descending on a series of harmonic overtones). The mockery theme for clarinet
MM : a & f [b] % c [c]] f & [g]] % a has the reverse shape: descending arpeggio,
followed by ascending (chromatic) leading tones. Note that the mockery theme also contains
a hint towards the Death sentence motif (large downward leap f g]), that appears at the end
of the symphonic poem.
Variants of these themes will be labeled with a superscript, e.g. hurried variant of the
adventurer theme MhA . Both Till themes contain non-diatonic tones (shown above in square
brackets). The other three melodies are the Sermon theme MS (later used by the judges in
court), the Theology Professors theme MP , and the Happy Streetsong MH , both used to help the
story along.
An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 15.4.
Symphonic poem (F ,
Introduction

h i
6
8

h ih ih i
4
8

6
8

, 657 m.)

F Market Scene F Dm

Sermon

m 51

m1
Love Scene

h i
6
8

A[ Gm G

m 208
Recapitulation
m 429

2
4

h i
6
8

h i
2
4

B[

m 179
Theology Professors Am

Streetsong

m 293

m 375

F Grandness Dance F
m 485

h ih i
2
4

6
8

A[

Court Scene F m

Epilog F

m 577

m 632

Figure 15.4: Strauss, Symphonic poem Till Eulenspiegels lustige Streiche, Op. 28

15.3.1

Introduction and exposition (m. 150, 50 m.)

The introduction starts with the Once upon a time variant MoM , the regular 8th note augmentation of the mocking theme, set for the strings (from here on, Till Eulenspiegel is abbreviated
as TE). Then, as a sort of exposition we here four statements of the adventurer theme MA and
then hurried (ascending chromatic 8th note rhythm) variant in #2, ascending to a climax,
before the solo clarinet in D plays the mockery theme MM .
See Table 15.9 for the analysis.
557

CHAPTER 15. RICHARD STRAUSS

Table 15.9: Strauss, Symphonic poem Till Eulenspiegels lustige Streiche, Op. 28
m

1
4

MoM

6
12
14
20
21
26
31

MA

M0A
M0A
MhA
..
.

46

MM

66
68
71
73
75
77
79
81
85
87
89
90
91

558

MA

35
39

51
55
59
61
63

A
C]

M0M
M0M

MM /MsM
.. ..
./ .
/
MhM
..
.

MhA
/MhM
MtM
..
. /Ms
M

/
MsM

M0M

Comment

Gemachlich

h i

F7]5

4
8

([) Introduction

F
B[ F46 C7
F ...

Vi1, Str, cad


Cl
h i
6
8 Exp

F/C . . .
C F
F/C . . .
Dm
Dm/F . . . F7
Am/C . . . C7
C7 . . . Gm7 /C

TE-Adventurer: FHn, Vi trem


full cad, WW+Hns+Str pizz
2nd stat, FHn, Vi trem
WW+Hns+Str pizz
[1] 3rd stat, Ob, Vi trem
4th stat, Cl, Vi, WW cad
[2] Bsn+LoStr, 8ths chr%, P D (c)

C7 . . . F m F ]
C7 . . . C
Immer sehr lebhaft
]5/[9
B[7 (= C7 no 1 ) F/A F

WW+Hns+Str, cresc
climax on dominant (ped)

tempo
]5/[9
E7 . . . E7
A
[5/[9
E7 . . . G]7
C]
[9
F ]m B7 G]7 C]
A Dm D][5
7 G]7
(F E7 F F ]7 Dm7 )/C

Epis: Market Scene


i (&)
[3] Str+WW, Pm
i (&)
Hns, Str+WW, Pm
WW imit, Str PLi (%)

(B7 C79 B7 /C
C79 B7 /A A[7 C7

TE-Mocker, Cl, WW, tutti

[4] FHn+Vc, WW imit, P D (c)


cresc, PL (%)
[5] climax, WW+Str unis

F Gm7 C7
F
F C + F Gm7 G]
F
F/C C7 F F7

WW+Str+Hns imit
Str unis dim, tutti clim
8ths chr%
Vi-LoStr
[6] trans, WW imit, str

B[ Dm7 /A
C]7 /G Dm/F
E7 B[/D
G7 /D[ C7 C7 /B[
F/A C7 F C7 F C7

WW imit, PB (&)
WW imit, (cm<)
WW+Str imit

15.3. SYMPHONIC POEM TILL EULENSPIEGEL, OP. 28


The closing cadence before #3 demonstrates how the intermediate harmonies are determined by the (chromatic) voice leading. Lets consider the woodwind and string section
voicing in m. 47-51 in more detail:

m. 47
g]
e = f[
d[
b[
B[7

m. 49
%
a
%
f
&
c
&
a
F/A

g]
e = f[
d[
b[
g[
G[97

% a
% f
& c
& a
& f
F

m. 49
c
a
f

m. 50

d]
[5/[9
B7 /D]no 1

&
&
&
%

m. 51
b
g]
d
e
E7

The two upper voices in the left diagram are chromatically ascending, the two lower
are descending; this yields the intermediate leading tone chord B[7 that is equivalent to
]5/[9
the dominant 7th chord C7 no 1 (root missing). The target chord is the tonic chord in first
inversion S 6 = F/A. The diagram in the centre shows the same procedure for approaching
[5/[9/[13
the tonic chord in root position; now the cadence yields G[97 (= C7
no 1 ) F . Finally,
on the right we see the combined reading of m. 49-51 (although the actual string section
setting of the target chord is different); here the combination of m. 49 and 50 yields the chord
[5/[9
B7 /D]no 1 = F/D], i.e., the inverted German augmented 6th chord in the new key of A
major. Similar intermediate chords will occur many times in the harmonic analysis of this
symphonic poem, and are part of the chromatic setting.

15.3.2

Episode: Market Scene (m. 51178, 128 m.)

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

559

CHAPTER 15. RICHARD STRAUSS


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

560

15.3. SYMPHONIC POEM TILL EULENSPIEGEL, OP. 28

15.3.3

Episode: Love Scene (m. 208292, 85 m.)

The Love Scene episode main theme in #1517 is another variation on the adventurer theme
MlA , with a sentence structure MlA (aab). The 2nd statement, in #17, starts in G major, is
combined with the romantic version of the mockery theme MrM , and at the end returns to G
minor. In #18 his efforts turn out unsuccessful and TE gets upset. He gets into a rage and the
low voices play the angry variant of the mockery theme MaM . This mood of anger reaches a
climax in #19, with four statements of MaM , with alternating directions of the bass part. See
Table 15.10 for the analysis.

15.3.4

Episode: Theology Professors Scene (m. 293374, 82 m.)

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

561

CHAPTER 15. RICHARD STRAUSS

Table 15.10: Strauss, Till Eulenspiegels lustige Streiche, Op. 28 (contd)


m
191
192
193
194
196
199
203
205
207

E[ C7 /E
B[/F E[ C]7 Dm
Gm7 F7
B[ B[64 F7
<(B[ Gm/B[) D/F ]
D/F ]
B[64 F7 B[ Gm/B[

MsM
..
.
A[

208
209
211
213
215

MrM
MrM
MrM
MsM

217
218
219
221
222
223
225
229

MrM
MrM

232
236
241
243
245
249
253
255
257
261
263
265

562

(MlA )
/MsM
MrM /MsM
MlA
..
.
..
.
..
.

MlA
..
. /MrM
..
.
/MhA
0
MhA

MaM /MhA
/

Comment
d

MsM
M0M

0
MsM

D[

B[ B[7 /D C]7
A[64

Cl, Str
Bsn
cad
trans, Vi1, cad
[14] Hns+Tpt+Vi1 (mute)
Str trem
Vi1
Vi1 gliss&

Erstes Zeitmass

h i

G Am7 /G G
A[ B[m7 /A[ A[6 E7
D[/F B[m7 /F A[ E7
D[/F (G[6 D[7 E[m7 )/D[

Cl, WW, Romance


Ob, WW

6
8

Epis: Love Scene

~
Fl, WW+Str Hk
d

A[

E
Gm

Gm

Dm

D[6 A[7
B[m A[6
D[/F B[m7 /F A[6 E7
D[/F Dm7 B7
B7
B79 . . .
+
E B 6 D][9
7 C D7
Gm D7 E7 D7

[15] Ob
mod
Vcl+Hns,
WW+Vi imit
[16] WW+Str imit
(a): Fl+Vi1, Love affair

Gm D7

(a)

Gm Cm

(b)

(D7 Gm Am B[)/D
(C D7[9 )/D
G Em G/D D7 /A D7

~ , PL (%), P D (d)
Hk
d
climax
[17] 2nd st, (a): EHn+Via

G D7 /A G64 D

(a), MM : Fl+Cl imit

G/B Gm
Cm
Gm/D D7[9
G[9
7 /B
C] Dm E/B
Cm F ]/C] F + E79 /G]

maj-min, climax, (cm<)


MA : BCl+Bsn+LoStr
[18] Hns-WW, (cm<)
TE is rejected
MM : Bsn+Brs+LoStr,
MA : WW+HoStr

15.3. SYMPHONIC POEM TILL EULENSPIEGEL, OP. 28


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

563

CHAPTER 15. RICHARD STRAUSS

15.3.5

Episode: Happy Streetsong (m. 375428, 54 m.)

However, TE is not in the mood for long arguments and escapes in a lighthearted, happy
and cheerful streetsong in #26. The new theme is MH , with a sentence structure MH (aab),
and played by violins and clarinets. The second statement ends early with a foreboding of
the death sentence motif (downward leap) in the clarinets. Then, an augmented version of
the mockery theme leads into the retransition of #2728, with cadences on the dominant key
C major.

15.3.6

Recapitulation (m. 429484, 56 m.)

The original material returns in the recapitulation, with the horn adventurer theme MA over
tremolo high strings. After three statements in F D B[ there is the romantic version of
the mockery theme MrM for the clarinets. The transition in #29 repeats the horn theme over a
slowly chromatically descending bass, and with a crescendo. In #30 there is the exact repeat
of segments from the exposition, including the unisono climax in m. 475 ff., preparing for
another prank.

15.3.7

Episode: Grandness (m. 485576, 92 m.)

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

564

15.3. SYMPHONIC POEM TILL EULENSPIEGEL, OP. 28


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

565

CHAPTER 15. RICHARD STRAUSS

15.3.8

Episode: The Court Scene (m. 577631, 55 m.)

The atmosphere turns sour in #38, the key changes to F minor. The judges, trombones,
horns and string in the lower register with hammering offbeat accents, do the interrogation,
and TE answers (mockery theme in clarinet and woodwinds, but becoming more timid by
the third question). In #39 the threatening mood from #14 returns, and then there is the
death sentence, depicted by the unisono major 7th leap downward in bassoons, horns and
trombones. The hanging from the gallows happens in #40; note the downward woodwind
arpeggios, but then, subtly, there is the reappearance of the major key in the pizzicato strings
and muted horns. See Table 15.11 for the analysis.

15.3.9

Epilog (m. 632657, 25 m.)

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

566

15.3. SYMPHONIC POEM TILL EULENSPIEGEL, OP. 28

Table 15.11: Strauss, Till Eulenspiegels lustige Streiche, Op. 28 (contd)


m
577
582
585
590
594
597
598
602
605
608
613
615
618
624

632
637
641
642
643
644
647
650
652
555

Fm

Fm ...
F B[7 F/A
F m . . . D[
F B[7 A
Fm ...
F
F m . . . B7 /F
F m A[/C F m/A[
etwas breiter - klaglich

MM
MM
M0M

Comment

A[97 )F m

M0M

MoM
..
.
..
.
..
.

M00a
(MsM )

MM

Epis: Court Scene


[38] LoWW+Brs+Str accts
Cl, WW TE answers
2nd question, accts
Cl, WW
3rd question
Cl (short answer)
[39]
h i
2
4

threat

<(F m
C[/E[ C7 /G F m/C . . .
unisono leap: f & g[
F/G[ . . .
G[97 . . .
F ...

(Hns+Tpt+Vi) mute (#14)


Str trem
[40] Bsn+LoBrs, Death sentence
Cl, Tbns
Cl+WW, Hanging
min-maj, Str pizz

Epilog. Doppelt so langsam

Coda

F F7]5 B[ F46 C7 F

(a) Str

F . . . C . . . B7 /D

(bb) (cm<)

A[/C

(c) Str+WW, [S6 ]

F ]7 /A Gm/B[ G]7 /B
F46 C7
F ...
F ...
Sehr lebhaft
C7 . . .
F B[7 F
F B[97 F D[7 F

h i
4
8

Cl+Hns
BCl
h i
6
8

tutti cresc
WW unis, TE lives
tutti climax (657 m.)

567

CHAPTER 15. RICHARD STRAUSS


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

568

15.3. SYMPHONIC POEM TILL EULENSPIEGEL, OP. 28

15.3.10

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

569

CHAPTER 15. RICHARD STRAUSS


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

570

15.4. EINE ALPENSINFONIE, OP. 64

15.4 Eine Alpensinfonie, Op. 64 (1911-15)


Source: [65]. Form: symphonic poem. Music for orchestra. See Table 15.12 to 15.13 for the
analysis. Currently the analysis covers only the beginning of the symphony and includes
the sections: Nacht, Sonnenaufgang and Der Anstieg.

571

CHAPTER 15. RICHARD STRAUSS

Table 15.12: Strauss, Eine Alpensinfonie, Op. 64


[#]+m

h i
4
4

Nacht - Lento
0
1
1+4
2
3
4
5
6

B[m
B[m E[m F m/A[ E[m7
Dm Gm F7 B[m
11
<(B[m11
7 G[7 B[m7 )
11
<(B[m7 B[m)
6
B[m11
7 G[9

M1

M1
..
.

G[69
D[97 B[/F

Sonnenaufgang - Festes Zeitma, maig langsam


7
7+4
8
8+4
9
10
11
11+2

M2.1

M2.2
M2.2/2.1
M2.2/2.1
M1/2.2

M1

B[

D[

A/E E7 A
D/A E7 Bm7 E7
(A G]7 A6 G]7 E7 A
D/A E7 A)/A
D[ A[7 D[ B[m/D[ A7
B[m/D[ B[ <(G[ G[7 )
E7 B[7 /F F ]m G7 E
E[/B[ B[4 B[

Der Anstieg - Sehr lebhaft und energisch


11+5
12
12+2
13
14
14+3
14+5
15
15+2
16
16+2
17
17+3
17+4
17+5

572

M3.1

M3.1
M3.2

M3.1/3.2
..
.

M3.1
..
.
..
.

Comment

E[

E[ B[ B[7 /A[ E[/G A[


B[ E7 F m Em/G
D[/A[ Cm B[
B[ E7 B[7 E[[5
7 B[7
G[ F m/A[ Cm E[/G D[
F m A[ Em F ]mB[7
E[/G B[7
E[/G E7 F m B[7 E[
E[/B[ B[7 E[/B[ B[ E7
F m A[[9
7 D[ B7 Cm E7
D[/A[ F ]m <(F ]7 /G Gm)
Gm F ]7 E[/G E7 B[[5
7

- ([[[[[)

B[-Aeol desc scale


Brass, asc signal
low arp, P T (b[)
triplet arpeggios
asc signal, dim imit
16th nt arp, G[-Ion sc
arp+asc sc runs
h i
4
4

- (\\\\\)

Desc sc theme
P T (a)
(ped)
([[[)

signal dim, climax


h i
4
4

- ([[[)

imit

trans
climax
imit

E[7 /G A[/C B7
Cm/E[ D[ A7 /C
E[/B[ B[7

P D (b)

15.4. EINE ALPENSINFONIE, OP. 64

Table 15.13: Strauss, Eine Alpensinfonie, Op. 64 (contd)


[#]+m

Comment

18
19
20

M3.3
M3.3/3.4

E[

E[ B[ E[
E[
E[ <(B[7 E[)

Distant horns
triplets and arp
h i
4
4

Eintritt in den Wald


21
21+9
22
22+7
23
24
25
25+5
26
26+3
27
28
28+3
29
30
30+8
31
31+2
31+5
32
32+4
32+6
33
34
34+2
35

M4

M3.1/4

M4
M3.1/4
M4

Cm

F m D[ CmA [ E[7 F ]7
A C

M4

M4
M4

M3.1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

M3.1
..
.
..
.

Cm
Am F m
Fm
Em F m D[
B7 /F
Cm
A[m E7 E B/F ] F ]7
B[/F A7 B[ E[ D[ E[7
A[ A[/C

A[

E[ F m A[m F ]7 E[ C[
C[ F [ F B7 Em Em7 /D C7
E[
E[ F7 /E[ E[
<(A/C] E[) G7
A[ E[7 /B[ A[/C B7

- ([[[)

arpeggios, Hns
(arp)
(arp)
(arp)
(arp)
(arp)

h i
3
2

trans

h i
2
2

trans
P (e[)
(ped)
([[[[)

A[/C F [/A[ E[7 A[ E[7 /B[


A[/C F [/A[ E[7 /G A[ D
Gm <(F ]7 Gm) A7 /E[

ctp dev

D A7 /C D F ]7 Gm
E[/G C7[9 /G F m7 /A[
G7 /B A[/C B[7 /D E7 E[7 /G
A[ E[7 /B[ A[/C A[7 /G[
E[

B[/F
B[7 E[
(To be continued)

ctp dev

573

CHAPTER 15. RICHARD STRAUSS

574

Chapter 16

Jean Sibelius
8-12-1865 in Hameenlinna
20-9-1957 in Jarvenpaa
1600

1700

1800

1900

2000

16.1 En Saga, Op. 9 (1892, rev. 1901)

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl

CHAPTER 16. JEAN SIBELIUS


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

576

16.2. THE SWAN OF TUONELA, OP. 22

16.2 The Swan of Tuonela, Op. 22 (1893, rev. 1900)


Source: [62]. Music for orchestra. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 16.1.
Andante molto sostenuto: rondo form (Am,
S1 S2 Sf

S3

Sf0

h i
9
4

, 102 m.)

S4

Figure 16.1: Sibelius, The Swan of Tuonela, from the Lemminkainen Suite, Op. 22
This piece, a tone poem, is part of the Lemminkainen Suite, Op. 22. The characteristic
feature is the solo English horn against various string section textures (muted, tremolo, col
legno). The English horn plays a returning main theme (M1) and a quasi improvised free
melody (Mf). The strings answer with contrasting themes (M2, M3, and M4). See Table 16.1
for the analysis.
Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

577

CHAPTER 16. JEAN SIBELIUS

Table 16.1: Sibelius, The Swan of Tuonela, from the Lemminkainen Suite, Op. 22
m
1
5
7
9
11
12
14
16
18
23
27
29
31
36
44
47
49
54
58

578

M1
M2
M3
M2
M1
M2
M3
Mf
..
.
..
.

Comment

Am
B[m

Am
Gm B[m/F G[ E[m7 /D[
B[m+7 /F
F ]m7 Em/G B/F ] Em7
Bm+7

Intro, 94 , str sordegno


1st solo stat, Seq(27m;R7 )
Low str, arp motif
[1]

Am Cm/G A7 /G A[ F m7
Cm+7 /G
G]m7 F ]m C]/G] A+ C +
F ]7 /E C Bm Am/C

2nd solo stat


[2] climax
Free solo mel, quasi improv

<(Dm7 G7 ) D[7 G[7

[3]

C7 E[m7 /B[ A[7


E[m/G[ C[7 G[/D[
F7

str tremolo

<(F ]7 Em) F ]7 Bm F ]m
B7 /D Am/E D7 /F

[4] 3rd solo stat


Seq(33m;R3 )

D7 /F Cm/G F7 /A[
F7 /A[
F ]m C]m D] Em G]m
G]m = A[m F7 Gm7

(str tremolo)
[5] (str tremolo)

Em
Am
C]
C

G[

M1
M1
..
.

Am

E[m
G]m

Mf
..
.

61
65

70
73
75
82
84

M2

M4
M4

Am

93
97
98
101

M3
M2

h i

Free solo melody, str pizz

F7 G]m7 F ]m7 A
A C F ]7

[6] climax

Am+7
Am
(F ]7 Am E7 Am)/A
Am
F ]7

imit
[7] a-ped
Str unis, (a-ped)
Solo lead
[8] col legno+trem, (a-ped)

Am
Em7 Dm A/E E7[13 Am/E
Am+7
Am

[9] Coda
str lead, climax
(102 m.)

16.2. THE SWAN OF TUONELA, OP. 22


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

579

CHAPTER 16. JEAN SIBELIUS

16.3 Finlandia, Op. 26 (1899, rev. 1900)

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

580

16.3. FINLANDIA, OP. 26


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

581

CHAPTER 16. JEAN SIBELIUS


Key relationship overview
The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 16.2. The piece does not open in the main key,
which is F m. The closing key is the relative major A[. The opening section moves through
a set of symmetrically related minor keys F ]m Am Cm along the vertical (minor third,
3i) axis.
Bm

F ]m

Dm

Am

2
F m - Cm





3
A[
E[

Figure 16.2: Sibelius, Finlandia, Op. 26, key relationship diagram

16.4 Valse Triste, Op. 44 (1903, rev. 1904)

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

582

16.4. VALSE TRISTE, OP. 44


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

583

CHAPTER 16. JEAN SIBELIUS

584

Chapter 17

Maurice Ravel
Biographical data:
7-3-1875 in Ciboure (St.-Jean-de-Luz)
28-12-1937 in Paris
1600

1700

1800

1900

2000

Compositions by Ravel still can be approached with a classical music harmonic analysis
approach. Chord structures are based on the interval of the third and root progressions can
be identified in terms of positive and negative cycles. However, labeling the diatonic modes
of the lead voices often is a better tool to classify the structure of his compositions. Extended
chords and diatonic parallel chord movement are then derived from these modes. Since
there is frequent use of extended pedal point, indicating this pitch makes more sense than
labeling the root of the current key. We also regularly see the use of bitonal chord structures.

17.1 Pavane pour une infante defunte (1899)


Source: [43, 45]. This piece exists in two versions: for solo piano and for orchestra. An
overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 17.1.
Pavane pur une infante defunte, Lent: rondo ABACA form (G,
A

h i
4
4

, 72 m.)

A
Figure 17.1: Ravel, Pavane pour une infante defunte

Form: rondo form, ABACA. The main theme consists of an a-phrase, that is answered by
a similar b-phrase with a melodic sequence (stepwise downward). The woodwind present
M3 with oboe and bassoon as outer voices in contrary motion; this effect is repeated by
the strings. The melodic material is in Ionian (major) and Aeolian (minor) mode. Closing
cadences at the end of phrases use diatonic and exact parallel. See Table 17.1 for the analysis.
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL

Table 17.1: Ravel, Pavane pour une infante defunte


m

Comment

M1
..
.

G C7 Bm/D Em C7 Am

A (]), (a): Hns, G-Ion

D7 G7 C7 F ]7
Bm F ]7 Bm

(b): Seq(31m;R7 )

8
11

M2

Am97 D713 Em D7
Em E79 D79 Bm

[A] Hns+Vi1

13
17
20

M3

M3
..
.

(G7 C]7 Em7 Am9 )/B Bm9


Bm7 /A <(Em97 A97 D)
B7 C7 /E Em7 /A

B, WW, D-Ion, P (b)


diat par, halfcad
[B] Str

A97 D7 G7 Bm7
<(Em97 A97 D) E79 D79
C79 D79 E79 G7 D7

[C] exact par, cadence

G C7 Bm/D Em C7 Am

A, (a): Fl+Cl, G-Ion


(b): Seq(31m;R7 )

4
6

23
25
27
28

M1
..
.

31
33

Bm G7 Am97 F ]7
Bm F ]7 Bm

35
38

M2

Am97 D713 Em D7
Em E79 D79 G7

[D] Fl+Ob

40
44
48
50
54
58

M4
M4

M4
M4

Gm

Gm7 <(Dm7 G13


7 )/G C/E
[9/[13
13
Cm7 <(Gm7 C7 ) F G7

[9/[13
9/sus4
C D7
D7
D7 Gm
Gm7 <(Dm7 G13
)/G
C
7
[9/[13
13
Cm7 <(Gm7 C7 ) F G7

[9/[13
9/sus4
C D7
D7
D7 Gm

C ([[), WW-Str, G-Aeol


cresc to climax
[E] chr middle voice
2nd stat: WW-Str

60

M1
..
.

G C7 Bm/D Em C7 Am

[F] A (]), (a): Fl+Vi, G-Ion


(b): Seq(31m;R7 )

63
65

Bm G7 Am97 F ]7
Bm F ]7 Bm

67
70

M2

Am97 D713 Em D7
Em E79 D79 G7

586

climax, chr mid voice

Hns+Vi1
closing cad (72 m.)


17.1. PAVANE POUR UNE INFANTE DEFUNTE
Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

587

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

588

17.2. STRING QUARTET IN F MAJOR

17.2

String Quartet in F Major (1903)

Source: [40]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 17.2.


Mvt. 2 Assez vif - tr`es rythme: ABA form (A,
A

h ih i
6
8

3
4

, 198 m.)

Figure 17.2: Ravel, String Quartet in F Major

17.2.1

Mvt. 2 Assez vif - tr`es rythme

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

589

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

590

17.2. STRING QUARTET IN F MAJOR

17.2.2

Key relationship overview

The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 17.3. The second movement opening A-section
starts with the ladder-like pattern Am C]m A C] (12). Then there is the move towards
the relative major key C, before returning through the lowered supertonic major (Neapolitan) key B[ (3) and the dominant key E (4).
Mvt. 2 Assez vif - tr`es rythme
E

4 t

2
C]

1
Bm
F ]m  C]m
t
 
t
 
 E
D
A


Dm 5,8
Am

Em

*






?
F  7 C
G
3

F]

B[m

Fm

Cm

Gm

D[

A[

E[

B[

E[m

B[m

Em
G
Gm
B[ 

D[m t A[m

Figure 17.3: Ravel, String Quartet, key relationship diagram


The B-section opens in the lowered submediant major key F = [VI. From there it modulates to the remote key D[m = C]m (6), and returns to the tonic along the path C F Am
(78). The A-section repeats the ladder pattern of keys.

591

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL

17.3 Miroirs (1905)


Source: [43]. Music for piano, music for orchestra. An overview of the formal analysis is
shown in Fig. 17.4. Note the length of the contrasting middle section, relative to the outer
A-sections.
Mvt. 4 Alborado del Gracioso, Assez vif: ABA form (D-modal,
A

h ih ih i
6
8

9
8

3
4

, 229 m.)

A
Figure 17.4: Ravel, Miroirs

17.3.1

Mvt. 4, Alborada del Gracioso, Assez vif

Form: ternary song form, ABA. In the outer sections this piece in Iberian mood is full of
two-measure harmonic riffs and rhythmical accents in the introduction and transitions. The
middle section (B) uses longer note values (typically quarter and 8th notes) and a lyrical,
quasi-improvising solo melody at a slower tempo in order to create contrast. The typical
Spanish flavour is supported by the minor modes, such as the Phrygian mode. This piece
also exists in an orchestral version. See Table 17.2 and 17.3 for the analysis.

17.3.2

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

592

17.3. MIROIRS

Table 17.2: Ravel, Miroirs, Mvt. 4 Alborada del Gracioso, Assez vif
m

1
5
9
12
16
22
26
31
35
37
39
41

M1
M1

M1

d-Phryg

<(D7alt . . . A]9 E ]9 )

A (a)

b[-Ion/g-Aeol

d[-Ion/b[-Aeol

71

M3

g]-Phryg

M2
..
.

...

Dno 3 . . .
Cm97 Gm97 Cm97
Cm97 <(B[7 E[7 /B[)
alt
<(B[alt
7 . . . F7 )
B[ . . .
[9/13
<(B[7 F7
F79 )

[b]

h i
9
8

climax

b-Aeol/d-Ion
d-Mixolyd

b-Aeol

climax

<(G] C]m97
G] . . .
9/11
<(C]7 F ]m7 G]7

(c) (]]]]), P T (g]):


16th triplets
(]])

C]7 F ]m)
G7 Em97 E7 G7 C]7
Em97 . . . A7 . . .
alt
<(D7alt . . . Aalt
7 E7 )
D ...

6
8

(b)
(a) trans riff
h i
3
4

(]]) solo

(Bm7 )

B (a)

Bm97

block chords
solo
block chords
solo
block chords

M4

9
C]alt
7 ... F]

M5
..
.
..
.

Asus4
A97 A7
7

M3

(b)
2nd stat 8ba
(a) trans riff, P T (b[)

h i

M4

M3

([) intro

<(D[ A[7 D[97 A[13


7 )
D[ E7

...
(G] )
Am7 . . .
(Em)
G69 . . .
(Em7 C]7 )
F ]alt
7 ...
C][5
7 ...

M3

6
8

D7alt )

B[ B[7 /A
<(D[7 D/D[ E[m7 /D[)

M1

Aalt
7

h i

F7alt

M1
..
.

56
58
62
66

128
129

Comment

b[-Phryg

(M2)

127

<(D7alt

43
47
52

75
79
82
85
89
91
97
105
111
115
120
126

Scale/Mode

[5/13

E7sus4 E7

E7

A7 F ]97 B7 /F ]
F ]sus4
F ]97 . . .
7

(b) LH
P (bf ])
LH
P (bf ])
(c) climax, P D (f ])
(ped)
(ped)
(ped)

593

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL

Table 17.3: Ravel, Miroirs, Mvt. 4 Alborada del Gracioso, Assez vif (contd)
m

Scale/Mode

Comment
h i
6
8

131
137
141
145
151
157
162

M4

C][5
7

M4

C]alt
7 ...
6
D ...

d-Ion

[9/sus4

M5

166
168
170
172
174
178
181
185
189
191
196
200
202
206
209
211
213
219
222
225

594

(M2)
..
.

M2

M1

...

c]-Phryg

b-Aeol
d-Mixolyd

M1
(M4)
M1

d-Mixolyd

(ped)

(b) LH
P (bf ])
LH
P
i
h (da)
9
8 P D (a)

<(Bm7 A7
A7 )
D/A A7 D/A

(c) climax
retrans, P D (a)

<(E[ F7[5 E[alt


7 )
E[ . . .
<(F ] G]alt
7 )

A (a) (\\)

F ]7 . . .
C] C]alt
7 C] Am
C] G97 . . .
C] . . .
<(C]7 F ]madd9 )
<(G7 Em97 )
Em97 . . .
<(D7alt Aalt
7 )
Am7 . . .
E[[5
7 /A . . .
B7 /A . . .
[9/13
G]97 no 3 F ]7

[9/13
13
E7 D7

[9/[13
[5/[9
G7
/C . . . G7

h i
6
8

(c) P T (c]): 16th triplets


climax, glissando
(]]]]) P T (c])
(]])
(b) cresc to climax
(a) trans riff
LH

hclimax
i
9
8

riff

h i
6
8

<(D Aalt
7 )D

(a)

<(D A7 ) D
[9/13
A7
... D

(229 m.)

climax

17.3. MIROIRS
[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

595

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL

17.4 Rapsodie Espagnole (1907)


Source: [45]. This music for orchestra, a collection of three Spanish dances and a prelude,
is an orchestration masterpiece; it contains so many delicate effects and should be study
material for every orchestrator. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 17.5.
Mvt. 1 Prelude a` la nuit, tr`es modere: ABA form (D-modal,
A

3
4

, 63 m.)

Assez vif: ABBA form (A D-modal,


Mvt. 2 Malaguena,
A

h i

h i
3
4

, 94 m.)

Mvt. 3 Habanera, Assez lent et dun rythme las: ABAC form (F ]-modal,
A

h i
2
4

, 61 m.)

A C
h ih i

Mvt. 4 Feria, Assez anime: ABA form (C F ]-modal,


A

6
8

3
4

, 190 m.)

Figure 17.5: Ravel, Rapsodie Espagnole


The outer sections are in ternary form; the fourth movement is the longest. Note the
relative length of the middle section in the closing movement. The second movement has a
varied ternary structure,

17.4.1

Mvt. 1 Prelude a` la nuit

Form: ternary song form, ABA. Characteristic for this movement is the four-note ostinato
riff (M0: f edc], downward scalar steps in the octatonic scale), sounding in the strings
and occasionally doubled in other instruments. This motif returns in the later movements of
this Rapsodie Espagnole. The scales and harmonies are specified in Table 17.4. See Table 17.5
for the analysis.

17.4.2

Mvt. 2 Malaguena

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

596

17.4. RAPSODIE ESPAGNOLE

Table 17.4: Ravel, Rapsodie Espagnole, scales and modes


Scale/Mode

Pitch content

Harmonic structures

Used in [#]

Mvt. 1
d-Gypsy
d-Octatonic

d e f g] a b c]
d e f g g] b[ b c]

0, 1, 2, 7, 9
0, 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 9

d-Aeolian

d e f g a b[ c

B7 C]m7 C]7
[T]: B[7 E7 C][10
7 ,
[9
[SD]: E[[9
C
7
7
Gm7 C7 F 6

Mvt. 2
a-Aeolian
d-Gypsy
d-Octatonic
d]-Phrygian
c]-Octatonic

abcdef g
See above
See above
d] e f ] g] a] b c]
c] d] e f ] g a b[ c

Mvt. 3
f ]-Aeolian
f ]-Phrygian
f ]-Ionian
a-Aeolian
f -Aeolian

f ] g] a b c] d e
f ] g a b c] d e]
f ] g] a] b c] d] e]
See above
f g a[ b[ c d[ e[

Mvt. 4
c-Mixolydian
c-Ionian
f ]-Phrygian
f ]-Gypsy

c d e f g a b[
See above
See above
See above

4
0, 6
2, 13
2, 13
10
11

E7 C]7
G7

1, 5
2, 6
3
7, 9
8, 10
0, 3, 4, 5, 10, 11, 19, 20, 25
6, 21, 31

12, 13, 15, 30


12

597

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL

Table 17.5: Ravel, Rapsodie Espagnole, Mvt. 1 Prelude a` la nuit, tr`es modere
m

Scale/Mode

M0
..
.
..
.

d-Gypsy-Oct

4
8
14
16
18
22
28
32
37
41
44
46
54
56
61

598

..
./M1
..
./
..
.
..
.
..
./M2
/M2
(M0)

M0

Comment
Intro, M0: Str & scalar riff

B[7 B7

Str+Ob

B[7 B7

[1] Str+EHn
[2] A, D, M0: Vc+EHn, M1: Cl

d-Gypsy
C]m
d-Oct

d-Aeol
d-Oct
g-Oct

M0/M1

d-Gypsy
d-Oct
d-Oct-Gypsy

A]7 E7 B[7

HiStr trem

A]7 E7 B[7

[3] Vi+Cl, LoStr trem

Gm97 A[10
7 D7
9
Gm7 Aalt
7 D7
C7[9
F6
E[alt
7

[4] B, M2: Str, M0: WW, climax


2nd stat
[5] Vi+Fl
Va
[6] SD, Clarinet cadenza

C]alt
7 ...
B[alt
7
B[7 B7
A

[7] A, M0: Cel, M1: Vi+Va


[8] T, Bassoon cadenza
[9] VI+Va
(63 m.)

17.4. RAPSODIE ESPAGNOLE


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

599

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL

Table 17.6: Ravel, Rapsodie Espagnole, Mvt. 3 Habanera, Assez lent et dun rythme las
m
1
7
9
12
14
16

M1
..
.
..
.

Scale/Mode

Comment

f ]-Aeol

<(D7 G7 /C])
C]
C]7 D7 E7 D7 E7 F ]

A, Str, Cl: P D (c])


[1] Hns+Tpt: P D (c])
WW, Fl+Str: P D (c])

f ]-Phryg

G7
F ] G 7 . . . F ] D7
[5/[9
C]7
F ] D7

[2] P (f ]c])
(ped)

19
21
25

M2

f ]-Ion

F ] D]m7 A/C]
G]m7 C]7 F ]
F ]m . . . F ] . . .

[3] B, HiStr, P D (c])


(ped)
[4] mode change (ped)

30

M1
..
.
..
.

f ]-Aeol

C]7 D7 E7 D7 E7 F ]

[5] A, Cl+HiStr

f ]-Phryg

G7

BCl

F ] D7
[5/[9
C]7
F ] D]m7 /F ]

[6] P (f ]c])
BCl (ped)

34
35
37
40
44
47
48
44
55
56

17.4.3

M3
M3

M3
M3

a-Aeol
f -Aeol
a-Aeol
f -Aeol

[9/]11

E7 <(F7 E7 )/E F7
A
[5
[9
[5
G7 <(C7 G7 )
B[/D D7 F ]
E7 <(F7 E7 )/E F7 A
[9
[5
G[5
7 <(C7 G7 )
B[/D D7 F ]
F ]m . . . F ]

[7] C, WW+Hrp, P D (e), T


[8] Fl, P D (c]), SD
[9] Str+Hrp, P D (e), T
[10] Hns, P D (c]), SD
[11] P D (c]) (61 m.)

Mvt. 3 Habanera

Form: ABAC. The habanera rhythm ( 18 triplet + 18 + 18 ) and frequent use of pedal point (in
middle and upper voices) characterize this movement. Strings use a wide range of playing
techniques (muted, on the fingerboard, pizz, portamento, harmonics, on a specific string,
divisi). The scales and harmonies used are specified in Table 17.4. See Table 17.6 for the
analysis.

17.4.4

Mvt. 4 Feria
This section is included in the full version of the book.
Order the E-book from the webstore.

600

17.4. RAPSODIE ESPAGNOLE


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

601

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL

17.4.5

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

602

17.4. RAPSODIE ESPAGNOLE


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

603

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL

17.5 Gaspard de la nuit (1908)


Source: [43]. Music for piano. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 17.6.
Mvt. 2 Le gibet, Tr`es lent: ABA form (E[m,
A

h i
4
4

, 52 m.)

A
Figure 17.6: Ravel, Gaspard de la nuit

17.5.1

Le gibet

Form: ternary song form, ABA. This very slow tempo piece is kept at low volume: between
ppp and mf (climax in m. 17). Three short motifs return various times; the A section subjects
M0 and M1 are treated with parallel chord settings. Remarkable is the continuous use of the
b[ = a] pedal note throughout the piece. See Table 17.7 for the analysis.

17.6 Ma m`ere loye, 5 Pi`eces Enfantines (1911)


Source: [45]. Music for orchestra. This suite contains five fairy tales from Mother Goose. An
overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 17.7.

17.6.1

Mvt 1 Pavane de la Belle au bois dormant, Lent

Form: ternary song form, ABA. The opening slow movement is a miniature dance (pavane),
with very light orchestral textures (solo lead instruments, muted and pizzicato strings); there
is a slight increase in tension towards the end through interval relations between melody and
other middle voices and 9th chord structures. The second melodic statement, M2, is a varied
melodic inversion of M1. See Table 17.8 for the analysis.

17.6.2

Mvt 2 Petit Poucet, Tr`es modere

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

604

`
17.6. MA MERE
LOYE

Table 17.7: Ravel, Gaspard de la nuit, Mvt. 2 Le gibet, Tr`es lent


m

1
3
6
8
10
12
15
17
19
20
21
23
24
25
26
28
30
32
35
37
40
42
43
48
50

Comment

Tr`es lent

h i
4
4

E[m
M0
M1
M0
M1
M0
M0

<(E[m7 C[7 D[6 A[[9


7 ) E[m7
sus4/[9
]11
[13
G[7 /B[ <(B[7
B[7 )
6
E[m7 C[7 D[ A[[9
7 E[m7
G[]11
/B[
7
sus4/[9
<(B[7
B[[13
7 )
sus4
sus4
<(E[7 B[7 )
sus4/[9
<(E[7
E[[13
7 )
sus4/[9
[9
E[7
E[7
F [97 /A[ . . .
9/[13
<(F [97 B[m7 D7
A[[9
7 )/A[
[9/13

M2

M2

M0
..
.

M1

M0

[9/13

A [[[[[[[] intro, P D (b[)


e[-Aeol, LH: exact par
RH (ped)
LH: exact par (ped)
RH: 2pt (ped)
RH+LH (ped)
RH+LH, climax
trans, par ch (cm>)
~ &
Hk
i

E7
/G = G7
...
13
13
9
G7 C7 F ]7 B[13
7
13 )
<(D][10

G]
7
7
[9/13
C]7

[9/[13
A7
[9/13
C]7
B[]11
7
[9/]11/13
11
9
Gm7 E[7 E[7

B [\\\\\\] par ch (cm>),


~ &, P (a])
Hk
i
(ped)
RH, c]-Alt sc= g-Ac sc

A[97 /C

A [[[[[[[] RH+LH (ped)

A[97 /C
G[13
7 /B[
G[97 /B[ G[13
7
sus4 A[9/]11 )/B[
(G[13

B[
7
7
7
<(E[m7 C[7 D[6 A[[9
7 )
E[m7

(ped)
trans, contrary par ch
LH, c-Alt sc, (ped)
(ped)
close, LH (ped)
(52 m.)

LH (ped)
RH, P D (b[)

605

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL

1. Pavane de la Belle au bois dormant, Lent: ABA form (A-modal,

h i
4
4

, 20 m.)

A B A
2. Petit Poucet, Tr`es modere: ABA form (C-modal,
A

h ih i
2
4

3
4

, 79 m.)

3. Laideronnette, Imperatrice des Pagodes,


Mouvement de Marche:
h i
2
ABA form (F ]-modal (Pentatonic), 4 , 204 m.)
I

4. Les entretiens de la Belle


et de la Bete, Mouvement de Valse modere:
h i
3
ABA Coda form (F ), 4 , 172 m.)
A

5. Le jardin feerique, Lent et grave: ABA form (C,


A

Coda
h i
3
4

, 56 m.)

A
Figure 17.7: Ravel, Ma m`ere loye, 5 Pi`eces Enfantines

Table 17.8: Ravel, Ma m`ere loye, 1. Pavane de la Belle au bois dormant, Lent
m

Comment

1
5

M1
M2

Am
Em

<(Am7 G7no 3 ) Am
<(Em7 F ]7 )/E . . .

A, Fl: a-Aeol, pizz muted Str, 2pt-S


Fl, arco Str, chr middle voice

M3
..
.

Em7 C C7 F Em/G

B, Cl, pizz Str

11
12

13
16
17

M1

M2

606

C7 Dm/F Em7
A7 Am
Dm
Em
Am

<(Dm97 G)
Em
<(Em7 F ]7 )/E Am

[1] A, Fl: a-Aeol, mel tension, S 9


Vi1, arco Str (20 m.)

`
17.6. MA MERE
LOYE
[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

607

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL

17.6.3

Mvt 3 Laideronnette, Imperatrice des Pagodes, Mouvement de Marche

Form: ternary song form, ABA. This lively march is full of pentatonic melodies (M1, M2,
and M4) and motifs (Mt and M3), using the f ] pentatonic scale (the piano, black keys).
While the A sections move in lively 16th note rhythms, the middle section eases down, with
its quarter and half note rhythms and lyrical, quasi-improvising flute lead melody. And
once, again, there are brief quotes from the first movement (the chromatic middle voice).
See Table 17.9 and 17.10 for the analysis.

17.6.4

Mvt 4 Les entretiens de la Belle et de la Bete, Mouvement de Valse modere

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

608

`
17.6. MA MERE
LOYE

Table 17.9: Ravel, Ma m`ere loye, 3. Laideronnette, Imperatrice des Pagodes, Mouvement de
Marche
m
1
9
13
16
21
24
32
38
46
50
54
56
65
69
83
93
109
113
115
119
121

M1

M1

Mt
M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

C]

C4 . . .
6/9
C]4 . . .
9/sus4
C]7
...
6/9
C]4 . . .
9/sus4
G]7
9/sus4
<(C]7
G]m7 /B) C]sus4
7
<(C]m7 D]m7 )/C] F ]97

C]m

123
135
137

M3

142
149
157

M1
M1/3
Mt

6/9

9/]11

<(B/F ] F ]7

[9
C][9
7 /E] A]7
9/sus4
G]7
6/9
C]4

Intro, muted Str trem, P T (c])


[1] A, Pi: f ]-Pent (ped)
[2] Pi-Fl: f ]-Pent (ped)
Fl
[3] Pi+Fl+Cel, trans
[4] (a): Ob, f ]-Pent
[5] (b): Fl, Pent-WhTSc
[6] (c): Fl-EHn, quote Mvt 1

...
C]sus4
C]7
7

F]

9 )
<(F ]69 E7
F ]69

[7] Flts, cresc, f ]-Pent


tutti climax

D]m

D]m11
7 ...
11
D]m7 . . .
D]m11
7 ...
(A]m97 . . . C]m7 )/A]

[8] B, WW+Str unis, f ]-Pent


[9] Cl, Str bg, P (d]a])
[10] Cel-Cl imit, 3rd st, (ped)
[11] Fl, P D (a])

M3
M3
M3
M4
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

Comment

(D] A]m7 D]m7 F ]m7 )/A]


(A]m97 . . . C]m7 )/A]

(ped)

(D]m7 G]7 D]m7 C]m)/A]


(D] C]m D] A]m7 )/A]

D]m

<(D][9
7 . . . G]m)/A]
(F ] A]m7 )/A]
D]m7 . . .

[12]

D]m11
7 ...
9/sus4
G]7
...
9/sus4
<(C]7
G]m7 /B) C]97

[14] A, Cel: f ]-Pent, P T (d])


WW+Str imit, tutti bg
[15] Pi+Fl+Cel, trans

[13] Cl+Va, P (d]a])

609

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL

Table 17.10: Ravel, Ma m`ere loye, 3. Laideronnette, Imperatrice des Pagodes, Mouvement de
Marche (contd)
m
165
171
179
183
187
189
198

610

M2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

C]m

<(C]m7 D]m7 )/C] F ]97

Comment

<(B/F ]

9/]11
F ]7
)

[9
C][9
7 /E] A]7
9/sus4

G]7

6/9
C]4

F]

[16] (a): Ob, f ]-Pent


[17] (b): Fl, Pent-WhTSc
[18] (c): Fl-EHn, quote Mvt 1

...

C]sus4
C]7
7

9 )
<(F ]69 E7
6
F ]9

[19] Flts, cresc, f ]-Pent


tutti climax (204 m.)

`
17.6. MA MERE
LOYE
[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

611

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL

Table 17.11: Ravel, Ma m`ere loye, 5. Le jardin feerique, Lent et grave


m

Comment

M1
..
.
..
.
..
.

C C7 /E Dm9 Em7 F 9

~ , PB (%)
A (a) Str, Hk
d

3
4
5
9
14
18
20
23
25
26
27
29
31
33
36
40
42
44
48
50

G7 F/A G7 /B
Am7 /C Em/G

M2
..
.

M3
..
.
..
.

M3
..
.
..
.

Em

M1

M2
..
.

17.6.5

Am97 Em97 Am97 Dm9 G/D


Dm7 Am7 Dm7 Gsus4
7
9 G9 F )/F
<(F7
7

(b)
(b) cresc to climax
[1] Cl+Va, EHn+Va, P (f )

9 G9 )/F
(F7
7
Em G97 Em

Fl+Vln, 3rd stat


tutti climax

Em Dm7

[2] B (a): Cel+Vi1, e-Phryg/Aeol

C]m Bm E7

(a): e-Mixolyd

C]m F ]m97 Bm7


<(D7 C]m Bm7 )
<(E C]m7 Bm7 )

~
(b) climax, Hk
d

<(G]m F ]m D]7 )

(a): Va, e-Ion

G F Dm <(G Em Dm)
<(G Em Dm7 )

[3] Vi+Va+Cel, e-Phryg, cresc


tutti climax, (cm<)

C7 Em7 F7 G Am
Dm7 Em F7 G Am97
9 ...
F7

[4] A, Str, (cm>)

9
F7
<(C 6 Gsus4
7 )/C C

tutti
[5] tutti climax, P T (c) (56 m.)

WW+Str, P (f c), cresc

Mvt 5 Le jardin feerique, Lent et grave

Form: ternary song form, ABA. The closing slow movement has two highly lyrical outer
sections, that are full of diatonic parallel chords and a stepwise ascending bass in the string
section. Then, through a repeated ascending motif M2, these lead to a maestoso tutti climax.
The contrasting middle section presents a number of modal scales, played by solo string
instruments and doubled with celesta. In the coda the climax is supported by the pedal
notes played as a bell effect. See Table 17.11 for the analysis.

17.6.6

Key relationship overview


This section is included in the full version of the book.
Order the E-book from the webstore.

612

`
17.6. MA MERE
LOYE
[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

613

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL

Table 17.12: Ravel, Daphnis et Chloe, Introduction


[#]+m

h i
4
4

Lent
0
1
1+3
1+5
2
2+4
3
3+4
4
4+3
4+7

Comment

A
Mb

M0
Mb
M0
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.

6/9/]11

(]]])

A7
. . . (E-Ionian scale)
6/9/]11
A7
...
6/9/]11
A7
...
F79 /A . . .
9/]11
G7
...
9/]11
D[7
/F . . .

A, Str: bell chord in 5ths


Fl: birdsong, Ch: ch in 4th
Hns in 4th
FHn: main theme D&C
Ob: birdsong
Fl+Bsn: 2nd stat, Str: trem

F79 <(Cm7 F7alt )/F

B, FHn, triplets

<(B713 D]alt
7 )/D]

WW+Str, build-up to clim

A6 /C] . . .

Str: triplet trem

9/]11/13
G7
/B . . .
9/]11
G7
/B . . .

tutti climax
easing down

17.7 Daphnis et Chloe, Ballet in three parts (1912)


Daphnis et Chloe is a ballet in three parts. Source: [44]. Music for orchestra and choir. The
analysis presented here is incomplete. However, it contains all the dances and sections that
Ravel used in his two orchestral suites, plus a number of additional ballet scenes.

17.7.1

Introduction

Form: binary, AB. The main characteristics are the long note opening string bell chord,
adding overtones in 5ths (1 5 9 6 3 7 ]11, yielding the E-Ionian scale), birdsong
for solo woodwinds and the Daphnis et Chloe main themes (M0 and M1). Parallel chords on
neighbouring steps for choir and horns. The B section is a build-up to the main theme M1 in
tutti climax. See Table 17.12 for the analysis.

17.7.2

Danse Religieuse

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

614

17.7. DAPHNIS ET CHLOE


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

615

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL

17.7.3

Nymphs dance

Form: ABAC. In this scene the theme from the introduction returns in three statements,
depicting the nymphs, that will start a slow dance, until they discover Daphnis. Tremolo
strings provide the background. Then there is the beautiful, somewhat haunting choir, humming in the distance, with lots of parallel chromatic stepwise movement. See Table 17.13 for
the analysis.

17.7.4

Danse Guerri`ere

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

616

17.7. DAPHNIS ET CHLOE

Table 17.13: Ravel, Daphnis et Chloe, Nymphs dance


[#]+m

Comment
h i
4
4

Modere
70
70+4
71
72
73

alt
<(G]alt
7 F ]7 )
G]alt
7 ...
F ]alt
7 ...
E7alt . . .
9
B[13
7 /D . . . B[7 /D

M
M
M

Str: tremolo
Fl: intro theme (see #1)
FHn: 2nd st, PB (&): WhTSc
Cl: 3rd stat
WW+Hns, Str: gliss
h i
6
8

Lent et tr`es souple de mesure


74
74+4
75
76
77
78
79
80

M1b

d[

M
M0

81

D[67 . . .
D[+ . . .
[9/]11/13

D[7
D[alt
7 ...
<(E[m7 /G[ D[]5
7 ) E[m7 /G[
[9/]11/13
E[7
...
G97 G7 . . .
9/]11/13
D[7
/F . . .
9
B7 /D] . . .
9/]11

C7

...

A[13
7 /C

82

[9/]11
C7

Mv
Mv
Mv

Mv

Mt

Mt
Mt

([[[[[) 3 nymphs dance

WW: S7 parallel (see #4)


Tpt, Str: desc trem
Ob+Cl
Str: desc trem
Str: S5 parallel
Fl: intro th, Str: trem
Cl+Va: main theme D&C
WW: S5 par
Str: asc trem,

...

h i
3
4

(\\\\\)

WW+Str
Choir: distant voices

Meme mouvement
83
83+5
84
84+4
85
86
87
87+2
87+3
87+4
88
88+2
89
89+2
90
90+2
91
91+2

Three nymphs

C]97

B79

Am6/+7

Am
Gm

6
9
Am C]7 Gm7 B79 F m6
F m6 A7 E[m7 G97 C]m6
A A]m F ]
<(G7 . . . G]7 )/B . . .
Bm97 G]m97 Am F ]97 Em
9/sus4
Em C/E E7

Em7 /D Am7 /C Am7 /C


Bm7 Am97 F ]7 /A
G7 Am7 /G
9/[5
F ][13

7 C7
9/[5
[5
C]7 . . . D7 /C C7 . . .
9/[5
(C7 B7[5 C7[5 C][5
7 )/C
(F m7 F7 G)/C
(F + B[ B C A]m B[)/C
(D]m F ] G] D7 )/C
(B A D]m+7 D+ )/C
(A]m C A[ F D]m)/C

T: 1st stat (par desc)


A: 2nd stat
S: 3rd stat
(cm<)
climax, P (b)
S; 4th stat
par S5
par S7
trans, FHn-Tpt
chr asc, P T (c)
PBi (%), (ped)
Tpt
chr asc, P T (c)
FHn-Tpt
Str: gliss, chr%

617

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

618

17.7. DAPHNIS ET CHLOE

17.7.5

Lever du jour

Form: ABAC. The main features of this scene are the virtuoso whirlwind arpeggios (32ths),
the slowly rising melodic lightwaves through the strings and woodwinds and the intertwining birdsong, until finally the main theme emerges. See Table 17.14 for the analysis.

17.7.6

Pantomime

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

619

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL

Table 17.14: Ravel, Daphnis et Chloe, Lever du jour


[#]+m

Comment
h i
4
4

Lent
155
155+4
156

(]])

<(D79 /A C79 /F ]) Mixolydian


]11
[9
D][9
7 C7 /F ] D]7
G69 /D

Bsn+DB: theme, Vi1: birdsong

G69 /D

Bsn+LoStr, Vi1+Pi: birdsong

G69 /D
D96
D96

EHn+Bsn+LoStr+Va
clim, Pi: birds, WW+Str: 32ths
Cl+Va, Str bg+32ths

D96

Bcl+Vc: countersubject

hA1,
i Fl-Cl: 32ths, Str bg
3
4

158+3

M1
..
.
..
.

M2
..
.

159
159+1
160
160+4

M2
M2

Am97
Am97 Em97 Bm97 Em97
G]m97 C]97 /E] B96 /D] C]97
9
9
B79 Am97 F ]alt
7 C]7 /E D]7

B Pi: birdsong, Str bg+32ths


Cl+Bsn+Va+Vc
i (%)
BCl+Va, ECl: birds, Pm
cresc-decr

161

M2
..
.

D96

A2, Vi1+2, Choir: ch in 4ths,

C96
9/sus4
Am97 A13

7 A7
C]13
/E]
7
[5/[9
C]13
/E]
7 /E] B7

WW: 32ths, build to climax


Vi+Fl+Bcl, Pm (%)
tutti climax
trans, Str: 32ths

Em97
E79
9/sus4
A7

C, theme D&C, WW: 32ths


Cl: 32ths, Str bg
Bsn+LoStr: theme,

156+2
156+4
157
158

162
162+2
163
164
165
166
167
167+2
167+4
167+6
168
169
169+3

M0
M1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

9/sus4

A7

9/sus4
A7

G69

+Va, WW: 32ths

G69

+Vi2, build to climax

Em11
7

D96

tutti climax, WW+Str: 32ths

D96
D96

BCl+Va, Str bg
h i h i
3
4

Retenez
170
171

620

+Vi1+Brs, all WW: 32ths

Mt

D7 C7]11
[5/[9
F ]7 /A F ]7

9
8

trans, Ob

17.7. DAPHNIS ET CHLOE


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

621

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL

Table 17.15: Ravel, Daphnis et Chloe, Danse Generale chord structures

17.7.7

Scale

Pitch content

Chords

Comment

c]-Oct

c] d e f g g] a] b

T
used in [217]

f ]-Oct

f ] g a a] c c] d] e

B[7
Gm7
C]7
B[m
A, Am
F ]7 , F ]m
C7
E[7
D]m7

SD
used in [203]
used in [204]
used in [207]
used in [213]

Danse Generale

Form: ternary song form, ABA. The chord structures


in this closing movement, a fast exh i
5
uberant and ecstatic dance in irregular meter 4 , are based on two octatonic scales on the
tonic and subdominant step, as demonstrated in Table 17.15. Ostinato triplet patterns are
juxtaposed with 16th note runs, and both appear as series of chromatic parallel 3-part chords
(extended chord functions). The main Daphnis et Chloe theme returns here as M0 in the middle B section. The choir joins the orchestra in the second A section, gradually building up
to an enormous closing climax. Note the diminished fifth relationship between chords and
roots in #219. See Table 17.16 to 17.18 for the analysis.

622

17.7. DAPHNIS ET CHLOE

Table 17.16: Ravel, Daphnis et Chloe, Danse Generale


[#]

Ped

Comment
h i
4
4

(]]]) transition
~
Tpt, tutti, Hk

Lent
6/]11
A9

193
Anime
194
195
195+1
196
196+4
197
197+2
197+4
198

M0
M1

IV

199+1
200

M2

201

M2
..
.
..
.

201+4
201+7
202
202+2
203
203+2
203+5

c]

M1
..
.

198+2
199

201+2

5
4
]11/13
F7
/A
9/]11
F7
/A
9/]11
F7
/A
9/[5
C]7
9/]11
C]7

]5
<(G7 G]7 /B])

M2
..
.
..
.
..
.

IV

204
Mt

204+3

205
205+2

Mt

a
..
.
..
.
..
.

IV

204+1

a
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

f]
..
.
..
.
..
.

h i

~
A, WW: triplets Hk
i
AFl+Vi
~
WW: tripl Hk
i
Cl+Va
~
Hns+Tpt: tripl Hk
i

AFl+Vi2, Str: tripl

<(G]5
7 G]7 /B])

h i

9
<(D]]5
7 B7 )
D]]5
7

D]]11
7 A]m
A]m/A

tutti cresc
h i to clim
~ &
trans 54 WW+Str: tripl Hk
i
~
Tpt-Hns: tripl Hk
i
WW: triplets

A]m/A

~ , ae-bass riff
Str: tripl Hk
i
[9/]11/13

A]m/A (= Eno 7

2
4

A]m/A

ECl
~
Cl+Tpt, Str: tripl Hk
i

A]m/A

~
WW+Str: 16th/tripl Hk
i

(A]m B7 F7 D7 )/A

h i

(B7 D7 )/A
A]m/A

h4i

cresc

5
4

tutti clim, Brs: tripl (ae-riff)

A]m/A

~ , cresc
WW+Str: 16th/tripl Hk
i

<(F ]m7 Am7)/A

tutti climax, triplets (ae-riff)

<(F ]m7 Am7)/A


A

~
clim, WW+Str: 16th+tripl Hk
i
~ &
Tpt: tripl Hk
i

C/F ]

B, Hns+WW: triplets

C7 /F ]

VI+Va: D&C

(C7 C7[9 F ][9


7 )/F ]

Bsn+Vc, WW: 16th&

(D7 D7 Bm7 F ])/F ]


(D Bm7 )/F ] Dm/F

Vc: 2nd stat, WW: tripl


Bsn+Vc, WW: 16th&

623

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL

Table 17.17: Ravel, Daphnis et Chloe, Danse Generale (contd)


[#]

Ped

Comment

206
206+1
207
207+1
208
208+2
209

M3

M3

IV-I

B[7 /E
(B[7 E7[10 )/E B[7 /E
E[97 E7
<(E[97 E7[10 )/E[
<(E[97 E7[10 /G])
<(B[97 Gm7 )
C]97

Bsn+Hns+Vc: Dorcon,
Tpt-WW: triplets
WW+Hns+Str: 2nd st
WW+Brs: tripl, clim
~
WW: tripl Hk
i

IV-I

209+6

M0
..
.

209+10

210
210+2

I
M1

210+4
211

M1

211+2
212

M1

212+2

M1

213
213+2
214

M1

214+2

215
215+2
216
216+1

M2

M2

I7

216+2
216+3

624

M2

IV

c]
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

e
..
.
..
.

]11/13

C]97 C]7
]11/13

C]7

[5/[9

3
4

Tpt+Str: th D&C

~
tutti clim, tripl Hk
i
~ &
Str+WW: tripl Hk
i
A

C]7
C]7

h i

h i
5
4

Str bg

BCl+Vc

[5/[9
C]7
[9/]11
G]7
/C]

~
Hns: triplets Hk
i

G]7 /C]

~
Tpt: triplets, WW: 16th Hk
i

[5/[9

C]7

[5/[9
C]7
9/sus4
G]7
/C]
9/sus4
G]7
/C]

Cl+Va

Tpt+Vi2, Choir
~
Cl+Vi1, Tpt-WW: tripl Hk
i

A]m/E7

~
Cl+Vi1, Tpt-WW: tripl Hk
i
~ , cresc
Str+WW: 16th/tripl Hk
i
WW unis, Brs+Str: triplets

(A]m B[+ )/E

~
WW: 16ths, Brs+Str: tripl Hk
i

E7
E7 B[7 /E
Bm7 /A
B7 /F ] A[7 /E[ F7 /C
D7 /A B/F ]
A[7 /E[ F7 /C D7 /A
B7 /F ] A[7 /E[
C7

WW: unis, tutti climax


~ , cresc
WW: 16ths, Str: tripl Hk
i
tutti climax
WW+Str: 16ths (cm<)
cresc
WW, tutti climax

17.7. DAPHNIS ET CHLOE

Table 17.18: Ravel, Daphnis et Chloe, Danse Generale (contd)


[#]

Ped

217
217+1
217+2
217+3

M2

218
218+4
218+6
219
219+1
219+2
219+3
219+4
219+5
219+6
220

M2

220+4

221
221+4

I
V

V/IV
IV=I

I-V-I

a
..
.
..
.

Comment

Gm7
G7 E79 C]7
B[7 G7
9
E7 C]7 B[7
G97 E79
C]7

tutti climax
WW+Str: 16ths (cm<)

<(C]7 B7 )/B
<(E]m7 /G] D]m)
G][13
7 /F ] F ]/C
B[/E E/B[
A[/D B[7 /A[
G[/C C/G[
E/B[ B[/E
D/A[ E7 /D
C/G[ F ]/C
A/E[ Gm/B[ E7 /B[
<(B[m/A E7alt )

Coda 34 bf ]-riff,
Brs: tripl, WW: 16th, g]d]-riff

B[m/A

Hns: tripl, WW: 16ths

<(A
A

G]5
7 )/E

cresc
WW: unis, tutti climax
h i

tutti, cresc, (cm<),


WW: 16ths, Brs+Str: tripl
build-up to final climax

tutti climax

tutti climax

625

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL

Table 17.19: Ravel, LEnfant et les Sortil`eges, Opening scene


[#]+m

0
1
2

G
[V]

3+3
3+4
3+5
4
4+2
5
5+4
6
6+3

17.8

M1
..
.

M1

Comment

Tranquillo

h i

g-pentatonic scale (par 4ths/5ths)


g-pent.
g-pent.

Introduction, 2Ob
DB: harmonics countersub
VMS : LEnfant

Piu` animato

h i

Am97 Bm/D

WW: Maman motif,

Bm97 C]m/E C]m97


D]m7 /F ] E[m97 A[7 F m97
B[m97 F m97
[10/]11
[9/13
B[m97 E[7
A[7

]9
9
<(C] F ]7 )
<(E B[m) A7no 3
F ]m7no 3 C]m7 G]m7 A7
F ]m7no 3 Am97 Bm/D

dim, Seq(3R7 )

8
8

(])

4
4

Str bg
Hns+WW
WW+Str accts
WW
Str: diat par
WW

Opera LEnfant et les Sortil`eges (1925)

Source: [41]. This opera is full of unique orchestration effects, that support the story and
its set of haunting and comical wallpaper characters, that come alive in the nightmarish
dream of the main character, the child (national TV news banner: Youngster on lude; sniffing
wallpaper glue, or, how safe are our homes?). In the analysis diagrams the beginning of vocal
lines is indicated as [V] (due to the operatic, story-telling and fragmented character of the
vocal lines, the individual statements have not been marked in the tables). The melodic
material for the orchestra instruments is labeled as usual with M1, etc. This analysis covers
the first half of the opera.

17.8.1

Opening scene

Vocal parts: LEnfant (mezzo-soprano) and Maman. Two hoboes, playing meandering high
8th note patterns in parallel fourths and fifths set the (Oriental) mood. The Maman motif is
characterized by a falling fourth in the lead voice; it is an instrumental (non-singing) part.
See Table 17.19 for the analysis.

17.8.2

Scene LEnfant: C
a mest e gal!
This section is included in the full version of the book.
Order the E-book from the webstore.

626

`
17.8. OPERA LENFANT ET LES SORTILEGES
[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

627

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL

Table 17.20: Ravel, LEnfant et les Sortil`eges, Scene Le Fauteuil et La Berg`ere


[#]+m

16
16+4

17
17+2
17+4
17+6
17+7
17+8
17+9
18
18+2
18+4
18+8
19
20
20+2
20+8

17.8.3

M3.1

M3.1
..
.
..
.
..
.

M3.2
..
.

M3.1

Gm

Comment

Presto

h i

diminished 5th intervals


octave leaps

trans, intro, Bsn


CBsn

Lento maestoso

h i

<(Gm+7

2
4

A[5
7

3
4

D79 )

(\)

([[) Duet: Fauteuil/Berg`ere

(F A[ B E[m)/D
9
<(Gm+7 A[5
7 D7 )

A, Pno+VB +VS , P (gd)


Pno: RH arp%&
2nd stat

(F A[ B E[m)/D

Pno: RH arp%&

Em+7/9
(E[+ D+ D[)/A
Am Dno 3

Pno: RH
cad, Pno+Str pizz

Cm97 (Dor scale)

B, Le Fauteuil
EHn+Vi, Seq(32m;R7 )

B[m97
A[m97 . . .
D7[9

Cl+Hrp
Bsn+Pno
Tbns

9
<(Gm+7 A[5
7 D7 )
+7
[5
<(Gm A7 D79 )
9 ... C
C7
7
9/sus4
D7

A, Pno repeat, P (gd)


Duet, WW accts
cad, Str acct

Scene Le Fauteuil et La Berg`ere

Form: ternary song, ABA. Vocal parts: Le Fauteuil (bass) and La Berg`ere (soprano). This
is a charming and elegant dialogue between soprano and bass, accompanied by piano. The
middle section is a harmonic sequence with descending stepwise melody in woodwinds and
doubling. See Table 17.20 for the analysis.

17.8.4

Scene LHorloge Comtoise

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

628

`
17.8. OPERA LENFANT ET LES SORTILEGES
[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

629

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL

17.8.5

Scene La Thei`ere et La Tasse

Form: ternary song, ABA. Vocal parts: La Thei`ere (tenor) and La Tasse (mezzo-alto). After
being launched by a grunting trombone and counterbassoon, heres another dialogue, in a
competitive high tea setting, over a cakewalk dance rhythm. The contrasting middle section
is pure Oriental parody (fake Japanese lyrics over celesta in pentatonic parallel fourth triplets
and string pizzicati). In the closing section the two elements (British and Oriental) are united
in a tutti climax. See Table 17.21 for the analysis.

17.8.6

Scene Le Feu

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

630

`
17.8. OPERA LENFANT ET LES SORTILEGES

Table 17.21: Ravel, LEnfant et les Sortil`eges, Scene La Thei`ere et La Tasse


[#]+m

28
28+8
29
29+4
30
30+3
30+4
30+6

[V]

B[m

M5.1

M5.1
..
.
..
.

Comment

Allegro non troppo

B[m
<(B[m G[7 )
E[7 A[m6 C[+
E[7 hBm|A[mi
hBm|A[mi F7 D[7 /F [

intro, Tbn-CBsn
LoBrs: muted riff
La Thei`ere, WW+Brs+Pno
Fl+Hns+Tpt: accts
2nd stat

C[

Tpt-Bsn: accts

Cm/G G97
C7 Gm/D E[7 C7

climax

h i
4
4

([[[[[[[) British

B ([) Oriental
31
31+2
32
32+2
32+4
32+6

M5.2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

Gmadd4

C79 no 3

La Tasse, Cel: tripl par 4ths,

F 6 . . . F7 B[6 . . .

Str: pizz

<(Am7 Gmadd9 ) Em11


7
Am7 E7 Am7 B7 /D
G7 Dm7 /C D7
<(G97 Gm7 ) C79 F

cad
A ([[[[[[[) Instrumental

33
33+3
33+5
34
34+2
34+4
34+6
35+1
35+3
36
36+4
36+6

37
38

M5.1
..
.

M5.1
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

B[m

B[m6

]11/13
E[7

Tbn: solo

A[m6/11
hGm|E[7 i E[97 A[m6/11
A[m6/11

Tbn: solo

9/11
F [m7

FHn-Tpt-Tbn: accts

Cm/G A[7 F7 /A
G7 /B[ G/B C7

FHn-Tpt-Tbn: accts

WW+Brs

D[]11
7

G7 Dm7 /C
9/sus4
D7 G7 Gm7 C7

([) Duet: Tasse/Thei`ere

<(A[m]11 F )
A[m]11 Bm]11 Dm F ]m A
9 F
C7

Coda, tutti, triplets


climax
cad

Interlude

h i

f -pentatonic scale
A9 /C]

LEnfant, Cel
LoWW+Hrp+Pno+DB

3
4

Transition

631

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

632

`
17.8. OPERA LENFANT ET LES SORTILEGES

Table 17.22: Ravel, LEnfant et les Sortil`eges, Scene Les Pastoures et Les Patres
[#]+m

50
50+1
51
51+4
52
53
54
55
55+4

Am
[V]
M7.1a
M7.1bb
M7.1c
M7.1b
M7.1c

Comment

Moderato

Introduction

C 9
hE|Ci

Hns+Vln
~ S 5 %&
Fl+Cl: Hk
i

Am11
P (ae)
7
Am11
P (ae)
7
[10
<(E7 D7[10 E7 D7 Am)
<(Dm D) Am11
7 Em7
]11
<(Am C7 )
6
F7
Dm D Am11
7 Em7 Am

A, folk dance, Ch+Pno


Choir
cad, +Bsn+Cl, 15-ped
Pno+WW, P (da)
Ob, P (ae)
P (f c)
cad, Fl, 15-ped

h i
2
4

(\)

B (]]]) Instrumental
56
57
58
59

60
60+7
61
61+5

17.8.7

M7.2
M7.3
M7.2

M7.1b
M7.1a
M7.1b

Am

hBm A C]m|Ai
hBm A C]m|Ai
hBm A C]m|Ai
hBm A C]m|Ai

WW+Tpt par, P (ae)


ECl (ped)
Solo Voice, Pno+WW
2 Soli, +Tpt (ped)

Rallentando Piu` lento

C (\\\)

Am11
7

Cl, WW+Hns
Str
Pno, P (ae)
Pno+WW

Dm97

C/E

C/E
Am11
7
<(E7[10 D7[10 E7[10 D7[10 Am)

Scene Les Pastoures et Les Patres

Form: binary form, AB Coda. Vocal parts: Les Pastoures et Les Patres, choir. The introduction is a 16th note triplet exact parallel glissando in flutes and clarinets. A small drum
provides the groove for this pastoral folk dance. The choir is divided into humming voices
for continuous harmonic support and parts with lyrics (sections or solos). The accompaniment is mainly by piano (playing ringing open intervals in bith hands) and woodwinds.
The middle section is for the orchestra instruments, playing in parallel S46 triads and parallel
thirds (the choral harmonic support carries on here). Note the continuous use of root-fifth
pedal point (15-ped) and the frequent use of diatonic parallel in this scene. See Table 17.22
for the analysis.

17.8.8

Scene LEnfant et La Princesse


This section is included in the full version of the book.
Order the E-book from the webstore.

633

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

634

`
17.8. OPERA LENFANT ET LES SORTILEGES

Table 17.23: Ravel, LEnfant et les Sortil`eges, Scene LEnfant: Toi, le coeur de la rose
[#]+m

Comment
h i
4
4

Andante
73
73+5
73+7
74
74+1
74+2
74+3
74+4
74+6
74+7

M9.1
..
.

M9.2
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.

E[

<(E[ E[69 E[7 )/B[

17.8.9

M9.3

A, 2Cl+Bsn+3Vi1, P D (b[)

B[sus4
7

<(E[
Cm7 )/B[
Cm7 /B[ A[/C E[
Gm Gm7 /F

B, Ob+2Cl+FHn+3Vi1

Cm7 /E[ E[7 /D Gm7


E[7 Cm7 B[97 /C
Cm

Cl+Bsn+Vi1

Cm Cm7 /B[ A[7


A[7 F m7 /A[ A[7 /C
<(E[ . . . A[67 ) E[

closing cad
h i
3
4

Poco animato
74+11

([[[) LEnfant

E[+

. . . hF |E[7 i

([[[) trans

Voc, tutti climax

Scene LEnfant: Toi, le coeur de la rose

Form: binary song, AB. Vocal part: LEnfant (mezzo-soprano), aria. This is a lovely, delicate
short ballad, full of melancholy, with tonal character and popular hit potential. The accompaniment is brilliant in its simplicity and beauty: three solo violins play steady 4th notes,
doubled with sustained chords in woodwinds and occasionally a single French horn. Thats
enough to move a sensitive listener. See Table 17.23 for the analysis.

635

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL

17.9

Concerto pour Piano et Orchestre (1932)

Source: [42]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 17.8. The opening sonata
form movement has a long development section; compare this with the relative length of the
development section of the closing movement.
Mvt. 1 Allegramente: sonata form (G-modal,

h i
2
2

, 334 m.)

Exposition (106 m.)


Development (159 m.)
Recap (40 m.)

C (28 m.)

Mvt. 2 Adagio assai: ABA Coda form (E-modal,


A

Mvt. 3 Presto: sonata form (G-modal,


Intro (36 m.)
Recap (54 m.)

Exposition (117 m.)

h i
3
4

, 108 m.)

Cd
h i
2
4

, 306 m.)
Development (60 m.)

Coda (38 m.)


Figure 17.8: Ravel, Concerto pour Piano et Orchestre

17.9.1

Mvt. 1, Allegramente

Form: sonata form. See Table 17.24 and 17.25 for the analysis. The instrumentation is abbreviated as O for Orchestra and P for Piano (in the Melody column, with the secundary
element between brackets).

17.9.2

Mvt. 2, Adagio Assai

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

636

17.9. PIANO CONCERTO IN G

Table 17.24: Ravel, Concerto pour Piano et Orchestre, Mvt. 1 Allegramente


m

R/Scale

Comment

1
16
25
37
44
52
63
75
84
96

M1.1/1.2, O(P)
O(P)
M1.1/1.2, O
M1.2
M2.1
M2.2/2.3, O(P)
M2.2/2.3, OP
M3, (O)P
M3, (O)P
M3, O(P)

G-Pentat.
C D
G-Pentat.
B-Aeol
F ]-Phryg-Dor

G/D D7
C/G D7sus4
D D7sus4
Bm7/F ]
F7alt

E-Ion

9
E7
F ]m C]m F ]m
E7 A

[0] Exp/Gr 1,
[1] Tr 1
[2]
[3]
[4] Gr 2
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]

107
115
123
131
142
150
173
182
183
195
202
210
215

(O)P
(O)P
M1.2/2.2, (O)P
M1.2/2.2, (O)P
(O)P
(O)P
(O)P
P
M1.1, OP
M1.2, O(P)
M2.1, (O)P
M2.2, P
M2.3, O

B-Ion

C]m7 F ]97 B7 /F ]

G-Ion
E
C
A[

D/F ] D7[10
D7[10 G]sus4
7 /F ]
E7
9/sus4
G7
E[97

G
B[-Ion
D

G/D D7sus4
F7 B[
A[9
7

221
227

h i

A7

[10], Dev, Tr 2
[11]
[12] Gr 1
[13]
[14]
[15]
[16] Tr 3/Tr 1
[17]
[18]
[19]
[20] Gr 2
[21] h i
[22] 34

O
M2.2, O(P)

A D7
Aalt
7

[23] h i
[24] 22

232

M2.3, O

[9
A[10
7 D7

[25]

241

M3, P

G C7 Em7 Am7

[26]

256
263

M3, (O)P
OP

G
A7 /E

[27]
[28]

266

(O)P

A[9
7

[29] Recap

278
286
292
300

(O)P
OP
(O)P
OP

D/A Gm/B[

[30]
[31]
[32]
[33] Tr 2

G-Ion

F
C
A[

E[97

2
2

h i
3

h4i
4
4

h i
2
2

Tr 2

637

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL

Table 17.25: Ravel, Concerto pour Piano et Orchestre, Mvt. 1 Allegramente (contd)
m
306
316
329

638

R/Scale

Comment

M1.1, OP
OP
M1.2, O(P)

C
G
G-Pentat

C G97 Em7 B7
A97 D7sus4
G

[34] Coda
[35]
[36] (334 m.)

17.9. PIANO CONCERTO IN G


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

639

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL

17.9.3

Mvt. 3, Presto

Form: sonata form. See Table 17.26 and 17.27 for the analysis. The letter P1 in the M column
stands for featuring the piano.

640

17.9. PIANO CONCERTO IN G

Table 17.26: Ravel, Concerto pour Piano et Orchestre, Mvt. 3 Presto


m

R/Scale

Comment

GT

G7 /D D7 G
G Em A7
G
C
Am
G7 /D D7 G

[0] Intro, cadence


riff
[1] riff
riff
[2]
cadence
[3] Exp/Gr 1
[4]

M2, P3
P3
P3
P3
P3
P3
P3

Dm7
Dm7 G7 C
D7 /A Em7 Bm7 E
Em7 Dm7
G7 C C7 F D7 /F ]
B G7 /B B
B7 F7]11 B7 E7
E 6 E7 B7
B7 F7 B7 E 6 E7 A
A F ]7 B7sus4
E7 B7 B7 B7
E7 C]7
G]m/D] E]7 /D] G]m/D]
E7 /G] C]7 F ]m
G7 /B E7 B7sus4 /A

P3

D7 /C E[

chr sc

E[/G
E[ C A F ]

[14] Dev, riff


symm roots R3i
riff
[15] riff
[16] riff,
P (c] = d[)
[17] riff, P (d[)
[18] riff, P D (c])
[19] riff,
P (c] = d[)

1
17
23
25
33
37
46
57
66
76
79
90
95
108
115
128
136
140
144
152

P1
M0, P1
P1
M0, P1

C
G

M1, P2
M1, P2
, P2
P2
P2

G
E-Aeol
C

M2

B-Mixol. D

154

E[ SD
F]

162
170
182

M1/M2
M1/M2, P4
M1/M2, P4

C/E
A/C]

190
198
206

M1/M2, P4
M1/M2, P4
M1/M2, P4

B[m/D[
F ]m/C]
E[7 /D[ A7 /C]

214
219
229
237
245
255

M0, P5
M0, P5
M1, P5
M1, P5
M2, P5
P5

GT

SD

G/D
E7 /D G/D D7
C D7 /C
C D7 /C D
G B[7 G B7 G] C A
E[7 C7 F ]m F ] E[7 Am

[5] riff (Seq)


[6] riff
cadence
[7] Gr 2
[8] glissando
[9]
[10] gliss
[11] chr sc+cadd
[12] chr sc
cadence
[13] chr sc
chr sc

[20] Rec, riff


riff
[21] Gr 1
[22] Gr 2
[23] Seq(26m)+gliss

641

CHAPTER 17. MAURICE RAVEL

Table 17.27: Ravel, Concerto pour Piano et Orchestre, Mvt. 3 Presto (contd)
m
268
274
284
287
295
303

642

R/Scale

Comment

P6
P6
M1
P7
P7

T
SD
D
SD
T

B7 /A D7 A7 /G D7 /C F7
C7 /B[ F ]7 /A] A7 /C] C7 /E G7
B7 C]/F ]
D]
G
G/D D7 G

[24] Coda, Seq+chr sc


Seq+chr sc
[25] riff, chr sc
[26] riff, chr sc
Cadence (306 m.)

Chapter 18

Sergei Prokofiev
Biographical data:
11 (23) -4-1891 in Sonzowka
5-3-1953 in Moscow
1600

1700

1800

1900

2000

Classical harmonic analysis will fail in many pieces by Prokofiev. His chord structures
and progressions are frequently based on non-traditional principles (non-diatonic chord
structures, bitonality, etc.); see [32] for an overview of his techniques. Formal analysis and
key/root identification is still applicable to a subset of his compositions, deliberately written
in a more or less tonal style.

18.1

Classical Symphony (No. 1), Op. 25 (1917)

Source: [38]. This symphony is based on the classical template four-movement form: sonata
allegro slow second movement scherzo and trio very fast closing sonata movement.
The harmonic idiom is kept very simple (and therefore atypical of later Prokofiev compositions): note the use of triads, 7th chords and the rare use of extensions and chromatic
alterations. The instrumentation has an early Classical Period (Haydn) flavour, with strings
and two-player woodwind section dominating. An overview of the formal analysis is shown
in Fig. 18.1.

18.1.1

Mvt. 1 Allegro

Form: sonata form. This opening movement obeys closely to the classical sonata form model.
The exposition contains two thematic groups, in the tonic and dominant key respectively.
The development contains modulating sections, melodic augmentation and imitation (including a stretto). There is a recapitulation with coda closing. The instrumentation is light,
with strings and woodwinds dominating, and occasional brass support for climaxes. A remarkable feature is the key sign change in the development, that only returns to the original
two sharps (D major) during the recapitulation. See Table 18.1 and 18.2 for the analysis.
The first group theme has M1.1(ab) (4 + 4 m.) structure. The a-phrase is in the tonic
major D, in 8th note rhythm over a simple tonic-dominant-tonic I V I harmony. The
c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl

CHAPTER 18. SERGEI PROKOFIEV

Table 18.1: Prokofiev, Classical Symphony, Mvt. 1 Allegro


m

1
3
7
11
15
19
23
26
28
32
36
40
42
46
52
54
58
62
65
66
72
74
78

M1.1

M1.1

M1.2
..
.

M1.2

(M1.2)

M2
M2
..
.
..
.

M2

91
95

Intro (]]) Str unis


d

C
D

D/F ] A7 /E D A D A/E
<(Bm/D A/E Bm/D) D
C G/D C G7 C G/D
]5
F ]7 /B C7
A7 /C] A
<(D A7 )
d

<(D A7 ) F ]7
Bm

G F ]7 G A] /E Bm
<(Bm F ])
<(Bm Bm7 /F ]) Bm E
<(E7 F ]m E7 )
E7 F ]m E D7 Bm
E7 . . .
A G]7 F
B
A G]

cad, (cm<)
[3] 2nd stat, (a): WW
(a): Bsn+Vc
[4] trans, Fl+Vi1, P (d)

<(F C)

[8] (b), plagal cad

F ]m C] F ]m7 A
C] Bm E
A G] D7
Bm97 E713 E7
A . . . D7 Bm7 E7
A . . . D7 Bm7 E7

(b): Fl
cad
[9] 3rd stat, (a): VI1

M1.1

Dm

M1.2

Dm A Dm Am/E

[12] Dev (\\) (a): Vi1

A[ . . . E[[9
7

M1.2
(M1.1)

F . . . A[9
7
<(F ]7 /B Em7 F ]7 /B)
<(B7 F ][5
7 /C B7 )

111
115

M2
M2

E
C

E/B . . . B7 /A
C/G . . . F ]7

119

M2

B/F ] . . . F ]7 /E

644

M2

mod trans, P (g)


[13] imit: WW+Str

99
103
107

123

[10] tutti clim, cad


[11] tutti clim, closing

<(G7 Am7 /C) G7


A[

[5] trans lead%, P D (e)


[6] Gr 2 (a): Vi1
[7] Hns+LoStr unis arp
2nd stat, (a): Vi1

A E7 F ]m E7 D E7 A
d

Exp, Gr 1 (a): Vi1, HiStr bg


mod trans, P (d)
[1] 2nd stat, (a): Vi1
mod trans, P (b)
[2] (a): WW
(a): Bsn+Vc

82
87

Comment

[15] Hns+LoStr aug, climax


Vi+Fl (augm)
d

G/D G D7 /F ]

imit (contd)
[14] mod tr, (b): WW
(b): WW+Str

[16] Hns+LoStr
[17] Fl+Vi (sync, 1beat del)

18.1. CLASSICAL SYMPHONY (NO. 1), OP. 25

Table 18.2: Prokofiev, Classical Symphony, Mvt. 1 Allegro (contd)


m
127

M2

C7 /G E /G F

146
148
150
154
157
159
163
167
169
171
177
179
183
187
189
194
198
202
205

stretto, tutti climax


d

Am C/G Am7 /G G7
Am Dm97 D/G G7
C ...

[18] retrans, climax


cad
[19] clos, unis arp

C G7 /D C G C

[20] Rec, Gr 1 (a): Vi1

<(F ]7 /B Bm)
F ]7 /B C]m A7 /G A
<(D A7 )

mod trans, (b): Vi1


cad, (cm<)
[21] (]]) (a): WW

<(D A7 ) F ]7

(a): Bsn+Vc

131
134
138
142

Comment

M1.1
..
.

M1.2
..
.

G F ]7 G F ][5
7 /E Bm

M1.2
..
.
M1.2

M2

M2
..
.
..
.

Bm

B C] B F ]7 B B7

[22] (a): WW

C C/E Em7
A[9
7
A7 Em A7
D C] B[
E
D C]

WW-Va imit
[23] Cl+Vc-Va
cad, (cm<)
[24] Gr 2 (a): Vi1
[25] WW+LoStr unis arp
(a): Vi1

B[ F B[ F

[26] (b)

Bm F ] B

(b): Fl

cad, (cm<)

m7 F ]7 G7 Em97 A7
D G7 Em A7
D Bm Em97 A7
d

D A7 Bm A7 G A7
D

[27] cad
[28] Coda tutti climax, cad
[29] cad closing
climax, (cm<) (207 m.)

645

CHAPTER 18. SERGEI PROKOFIEV

Mvt. 1 Allegro: sonata form (D,


Exposition

h i
2
2

, 207 m.)

Development

Mvt. 2 Larghetto: ABABA form (A,


I A

Recapitulation

Cd

h i
3
4

, 71 m.)

A B AC

Mvt. 2 Gavotte (expanded version),


non troppo allegro: scherzo and trio form,
h i
ABABAB Coda form (D G,
A

B1

B2

4
4

, 120 m.)

A B3

Coda

Mvt. 4 Finale. Molto vivace: sonata form (D,


Exposition

h i
2
2

, 225 m.)

Development Recapitulation
Figure 18.1: Prokofiev, Classical Symphony, Op. 25

melodic curve is descending, using stepwise motion in the first measure, leaps in the second
and then a closing arpeggio on staccato notes. The instrumentation is violins and violas;
note the closing contrary motion in the first two measures. The b-phrase is in the relative
minor Bm, over a tonic pedal and changing the instrumentation (adding low strings and
woodwinds).In its basic form the theme M1.2 is two measures long with structure M1.2(ab):
the a-cell has the characteristic upward sixth leap at the end on beat 3 and 4, the b-cell has
diatonically descending motion. Prokofiev plays with these two elementary cells already in
the exposition. The first statement is in imitation in the woodwinds: flute-(oboe+clarinet)(bassoon+cello), yielding a total melodic structure M1.2((ab)+(ab)+(aab)). This approach is
repeated in the second statement in [3], m. 28. In the transition [4] the total length is stretched
by fragmenting the cells.
The secondary group theme has sentence structure M2(aab) (2 + 2 + (2 or 4) m.): the aphrase contains the light and playful downward octave leaps, the b-phrase is a downwardupward arpeggio in the first statement in [6] and a more lyrical four-measure phrase in the
second statement [78]. So the overall structure is M2(aab1 aab2 b2 ). In the third statement
[9], the b1 -phrase is varied, becoming arpeggio-flavoured cadences with tutti climax at the
end of the exposition.

18.1.2

Mvt. 2 Larghetto

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

646

18.1. CLASSICAL SYMPHONY (NO. 1), OP. 25


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

647

CHAPTER 18. SERGEI PROKOFIEV

Table 18.3: Prokofiev, Classical Symphony, Mvt. 3 Gavotte. Non troppo allegro
m
1
5
9
13

Comment

M1.1

D Em B/F ] F ]7 G

A (]]) (ab): Vi+WW, (cm>)


d

|| : D A Bm F ]m C]7 D

M1.2

D A7 C]/G] G] A7 D

D A Bm F ]m C]7 D

M1.2

(G G[9
7 Em7 Bm7 )/G
(G G[9
7 Em7 F ]7 G)/G
(G G[9
7 Em7 Bm7 )/G
(G G[9
7 Em7 F ]7 G)/G

[2] B1 , (a): WW 4th, P (gd)


(a): WW
[3] (a): Str, Mc: WW P (gd)
(a): WW

D Em B/F ] F ]7 G
D Dm A/C]

21
25
29
33

M2

M2/c
/

37
41

M1.1
M1.2

43
45
47

M1.1

C]m C Bm11
7 A
Bm/D F ]m7 C]/E]
G] A[5
7 /E[ D

49

M1.2

D A Bm F ]m C]7 D

18.1.3

stat 2, (aa): HiStr


(bb): Str+WW, clim
cad

(bb): Str+WW, clim, cad

D A7 C]/G] G] A7
D Gno 3 : ||

17
20

53

[1] stat 1, (aa): HiStr

[4] A (]]) (ab): Vi+WW, (cm>)


var, (a): HiStr+WW

(a)
(a): Str+WW, clim, cad
(b): WW
d

D A7 C]/G] G] A7 D

[5] stat 2, (aa): HiStr


(bb): Str+WW, clim, cad

Mvt. 3 Gavotte

Form: scherzo and trio, ABABAB Coda form. This gavotte is the new expanded version. See
Table 18.3 and 18.4 for the analysis.
The A-section theme M1.1(ab) (2 + 2 m) is characterized by the pesante 4th note octave
leaps and contrary motion. The M1.2 subject is derived from the first theme, but contains
more scalar, stepwise motion in 8th notes. It has M1.2(aab) (2 + 2 + 4 m.) sentence structure.
A characteristic feature of this section are the many deceptive cadences. Once again, strings
and wind dominate the orchestration, with occasional brass support in the cadences.
The B-sections act as contrasting trios, and contain extended tonic-dominant pedal point,
with continuous 4th note rhythm. The B1 melody [2] has regular period M2(abab) (2 + 2 +
2 + 2 m.) structure. The theme in B2 [6] has M3(ab) (4 + 4 m.) structure.

18.1.4

Mvt. 4 Finale
This section is included in the full version of the book.
Order the E-book from the webstore.

648

18.1. CLASSICAL SYMPHONY (NO. 1), OP. 25

Table 18.4: Prokofiev, Classical Symphony, Mvt. 3 Gavotte. Non troppo allegro (contd)
m

Comment

57

M3
..
.

(G Em7 Dm7 G7 Am7 )/G

[6] B2 (]) (a): Str, P (gd)

59
61
65
67
69
71
73

M1.1

77

M1.1
..
.

79
81
83
85
86
87
89
91
99
97
99
101
103
104

M3
..
.

117
119

M1.2
..
.
..
.
..
.

A[5
7 /E[ Em7 B/F ]

[7] A (]]) (a): Vi1+WW, (cm>)


(b)
var, (a): HiStr+WW

M2/c
.. ..
./ .

retrans
(ab): Str+WW, cad

C]m F ]7 G
D/F ] Dm A/C]

(a)
(a): Str, Mc: WW, P (cg)

B[ Cm G/D Dm D7 E[
d

107

113

M1.1
..
.

105

111

M1.2

M1.1
..
.

109

C G7no 3 C
G/B Am E7 /D D/G
(C Gsus4
C G E7 )/G
7
(F Am7 Em F G)/C
C G] /B Am
E7 /D D G G7 /F

M2/c
/

C]m C Bm11
7 A
Bm/D F ]m7

(a)
(a): Str+WW, clim, cad

C]/G] A]m C]/G]


Em7no 3 /A A D

(b), cad

(G Em7 Dm7 G7 Am7 )/G

[8] B3 (]) (a): Str, P (gd)

G G7 (C G7no 3 C)/C
G/B Am E7 /D D/G
(C Gsus4
C G E7 )/G
7

(a)
(a): Str, Mc: Bsn, P (cg)

(F Am7 Em F G)/C
C G] /B Am
E7 /D D

retrans
cad

G Em A[5
7 no 3 /E[

[9] Coda (]]) (a): WW, (cm>)

D C/E B ]9 /D
d

C]mF ] F ]7 G
d

D A Bm

(b): WW
var, (a): WW

F ]m C]7 D
d

D A7 C]/G] G] A7

(bb): Str+WW

D . . . C] A]m C]/G]
Em7 /A A7 D

(b): Bsn+DB
cad (120 m.)

649

CHAPTER 18. SERGEI PROKOFIEV


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

650

18.1. CLASSICAL SYMPHONY (NO. 1), OP. 25

18.1.5

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

651

CHAPTER 18. SERGEI PROKOFIEV


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

652

18.2. PETER AND THE WOLF OP. 67

18.2 Peter and the Wolf Op. 67 (1936)


Peter and the Wolf is both a ballet and an introduction to the instruments from the orchestra.1
Source: [38]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 18.2. The piece may be
subdivided into a number of sections. The long opening section introduces the characters
and instruments. Then the story develops in the next three sections.
Introducing the characters (226 m.)
Peter

P+B

Bird

B+D

Duck

Cat

Grandfather

Wlf

The story develops (91 m.)


Cat

Cat

Duck

WCB

Catching the wolf (175 m.)


Peter

P+B W Peter

W Hunters

Bird

Triumphal Procession (March) - Coda (71+47=118 m.)


Peter

Hnt+Wlf

GC Coda
Figure 18.2: Prokofiev, Peter and the Wolf Op. 67

Form: symphonic tale. See Table 18.5 to 18.7 for the analysis. Each character in the story
has its own theme and instrumentation: [1] M1, Peter, strings; [2] M2, Bird, flute; [6] M3,
Duck, oboe; [11] M4, Cat, clarinet; [15] M5, Grandfather, bassoon; [9] M6, Wolf, French horns;
[35] (M7), Hunters, percussion.

18.2.1

Introducing the characters (#019)

The Peter subject has M1(abab) (2 + 2 + 2 + 2 m.) period structure in 8th note rhythm;
the first statement is in first violins, the repeat in the second violins. The Bird theme has
M2(aab) (2 + 2 + 4 m.) sentence structure. The a-phrase is in staccato 8th note rhythms, the
b-phrase consists of legato 16th note arpeggios. This theme nicely illustrates a procedure that
Prokofiev uses in the quasi-tonal composition style: creating sequences of non-diatonically
related triads (or more generally, chords in thirds) by chromatic pitch alteration in the voices.
In M2, this implies the harmonic progression:

[2]
[2]+4
[2]+6
g % g] &
g
% a[ &
g
& f]
e
e

e
& e[ &
d

d
c %
c]
&
c
&
c[
=
b

b
C C]m
C
A[m
G
Bm

This piece is so well-known as a music education tool for children, that it suffers somewhat from overexposure. Many celebrities have lent their voice to the story-teller part. Global dumping of CD releases enables the
customer to find this piece as bonus gift with used car sales (Peter and the Golf). Rumour has it that there exists
a Michael Jackson adaptation, probably called Pete It.

653

CHAPTER 18. SERGEI PROKOFIEV

Table 18.5: Prokofiev, Peter and the Wolf Op. 67


[#]+m

1-2
1
1+8
2
2+4
3
3+6
4
4+4
5
5+5
6
6+4
6+9
6+13
7
7+8
8
8+4
8+8
8+12
9
9+4
10
11
11+4
11+8
12
12+5
13
13+7
13+11
14
14+4
14+7

654

M
M1

M1

R
C

M2

M2

M1/2
M1/2
M3

M3

F
A[
A[

(M3)
(M2/3)
(M2)/3
(M2)/3
(M2)/3.2

M4

M4

E
G

M4

M4

H
Introducing
the
characters


+7
C Cm |A[ E[6
E[
Bm D7 /A
G G7

C Cm+7 |A[ E[6
E[ Bm D7 /A G G7
C <(G]7 C]m G G7 C
(C C]m) C A[m+7
C A[m+7 G7 G
<(C C]m G) <(C G+ )
G7 G
D 7 G 7 C G7 C7 F
F D[ D[7 D[97 A[
A[ Em G7 C
C C]m G G7 C
]5
6
A[6 B[[9
7 E[7 A[ E[7 G
6
6
A[ B[m7 A[ E[
A[6 E[7 A[6 G7
A[6 B[m7 A[6 E[ E[/D[
Bm G7 /B C
C G+ /B E[7 /B[
<(A[6 E[)
]5
6
A[6 B[[9
7 E[7 A[ E[
6
A[ G7 A[ E[
A[ F7 /A B[m4 G/B
Cm A/C] Dm C[/E[
<(E 6 Em)
G C Am/C A7 /C] D G
G C A/C] G/D D G
<(D7 G)
G7 C F7 Dm97 D79 Gsus4
7
C F7 D7]9 Am7 G7 C
[5/[9
F ]7 F ]/A] F ]7 /A]
G7 /D D7 /C G7 /B (F ])
G7 /B D7alt /C G7 /B F ]7
B E7 C]7 F ]sus4
B
7
<(F ]7 B) B7
sus4 E
E A7 F ][10
7 B7

Comment
Peter (Str.)
2nd stat
trans
Bird (Fl solo)

trans
Peter & Bird
trans
Duck (Ob)
2nd stat
trans, P (c)
(Str)
Bird & Duck

trans, e[-ped
Bird & Duck, P D (e[)
PBi (%), climax
Cat (Cl)
trans
2nd stat
trans

3rd stat
Duck & Bird

18.2. PETER AND THE WOLF OP. 67

Table 18.6: Prokofiev, Peter and the Wolf Op. 67 (contd)


[#]+m

Comment

15
15+7
16
17
18
18+5
19
19+5
19+9

M5
M5

Bm

Bm(7) A7 F ]7 F ][9
7 C]7
Bm F ]m A7 F ]7
F ][9
7 C]7 B[ A B[/D A/C]
B[ G[97 D[ Am C7 /G F
Bm(7 ) A7 F ]7
F ][9
7 C]7 Dm F ] Bm
Gm F 9 /G F m D[7 Am7
Dm C 9 /D C D7
Gm F 9 /G Gm

Grandfather (Bsn)
2nd stat

20
20+7
21
21+5
21+8
22
23
24
24+4
25
25+4
26
26+4
27
27+8

M4

M3.2

28
28+4
29
30
30+3
30+4
30+8
31
31+3
32

M5

M6
M6
M6

B[
Bm
Gm

A
A[

M3

M4

M4

M6/4
M6/(1)

Fm

M1
(M1)
M1/(2)

M1/(2)

M6

M1

A[

Gm
Dm
C

The story develops


A/C] D <(D7 E7 ) D]7 /F ]
<(A[7 /E[ E[7 )
A[ F7 /A B[m4 G7 /B Cm
A[5
7 /C] Dm C[/E[
<(C]m7 /E Em)
[5/[9
C]7 <(F ]7
F ]7 )
Cm A[/C
<(A[6 G7 E[ G7 )
(A[ Cm G E[)/E[ A[
G C Am/C A7 /C] D7
G D7 (no3) G
C F Dm7 D7 G G7 C
G7 (no3) C
(F m E[7 )/F
(F m E[7 )/F
Catching the wolf
D B[]9
7 F
]11
F7 Dm97 Dm7 /G (Am F )/C
C]7 C7 G
C A[7 (Bm . . . F m)
A[m Gm F ]m F m
E[ A[
(G]m . . . C]m) Bm
[9/13
Gm G7
F7
[9/13
Dm D7
C7
C (Cm . . . F m) E[6

trans
3rd stat
P D (f ])
Wolf (Hns)
2nd stat
3rd stat
Cat
Duck
trans
cresc to climax
dim
Duck
Cat

Wolf & Cat


Wolf & Bird
Peter
trans
Peter
Peter & Bird, chr
chr desc
chr desc
Wolf, climax
Peter, chr desc

655

CHAPTER 18. SERGEI PROKOFIEV

Table 18.7: Prokofiev, Peter and the Wolf Op. 67 (contd)


[#]+m
33
34
35
35+7
35+11
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
42+12
43
43+4
44
44+8
45
46
47
48
48+5
48+7
49
50
51
51+11
52
53
54
54+1
54+3
54+4

656

M7
M7

M8
M8
A[
E

C
M1
M1
M8
M6
M8
M5/4
M5/4

Bm

M1
M1

M3

A[
C

Comment

hB|Gi (C hB|Gi) C
... G
[9/[13
[9/[13
<(A[m G7
/B) F m G7

[9/[13
F m E[7no 3 E[m F7

Dm F7
F7 E[97 D7 F7 G7 /F
Dm7 /C
<(D[ C/G)
<(D[ C/G)
Am <(D C]/G]) G7 C
A[ Cm E[7 G7 A[ E[ A[
E7 G]m/B B7 /A D]7 E
B C]m B D]m7 E
E/G] Em/G D/F ] Dm/F

climax (Brs mute)


trans, Vi solo
Tbn, Wolf struggling
Tbn (Brs mutes off)
Str downbows
trans, dim
Wolf
Hunters (Perc)
WW, cresc, clim (Timp)
Tpt+Hn+Perc
trans
Bird

Triumphal procession - March


<(C G+
7 )
6
<(C Am7 /G) A[]9
7 E[
E[ Bm D7 /A G G7
<(C G+
7 ) <(C B/F ])
Em D9 Em G+ /D] B /D
<(D[ C/G) D[ G7 C
9/sus4
Bm B E7 C]97 F ]7
B
B C]97 C]m7 G]m7
B/F ] F ]7 B
Conclusion - Coda
C A[]9
7 E[
E[ BmD7 /A G G7
9
<(D[ A[+
7 ) <(D[ C/G)
D[ C/G D[ G7
<(C hB|Gi) Em
<(A[6 G E[7 G7 ) A[/E[
[9/]11
G[7
E[m11
7 no 3 Cm/E[
Em7no 3 Dm7 Em7 /B F ]m7 /A
B[m/ D[ A[m7 B[7 /D G97 C
C F m/C C

trans

Peter, Hns 3-pt augm


Hunters, Tpt
with Wolf
Grandfather & Cat

Peter tutti
(Brass, tutti)
trans, Bird
trans
Duck
(cm<)
(tutti)
Closing climax

18.2. PETER AND THE WOLF OP. 67


After the second statement of the Bird theme, M1 and M2 are combined [4] by segmenting
both themes into their individual phrases.
The Duck subject for low register oboe (quack) [6] is another sentence, M3(aab) (2 +
2 + 4 m.). The quacking is even more obvious in M3.2 [9] with the accented e[ pedal. The
low clarinet plays the Cat theme [11], a regular period M4(abab) (2 + 2 + 2 + 2 m.). The
Gransfather theme for bassoon [15] is irregular M5(ab) (4 + 2 m.). Finally, the Wolf theme for
three French horns [19] is presented: it consists of two one-measure cells that are juxtaposed
M5(abaaaba). The harmonies illustrate a combination of diatonic parallel triads and the
abovementioned chromatic voice movement:

[19]+1 diat
chrom
chrom
diat [19]+7

b[
&
a[

a[
%
a
&
g

g
&
f

f
&
e
.

d
&
c
%
d[
%
d
&
c
Gm
Fm

D[

Dm
C

In a sonata form interpretation, the first section might be considered the exposition.

18.2.2

The story develops (#2027)

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

657

CHAPTER 18. SERGEI PROKOFIEV


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

658

18.2. PETER AND THE WOLF OP. 67

18.2.3

Catching the wolf (#2842)

In this section Peter gets involved in the fight; the first statement is played by clarinet and
violins in the key of D major [28]. When he teams up with Bird the original key C major
returns [30, 32], as a contrast to the minor keys for the Wolf theme [31, 35, 37]. The struggling
of Wolf in order to free himself from the rope is accompanied with a minor key motif M7 for
trombone [35], juxtaposed with repeated fortissimo chords in all orchestral sections. Note
the string section series of downbows in [35+11].
In [38] the Hunters come on stage, with support from the percussion (bass drum, piatti,
snare drum, tambourine and timpani patterns). There is a pizzicato quarter note riff for the
strings on alternating chords <(D[ C/G) with a diminished fifth leap downward in the
bass and wide upward leaps in the lead violins. On top of this riff pattern we hear a forceful
theme M8(aabccddd) ((1+1)+2+(1+1)+(1+1+2) m.), played first by unisono woodwinds
[39], later horn and trumpet [40].

18.2.4

Triumphal procession - March (#4348)

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

659

CHAPTER 18. SERGEI PROKOFIEV


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

660

18.2. PETER AND THE WOLF OP. 67

18.2.5

Conclusion - Coda (#4954)

All is well in the coda, returning to the initial key C major with another ben tenuto, energico
statement of the Peter theme for brass, over a steady quarter note riff in the strings and
sustained chords in the woodwinds (tutti orchestration). This setting is briefly interrupted
by Bird [51] and Duck patterns [53]. The piece closes in a tutti climax, starting with contrary
opening motion in [54].

661

CHAPTER 18. SERGEI PROKOFIEV

662

Chapter 19

Dmitri Shostakovich
Biographical data:
25-9-1906 in St. Petersburg
9-8-1975 in Moscow
1600

1700

1800

1900

2000

With Dmitri Shostakovich traditional analysis, especially classifying chord structures


and progressions, becomes troublesome. Many of his chord structures are not built on thirds,
there are bitonalities, and non-diatonic additions to chord structures (determined by voice
leading). However, formal analysis (classifying phrases and sections) and key root sequence
identification is still possible. But always keep in mind that the value of traditional analysis
is limited in his music.

19.1

String Quartet No. 1 in C Major, Op. 49 (1935)

Source: [59]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 19.1. Note the short
development section in the opening sonata movement.

Mvt. 1 Moderato: sonata form (C,

h i

Exposition

Dev.

3
4

, 121 m.)
Recapitulation

Mvt. 2 Moderato: Theme and variations form (Am,


Th. V1 V2

V3

V4 V5

V6

h i
4
4

, 85 m.)

V7

Figure 19.1: Shostakovich, String Quartet No. 1 in C Major, Op. 49

c
2005-2015
F.G.J. Absil, http://www.fransabsil.nl

CHAPTER 19. DMITRI SHOSTAKOVICH

19.1.1

Mvt. 1, Moderato

Form: Sonata. The exposition first group divides the string quartet into upper three string
parts (note the equal rhythms, chromatism and the series of first inversion chords) and the
cello (diatonic, stepwise axcending motion). The second group starts with a groove, presented by the cello (upward glissandi leaps) and the viola (steady 8th note pedal point),
with the melody M2 in the lead violin. The roles are reversed in the second statement.
The brief development section opens with the second group
After the transition
h groove.
i
4
there is a varied statement of the main theme M1 in the new 4 meter. The recapitulation
continues this meter, until the secondary theme is presented in the original triple meter. See
Table 19.1 for the analysis.

19.1.2

Mvt. 2, Moderato

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

664

19.1. STRING QUARTET NO. 1 IN C MAJOR, OP. 49

Table 19.1: Shostakovich, String Quartet No. 1, Mvt. 1 Moderato


m
1
6
11
15
20
21
24
28
29
37
47
51
54
62
65

M
M1.1

M1.1
M1.1

M1.2
..
.

M1.1
M2
Mt

M2
M2

67
71
74
77
80
85

M2
Mt
M1.1

88
94
97
99
107
108

M1.1

110
118

M2

R
C

Cm

C
E[

E[
Em

C
A[

M2

Comment

C . . . F/A
Dm . . . G
C7 F G
C F m/A[ . . .
F ]7
Cm . . .

h i

[2] Vi1

(E F7 Em7 A)/E
G
C6 . . . G
<(E[6 B[9 )
G7 /F Cm/E[ B[/D
B[m7 /D[
<(E[6 B[9 )
D[ Dm
D[ B[7

[S6 ] , P (e)
i (&)
Pm
[3] trans, (cm)
[4] Gr 2, Vi1, P (g)
[5] trans
imit Vi1-Va
[6] 2nd stat, Vc, P (g), groove
[7] trans
[8] cad.

<(E[6 B[9 )
E[7 /D[
Em B
Em/B F7 /E B /D
D]7 C]7
G/D C/E Gsus4
7 /D

Dev, Gr 2, Vi1, P (g), groove


trans
h i
[9] 44 Gr 1

C . . . F/A G F/A
Em/B
A[ E[7
<(A[6 E[9 )
B[m Gm F m Em
G[5
7

i (&)
[11] Recap, Gr 1, Vc, (cm>), Pm

<(C G)/C
C

[14] Coda, P (cg)


closing (121 m.)

3
4

i (&), (cm>)
Exp, Gr 1, Vc, Pm

[S6 ]
[1] 2nd stat, Vc, [S6 ] , PB (%)
trans, [S6 ]

i (&)
[10] retrans, Pm

h i

[12] 34 Gr 2, groove, P (c)


Va
[13] trans

665

CHAPTER 19. DMITRI SHOSTAKOVICH


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

666

19.1. STRING QUARTET NO. 1 IN C MAJOR, OP. 49

19.1.3

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

667

CHAPTER 19. DMITRI SHOSTAKOVICH


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

668

19.2. STRING QUARTET NO. 2 IN A MAJOR, OP. 68

19.2

String Quartet No. 2 in A Major, Op. 68 (1944)

Source: [59]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 19.2.


Mvt. 2 Recitative and Romance: ternary song form (B[,
Rec. Romance

h i
3
4

, 123 m.)

Recit.

Figure 19.2: Shostakovich, String Quartet No. 2 in A Major, Op. 6

19.2.1

Mvt. 2 Moderato con moto

Form: ternary song form, ABA-Coda. This movement features the lead violin, that plays
long through-composed melodies (M1, M2, and M3), that may be subdivided into shorter
phrases. The background in the outer sections consists of sustained harmonies in the lower
three string parts, with subtle dynamic markings and changes (a series of dcrescendi).
The middle section contains more movement in the supporting voices. The rhythm is
synchronised, when all strings play sectional harmony in series of first inversion chords
([S6 ] ). From [42] onwards, there is a build-up to the main climax; note the use of more 8th
note patterns, the off-beat and syncopated rhythm. The key remains static: B[ major. See
Table 19.2 for the analysis.

19.3

String Quartet No. 3 in F Major, Op. 49 (1946)

Source: [59]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 19.3.


Mvt. 2 Moderato con moto: ternary song form (Em,
A

h i
3
4

, 196 m.)

Figure 19.3: Shostakovich, String Quartet No. 3 in F Major, Op. 73

19.3.1

Mvt. 2, Moderato con moto

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

669

CHAPTER 19. DMITRI SHOSTAKOVICH

Table 19.2: Shostakovich, String Quartet No. 2, Mvt. 2 Recitative and Romance
[#]+m

31
32
33
34

M1.1
M1.2
M1.3
M1.4

B[

35
36
37
37+5
38
39
39+4
40
40+4
40+5
40+6
41
41+6
42
42+3
43
44
45
45+4
45+8
46
47
48
48+2
49

670

M2.1
..
.
..
.

M2.2
..
.

M2.3
M2.4
..
.
..
.

M2.5

M2.6
..
.
..
.

M3.1

M3.2
M3.3

Comment

Adagio (recitative)
F7 /E[
F C/E C7 /E
F7 /E[
F B[

Vi1 recitative

Vi1, Vc

(romance)

h i

B[ . . . B[[9
7

Vi1, P T (b[)

3
4

G[/B[ E[m7 /D[ B[ A7 A[7 /G[


d

G[9
7 /F A[m E[7 /E E7 /D Dm7
F E[ Dm E[m Cm A[
D7 Cm/E[ B[97 B[ Dm7 /F Gm

[S6 ]
climax

Am7 /G B[7
F ][10
7 no 1 B7 no 3 A /C
A /C D7 /C
D7 /C E[7 /D F m97 F7 /C E[7 /D
Cm97 /B[ A Am11
7

S2 -series
Vc

D7 Dm7 D7
Dm7 E[m B[7 /F
F/A G/B A[/C B[/D E7 /D G/D
G[/D[ F 4 E7
G[ B[m Em7 B[7 D7[9 B[7
E[m+7 B[[9
7 E[m7
d

[S6 ]
Va syncopes
Vi1+Vc, climax

G[ B C/G A A7

climax

G/D G[ F m Em E[m
B[/D A/C] A[/C G/B B[/F

ex parallel
[S6 ]

Adagio (recitative)
B[7 /A[
B[7 /A[
B[/F
F E[ Dm E[m F [
F7[9 /C F7 /E[
F7 /E[ F B[

Vi1 M3.1=M1.1
[S6 ]
(123 m.)

19.3. STRING QUARTET NO. 3 IN F MAJOR, OP. 73


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

671

CHAPTER 19. DMITRI SHOSTAKOVICH

19.3.2

Key relationship overview

The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 19.4. The ternary form of the Mvt. 2 is reflected
in the keys used. The outer sections are in the tonic minor key Em, the middle B-section in
the supertonic major key F ] (1). The closing A-section moves to the parallel major key E,
when the B-section texture returns (2).
Mvt. 2 Moderato con moto
E2

B 1 
1 F]


) Bm
Em 
F ]m
6
?

Figure 19.4: Shostakovich, String Quartet No. 3, key relationship diagram

19.4

Symphony No. 1 in F Minor, Op. 10 (1924-5)

Source: [60]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 19.5.


Mvt. 3 Lento: ternary song form (D[,
A

h i
4
4

, 120 m.)

Figure 19.5: Shostakovich, Symphony No. 1 in F Minor, Op. 10

19.4.1

Mvt. 3 Lento

Form: ternary, ABA. See Table 19.3 and 19.4 for the analysis.1 The main element in this slow
movement is the combination of chromatic stepwise movement (both in the lead melody
M1 and in the bass and inner voices) and the melodic interval of the minor third (three
chromatic steps, also in the melodic brass motto M0 and in lower voices). Although here
only one movement from the symphony is analysed, the same melodical material returns in
the other movements.
The main theme is stated twice by the solo oboe, with a string section bowed tremolo
background (sustained notes in celli and bass). At [1] a solo cello takes the lead with M2,
which has similarities with M1; alternating chromatically ascending and descending motives
are juxtaposed. Just before [3] there is the first statement of the descending minor third motto
M0 by the trumpets. From here on it is combined with the other thematic material.
The middle section [8] presents the lyrical theme M5 in the lower strings; this creates a
melodic arch, consisting of wide leaps and groups of chromatically ascending and descending steps. The oboe sgnal theme M6 [6] leads into the seond statement of the lyrical theme in
the high strings, which now has the M0 motto as a countertheme in bassoon and low strings.
1
Analysis of this movement was suggested to me by Bill Dobbins, professor at the Eastman School of Music,
and jazz composer and arranger.

672

19.4. SYMPHONY NO. 1 IN F MINOR, OP. 10

Table 19.3: Shostakovich, Symphony No. 1, Mvt. 3 Lento


m
1
5
9
13
15
16
19
21
24
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
42
44
47
49
51
55
57
59
61
63
65
66
67
69
71

M1

M1
..
.

D[

/
M6
I(M6)

Lento
D[ G7/D E[ E[m
F7 G[ E[/G A[+ A[[9
7
D[ C[m/D E[ D[m7 /E

A ([[[[[)
Ob PLi (&), Str bg, PBi (%)
2nd stat, Ob, PBi (%)

/
M0

M4/0

M5/0
..
. /0
.. ..
./ .
.. ..
./ .

Comment

B[7 G[+ Cm7 D[

M2

M2
/0
M2

M1/3
/
M1/0
.. ..
./ .

M5

M6
..
.

Em

F7[13 /E[ C79 /E


Dm/F D/F ] B7sus4
[13/sus4
E/G] D]7
/A
G[/B[ E[ C/F ]
F ][9
7
C/F ] C7 /F E
A[m/E[ A[7[5 /D
D[ B[[9
7 /D
E[7 A[7
D[7 C[m/D

~ &
[2] Fl+Vi, Hns Hk
i
Tpt: Minor 3rd motto (3i &)
[3] Ob+Vi2, PBi (&) ,
cresc to clim
[4] M1: WW+Vi, M3: Hns,
tutti climax
[5] M0: Tpt, PBi (%)

Gm/D F713 /E[


D[m/E B[7 C7 C]7
B[/D . . .
D[[9
7 ...
]11/13
B[mno 3 F ]7 /A] B7

PBi (%)
[6] closing, M0: Tpt imit
LoStr echoes
[7] Bsn+Va, M0: Tpt

[1] tr, Vc PLi (%), Seq, PBi (%)

Largo
EmG F ]/C]
Em/B C7]5 /E
Em B[m/F E[7 /C F/F ]

B (\\\\\)
[8] lyrical th: Vc+Db

Am/E A7 /E
B[m/F B7 /F ] Em
[5
F ][5
7 /A] B7

i (%), P i (%)
Str bg Pm
B

E79 /G] B[m+7 /A

M0: Bsn+LoStr

G[ F/A E[ D/F ]

[11] symmetrical roots, PLi (&)

C F ]m B[/D Cm
E/G] E[ B[ Bm
E7 F ][10
7
G/C] F ]/D A[/E
F m7 G7 /F F ]

unis chr&

[9] Ob signal theme

[10] M5: HiStr, M0: Tpt

[12] Tpt
Hns, PLi (%), climax

673

CHAPTER 19. DMITRI SHOSTAKOVICH

Table 19.4: Shostakovich, Symphony No. 1, Mvt. 3 Lento (contd)


m
73
75
77
79
81

M5

M4/0
M1/3
.. ..
./ .

D[

Comment

B/F G]/E
Em G F ]/C]
Em/B E/B[ A F ]m/B
F ]7 /E A[[5
7 /D

[13] Str PLi (&), (cm>)


[14] Vc+DB, HiStr trem

Lento
D[ D7 E[

A ([[[[[)
i (&), P i (%)
[16] Solo Vi, Pm
B

84
87
89
92
95
99
101
104
106

//0
M1/3
/0
M0

M1/6
/
M6

E[m7 F7 G[
E[/G A[+ A[[9
7
D[ C[m/D E[
D[m/E B[7 C7 C]7
B[/D . . .
B[m7 . . .
[9
E[ F7[9 B[[5
7 B[7
[5
E[7 /D F7 /B B[
9
E[]5
7 E[m7 A[7

111
115

M1/0
M0

<(D[ A[sus4
7 )/D[
D[

674

[15] M4: Cl, M0: LoStr

M0: Tpt motto


[17] M1: HiStr+WW, M3: Hns
[18] M0: Tpt
[19] trans, motto: Hns-Tu imit
LoStr
[20] M1: LoStr, M6: Tpt
i (&)
Tpt, WW par Pm

[21] Coda, div Str + WW imit,


P T (d[), Str imit (120 mm.)

19.4. SYMPHONY NO. 1 IN F MINOR, OP. 10


In the last A-section and coda themes are combined, and the motto M0 is transferred from
brass to strings (imitations from high to low).

19.4.2

Key relationship overview

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

675

CHAPTER 19. DMITRI SHOSTAKOVICH


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

676

19.5. SYMPHONY NO. 9 IN E[ MAJOR, OP. 70

19.5

Symphony No. 9 in E[ Major, Op. 70 (1945)

Source: [61]. An overview of the formal analysis is shown in Fig. 19.6.


Mvt. 1 Allegro: sonata form (E[,
Exposition

h i
2
2

, 247 m.)

Development

Recapitulation

Coda

Figure 19.6: Shostakovich, Symphony No. 9 in E[ Major, Op. 70

19.5.1

Mvt. 1 Allegro

This section is included in the full version of the book.


Order the E-book from the webstore.

677

CHAPTER 19. DMITRI SHOSTAKOVICH


[This page is intentionally left blank in the demo version of this book.]

678

19.5. SYMPHONY NO. 9 IN E[ MAJOR, OP. 70

19.5.2

Key relationship overview

The key relationship diagram is shown in Fig. 19.7. The opening movement sonata form
structure is respected in the scheme of keys. The exposition has the first group in the tonic
major key E[, the secondary group in the dominant key B[. Both keys take a sidestep to
their relative submediant major key, C (1) and G (2), respectively.
Mvt. 1 Allegro
F

Fm

A
A

A Cm
A
A[  AU E[

A[m
C[
C[m
D

Gm

- B[
H
Y
H 
E[m  B[m
4

G[ 
C]

G[m
3,6
-A

D[m
7
H
j
H

Figure 19.7: Shostakovich, Symphony No. 9, key relationship diagram


The development starts in the key of G[ = F ] and moves outward into more remote keys
(36). The recapitulation first has a sidestep into the lowered supertonic (Neapolitan) major
key E = [II (7), before taking the familiar excursion into the subdominant domain A[ F
(8) before returning home. Note the many occurrences of groups of minor third (3i) related
keys, used in this movement.

679

CHAPTER 19. DMITRI SHOSTAKOVICH

680

Bibliography
[1] Johann Sebastian Bach. Eleven Great Cantatas. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1976.
ISBN 0-486-23268-9. 350 pp.
[2] Johann Sebastian Bach. The Six Brandenburg Concertos and the Four Orchestral Suites.
Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1976. ISBN 0-486-23376-6. xi + 273 pp.
[3] Johann Sebastian Bach. 388 vierstimmige Choralgesange. Number Z. 40 101 in EMB Study
Scores. Editio Musica Budapest, Budapest, 1988. ISBN 0-486-23268-9. 239 pp.
[4] Ludwig van Beethoven. Complete String Quartets. Dover Publications, Inc., New York,
1970. ISBN 0-486-22361-2. 206 + 227 pp.
[5] Ludwig van Beethoven. Symphonies Nos. 5, 6 and 7 in Full Score. Dover Publications,
Inc., New York, 1989. ISBN 0-486-264034-8. 257 pp.
[6] Ludwig van Beethoven. Symphonies Nos. 8 and 9 in Full Score. Dover Publications, Inc.,
New York, 1989. ISBN 0-486-264035-6. 252 pp.

[7] Ludwig van Beethoven. Sonaten I fur


Klavier. Number K 107 in Urtext. Konemann
Music, Budapest, 1994. ISBN 963-8303-20-4. 237 pp.

[8] Ludwig van Beethoven. Sonaten II fur


Klavier. Number K 108 in Urtext. Konemann
Music, Budapest, 1994. ISBN 963-8303-21-2. 223 pp.
[9] Johannes Brahms. Complete Chamber Music for Strings and Clarinet Quintet. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1968. ISBN 0-486-21914-3. viii + 262 pp.
[10] Johannes Brahms. Complete Symphonies in Full Score. Dover Publications, Inc., New
York, 1974. ISBN 0-486-23053-8. 344 pp.
[11] Johannes Brahms. German Requiem in Full Score. Dover Publications, Inc., New York,
1987. ISBN 0-486-25486-0. xvi + 192 pp.
[12] Grosvenor Cooper and Leonard B. Meyer. The Rhythmic Structure of Music. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, MI, 1960. ISBN 0-226-11522-4. ix + 212 pp.
[13] Claude Debussy. Quartet for 2 Violins, Viola and Violoncello, Op. 10. Number 210 in
Edition Eulenburg. Ernst Eulenburg Ltd., London, 1969. v + 50 pp.
[14] Claude Debussy. Three Great Orchestral Works in Full Score. Dover Publications, Inc.,
New York, 1983. ISBN 0-486-24441-5. 279 pp.
681

BIBLIOGRAPHY
[15] Jonathan Dunsby and Arnold Whittall. Music Analysis in Theory and Practice. Faber
Music, London, 1988. ISBN 0-571-10065-1. 250 pp.
[16] Gabriel Faure. Masques et Bergamasques, Suite for Orchestra, Op. 112. Number 1387 in
Edition Eulenburg. Ernst Eulenburg Ltd., London, 1981. xi + 61 pp.
[17] Gabriel Faure. Pelleas et Melisande, Suite for Orchestra, Op. 80. Number 1386 in Edition
Eulenburg. Ernst Eulenburg Ltd., London, 1981. xiii + 61 pp.
[18] Gabriel Faure. Requiem in Full Score. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1992. ISBN
0-486-27155-2. 128 pp.
[19] Constantin Floros. Gustav Mahler III: Die Symphonien. Breitkopf & Hartel, Wiesbaden,
1985. ISBN 3-7651-0210-5. 336 pp. (in German).
[20] Constantin Floros, Christian Martin Schmidt, and Giselher Schubert. Johannes Brahms:
Die Simfonien, Einfuhrung

und Analyse. Number ED 8711 in Studienbuch Musik. Schott


Musik International, Mainz, 1998. ISBN 3-7957-8711-4. 276 pp. (in German).
[21] Hans Gal. Schumann Orchestral Music. BBC Music Guides. BBC Publications, London,
1979. ISBN 0-563-12423-7. 64 pp.
[22] Joseph Haydn. Eleven Late String Quartets, Opp. 74, 76 and 77, Complete. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1979. ISBN 0-486-23753-2. 308 pp.
[23] Joachim Kaiser. Beethovens 32 Klaviersonaten und ihre Interpreten. Fischer Taschenbuch
Verlag, Frankfurt am Main, 1999. ISBN 3-596-23601-0. 661 pp. (in German).

[24] Konrad Kuster.


Beethoven. Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt GmbH, Stuttgart, 1994. ISBN 3421-06690-6. 448 pp. (in German).
[25] Fred Lerdahl and Ray Jackendoff. A Generative Theory of Tonal Music. The MIT Press
SERIES on Cognitive Theory and Mental Representation. The MIT Press, Cambridge,
MA, 1983. ISBN 0-262-62049-9. xiv + 368 pp.
[26] Julian Littlewood. The Variations of Johannes Brahms. Poetics of Music. Plumbago Books,
London, 2004. ISBN 0-9540123-4-8. xiv + 369 pp.
[27] Gustav Mahler. Symphonies Nos. 3 and 4 in Full Score. Dover Publications, Inc., New
York, 1989. ISBN 0-486-26166-2. 353 pp.
[28] Gustav Mahler. Songs of a Wayfarer and Kindertotenlieder in Full Score. Dover Publications,
Inc., New York, 1990. ISBN 0-486-26318-26318-5. xiv + 142 pp.
[29] Gustav Mahler. Symphonies Nos. 5 and 6 in Full Score. Dover Publications, Inc., New
York, 1992. ISBN 0-486-26888-8. v + 505 pp.
[30] Felix Mendelssohn-Bartholdy. Major Orchestral Works. Dover Publications, Inc., New
York, 1975. ISBN 0-486-23184-4. 406 pp.
[31] Leonard B. Meyer. Style and Music: Theory, History and Ideology. Studies in the Criticism
and Theory of Music. University of Pennsylvania Press, Philadelphia, 1989. ISBN 08122-8178-0. xi + 376 pp.
682

BIBLIOGRAPHY
[32] Neil Minturn. The Music of Sergei Prokofiev. Composers of the Twentieth Century. Yale
University Press, New Haven and London, 1997. ISBN 0-300-06366-0. xiii + 241 pp.
[33] Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart. Complete String Quartets. Dover Publications, Inc., New
York, 1970. ISBN 0-486-22372-8. 277 pp.
[34] Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart. Later Symphonies, Full Orchestral Score of Symphonies 35-41.
Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1974. ISBN 0-486-23052-X. 285 pp.
[35] Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart. Complete String Quintets with the Horn and Clarinet Quintet.
Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1978. ISBN 0-486-23603-X. 181 pp.
[36] Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart. The Magic FLute (Die Zauberflote) in Full Score. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1985. ISBN 0-486-24783-X. 225 pp.
[37] Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart. Sonaten, Fantasien und Rondi I fur
Klavier. Number K 103

in Urtext. Konemann
Music, Budapest, 1993. ISBN 963-8303-33-6. 222 pp.
[38] Sergei Prokofiev. Four Orchestral Works. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1974. ISBN
0-486-20279-8. 442 pp.
[39] Giacomo Puccini. Madama Butterfly in Full Score. Dover Publications, Inc., New York,
1990. ISBN 0-486-26345-2. 483 pp.
[40] Maurice Ravel. Quartet in F major, for two violins, viola and cello. Number Score no. 539
in Full & Study Size Scores. International Music Company, New York, 1903. 48 pp.
[41] Maurice Ravel. LEnfant et les Sortil`eges. Number 13019 in Editions Musicales. Durand
S.A., Paris, 1925. 212 pp.
[42] Maurice Ravel. Concert pour Piano et Orchestre. Editions Durand & Cie., Paris, 1932. 95
pp.
[43] Maurice Ravel. Piano Masterpieces. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1986. ISBN
0-486-25137-3. 126 pp.
[44] Maurice Ravel. Daphnis et Chloe. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1988. ISBN 0-48625826-2. 315 pp.
[45] Maurice Ravel. Four Orchestral Works in Full Score. Dover Publications, Inc., New York,
1989. ISBN 0-486-25962-5. 225 pp.
[46] Charles Rosen. The Classical Style: Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven. Faber and Faber, London Boston, revised edition, 1976. ISBN 0-571-04905-2. 467 pp.
[47] Charles Rosen. Sonata Forms. W.W. Norton & Company, Inc., New York - London,
revised edition, 1980. ISBN 0-393-3-219-9. x + 415 pp.
[48] Charles Rosen. The Romantic Generation. Fontana Press, London, paperback edition,
1999. ISBN 0-00-255712-6. xv + 723 pp.
[49] Carl Schachter. Unfoldings: Essays in Schenkerian Theory and Analysis. Oxford University
Press, Oxford, New York, 1999. ISBN 0-19-512013-2. 294 pp.
683

BIBLIOGRAPHY
[50] Joseph Schillinger. The Schillinger System of Musical Composition, volume I and II of Da
Capo Press Music Reprint Series. Da Capo Press, New York, fourth edition, 1946. ISBN
0-306-77521-2 and 0-306-77522-0. xxiii + 1640 pp.
[51] Arnold Schoenberg. Structural Functions of Harmony. Faber & Faber, London, Boston,
second (revised) edition, 1969. ISBN 0-571-13000-3. xvi + 203 pp. (edited by Leonard
Stein).
[52] Arnold Schoenberg. Fundamentals of Musical Composition. Faber & Faber, London,
Boston, second (revised) edition, 1970. ISBN 0-571-09276-4. xiv + 224 pp. (edited by
Gerald Strang).
[53] Arnold Schoenberg. Theory of Harmony. University of California Press, Berkeley, Los
Angeles, third edition, 1978. ISBN 0-520-04944-6. xxi + 441 pp. (translated by Roy
E. Carter).
[54] Franz Schubert. Complete Song Cycles. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1970. ISBN
0-486-22649-2. 217 pp.
[55] Franz Schubert. Complete Chamber Music for Strings. Dover Publications, Inc., New York,
1973. ISBN 0-486-21463-X. 347 pp.
[56] Franz Schubert. Four Symphonies in Full Score. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1978.
ISBN 0-486-23681-1. 262 pp.
[57] Robert Schumann. Complete Symphonies in Full Score. Dover Publications, Inc., New
York, 1980. ISBN 0-486-24013-4. 405 pp.
[58] Klaus Schweizer and Arnold Werner-Jensen. Reclams Konzertfuhrer.

Philipp Reclam Jun.


GmbH & Co., Stuttgart, 1998. ISBN 3-15-010434-3. 1140 pp. (in German).
[59] Dmitri Shostakovich. String Quartets Nos. 1-5. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1994.
ISBN 0-486-28140-X. 214 pp.
[60] Dmitri Shostakovich. Symphonies Nos. 1 and 5 in Full Score. Dover Publications, Inc.,
New York, 1995. ISBN 0-486-28368-2. 252 pp.
[61] Dmitri Shostakovich. Symphonies Nos. 9 and 10 in Full Score. Dover Publications, Inc.,
New York, 1995. ISBN 0-486-28801-3. vi + 297 pp.
[62] Jean Sibelius. Tone Poems in Full Score. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1991. ISBN
0-486-26483-1. 312 pp.
[63] Richard Strauss. Tone Poems Series 1: Don Juan, Tod und Verklarung, Don Quixote. Dover
Publications, Inc., New York, 1979. ISBN 0-486-23754-0. 286 pp.
[64] Richard Strauss. Tone Poems Series 2: Till Eulenspiegels Lustige Streiche, Also Sprach
Zarathustra, Ein Heldenleben. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1979. ISBN 0-48623755-9. 315 pp.
[65] Richard Strauss. Eine Alpensinfonie and Symphonia Domestica in Full Score. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1993. ISBN 0-486-27725-9. 284 pp.
684

BIBLIOGRAPHY
[66] Peter Ilyitch Tchaikovsky. Fourth, Fifth and Sixth Symphony in Full Score. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1979. ISBN 0-486-23861-X. 470 pp.
[67] Peter Ilyitch Tchaikovsky. Nutcracker Suite in Full Score. Dover Publications, Inc., New
York, 1987. ISBN 0-486-25379-1. 117 pp.
[68] Dmitri Tymoczko. A Geometry of Music; Harmony and Counterpoint in the Extended Common Practice. Oxford Studies in Music Theory. Oxford University Press, New York, 2011.
ISBN 978-0-19-533667-2. xviii + 450 pp.
[69] Arnold Werner-Jensen. Reclams Kammermusikfuhrer.

Philipp Reclam Jun. GmbH & Co.,


Stuttgart, 1997. ISBN 3-15-010437-8. 1168 pp. (in German).
[70] Christoph Wolff. Johann Sebastian Bach. Fischer Taschenbuch Verlag, Frankfurt am Main,
2007. ISBN 978-3-596-16739-5. xxviii + 625 pp. (in German).

685

Index
AAB form, 156
AB form, 34, 36, 614, 635
ABA form, 11, 28, 52, 61, 90, 140, 151, 207,
266, 313, 326, 352, 363, 373, 395, 414,
431, 453, 475, 497, 509, 526, 592, 596,
604, 608, 612, 622, 628, 630, 669, 672
ABAB form, 100, 111, 189, 287, 409
ABABA form, 246, 340, 416, 504, 513
ABABAB form, 648
ABAC form, 330, 600, 616, 619
ABACA form, 300, 419, 438, 440, 585
ABACABA form, 185
ABC form, 156, 344, 425, 479, 633
ABCA form, 30, 434
ABCABC form, 203
ABCAD form, 517
Alberti bass, 192
antecedent, 11
aria, 156, 635

parallel, 9
clarinet quintet, 117
Classical music, 39, 449
coda, 10
common practice, 1
concerto, 28, 30, 636
counterpoint, 5, 10
countersubject, 10
dance, 34, 196, 280, 414, 419, 616, 622
dance
folk, 416
deceptive cadence, 5
development, 5
development
secondary, 10, 211, 230, 280, 402
development, 10
exposition, 5, 10

finale, 156
ballet music, 409, 614, 653
form, 1
Baroque music, 1
fugue, 5, 7, 156, 449
binary form, 34, 36, 100, 111, 189, 203, 409,
functional harmony, 1, 7
614, 633, 635
bourree, 36
gavotte, 34, 648
gigue, 36
cadence, 10
group, 10
cadential formulas, 1
call-and-response, 5, 10, 28, 95, 118, 144, 151, habanera, 600
293, 300, 463
harmonic progression, 3
canon, 52
hemiola, 358, 363
cantate, 15, 23
hoquetus, 363, 482
chaconne, 23
choir music, 15, 339, 425, 460, 463, 473, 614, Impressionism, 1, 449, 460
633
instrumentation, 3
chorale, 3, 15, 23
introduction, 10
chord structures in 3rds, 1
inversion
chords
harmonic, 6
extended, 9
melodic, 4
686

INDEX
sequence, 7
sonata form, 9, 10, 39, 48, 56, 67, 72, 86, 95,
main motif, 47
106, 117, 124, 130, 134, 144, 156, 173,
596
malaguena,
179, 192, 196, 210, 220, 230, 235, 240,
march, 409, 608
251, 273, 280, 293, 306, 317, 330, 335,
melody, 3, 10
344, 358, 363, 380, 388, 402, 443, 548,
menuet and trio form, 12, 44, 52, 61, 81, 90,
556, 636, 640, 643, 657, 664
121, 140, 151, 177
song cycle, 251, 475
modulation, 10
string quartet, 11, 39, 47, 56, 72, 86, 196, 240,
motif, 10
344, 358, 517, 589, 663, 669
musical analysis, 1
string quintet, 95, 104, 251
string sextet, 363
Neapolitan chord, 6
subject, 10
subject
octatonic scale, 6, 596, 597, 622
secondary, 10
opera, 156, 449, 626
orchestral music, 28, 30, 273, 339, 409, 425, suite, 409, 440, 443, 604
440, 475, 524, 533, 548, 556, 571, 577, symmetric root movement, 9
symphonic poem, 533, 548, 556, 571
585, 592, 596, 604, 614, 653
symphonic tale, 653
ostinato, 23, 246, 344, 396, 479, 596, 622
symphony, 11, 124, 134, 143, 210, 220, 230,
overture, 30, 156, 273, 409, 443, 449
235, 280, 293, 306, 317, 335, 363, 380,
pavane, 585, 604
395, 401, 407, 482, 504, 509, 513, 643,
pedal point, 7
672, 677
period, 4, 11, 90, 106, 117, 144, 151, 293, 306,
313, 320, 330, 347, 363, 388, 395, 402, ternary form
409, 414, 419, 440, 648, 653, 657
See ternary song form, 11
phrase, 10
ternary song form, 9, 11, 28, 30, 52, 61, 140,
piano music, 67, 173, 179, 189, 251, 585, 592,
156, 203, 207, 215, 224, 266, 313, 326,
604
363, 373, 395, 414, 431, 453, 475, 509,
526, 592, 596, 604, 608, 612, 622, 628,
recapitulation, 6, 10
630, 669, 672
recapitulation
theme, 10
false, 10, 280, 317, 363, 386
theme and variations form, 504
recitative and aria, 156
tonal centre, 3
requiem, 339, 425
tonal music, 1
Romantic music, 1, 449
tone poem, 577
rondo form, 185, 300, 330, 358, 388, 416, 440, transition, 7, 10
486, 585
root cycle, 1, 7
variation, 10
vocal duet, 156, 457, 628, 630
saltarello, 287
vocal quartet, 156
scherzo and trio form, 12, 215, 224, 246, 266,
vocal quintet, 156
300, 352, 363, 373, 648
vocal solo, 156, 251, 469, 475
section, 10
vocal trio, 156, 453, 460, 466
sentence, 4, 10, 76, 81, 86, 90, 95, 106, 117, 121,
voice leading, 3
125, 134, 140, 144, 151, 298, 300, 306,
330, 335, 347, 352, 358, 373, 395, 396,
419, 443, 497, 564, 646, 648, 653, 657
key relationship diagram, 12

687

S-ar putea să vă placă și